DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE

WASHINGTON, DC

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

3 SEPTEMBER 2024

MEMORANDUM FOR DISTRIBUTION

MAJCOMs/FLDCOMs/FOAs/DRUs

FROM: AF/A4

1030 Air Force Pentagon

Washington, DC 20330

SUBJECT: Reissuance of Department of the Air Force Guidance Memorandum to Department of Air

Force Instruction (DAFI) 23-101, Materiel Management

By Order of the Secretary of the Air Force, this Department of Air Force Instruction (DAFI) 23-

101 Materiel Management, and this Guidance Memorandum immediately changes DAFI 23-101.

Compliance with this Memorandum is mandatory. To the extent its directions are inconsistent with other

Department of the Air Force publications, the information herein prevails, in accordance with DAFI 90-

160, Publications and Forms Management. Ensure all records created as a result of processes prescribed

in this publication are maintained in accordance with AFI 33-322, Records Management and Information

Governance Program, and disposed of in accordance with the Air Force Records Disposition Schedule

(RDS) located in the Air Force Records Management System.

This memorandum includes significant changes and must be reviewed in its entirety. Changes

incorporate Financial Improvement and Audit Readiness corrections; updated guidance for Defense

Property Accountability System (DPAS) processes; Force Activity Designator (FAD) management,

inventory frequency and repair cycle management. This guidance is applicable to the entire DAF,

including all civilian employees and uniformed members of the United States Space Force (USSF),

Regular Air Force, the Air Force Reserve, the Air National Guard, the Civil Air Patrol when conducting

missions as the official Air Force Auxiliary, and those with a contractual obligation to abide by the terms

of DAF issuances. Note: All references to United States Air Force (USAF) terminology, units, and

positions will also apply to the equivalent in the USSF, as appropriate. For example, references to Airmen

will also apply to Guardians. References to MAJCOMs or NAFs will apply to field commands.

References to wings will also apply to deltas or centers. Air Staff roles and responsibilities (i.e., AF/A1)

may also apply to the equivalent Office of the Chief of Space Operations (Space Staff) office (i.e.,

SF/S1), as appropriate.

This Memorandum becomes void after one year has elapsed from the date of this Memorandum,

or upon incorporation by interim change to, or rewrite of DAFI 23-101, whichever is earlier.

TOM D. MILLER

Lieutenant General, USAF

DCS/Logistics, Engineering & Force Protection

Attachment: Change to DAFI 23-101, 14 August 2023

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

1.1.2.2.8. (Added) Special Tooling and Special Test Equipment (ST/STE).

1.2.5.21. (Deleted)

1.2.5.22. (Deleted)

1.2.5.41. (Added) Develops and implements property and equipment management policy to

include Component Property Lead (CPL), Accountable Property Officer, and Custodial

stewardship roles and responsibilities.

1.2.5.42. (Added) Establishes policy governing operation and maintenance of the DAF

Equipment IT System.

1.2.5.43. (Added) Approves and publishes data services processing instructions required for the

AF Equipment IT System.

1.2.5.44. (Added) Develop and produce metrics measuring DAF equipment management

programs, as appropriate.

1.2.5.45. (Added) Following the end of each fiscal year, collects enterprise inventory accuracy

trend analysis from AFMC/A4R and from the Air Force Supply Chain Policy Working Group.

Briefs the AF/A4L on inventory adjustment data for the previous fiscal year along with any

recommendations to improve inventory accuracy.

1.3.1.25. (Replaced) Receive the annually updated listing and will use this as authorization of

approved HPMSKs. HPMSK authorization will be deleted upon notification from AF/A4LR.

1.3.1.44.1. (Added) MAJCOMs will monitor overdue DOLIs for their bases and will follow up

monthly to determine: 1. Reason for overdue DOLIs. 2. Course of action to reconcile overdue

DOLIs. 3. Preventive measures to prevent future overdue DOLIs. (T-1).

1.3.1.44.2. (Added) MAJCOMs will report their overdue DOLIs and associated findings to

AF/A4LR monthly NLT the 20th of each month. (T-1).

1.3.1.46. (Replaced) The MAJCOM appoints a MAJCOM Program Manager to manage the

MMHS/SAS program and assigns a MAJCOM Focal Point to each funded requirement within

that command. The MAJCOM Program Manager is responsible for assembling and prioritizing

MMHS/SAS requirements and submitting this list, with Concept Papers for each requirement,

annually to AFMC for funding. The MAJCOM Program Manager also advises AFMC of

Military Construction (MILCON) projects (e.g., new warehouses and air freight terminals) that

may require MMHS/SAS. MAJCOMs will ensure property is accounted for throughout

warehousing and re-warehousing projects, in accordance with DAFMAN 23-122 and DoDM

4140.70, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Procedures for Storage and Material

Handling. (T-0).

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

1.3.1.53. (Added) Oversee and ensure subordinate materiel management activities validate,

reconcile, and maintain accountable equipment within approved APSRs.

1.3.2.3.1. (Replaced) Import and edit 7SC data, flying hours and Quantity Per Aircraft data for

RSPs.

1.3.3.7. (Replaced) To support enterprise trend analysis, provides a consolidated summary to

AFMC/A4R NLT the 20

of each month, with justification for inventory adjustments with

combined value of $5,000 or greater, and all inventory adjustments for classified or sensitive

materials, regardless of cost. Send a courtesy copy of the same report to AF/A4LR.

1.3.3.11. (Added) Ensure physical inventory frequency, currency, and accuracy for subordinate

activities in accordance with paragraph 5.7 of this instruction.

1.4.1.2. (Replaced) Ensure proper wholesale requirements computation. This includes

establishing and maintaining Readiness Based Sparing (RBS) models and periodically reviewing

and maintaining RBS data and associated factors.

1.4.1.17.1. (Added) Provide feedback to the Air Force Supply Chain Policy Working Group on

enterprise trends and issues.

1.4.1.17.2. (Added) At the conclusion of the fiscal year, provide a report to AF/A4LR regarding

enterprise inventory accuracy trend analysis, IAW paragraph 1.3.3.7. of this instruction. This

report is due prior to the end of the first quarter of the new fiscal year.

1.4.1.41.2. (Replaced) Request CSAG-S Stock Fund Cost Authority in the BES to match the

MAJCOM O&M POM submitted to the Spares Requirement Review Board.

1.4.1.41.3. (Replaced) In coordination with the funds holders, track and measure the benefits of

the actual implementation of the improved item against the original forecasted sustainment

posture.

1.4.1.51.4. (Replaced) Responsible for developing buy/budget projections and initiating

procurement actions for centrally managed and centrally procured (Procurement Source Code 5)

NSNs to support current and forecasted (future) requirements. AFMC manages centrally

procured government equipment.

1.4.2.7. (Replaced) Forecasts Regular AF mobility IPE funding requirements in the Combat

Ready Airman program office annual planning and programming process. Will centrally

requisition all Regular AF mobility IPE components and determine annual procurement

requirements in coordination with 635 SCOW.

1.4.5.1.2.3. (Replaced) Provide a periodic "window of opportunity" for supported bases to

schedule and conduct local exercises at least twice a year. Coordinate with bases/MAJCOMs on

any scheduling conflicts.

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

1.4.6.1.2. (Deleted)

1.4.6.1.3. (Deleted)

1.4.6.1.6. (Deleted)

1.4.6.1.9. (Deleted)

1.4.6.1.12. (Delete)

1.4.6.1.20. (Added) Receive, validate, and create Unit Identification Codes (UIC) upon Higher

Headquarter requests. Utilize the Secure AFPC Personnel Accounting Symbol (PAS) Code

Application to confirm or obtain the correct UIC.

1.4.6.1.20.1. (Added) The PAS Organization Register is the official source for AF unit

information.

1.4.6.1.20.2. (Added) Official sources for non-AF units are special orders, contracts, support

agreements, or other correspondence (e.g., NASA, Red Cross, etc.).

1.4.6.2.1. (Replaced) Review the 404 SCMS Invalid Backorder Report on a weekly basis and

delete identified invalid requisitions and associate due-out document records. (T-1).

1.4.6.2.1.1. (Added) Compare the total authorized quantity to the current on-hand balances in

ILS-S and DPAS, as well as existing requisitions against the custodial account. (T-1).

1.4.6.2.1.2. (Added) Correct all variances and return the computed balances to the approved total

authorized quantity (e.g., requisition, return, cancellation, etc.). (T-1).

1.4.6.2.5. (Deleted)

1.4.6.2.6. (Deleted)

1.4.6.2.8. (Replaced) Clear DPAS 117 rejects upon request, except for vehicles. (T-1).

1.4.6.2.9. (Added) Ensure information for Chief Financial Officer (CFO) assets on RDO requests

match the applicable Asset ID record and an attachment is loaded. (T-1).

1.6.1.2.3.1. (Replaced) Act as the base focal point to see that all base responsibilities for RSPs

are properly carried out. Determine, monitor, and ensure adequate and timely corrective action

by the responsible agency on all deficiencies hampering the capability of the base to carry out its

responsibilities for RSP. When RSP/HPMSK/CHPMSK are transferred to the local stock record

account number (SRAN) from another base, the host SRAN will provide assistance/direction to

deployed package personnel in the prompt establishment of supportable shortage backorders,

inventory requirements, document control procedures, shelf-life management, etc.

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

1.6.1.2.4.4. (Replaced) Notify the local servicing auditor of an account deactivation as soon as

the deactivation date is known. (T-1). Note: An audit is not required to delete an account;

however, auditor general personnel should be made aware of the opportunity to audit accounts

being inactivated.

1.6.1.2.8.3. (Replaced) Issue serviceable IPE assets in Low Threat Areas for deployment,

contingency, and real-world home-station use operations. (T-3).

1.6.1.2.8.3.1.(Added) Issue serviceable IPE assets in Low Threat Areas for training except for

equipment listed as “Not Approved for Training” in the USAF Approved Mobility Equipment

Listing maintained by the Enterprise Manager.

1.6.1.3. (Added) Utilize the 404 SCMS Equipment Requirements List (ERL) to determine and

identify property overages and shortages and to ensure requests do not exceed authorization and

on-hand equipment levels. (T-1).

1.6.1.4. (Added) Ensure DPAS managed property remains physically segregated and clearly

distinguishable from ILS-S managed property. (T-1).

1.6.2. (Replaced) LRS Commander (LRS/CC). In addition to unit commander responsibilities

IAW AFI 51-509, Appointment to and Assumption of Command, AFI 38-101, and

organizational commander responsibilities in paragraph 1.8 the LRS/CC has the following

materiel management related responsibilities. Note: In the Air National Guard, the United States

Property and Fiscal Officers (USPFO) are the primary accountable officers in accordance with

Title 32 U.S.C. 708. The LRS/CC will:

1.6.2.1. Act as the APO and Nuclear Weapons-Related Materiel Accountable Officer for

squadron assets and supply system stock record accounts B and E, and within the Defense

Property Accountability System (DPAS) IAW DoDI 5000.64 DAFI 23-111, Accountability and

Management of DoD Equipment and other Accountable Property, and AFI 20-110, Nuclear

Weapons Related Materiel Management. (T-1). Note: In the Air National Guard, the United

States Property and Fiscal Officers (USPFO) are the primary accountable officers in accordance

with Title 32 U.S.C. 708.

1.6.2.1.4. (Added) Stock Fund Management. The LRS/CC or equivalent will appoint a primary

and alternate Supply Management Activity Group (SMAG) Liaison with at least three years of

2S Materiel Management and ILS-S experience, however, the alternate SMAG liaison can be a

Resource Adviser. SMAG liaisons will work with their designated AFMC SMAG Manager and

comply with direction. Appointment letters will be reviewed bi-annually, and updated

appointment letters are required upon change in personnel. Primary SMAG liaison will be

assigned to LRS Customer Support Section or equivalent office.

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

1.6.2.5.1. (Added) The LRS APO approves inventory adjustments by signing the M10 once they

are satisfied that research and analysis have resolved any issues that would otherwise continue to

negatively affect inventory accuracy and/or accountability.

1.6.2.5.2. (Added) The LRS APO submits a report to their respective MAJCOM/A4R for

inventory adjustments of all classified and sensitive items regardless of cost, and for all other

inventory adjustments greater than $5,000, IAW paragraph 5.7.10.3 of this instruction.

1.6.2.6.3. (Replaced) Ensure degraded operations exercises are conducted at least twice a year.

1.6.2.10.4. (Added) Develop and present organization overage metrics to the installation

commander as the Primary APO monthly, as applicable. (T-1). Note: The ERL is the preferred

source to obtain overage information.

1.6.3.4. (Added) Maintain Squadron Readiness functions and ensure LRS Unit Control Center

(UCC) processes. The UCC may be staffed by permanent personnel with augmentation during

contingencies and surge operations. Maintain squadron recall rosters. Serve as the squadron level

WRM Manager for the WRM program. (T-2). See AFI 25-101and Chapter 2 of this instruction

for additional information on WRM responsibilities. Serve as the unit Resource Readiness

monitor in accordance with AFI 10-201, Force Readiness Reporting. (T-2).

1.6.5. (Deleted)

1.6.6.5. (Replaced) Appoint in writing a primary and alternate security manager for Materiel

Management information systems IAW DoDM5200.01V1_AFMAN16-1404V1, Information

Security Program: Overview, Classification and Declassification. (T-0).

1.6.12.1.4. (Replaced) Be responsible to the LRS CC/APO for the processing, handling, COSIS

and material handling equipment. Ensure flight personnel adhere to and apply proper inspection,

issue, storage, warehousing, re-warehousing, and materiel handling techniques. (T-1).

1.6.15. (Replaced) Central Storage Element (LGRMSS). Key duties include storing supply and

equipment items, to include classified and sensitive items and War Consumables Distribution

Objective (WCDO) items and NWRM in accordance with AFI 20-110, Nuclear Weapons

Related Materiel Management. Other key duties include selecting items to be issued, shipped or

transferred; conducting warehouse validations; and maintaining central locator functions,

managing the DPAS in-warehouse equipment custodial number on behalf of the APO.

1.6.19.1. (Replaced) Equipment Accountability Element (EAE) or (LGRMCE). EAE serves as

the base equipment review and authorization activity and manages all base level equipment items

within the LRS APO’s purview, except for vehicles. EAE is responsible for updating base level

data in the applicable APSR. (T-1). Assist installation equipment custodians with processing

equipment transactions. (T-1). Note: AFMC’s Vehicle Support Chain Operations Squadron

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

manages vehicle transactions and updates base level vehicle data in the vehicle management IT

system. EAEs will:

1.6.19.2. (Replaced) Provide equipment management support and guidance to APOs and

custodians in the control and accountability equipment assets within the AF equipment APSR.

(T-1).1.6.19.5. (Replaced) Coordinate and direct deployment and redeployment of Class VII

assets between APOs and equipment custodians. (T-1). Attend base deployment concept

briefings to identify organizations deploying/transferring equipment. (T-2).

1.6.19.14. (Replaced) Review accuracy of DPAS AF Form 601, Authorization Change Request.

(T-1). Ensure equipment custodians and commanders are signing and utilizing DPAS Custodian

Inventory reports, and when equipment exists concurrently in ILS-S, a Customer

Authorization/Custody Receipt Listing (CA/CRL) from ILS-S. (T-1).

1.6.19.14.1. (Added) Organization commanders must return DPAS overage equipment or submit

and authorization request within 30 days of the initial notification. (T-1). Note: Authorized

equipment listings are processed using ILS-S or DPAS.

1.6.19.14.2. (Added) Do not request Authorization IDs for property records on the WHSE

Custodian Number for in-warehouse equipment. These property records are excess in-warehouse

assets and do not require Authorization IDs for storage.

1.6.19.15. (Replaced) Manage DPAS equipment transfers and 99S Requisition Tracing Action

for lateral SPRAM Transfers. (T-1). Provide DPAS FSM reports to organizations as required to

identify authorizations and requirements. Identify organization overages and suspense units to

return equipment or submit an authorization change request to retain property. (T-1). Utilize the

FSM Authorization Management On-Hand Report to identify organization overages monthly.

(T-1).

1.6.19.17. (Replaced) Inform base level custodians of new DPAS processes, and update local

training as required. Provide and document initial and annual equipment custodian Block III

training. Ensure COMSEC training is provided. COMSEC training is mandatory for custodians

who oversee COMSEC assets.

1.6.19.18. (Replaced) Change and update local-level information in DPAS for custodial accounts

and coordinate with custodians, CEMF and MAJCOM ERAAs, as appropriate. (T-1).

1.6.19.22. All requests to purchase OGMVCs will be first routed through Vehicle Management

for equipment/registered vehicle determination prior to procurement. (T-1). See AFI 24-302,

Vehicle Management for definition of “OGMVC".

1.6.19.45. Responsible for providing information on how to access Base-Level Supply Customer

Training as it pertains to Block I (General Materiel Management Indoctrination) and Block

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

IIA/B (Bench Stock/Repair Cycle). Members can access the online training modules via

mylearning, https://lms-jets.cce.af.mil/moodle/, or by following the tree path in the website:

Home>Courses>Air Force>My Learning>Air Education and Training

Command(AETC)>Supply Customer Training.

1.6.19.46. Coordinate Materiel Management related training needs for Decentralized Materiel

Support and maintenance activities/customer personnel.

1.6.19.56. (Added) Monitor and reconcile accountable property records between DPAS and ILS-

S to ensure the approved equipment management APSR is correct and accurate. (T-1).

1.6.21. (Replaced) Flight Service Center (LGRMMF). This element serves as the primary point

of contact with units regarding repair cycle management. Key duties include managing supply

points, time-change, TCTOs, DIFM, Found On Base (FOB), AWP, turn-around, local

manufacture, and Quality Deficiency Report (QDR) programs. Flight Services Center will:

1.6.21.1. (Replaced) Process returns and serve as the single return processing point for materiel

in stock record accounts B and E. (T-1). Note: Process includes both ILS-S and DPAS managed

returns.

1.6.22. (Replaced) Decentralized Materiel Support (DMS) (LGRMMA, LGRMMB, LGRMMC,

etc. except LGRMMF). DMS personnel coordinate maintenance and materiel management

actions, manage supply transactions for their assigned maintenance activity, monitor and track

assets in the repair cycle, resolve support problems and report aircraft parts status to maintenance

supervision. DMS personnel also support maintenance in processing issue requests, researching

sources of supply, researching NSN demilitarization and disposal requirements, entering manual

requisitions (part number only), updating exception code lists, and resolving other peculiar

maintenance supply problems. DMS personnel will:

1.6.22.12.4. (Replaced) Ensure proper use of Urgency Justification Code and Force/Activity

Designators (FAD) codes. In accordance with DoDM 4140.01, Volume 8, and CJCSI 4110.01F,

Joint Materiel Priorities and Allocation, the Chief of Staff of the Air Force (CSAF) is delegated

authority to assign FADs II through V to assigned units, activities, projects, and programs. The

Air Force delegates this authority to the Deputy Chief of Staff, Operations, Plans and

Requirements (AF/A3). FAD I recommendations will be submitted by the Deputy Chief of Staff,

Engineering and Force Protection (AF/A4).

1.6.22.12.5. (Replaced) FAD overrides will only be supported for deployments as outlined in

CJCSI 4110.01F, Joint Materiel Priorities and Allocation. (T-0).

1.8.4.2. (Replaced) Maintenance activities are responsible for removed DIFM items. The

Maintenance Commander or equivalent will ensure removed items are physically returned to the

LRS/Materiel Management Activity. (T-1). Base repair activities, also known as back shops, will

ensure reparable assets are returned to LRS within 10 duty days from date of issue. (T-1). Note:

Base repair activities are organizations primarily established to perform component repair.

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

1.8.4.3.1. (Replaced) Appoint a primary and alternate AWP monitors in writing for each

maintenance activity to manage their own individual AWP program and liaison with the

LRS/Materiel Management Activity. These individuals are required to complete Supply Course-

Block IIB online training via myLearning. This certification will be documented in training

records.

1.8.6.3.1. (Replaced) Adhere to and enforce equipment management practices as cited in DoDI

5000.64_DAFI 23-111, Accountability and Management of DoD Equipment and Other

Accountable Property. (T-0).

1.8.6.3.2. (Replaced). Adhere to and enforce equipment utilization practices as cited in DAFI 10-

401, Operations Planning and Execution; AFI 10-403, Deployment Planning and Execution; and

DAFMAN 10-406, Unit Type Code Management. (T-1).

1.8.6.3.2.1. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.2.2. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.2.3. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.2.4. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.2.5. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.2.6. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.3. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.4. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.5. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.7. (Deleted)

1.8.6.3.8. (Deleted)

1.8.7. (Deleted)

1.8.7.1. (Deleted)

1.8.7.2. (Deleted)

1.8.7.3. (Deleted)

1.8.7.4. (Deleted)

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

1.8.7.5. (Deleted)

1.8.7.6. (Deleted)

1.8.7.7. (Deleted)

1.8.7.8. (Deleted)

1.8.7.9. (Deleted)

1.8.7.10. (Deleted)

1.8.7.11. (Deleted)

1.8.7.12. (Deleted)

1.8.7.13. (Deleted)

1.8.7.14. (Deleted)

1.8.7.15. (Deleted)

1.8.7.16. (Deleted)

1.8.7.17. (Deleted)

1.8.7.18. (Deleted)

1.10.3.1. (Replaced) Metrics Updates. A4LR provides a data call schedule, to include DASD

(Logistics) Supply Chain Operations Group (SCOG) monthly metrics, prior to the beginning of

each fiscal year (October) and provide updates as required.

1.10.3.1.1. (Deleted)

1.10.3.1.2. (Deleted)

1.10.3.1.3. (Deleted)

1.10.3.2. (Replaced) Data Call Responses. MAJCOMs provide responses to AF/A4L annual data

calls within the timelines of the A4L data call schedule.

2.2.2.13.1.3. (Replaced) Assigned ERRC “ND” (S) or “NF” (U).

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

2.2.2.13.1.4. (Added) These centrally managed equipment items require FSM authorization

management within approved Accountable Property Systems of Record. (T-1).

2.2.2.13.5. (Replaced) The DPAS Force Systems Management (FSM) module is the authoritative

source for managing equipment authorizations for centrally managed and centrally procured

(PSC 5) equipment. (T-1). The FSM Officer and Authorization Managers are the primary

managers of the FSM module and maintain authorization records contained within the system.

Note: Exceptions are outlined in PAD D16-03. Items not requiring authorization management

may still require accountable property records if the item meets the thresholds prescribed in

DoDI 5000.64_DAFI 23-111. (T-0).

2.2.2.13.6. (Added) LOGDET is the primary source to identify non-PSC 5 equipment

requirements needed to support UTCs as maintained and documented in LOGMOD in

accordance with DAFMAN 10-406. (T-1).

2.2.3.3.5. (Replaced) Accountable and non-accountable equipment items no longer supporting

active authorizations or missions and made available for enterprise redistribution.

2.2.3.3.5.1. (Deleted)

2.2.3.3.5.2. (Deleted)

2.2.3.3.6. (Replaced) Serviceable non-accountable (retail outlet/Class II) equipment items

authorized for stock 30 to 39 months after the last demand or 24 months after the new item

record is established.

2.2.4.1. (Replaced) Transfers within the DoD. It is DoD and AF policy that materiel assets be

utilized within the DoD to the fullest extent possible. NWRM assets will not be transferred

without written approval from the wholesale IM in accordance with AFI 20-110, Nuclear

Weapons Related Materiel Management. Assets of one military service shall be transferred to fill

requirements of another military service requirement. Transfer excess AF assets to DoD

activities using ISSP. Conduct ISSP interrogations for asset availability, offers of excess assets,

and transfers.

2.2.4.11.3. (Replaced) Reparable “NF2” (ERRC U) items, controlled item code “N” or “4”

(pilferable/sensitive), which cannot be repaired at base (including base funded contracts) will be

reported to the item manager regardless of unit/dollar value. (T-1). Reparable "NF2" (ERRC U)

items, other than controlled item code “N” or “4”, which cannot be repaired at base level

(including base funded contracts), will be processed to DLADS when the extended line-item

value is less than $100.00; items $100 and over will be reported to the Item Manager (IM). (T-1).

2.3.1.4. (Replaced) Inventory Valuation. Monitoring Moving Average Cost (MAC). Records

Maintenance will process a monthly query to detect MAC values of zero (0). If a MAC value of

zero (0) is detected, Records Maintenance will contact AFMC AFLCMC/HIS Integrated

Logistics System, within the first five days of the month, for correction and will monitor until all

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

actions are completed. Records maintenance will run the script until there are no MAC values of

zero and will maintain the script until the next month. Exceptions to this policy is the Military

Assistance Program (MAP), RID-HM8, 76 stock class. The MAC value of zero (0) is permitted.

2.3.2.5.1.7. (Replaced) Shop/laboratory type equipment (NF2 [ERRC U], BC “9”) with an

established equipment authorization and immediate need may be issued without reimbursement

when received from contract termination without cost to the GSD Stock Fund. This authorization

does not apply to administrative and housekeeping type equipment.

2.3.3.21. (Replaced) Product Improvement. Product improvement supports selecting viable

spares to finance. IIRP offers the AF a way to correct deficiencies, replace obsolete assets, or

introduce, through technology insertion, state-of-the-art components such as LRUs and

SRUs that are stocked, stored, and issued as assets of supply. The IIRP covers both installs and

spares in support of the installed assets. IIRP assets must be a form, fit, and function replacement

for the old asset. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.

2.3.3.21.1.1. (Replaced) Represent Reliability and Maintainability (R&M) improvements,

obsolescence resolution, or safety improvements over the existing items intended for

replacement. Improvements will be verified using appropriate measures of merit (e.g., Mean

Time Between Maintenance, MICAP avoidance, mishap resolution, etc.). Additional

consideration will be given to NSNs associated with the IIRP that may drive savings in a

different NSN.

2.3.3.21.1.2. (Replaced) Show a positive Return on Investment (ROI) over the life of the

candidate’s system if the project driver is economic. If the project driver is safety or

obsolescence, no ROI is required.

2.3.3.21.1.3. (Replaced) Be form, fit, function, and interface compliant with the item intended for

replacement. Although performance or capability improvements cannot be the principal purpose

of IIRP projects, performance or capability enhancements derived as a secondary benefit of the

IIRP improvement(s) are permitted.

2.3.3.21.1.4. (Replaced) Measures of merit will be used to quantify IIRP benefits.

2.3.3.27.2. (Replaced) Requesting organization submits justification letter to LRS Materiel

Management Flight for approval/disapproval. ANG, AFRC and AFSOC units will provide

MAJCOM A4R visibility of the initial issue transaction requests. (T-2).

2.6.7.5.1. (Replaced) For deployments and transfers, details will contain deployment indicators,

and accountability for the items will remain at the home-station. Establish deployment indicators

as follows:

3.2.2.3. (Added) Authorized Locally Procured Equipment. DPAS P-Serialized stock numbers are

used and identified with the character string of “PAFMC” proceeding the Federal Stock Class.

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

The 6-position serial number will follow the “PAFMC” stock number identifier. Example:

4920PAFMC000001.

3.2.3.1. (Replaced) Originators of LP requests will ensure funding is available, provide a full

description of the requested item, provide required multiple commercial sources as defined by

the FAR and if requested, justification letters through the organization commander or designated

authority. For HAZMAT, the originator must obtain HMMP authorization IAW AFMAN 32-

7002, Environmental Compliance and Pollution Prevention, for the specific hazardous item prior

to procurement. (T-1).

3.2.6. (Replaced) Retail Sales functions (formerly Base Service Store (BSS), Individual

Equipment Element (IEE) and Tool Issue Element (TIE)).

3.2.6.2. (Replaced) When a mandatory source is applicable that source must be used. In the

absence of a mandatory source, the use of the GSA Global Supply and GSA Advantage are the

primary and preferred platforms to purchase Retail Sales items. If GPC is the method of

procurement, ensure compliance with DAFI 64-117, Government Purchase Card Program.

MAJCOMs must obtain approval from AF/A4LR to establish operations in support of Retail

Sales items in ILS-S. (T-1). Note: ARC (Air National Guard and Air Force Reserve Command)

LRS units are allowed to requisition uniform clothing items through Integrated Logistics System-

Supply (ILS-S) in cases of non-availability at Kentucky Logistics Operation Center (KYLOC),

which is the ARC's primary source for ordering standard clothing items.

3.2.6.2.1. (Added) Active Duty and Reserve units when utilizing the Government-wide Purchase

Card (GPC) to make purchases through GSA Advantage or DLA FEDMALL will use the FA

type DoDAAC associated with the cardholder’s profile in Joint Appointment Module (JAM) .

Air National Guard units when utilizing the GPC to make purchases through GSA Advantage or

DLA FEDMALL will use the W type DoDAAC associated with the cardholder’s profile in Joint

Appointment Module (JAM) . Information related to FA or W type DoDAACs can be found at:

https://usaf.dps.mil/teams/11813/Pulse/SitePages/Home.aspx

3.2.6.2.2. (Added) All GPC purchases will use Fund Code 30, except AFR/ANG as directed. Do

not use Fund Code 6C for GPC purchases.

3.2.6.2.3. (Added) Customer must change the shipping address to that of their unit during the

checkout process to ensure the proper delivery of the order and avoid unnecessary delay.

3.2.6.3. (Replaced) Use of Materiel Management IT systems for Retail Sales items is restricted to

T.O. weapon system assets, GSA approved security containers and safes or WRM managed

assets (i.e. BEAR, AGE, FSE, FORCE, ADR etc.). Use of the GPC, GSA Advantage, GSA

Global Supply or other mandatory sources are the primary and preferred method to support

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

Retail Sales items. MAJCOMs must obtain approval from AF/A4LR to establish operations in

support of Retail Sales items in ILS-S. (T-1). Note: ARC (Air National Guard and Air Force

Reserve Command) LRS units are allowed to requisition uniform clothing items through

Integrated Logistics System-Supply (ILS-S) in cases of non-availability at Kentucky Logistics

Operation Center (KYLOC), which is the ARC's primary source for ordering standard clothing

items.

3.3.3.4. (Added) F-35 Materiel Processing. Autonomic Logistics Information System (ALIS)

receipts are processed in accordance with AFI 24-602, Volume 2. To fulfill deployment taskings,

Unit Type Code training objectives, or home station F-35 operational requirements, 2S0XX

personnel, in the event 2T0XX are unavailable, may perform F-35 receipt processing only with

approval by A4LR Distribution and Vehicle Management Branch.

4.3.2.1. (Replaced) All DIFM monitors will complete Block IIB Repair Cycle online training via

myLearning platform, prior to being appointed in writing by owning organizational commander.

(T-2).

4.3.2.4.2. (Replaced) Base reparable assets assigned to back shops will be returned by the end of

the 10th duty day from the date of issue. (T-2). Note: Failure to return reparable items to LRS in

a timely manner will delay replenishment of serviceable items to the installation. Note: Days are

not counted as issued DIFM days when items are in DIFM status codes AWP, CTR, DWP,

MWI, MWP, PDM, TCG, and TOC. Reference Table 4.1, DIFM Status Codes, AFH 23-123,

Volume 2, Part 1.

4.4.3. (Replaced) Time change item can be submitted and or backordered up to 60 days prior to

the scheduled time change or induction. If the time change item is not received within 10 days

prior to the expected need date, requests can be upgraded to a MICAP-reportable condition. (T-

1).

5.2.1.2.7. (Replaced) Ensure Unit Commanders with assigned individuals as organizational

resource advisors and organizational materiel control personnel complete online training for

Block I, General Materiel Management Indoctrination on myLearning.

5.3.3.1.1. (Replaced) Security of Materiel and Storage. All physical asset management

operations will follow the standards of security of materials and storage locations IAW DoDM

4140.01 and DoDI 5000.64_DAFI 23-111.

5.3.3.1.5. (Replaced) Hazardous Material. These assets will be authorized, input in EESOH-MIS,

and tracked IAW AFMAN 32-7002, Environmental Compliance and Pollution Prevention.

5.3.4.4.1. (Replaced) Supply point reconciliation. Semiannual reconciliations of all supply points

are mandatory. Reconciliations will be performed by Supply Point Monitors. (T-2). Completed

reconciliations will be signed by organizational commander and supply point monitor. The

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

reconciliation will review items less than authorization, verified excesses, and balance

discrepancies. One of the semiannual reconciliations will be done at the same time as the annual

supply point inventory. Completed inventory will be signed by organizational commander,

supply point supervisor and supply point monitor. Unit monitor will file and maintain the

following signed documents until superseded, appointment letter, semiannual reconciliations,

and inventory. Documentation must be part of file plan.

5.3.7.1.5. (Added) Ensure disposal and demilitarization requirements of used Bench Stock items

are processed in accordance with paragraph 6.3 of this instruction. (T-1). Note: Qualifying

items placed on Bench Stock could have unique demilitarization requirements and using

organizations are responsible for appropriate disposal.

5.3.7.2.1. (Replaced) Complete Supply Customer Training, Block I (General Supply

Indoctrination) and Block IIA ( Bench Stock Management) by accessing online training modules

via myLearning, https://lms-jets.cce.af.mil/moodle/ or by following the tree path in the website:

Home>Courses>Air force>My Learning>Air education and Training Command

(AETC)>Supply Customer Training.

5.3.8.1.1. (Replaced) Assets will be maintained per AFJMAN 23-210, and DoDM 4140.27,

Volume 1 and 2, and TO’s: 11D1-3- 11-1, Operators Manual, Individual Equipment Decon Kit,

M295; 11H2-14-5-1, Operating Instructions, Paper, Chemical Agent, M8; 11H2-2-21, Operators

Manual, Paper, Chemical Agent Detector, M9; 14P3-1-131, Operation and Maintenance

Instructions with IPB, Aircrew Chemical-Defense Ensemble; 14P3-11-141, Operation and

Maintenance Instructions, Chemical Protective Ensemble; 14P4-1-151, Chemical-Biological

Canisters and Filter Element; 14P4-15-1, Operator Instructions, Mask, Chemical Biological,

Land Warrior, M45; 14P4-18-2, Unit Maintenance Manual For Mask, Chemical Biological,

Land Warrior, M45; 14P4-20-1, Mask, Chemical Biological, Joint Service Purpose Field, XM50,

TO 33A4-7-10-1, Operator’s Manual v3.0 for Tester, Leakage, Protective Mask: M46 (Joint

Service Mask Leakage Tester [JSMLT]), TM 10-8470-208-10, Technical Manual Operator

Manual for Improved Outer Tactical Vest (IOTV), and TM 10-8470-208-24&P, Technical

Manual Field and Sustainment Maintenance Manual for Interceptor Body Armor System, for

shipment, movement, inspection, and storage of Enhanced Small Arms Protective Insert and Side

Plates. (T-0).

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

Table 5.1. (Replaced) Individual Protective Equipment Stock Levels.

5.3.8.4. (Deleted)

5.3.9.5.1.2. (Replaced) General Officers must out-process and in-process with the host APO to

transfer the GO PDW property record or process disposition actions for retirement. (T-1).

General Officers should immediately in-process with the gaining EAE so they may establish the

local Sub-Custodian Number or Investment items/Direct AF EEIC 638 O&M items. (T-1). Refer

to DAFMAN 23-122 for exclusions.

5.4.2.1.2.3. (Replaced) Review other services Local Purchase Waiver Request in accordance

with Joint Regulation AMC-R 700-99, NAVSUPINST 4740.7, DoDM 4140.68, MCO PRR10-

22C, Wholesale Inventory Management and Logistics Support of Multiservice Used

Nonconsumable Items. (T-1).

Sustainment

Group

Location Authorization Level A-Bag B-Bag C-Bag

M50

Mask

SA/LW

Accessory

Group 1 OCONUS 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Group 2 OCONUS 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Group 3 CONUS 100% 25% 100% 100% 100%

Group 4 CONUS 60% 25% 100% 100% 100%

Group 5 CONUS 60% 25% 100% 100% 100%

Strat Reserve

Note 3: C-Bag contents are specified in AFI 10-2501. If an A-Bag is not issued then a load carriage belt and hydration

system will be issued with the C-Bag.

Note 4: Red Horse units will maintain a 100% Stock Level per AFI 10-209

Note 5: The EM may authorize increased stock levels in order to support approved Home Station Use requirements.

All Military Authorizations

and Civ/Cont Emergency

Essential Personnel

(For Overseas Use Only)

All AW / DW P-Codes and

Percent of Institutional

Forces Based on Historical

Tasking

Note 1: MAJCOMS may authorize additional, but not less, equipment by increasing stock level percentages based on

historical tasking or expected tasking as the baseline. MAJCOMs must provide justification for increased stock level

percentages to the Enterpri se Ma nager (EM) for approval. MAJCOMs may not authorize additional equipment for UTC

Posture Codes not listed in AFI 10-403 Worst Case Scenario (WCS) computation for installation single most stringent

deployment requirement without coordination and approval of the EM.

Note 2: A and B-Bag contents are located in Tables 5.2, 5.3, and 5.4.

Differences between AFI 10-403 defined Worst Case Scenario (WCS) and stock maintained

at Low Threat Area LRS/IPEEs

Note 6: SA/LW Accessory authorizations are based off SA/LW authorizations. The EM stocks SA/LW accessories to

support LRS managed weapons. Equipment authorizations/stock levels are prescribed per Figure 5.1

Note 8: AFCENT authorizations can deviate from stock level percentages listed above based on historical taskings.

Note 10: AFRC and ANG may reduce Joint First Aid Kits stock level to 40%, if required.

Note 7: CWDE Training Gear will be authorized no lower than 60% AW / DW P-Code positions and no higher than 100%

MILPERS for all Sustainment Groups. MAJCOMs must provide justification for increased stock level percentages above

100% AW / DW P-Code positions to the EM for approval. Training Basis of Issue as referenced in AFI 10-2501, Table 9.3

Note 9: M50 Joint Purpose General Service Mask: The EM may authorize increased stock levels in order to support

validated operational, training, and sustainment requirements.

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

5.4.3.1. (Replaced) Accountable Property Records. DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 4, and DoDI

5000.64_DAFI 23-111 establishes policy requirement for DoD agencies regarding government

owned assets/equipment. The DoD has an obligation to safeguard property from theft, abuse,

waste, and unauthorized use. All persons entrusted with the management of Government

property shall possess and continually demonstrate an appropriate level of competence and

proficiency in property accountability and management. These personnel may be held financially

liable for property lost, destroyed, or damaged because of their mismanagement or negligence

while in their use, care, or custody.

5.4.3.1.1. (Replaced) Accountable property records will be kept current and shall provide a

complete trail of all transactions, suitable for audit i.e., a transaction-based history of asset

activity. (T-1). Accountable property records shall reflect current status and location, until

disposition of property. (T-1). Note: Special RDT&E procedures are located in DAFMAN 23-

122, Materiel Management Procedures.

5.4.3.1.2. (Replaced) Equipment not requiring accountable property management. Equipment

items that do not require accountable property records are assigned Equipment Management

Code (EMC) 1, as applicable. Non-accountable equipment may be included in Authorization IDs

but as a general rule do not require accountable property records. EMC 1 equipment that does

require EAID accounting includes the following items:

5.4.3.1.3. (Replaced) Equipment accounts will be inventoried a minimum of annually. (T-1).

Date of Last Inventory field must be updated in the month inventory was completed. (T-1).

CA/CRL or DPAS Custodian Inventory Reports will be signed by custodian(s) (e.g., unit

commanders, appointed alternate custodians) using original or digital Controlled Access Card

(CAC) signature, within 15 workdays. (T-1). Note: Due to using organization’s decentralized

use of equipment, accounts are considered delinquent when the APSR is not updated within the

same month as when the inventory was initiated.

5.4.3.1.4. (Deleted)

5.4.3.3.3. (Replaced) EAEs will assign serial numbers to applicable items if a physical serial

number is not available or identified upon notification from the custodial organization. (T-1).

These items will require reconciliation with custodians to ensure the enumeration or creation of a

correct serial number for the item. EAEs will manage the central log for serial numbers capturing

all items requiring a serial number for management within DPAS. (T-2). Do not reuse serial

numbers and only assign one serial number to an item. Items with erroneous serial numbers

resulting from the incorrect Asset Management Code (e.g., A - ITM, B - BULK) assignment

during the initial migration into DPAS will remain “as is” until system capabilities are available

to resolve the discrepancies. EAE will assign a 13-position serial numbers as follows:

5.4.3.3.3. (Replaced) EAEs will assign serial numbers to applicable items if a physical serial

number is not available or identified upon notification from the custodial organization. (T-1).

These items will require reconciliation with custodians to ensure the enumeration or creation of a

correct serial number for the item. EAEs will manage the central log for serial numbers capturing

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

all items requiring a serial number for management within DPAS. (T-2). Do not reuse serial

numbers and only assign one serial number to an item. Items with erroneous serial numbers

resulting from the incorrect Asset Management Code (e.g., A - ITM, B - BULK) assignment

during the initial migration into DPAS will remain “as is” until system capabilities are available

to resolve the discrepancies. EAE will assign a 13-position serial numbers as follows:

5.4.3.8.3. (Added) COMSEC Nonexpendable Equipment Installed on Aircraft.

5.4.3.8.3.1. (Added) COMSEC Equipment items installed on aircraft will be recorded on a

Maintenance or Operations equipment account if not included in -21 TOs as defined in AFI 21-

103. (T-1). These items are considered fixed or installed components and are parts of the basic

aerospace vehicle needed for normal operations.

5.4.3.8.3.2. (Added) Orders for replacement assets will use normal support equipment sourcing

procedures.

5.4.3.8.3.2.1. (Added) Deployed/Off-Station aircraft. When the aircraft requires a replacement

asset an approved backorder will be placed at the aircraft’s homestation and include a

supplementary address DODAAC for the recovery location.

5.4.3.8.3.3. (Added) The LRS Equipment Accountability Element will:

5.4.3.8.3.3.1. (Added) Process the backorder.

5.4.3.8.3.3.2. (Added) Contact the 735th SCOG at ([email protected]) for

request to expedite the release and movement of the required asset; include the document number

and tail number of the aircraft requiring the asset.

5.4.3.8.3.3.3. (Added) The removed unserviceable asset will follow return procedures IAW with

DAFMAN 23-122, Materiel Management. (T-1).

5.4.3.8.3.3.4. (Added) Installed items will be inventoried in accordance with all applicable

inventory frequency rules. (T-1).

5.4.4. (Replaced) Equipment Authorization Standards-Issue and Control.

5.4.4.1. (Replaced) Basis of Issue. The Basis of Issue for Authorization IDs is normally the

maximum quantity for nonexpendable items which may be authorized. Basis of Issue for funded

(BC “9”) equipment are advisory only and are not restricted to the identified users. Note: The

commander/designated representative are authorized to exceed the Basis of Issue in weapons

system support Authorization IDs if the prime authorization is base funded (BC “9”). Base funds

cannot be used to procure alpha budget coded items.

5.4.4.2. (Replaced) Authorization ID Standard Items. Authorization IDs normally list the master

item in the Interchangeable and Substitute Group. All prime authorization records will reflect the

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

stock number prescribed in the Authorization ID. (T-1). A prime NSN will not be substituted for

another prime and will require a new authorization request. (T-1).

5.4.4.4. (Replaced) Nonexpendable Items. Generally, only nonexpendable items will be listed in

Authorization IDs (expendable items may be listed for the user's information). Personnel may

request quantities of expendable items that exceed the Basis of Issue in applicable Authorization

IDs, except for specialized tools, personal retention and survival items, components of bench

sets, and WRM.

5.4.4.5. (Replaced) Individual Basis of Issue for AETC requirements will not be cited in

Authorization IDs due to variation in student loads, duration of courses and other variable factors

which preclude identity of fixed authorizations. The Basis of Issue cited for AETC use is one per

instructional group. An instructional group is the maximum number of students whose training

may be accomplished using one set of course related support equipment.

5.4.7.6.2. (Replaced) The Small Arms Program Office (SAPO) is responsible for managing the

GO PDW program and will coordinate actions with A1/DPG, AF-REG, NGBGOMO, AF/A4LR,

the gunsmith shop for repair of legacy M9s in active General Officer’s possession, and 78 CPTS

as appropriate. (T-1). SAPO will:

5.4.7.6.3. (Replaced) Logistics Readiness Squadrons (LRS) or Materiel Management Activities.

The LRS or Materiel Management Activity Accountable Property Officer (APO) is responsible

for General Officer Personal Defensive Weapon property records. Customer Service Support

sections will perform the day-to-day activities for local actions and will:

5.4.7.6.3.1. (Replaced) Manage and account for all General Officer (GO) Personal Defensive

Weapons (PDW) within the host Accountable Property Officer’s (APO) Accountable – Unit

Identification Code (A-UIC). (T-1).

5.4.7.6.3.1.1. (Added) The Custodian Number will reside within the LRS or Materiel

Management Activity Unit Identification Code (UIC) as “GOPDW”. (T-1). Note: Do not use the

number “0” for “GO”. EAE will serve as the custodian for this Custodian Number and will

reflect in the Custodian Number Name (e.g., 86 LRS/LGRMCE).

5.4.7.6.3.1.2. (Added) Utilize Sub-Custodian Numbers to identify individuals authorized to

possess a GO PDW. (T-1). The Sub-Custodian Number will constitute the last six (6) positions

of the member’s Electronic Data Interchange – Personal Identifier (EDI-PI) to directly associate

the GO to the account and serial number. Identify the owning GO as the Sub-Custodian for the

account. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.3.1.3. (Added) The member’s EDI-PI will serve as an internal control and system

identifier for authentication and accountability measures in support of DoDM 5100.76, Physical

Security of Sensitive Conventional Arms, Ammunition, and Explosives (AA&E), Enclosure 5. (T-

0).

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

5.4.7.6.3.1.4. (Added) Utilize Location “GOPDW” to identify in-service GO PDW property

records. (T-1). Note: Do not use the number “0” for “GO.”

5.4.7.6.3.1.5. (Added) Annotate the GOs name in the sub-location field (e.g., Last Name, First

Name). (T-1).

5.4.7.6.3.1.6. (Added) General Officer Executive Officers may serve as the GO’s Alternate

Custodian. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.3.1.7. (Added) Utilize Location “VAULT” to identify in-warehouse GO PDW property

records. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.3.2. (Replaced) Requisition GO PDWs for individuals authorized by the AFMC Small

Arms Program Office (SAPO). Utilize the AFMC SAPO notification memorandum as the

confirmation of approval. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.3.3. (Replaced) Maintain all pertinent documentation for the weapon digitally against the

GO PDW property record. (T-1). Note: Master Jacket Files and organizational visits are not

required for in-service GO PDWs.

5.4.7.6.3.4. (Replaced) Coordinate inventory counts with the General Officer or member’s

Executive Officer. Inventory counts will occur during the base-level semiannual (February and

August) inventory. (T-1). Monthly inventories are not required for General Officer PDWs.

5.4.7.6.3.5. (Added) Create and update GO PDW property records to include acceptance,

transfer, and disposition. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.4. (Replaced) General Officers. General Officers are responsible for the safe storage,

use/serviceability, and accountability of personal defensive weapons in their possession. (T-0).

General Officers will:

5.4.7.6.4.1. (Replaced) Comply with the General Officer Handbook pertaining to all GO PDW

requirements. (T-0).

5.4.7.6.4.2. (Replaced) Maintain an administrative file of all information and documentation

regarding the GO PDW. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.4.3. (Replaced) Participate in the performance of scheduled and unscheduled inventory

counts to reaffirm accountability and location of the GO PDW. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.4.4. (Replaced) Notify EAEs of upcoming relocation or separation from service occurring

before the next scheduled inventory count. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.4.5. (Added) Process (in-/out-) with the host APO during all relocations to ensure the

proper transitory actions of the property record. (T-1).

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

5.4.7.6.4.6. (Added) Possess only one (1) in-service PDW. GOs must return excess weapons to

the host APO or purchase the weapon from the Air Force upon approval from AFMC/A4. (T-0).

5.4.7.6.5. (Replaced) Initial Issue of the GO PDW. The General Officer will submit an initial

issue request (attachment 1 of the General Officer Handbook) to their General Office

Management Office (GOMO). (T-1). Initial issue requests will not be accepted nor approved if

the member is within 12 months of their ETS or approved retirement date.

5.4.7.6.5.1. (Added) EAEs create a Sub-Custodian Number against the APO’s GOPDW

Custodian Number for the General Officer upon notification of approval from the Small Arms

Program Office.

5.4.7.6.5.2. (Added) EAEs ensure the Sub-Custodian Number matches the last six (6) digits of

the General’s Electronic Data Interchange – Personal Identifier (EDI-PI) to authenticate the

account and serial number to the member. (T-2).

5.4.7.6.5.3. (Added) EAEs requisition the initial issue of the GO PDW in APSR against the item

record. (T-1). Do not create a 201-detail for this action.

5.4.7.6.5.3.1. (Added) EAEs create the requisition using National Stock Number 1005-01-661-

7309 (includes 1 x M18 MHS, 2 x additional grip modules, and 2 x 17-round magazines). (T-1).

5.4.7.6.5.3.2. (Added) Air Force General Officers will receive support and initial issue of

additional GO PDW accessories through their assigned organization or host organizations for

GOs in non-AF positions. (e.g., Government Purchase Card, organization funds).

5.4.7.6.5.4. (Added) EAEs will process the GO PDW receipt in the APSR and immediately

transfer the item to the DPAS Sub-Custodian Number of the General Officer. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.5.4.1. (Added) EAEs process an ILS-S receipt transaction using Transaction Exception

Code 8 to the item record.

5.4.7.6.5.4.2. (Added) EAEs process an A2A transaction. Ensure the reconciling and routing of

all document control and derivative records within the ILS- S processes.

5.4.7.6.5.5. (Added) EAEs will receive the property into DPAS onto the GOs Sub-Custodian

Number. The GO must sign and return the initial DPAS Inventory Report to EAE within five (5)

workdays of receiving the weapon to establish personal accountability for the weapon. (T-1).

These documents may be digitally signed, formatted, and presented in pdf file.

5.4.7.6.5.5.1. (Added) EAEs establish local processes to manage the physical movement and

arrival of the GO PDW to the installation.

5.4.7.6.5.5.2. (Added) EAEs use two (2) forms of identification in accordance with DoDI

1000.30, Reduction of Social Security Number (SSN) Use within DoD to authenticate the

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

member to the EDI-PI associated to the Sub-Custodian Number and PDW serial number prior to

release. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.5.6. (Added) EAEs upload all documents to the appropriate property record after

confirming information is correct. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.6. (Replaced) General Officer Relocations. General Officers must out-process and in-

process with the host APO to transfer the GO PDW property record or process disposition

actions for retirement. (T-1). General Officers should immediately in-process with the gaining

EAE so they may establish the local Sub-Custodian Number.

5.4.7.6.6.1. (Added) EAEs will coordinate transfer of accountability to nearest servicing LRS

upon notification of a GO reassignment. (T-1). Contact the 440 SCOS for assistance if

necessary.

5.4.7.6.6.2. (Added) The losing EAE will transfer the appropriate GO PDW property record to

the gaining APO’s A-UIC. (T-1). Transfer the property record to the gaining A-UIC’s WHSE

Custodian Number if no GOPDW Custodian Number exists.

5.4.7.6.6.3. (Added) The gaining EAE will accept the transfer onto the APO’s GOPDW

Custodian Number. (T-1). Create a GOPDW Custodian Number if one does not exist and

transfer the property record from the WHSE Custodian Number to the GO’s Sub-Custodian

Number.

5.4.7.6.6.4. (Added) The gaining EAE will upload all appropriate documentation to the GO

PDW property record. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.7. (Added) General Officer PDW Disposition. General Officers must pursue disposition

actions upon retirement from active service. (T-1). Members should perform this action no later

than 90 days prior to their retirement date.

5.4.7.6.7.1. (Added) General Officers have the option to purchase their issued GO PDW or return

back to inventory.

5.4.7.6.7.2. (Added) EAEs process a DPAS disposition transaction as a “sale” for the weapon

upon confirmation and receipt of payment. Upload the documentation to the property record

before inactivating the file.

5.4.7.6.7.3. (Added) EAEs process a DPAS transfer for the GO PDW property record from the

GO’s Sub- Custodian Number to the IPE weapons account. Maintain the weapon in the armory

until redistribution by SAPO.

5.4.7.6.8. (Added) General Officer PDW Property Record Validation. The Small Arms Program

Office (SAPO) and LRS or Materiel Management Activity will perform a monthly property

record validation of all GO PDW Custodian Number accounts. (T-1).

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

5.4.7.6.8.1. (Added) SAPO will produce a GO PDW report during the first duty week of each

month identifying all AF GOs issued a GO PDW. (T-1). The report contains the General

Officer’s name, issued Serial Number, issue date, and current assigned location.

5.4.7.6.8.1.1. (Added) SAPO will post the GO PDW report on the Air Force Logistics Readiness

Equipment Policy SharePoint Site in the GO PDW folder. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.8.1.2. (Added) EAEs can download the report from the SharePoint site and perform the

validation to the appropriate GO PDW property records.

5.4.7.6.8.2. (Added) SAPO utilizes the report to confirm the creation or disposition of property

records for approved issues and purchases of GO PDWs.

5.4.7.6.8.3. (Added) EAEs utilizes the report to validate the organizational data elements are

current against the Custodian and Sub-Custodian Numbers for in-warehouse and in-service GO

PDWs (e.g., assigned unit, location, member full name, PDW serial number, disposition date, all

contact information, etc.).

5.4.7.6.8.4. (Added) EAEs will complete GO PDW validation actions within two calendar weeks

from the report production date. Retain the working copy GO PDW report until superseded by

the subsequent month report. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.8.5. (Added) SAPO and EAEs will collaborate on property record resolutions as

necessary (e.g., documentation). (T-1).

5.4.9.2.2. (Replaced) Other services requesting LP Waiver Request. Refer to Joint Regulation

AMC-R 700-99, NAVSUPINST 4740.7, DoDM 4140.68, MCO PRR10-22C, Wholesale

Inventory Management and Logistics Support of Multiservice Used Nonconsumable Items.”

5.4.10.2.2. (Replaced) Other services requesting LR Waiver Request. Refer to Joint Regulation

AMC-R 700-99, NAVSUPINST 4740.7, DoDM 4140.68, MCO PRR10-22C, “Wholesale

Inventory Management and Logistics Support of Multiservice Used Nonconsumable Items.”

5.5.3.3. (Replaced) Prepare Classified and NWRM Authorization Receipt Listings provided by

the LRS APO and distribute for signatures in accordance with AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).

5.4.11. (Added) Requisition Management.

5.4.11.1. (Added) The 440 SCOS will perform management and oversight of equipment

requisitions within the DPAS Inventory Control Point (ICP) Module. (T-1). The 440 SCOS will:

5.4.11.1.1. (Added) Manage requisition status for support equipment utilizing DPAS ICP

module. (T-1).

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

5.4.11.1.2. (Added) Coordinate with equipment item managers and host EAEs to resolve

problems and discrepancies as appropriate. (T-1).

5.4.11.1.3. (Added) Monitor DPAS ICP requisition status daily and take all appropriate actions

to resolve problem requisitions. (T-1). Refer to General MILSTRIP Status Codes and

explanations found in DLM 4000.25 and AFH 23-123, Volume 2, Part 1. Note: ILS-S exception

codes are not applicable to DPAS ICP requisition processes.

5.4.11.1.4. (Added) Ensure equipment requisition requests are within authorized quantities. 440

SCOS personnel review requisitions within two duty day of submission. (T-1). Authorization

requests pending approval or requiring upload to FSM are not valid justifications for approving

and creating an equipment requisition. (T-1).

5.4.11.1.5. (Added) Monitor DPAS ICP requisitions for priority abuse daily. (T-1). Ensure

requisitions do not possess priorities above the requesting organization’s Force Activity

Designator (FAD) Code and Urgency of Need Designator (UND) combination. (T-1). 440 SCOS

personnel will immediately cancel all requisitions with incorrect FAD codes and notify the

supporting EAE or equal to resubmit the equipment requisition request with the organization’s

approved FAD. (T-1).

5.4.11.1.6. (Added) Monitor the weekly 404 SCMS Invalid Backorder List daily. (T-1). Cancel

all unauthorized organization requisitions within one week from the date of the report. (T-1).

5.4.11.2. (Added) LRS/Materiel Management Activities will:

5.4.11.2.1. (Added) Utilize DPAS ICP module to requisition Procurement Source Code (PSC) 5

general support equipment assets. (T-1). Note: Utilize ILS-S for non-PSC 5 requisitions.

5.4.11.2.2. (Added) Process stock number inquiry in DPAS prior to requisitioning equipment.

Take note of NSN acquisition advice codes and any special ordering instructions reflected in the

DPAS catalog record’s remarks field (e.g., When Exhausted Use) and take appropriate actions.

5.4.11.3. (Added) Customer Support Section will:

5.4.11.3.1. (Added) Provide a monthly DPAS requisition listing to custodians for review of

current requisitions and statuses. (T-1).

5.4.11.3.2. (Added) Process requisition updates upon request by appointed custodians. (T-1).

5.4.11.3.3. (Added) Monitor ship status and take the following action for requisitions with ship

status older than 30 days (T-1):

5.4.11.3.3.1. (Added) Export a list of requisitions from DPAS Inventory Control Point (ICP)

every two weeks identifying ship status dates older than 30 days. (T-1).

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

5.4.11.3.3.2. (Added) Contact custodians to confirm if identified property was delivered and

create a duplicate document if necessary. (T-1).

5.4.11.3.4. (Added) Forward copy of DPAS ICP listing to Cargo Movement as a Transportation

Tracer Listing (TTL). (T-1). Cargo Movement will perform research and provide TTL

statements in accordance with AFI 24-602, Volume 2.

5.4.11.3.4.1. (Added) Presume the equipment as lost if Cargo Movement confirms “Received or

in file (date).” Process a receipt onto the LRS warehouse account and begin actions to research

and resolve lost property. (T-1).

5.4.11.3.4.2. (Added) Take no action if Cargo Movement confirms “Updated shipment status”

indicating the property has not arrived. (T-1).

5.4.11.3.4.3. (Added) Contact the Item Manager or the Source of Supply/shipping activity to

provide status if Cargo Movement indicates 1) there is no evidence or proof of a shipment and 2)

tracer action cannot be performed. (T-1).

5.4.11.3.4.4. (Added) Take no action and await TDR results if Cargo Movement confirms “TO

tracing” indicating Cargo Movement submitted a TDR. (T-1). TDR results should not exceed 30

calendar days in accordance with the Defense Transportation Regulation, Part II. (T-0).

5.4.11.3.4.5. (Added) Cargo movement will attach the TDR to the TTL and annotate “DD

361/Message attached” when a reply to a TDR is received indicating the shipment was lost in the

transportation channels or if a TDR is unanswered. Cancel the requisition for lost property and

create new requisition in DPAS. (T-1). File the TTL and TDR until the re-requisitioned property

is received. (T-1).

5.4.11.5. (Added) Document Control will:

5.4.11.5.1. (Added) Monitor DPAS ICP for equipment which has been received and is awaiting

pickup and/or delivery to organizational custodians. (T-1). Refer to the DPAS Document Control

(Receipts) User Guide.

5.4.11.5.2. (Added) Follow-up to mitigate delinquent documents. (T-2).

5.4.11.5.3. (Added) In-bound shipping documents (i.e., DD Form 1348-1A,

Commercial/Government Bills of Lading, etc.) may be accepted in lieu of an ILS-S DOR as a

confirmation of delivered property. (T-1).

5.4.11.5.4. (Added) Ensure the shipping document is signed by the appointed organizational

custodian and clear the DPAS document control record accordingly. (T-1).

5.5.3.3. (Replaced) Prepare Classified and NWRM Authorization Receipt Listings provided by

the LRS APO and distribute for signatures in accordance with DAFMAN 23-122. (T-1).

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

Table 5.6. (Replaced) Inventory Frequency

Items in DIFM status (DIFM assets will be inventoried by the maintenance DIFM monitors

and

warehouse personnel).

Quarterly

Unserviceable materiel in storage on R920 Details will be inventoried by warehouse

personnel ensuring 100% accountability.

Note:

Each quarter warehouse personnel will retrieve the Repair Cycle Asset Management

List (D23/NGV905).  Personnel will manually record balance found in each warehouse

location and then post to the Repair Cycle Asset Management List, Part 2.  Once complete

listing will be signed and dated by the inventorying personnel.  Warehouse will maintain the

inventory in file until then next quarter.

Quarterly

Classified (to include NWRM, CCI/COMSEC and SRC-C items)

Controlled item codes A thru H, K, L, O, S,

and T

Semiannual (March/April) and

(September/October)

Sensitive (including CCI/COMSEC and SRCC items)

Controlled item codes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, Q, R, and $

Semiannual (March/April) and

(September/October)

Base Level SA/LW

Note:

Individual units are responsible for conducting monthly inventories for daily in use

weapons.

Semiannual

(February and August)

General Officer Personal Defense Weapons

Note:

Applies to General Officer serialized weapons

Semiannual

(February and August)

RSP, MSK, WRM

Note:

Fuels Support Equipment and Basic Expeditionary Airfield Resource activities,

managing WRM in serialized sealed containers, may physically inventory by approved

container seal serial number on a

three-year cycle, only when seal is undisturbed.

Annual/within 10 days of return from

deployment or transfer/loaned from

another unit (in conjunction with RSP

personnel)

Items in Due-Out to Maintenance status (assets inducted into depot maintenance and

accounted for by D035K will be inventoried by AFSC

personnel).

Annual

Recoverable (XD/XF), Consumable (XB), Pilferable, SPRAM

Annual

Equipment in Warehouse (Other than Classified & Sensitive)

Annual

Equipment In-Use including Classified, COMSEC and Sensitive other than weapons.

Note:

DOLIs for deployed equipment will not be updated until equipment is returned from

deployment and inventoried.

Annual

Supply Point

Note:

At GSUs, supply point inventories will be conducted by the GSU. The LRS will

accomplish an inventory every three years.

Annual

Individual Protective Equipment (IPE)

Note:

IPE training purposes only items are inventoried every two years.

Annual (not to exceed 12 months

between inventories)

Notes: All inventories will be performed using floor-to-book/book-to-floor method.

Inventories frequencies are based on the highest item classification.

5.7. (Replaced) Physical Inventory and Adjustments. Inventories and inventory adjustments of

all property held by AF activities, to include Materiel Management activities, will be conducted

as provided in this section and as outlined in AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).

5.7.1. (Replaced) Purpose, Requirements, and Methods.

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

5.7.1.1. (Replaced) PICP AF Materiel Management Activity storage facilities will maintain a

Physical Inventory Control Program per DoDM 4140.01, DLM 4000.25-2, DoDI 5000.64 to

provide for the economical stewardship of DoD and AF materiel system. (T-0).

5.7.2. (Replaced) Inventory frequency.

5.7.2.1. (Added) The frequency of inventory counts is specified based upon category of item. All

materiel management and equipment items, in storage or in use, will be subject to inventory

count as follows: (T-1).

5.7.3.1.1. (Added) Overdue Date of Last Inventory (DOLIs). DOLIs are monitored by HQ

AF/A4LR monthly. MAJCOMs must provide responses to AF/A4LR for the following questions

for all overdue DOLIs by the 20th of each month or the following workday when the 20th falls

on a non-workday: 1. Reason for overdue DOLIs. 2. Course of action to reconcile overdue

DOLIs. 3. Overdue DOLI preventive measures to be taken for future months. (T-1).

5.7.3.2. (Added) The overall goal for inventory accuracy is 98%. This aggregate goal, as well as

the sub-goals below, do not change the requirement for 100% accountability of classified and

sensitive items.

5.7.3.2.1. (Added) The goal for items with a unit cost greater than or equal to $1,000 is 99%.

5.7.3.2.2. (Added) The goal for items with a unit cost less than $1,000 is 95%.

5.7.5.2.2. (Replaced) Units will submit DAF 679, DAF Publication Compliance Item Waiver

Request/Approval, to suspend or delay inventories beyond the current fiscal year with

appropriate justification to their respective MAJCOM/A4R. AF/A4LR is the final approval

authority for such requests. (T-1).

5.7.5.3. (Added) On a monthly basis, M-Flight leadership will ensure that the Customer Support

Section is actively researching, tracing, and resolving overdue shipments on the Status Shipped

Detail Record (211 detail) in coordination with TMO, IAW processes in AFMAN 23-122 and

AFH 23-123 Volume 2, Part 3. (T-1).

5.7.7.2. (Deleted).

5.7.8.1. (Replaced) The dollar value for automatic inventory adjustment, computed by

multiplying the adjusted quantity by the MAC, is within the following limits:

5.7.10. (Replaced) Inventory adjustment approval, certification, and reporting.

5.7.10.1. (Replaced) Approval/Authentication of inventory adjustments. All inventory

adjustments that do not qualify for automatic adjustment will be approved by the Materiel

Management Flight Commander/Chief or equivalent prior to processing the adjustment.

Approval requires verification for all inventory post count validation and pre-adjustment

research actions have been completed.

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

5.7.10.2. (Added) Inventory Certification. Causative research, analysis, and other inventory

adjustment and discrepancy trend data will be used to monitor the integrity of base resource

management processes. This analysis will be presented to the LRS Commander (or equivalent)

along with the M10/M32 (or equivalent) and all requisite supporting documentation for review,

approval, and signature.

5.7.10.3. (Added) Reporting. The LRS Commander (or equivalent in other materiel management

activities) will report inventory adjustments for all classified and sensitive items regardless of

cost, and all other monthly inventory adjustments greater than $5,000 to their respective

MAJCOM/A4R NLT the 10

of each month. The LRS Commander (or equivalent in other

materiel management activities) will ensure this report addresses the following areas: 1.

Summary of the adjustments made. 2. Research that was undertaken prior to the adjustment. 3.

Preventive measures to be taken for future months to prevent similar occurrences. The

MAJCOM/A4R will in turn provide copies of these reports, along with any amplifying notes

regarding trends, corrective actions, or other inputs to AFMC/A4R and AF/A4LR NLT the 20

of each month, IAW paragraph 1.3.3.7. of this instruction.

5.8.3.1.1. (Replaced) All SPRAM requirements will be forwarded from the EAE to the

MAJCOM FAM. MAJCOM FAM will forward approved SPRAM requests to the Lead

Command FAM for final approval with a statement of unit/MAJCOM funding availability for

the requested items. Once MAJCOM FAM receives Lead Command FAM approval with

supporting documentation, the MAJCOM FAM will forward a copy of approval documentation

to EAE and notify the supported activity to requisition the asset.

5.9.6.1. (Replaced) COSIS Inspection Program. The Chief Inspector will conduct an overall

COSIS inspection for each warehouse IAW AFMAN 23-125, Table 1. The Chief Inspector will

schedule, conduct, and provide reports of the COSIS inspection program. Copies of the COSIS

inspection report will be provided to the inspected activity to accomplish corrective actions.

5.9.6.2. (Replaced) Inspection personnel will then perform a follow-up inspection within 10 days

to ensure discrepancies were corrected. These discrepancies will be briefed to the LRS APO or

designee until resolution. Forward copies of COSIS reports to LRS/QA.

5.9.7.5. (Replaced) Condition. Serviceable property will be accompanied with condition

paperwork (DD Form 1574/-1 is acceptable certification if signed or stamped by a Federal

Aviation Agency approved repair facility or contractor forms (i.e., Federal Aviation Agency

Form 8130-3, Authorized Release Certificate, Air Worthiness Approval Tag, Certificate of

Conformance, European Aviation Safety Agency Form 1, Authorized Release Certificate, Joint

Aviation Authority (JAA) Form One, Authorized Release Certificate, Transportation Canada

Civil Aviation (TCAA) Form One, Authorized Release Certificate, etc.). This includes the

inspector’s name/signature or the inspector’s stamp certifying the condition of the asset on the

outside of the container. If condition paperwork is not located on the outside of the container, but

the item is properly identified, and no suspected damage is apparent; the accompanied DD

1348/1A will suffice as condition paperwork (Note: For Federal Aviation Agency certified

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

aircraft reparable spares, the DD 1348/1A will not suffice as condition paperwork on its own;

Federal Aviation Agency Form 8130-3 or international equivalent form is mandatory). The DD

1348/1A must be affixed to the outside container (packing slip) for tracing purposes. No further

labeling/tagging or opening containers are required. Exception: Bulk assets will be stenciled

when appropriate. When supplies are stenciled, standard required data contained on the DD

Forms 1574/-1(i.e., bulk items) will be used. (T-2).

5.9.8.11.1. (Replaced) Applicable to AF bases. Items requiring modifications which change their

form, fit, or function will be assigned Numeric Parts Preference Code (NPPC) 4 or TCTO flag

with DD Form 1576 tag or DD Form 1576 label.

6.3.1.1. (Replaced) DoDM 4160.21, Volume 2 and DoDM 4160.28, Volume 1, implements the

requirements of the Federal Property Management Regulation (FPMR), as it applies to the

disposition of excess and surplus materiel. DoDM 4160.28 directs DoD components to complete

initial Defense Demilitarization Program Courses (Defense Demilitarization Program Course,

DoD DEMIL Awareness Training, and DoD DEMIL Certifier/Verifier Training) and annual

Defense DEMIL Program Refresher Course developed by the DoD Demil Program Manager and

posted at https://www.dla.mil/Working-With-DLA/Federal-and-International-Cataloging/DE

MIL-Coding/DEMIL-Training. (T-0).

7.1. (Replaced) Overview. This chapter establishes guidance on the administration and use of the

Integrated Logistics System – Supply (ILS-S) and Defense Property Accountability System

(DPAS). The policy described in this section is applicable to ILS-S except where explicitly

excluded. Specific procedures to create and maintain user accounts within ILS-S are addressed in

AFH 23-123, Volume 2. DPAS is the Accountable Property System of Record (APSR) for

support equipment. Specific procedures for the user account and processing are found in the

DPAS training guides located on the HAF SharePoint.

7.2.3.6. (Replaced) Base Level. The Base Project Officer is designated by the using

organization's commander to be responsible for coordinating all on-site activities of a particular

MMHS/SAS and local re-warehousing project. The Base Project Officer will be part of the using

activity and be fully involved with project development and throughout completion. This

includes accountable oversight of re-warehoused assets as outlined in DAFMAN 23-122, re-

warehousing project management.

7.5.2. (Replaced) Controlled Access. A high degree of control over the ILS-S system and data

access to logistics data is warranted due to security and proprietary data issues. ILS-S has several

security features that will lock user accounts and render the account inaccessible. Accounts will

only be unlocked after positive identification is made in person with a CAC, a digitally signed

email or use of the Telephone Challenge Word. The authentication method is at the discretion of

the ILS-S Administrator. ILS-S access is granted through the Air Force Portal using CAC

authentication.

7.5.2.1. (Deleted)

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

7.5.3. (Replaced) Automated User Account Validation. The ILS-S Administrators will perform a

validation of user accounts semi-annually. (T-1). The ILS-S Administrator is notified by an alert

or e-mail that a validation is required.

7.5.4. (Replaced) User Administration. Administrators serve as trusted agents to grant and

maintain access rights to individual users in their units and Administrative Groups.

Organizational commanders whose responsibilities include oversight of ILS-S operations will

review and approve or disapprove the SAAR for all users requesting administrative privileges.

(T-1).

7.5.4.3.1. (Replaced) Understand DoD, DISA and Air Force Policy and Procedures. Do not rely

solely on policy in the instruction. All administrators must also have a thorough understanding of

all DoD, DISA and Air Force policy, manuals, and handbooks regarding system and user

administration. (T-2).

7.5.4.3.2. (Replaced) Manage System Access Authorization Requests (SAARs). Maintaining

SAARs is mandatory and vital to passing system security audits. Failure to pass a system

security audit will result in a re-audit within 90 days and may result in removal as a User

Administrator. SAARs contain a user’s personal data and should only be accessed by those in a

“need to know" position.

7.5.4.3.3. (Deleted)

7.5.4.3.4. (Replaced) Perform Information Assurance Officer Duties. ILS-S IAOs are only

located at AFMC. The IAO will review and approve or disapprove all user requests. The IAO

verifies the SAAR contains only the privileges required to perform the mission. Extra scrutiny

will take place at this level since the IAO is the last person in the approval chain prior to account

creation and privileges being granted. Administrators will not update a data element the user has

the capability to update in their profile. All requests to alter permissions in ILS-S will be

documented using the automated SAAR. (T-1). Under no circumstances will an administrator

restore or reactivate an account when it is clear the user failed to fulfill their responsibilities or to

avoid proper approval and validation by the supervisor or IAO.

7.5.4.3.5. (Replaced) Limit SRAN Access. Administrators cannot grant access to multiple

accounts when a base-level user's job only requires access to a single SRAN. Users may be

granted privileges for multiple SRANs if there is a genuine need to access multiple accounts

(e.g., CRF, deployments, etc.). The IAO will verify specific comments justifying the need for

access to multiple SRANs on the SAAR to document this exception to policy. The IAO assigned

to the Admin Group will approve or disapprove all requests regardless of the source of the

request. (T-1).

7.5.4.3.7. (Replaced) Validate User Accounts. Administrators will complete the ILS-S automated

validation NLT the user’s validation due date to prevent the user’s account from being

automatically disabled by the system. Validation of legacy accounts will ensure only those

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

transactions not available in Enterprise Solution-Supply are assigned to those users approved by

AF/A4LR for ILS-S access. See AFMAN 23-122 for procedures.

7.5.4.3.7.2. (Replaced) Review Administrator Accounts. AFMC will validate all SPO and mid-

level administrator accounts each quarter during the automated validation. The number of

administrators will be maintained at the following ratios: 1 SPO-level admin per 1,500 users

across the enterprise and 1 mid-level admin per 500 users across their Administrative Group. The

mid-level administrator will validate low- level administrative accounts within their span of

control during the automated validation. There will not be more than 2 low-level administrators

per 100 users supported at a single location. Two low-level administrators are authorized when

the number of supported users is less than 100 users at a single geographical location. SPO-level

administrators will only be located in the ILS-S Program Office. With the exception of the

NWRM Admin Group, mid-level administrators will only be located at AFMC.

7.5.4.3.7.3. (Replaced) Prevent Unauthorized Use. Administrators at all levels will implement

proactive measures to ensure every user’s access and privileges are reviewed prior to a change in

the user’s status. (T-1). This includes, but is not limited to, transfer (PCS, PCA and new duty

positions), retirement, administrative action, changes in employment status or extended absences.

The administrator will ensure the user’s account expiration date is updated and will archive the

user’s account(s) NLT 1 duty day prior to the user’s last day in that role. (T-1). This action

ensures the user will have to apply for access through the user’s new supervisor and IAO at the

gaining location to ensure the proper privileges are assigned. This will be accomplished using

available technology and processes such as the VMPF in-processing/out-processing checklist

functionality, contractor onboarding/departure procedures and locally developed PCA checklists.

Additionally, IAOs will coordinate with the base-level Operations Compliance (LGLO) office to

determine ILS-S access requirements for outside organizations and new contracts. IAOs will

coordinate with LGLO to conduct periodic validations of these users to ensure access does not

exceed mission requirements.

7.5.4.3.7.6. (Replaced) Scrutinize Multiple Accounts. There may be an operational need for an

ILS-S user to have more than one account. This can occur for several reasons to include joint

base processing with separate ILS-S accounts within close proximity and supporting COOP

operations. All requests for multiple accounts will contain a specific and detailed justification on

the SAAR.

7.5.5. (Replaced) Supervisor/US Government Sponsor Responsibilities. Supervisors will validate

the need for access requested and endorse SAARs. (T-1). A US Government Sponsor (normally

the Contract QAE or Government PMO representative) must endorse (as the Supervisor) all ILS-

S SAARs for contractor personnel. (T-1). The 437 Supply Chain Operations commander will

serve as the supervisor for all administrator accounts. (T-1). Supervisors are also responsible for

the timely validation of their subordinates’ user accounts. This includes removing privileges

during the validation process that are no longer required. It is the supervisor’s/US Government

sponsor’s responsibility to notify the ILS-S Administrator NLT 3 duty days when a user no

longer requires access to ILS-S. (T-1). This notification can be by signed email, in-person or by

telephone.

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

7.5.6.2. (Replaced) Request/Process Account Changes. Users will update changes to ILS-S

profile immediately as a condition of continued access. The ILS-S Automated SAAR will be the

only mechanism to request changes to a user’s SRANs, capabilities and transactions. (T-1). New

requests and changes to existing accounts will be completed by the user NLT 3 duty days prior to

the operational requirement to allow for proper routing. (T-2). The user is also responsible for

notifying the supervisor/US Government sponsor when ILS-S access or privileges to ILS-S are

no longer required.

7.6. (Added) Defense Property Accountability System (DPAS).

7.6.1. (Added) DPAS (Site Id FH-AFHAF) is the approved Air Force APSR for general support

equipment. Property records remaining in the Integrated Logistics System – Supply (ILS-S) will

immediately migrate into DPAS upon discovery.

7.6.2. (Added) ILS-S will retain the requisition process until DPAS employs the requisitioning

capability for AF support equipment.

7.6.3. (Added) 437 SCOS Records Maintenance is the primary office responsible for loading

new stock numbers to the AF DPAS catalog. This includes establishing and managing an

enterprise local and part number stock number control register. All requestors will submit all

DPAS stock number requests to the 437 SCOS. (T-1). This organization is the enterprise-level

authority on determining Air Force stock numbers within the DPAS catalog. (T-1). AF/A4LR is

the final level of decision for resolving stock number conflicts. (T-1).

7.6.4. (Added) At any point in time, an accountable property record for support equipment will

only be reported in a single APSR for financial or ownership purposes. (T-1).

7.6.4.1. (Added) Management records, especially for loaned assets or assets under stewardship

control, should be established to maintain physical control over assets for which ownership

resides in another DoD entity.

7.6.4.2. (Added) Only the owner, not the temporary custodian, should report financially in the

AF Approved APSR, within the FH-AFHAF. (T-1).

7.6.5. (Added) DPAS property records will be the sole authoritative source for use in validating

the existence and completeness of an asset and will provide a comprehensive log of transactions

suitable for audit.

7.6.6. (Added) System Access and Information Owner. Each user requiring access to DPAS must

have an account established within DPAS prior to accessing the system. Users gain access to the

system using their Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) certificate contained within their Common

Access Card (CAC), or in some instances users are issued a “Soft Certificate.”

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

7.6.6.1. (Added) Air Force Support Equipment (AFSE) DPAS Help Desk. The AFSE DPAS

Help Desk specifically serves DPAS Site Id FH-AFHAF. They provide Information Owner (IO)

functions for General Support Equipment access and related system issues.

7.6.6.2. (Added) Users must submit the following forms to the Help Desk: DD 2875 – System

Authorization Access Request (SAAR), User Agreement, DPAS Roles Request Form and a

Training Certificate showing proof that Information Assurance training has been completed

within the last 12 months.

7.6.6.3. (Added) The Help Desk IO will review access requests for DPAS Site Id FH-AFHAF to

ensure users have the appropriate permissions and all documentation is correct.

7.6.6.4. (Added) The Help Desk IO will then forward to the DPAS access POCs and if all user

access forms are completed properly, DPAS Account Management will enter the data into DPAS

creating the user account.

7.6.7. (Added) Account Management. Transactional actions and file maintenance to custodial

accounts are limited to EAEs, MAJCOMs, CEMF, Equipment Support Flights, and AF/A4LR.

8.2.1.2. (Replaced) Cataloging reconciliation. AFMC will conduct a quarterly reconciliation

between the Federal Logistics Information System (FLIS), the Foundational Logistics IT

Enterprise System (FLITES), the Integrated Logistics System-Supply, and D035. (T-1). They

will develop procedures to correct any deficiencies between systems within five business days.

AFMC will develop reconciliation metrics and report to AF/A4LR quarterly. (T-1).

8.2.1.4. (Added) AFMC Records Maintenance functions will retain control of all cataloging

efforts pertaining to DPAS Support Equipment (SE) stock numbers. (T-1).

8.2.1.5. (Added) DPAS Catalog Managers notify submitting EAEs and requestors of the P-

Serialized Stock Number load into DPAS and internally file the submission form. (T-1). Catalog

Managers will request an Army MCN for non-stock listed SA/LW requiring upload into DPAS.

(T-1). Note: The 437 SCOS will perform catalog reconciliations to maintain the integrity of the

DPAS catalog.

8.3.1. (Replaced) Overview. UMMIPS, Force/Activity Designators (FAD), project codes, and

materiel priorities and allocations will adhere to guidance in Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of

Staff Instruction (CJCSI) 4110.01F, Joint Materiel Priorities and Allocation and

DoDM 4140.01, Vol 8, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Procedures: Materiel Data

Management and Exchange. (T-0).

8.3.2. (Replaced) AF/A4LR FAD Monitor will update the FAD on the ILS-S Reporting

Organization File (ROF) via AFLCMC/HIS, only for an approved FAD I by JS/J4 and FADs II-

V by AF/A3O.

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

8.3.2.1. (Added) AFMC Records Maintenance is designated as the Enterprise FAD Monitor for

execution/update into the supply system for approved FAD changes.

8.3.2.1.1. (Added) AFMC Records Maintenance will appointment only one primary and alternate

FAD Monitor in writing to AF/A4LR to process the appropriate transactions.

8.3.4. (Replaced) Requests to change FAD designation and to assign a Chairman of the Joints

Chiefs of Staff (CJCS) project code will be accomplished per CJCSI 4110.01F and submitted to

AF/A4LR by the MAJCOMs for review and coordination. (T-0). See DAFMAN 23-122,

Chapter 8, Materiel Management Procedures for FAD and CJCS project code change

procedures.

8.3.5. (Replaced) The use of locally assigned project codes (by MAJCOMs and bases) is

prohibited.

8.3.6. (Replaced) AF-generated project codes will be effective for the duration of the need. (T-

1). Codes will be assigned a termination date no greater than 24 months, at which time they must

be reevaluated for deletion or renewal. (T-1).

8.3.7. (Deleted)

8.7.5. (Added) COMSEC Nonexpendable Equipment Installed on Aircraft.

8.7.5.1. (Added) COMSEC Equipment items installed on aircraft will be recorded on a

Maintenance or Operations equipment account if not included in -21 TOs as defined in AFI 21-

103. (T-1). These items are considered fixed or installed components and are parts of the basic

aerospace vehicle needed for normal operations.

8.7.5.2. (Added) Orders for replacement assets will use normal support equipment sourcing

procedures.

8.7.5.2.1. (Added) Deployed/Off-Station aircraft. When the aircraft requires a replacement asset

an approved backorder will be placed at the aircraft’s home station and include a supplementary

address DODAAC for the recovery location.

8.7.5.3. (Added) The LRS Equipment Accountability Element will:

8.7.5.3.1. (Added) Process the backorder.

8.7.5.3.2. (Added) Contact the 735th SCOG at ([email protected]) for request

to expedite the release and movement of the required asset; include the document number and

tail number of the aircraft requiring the asset.

8.7.5.3.3. (Added) The removed unserviceable asset will follow return procedures IAW with

DAFMAN 23-122, Materiel Management. (T-1).

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

8.7.5.3.4. (Added) Installed items will be inventoried in accordance with all applicable inventory

frequency rules. (T-1).

Attachment 1

GLOSSARY OF REFERENCES AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION

References

(Deleted) AFI 16-1404, Air Force Information Security Program, 29 May 2015

(Deleted) AFI 23-111, Management of Government Property in Possession of the Air Force, 19

November 2018

(Added) AFMAN 32-7002, Environmental Compliance and Pollution Prevention, 4 February

2020

(Deleted) AFI 32-7086, Hazardous Materials Management, 04 February 2015

(Deleted) AFI 33-360, Publications and Forms Management, 1 December 2016

(Added) DAFMAN 10-406, Unit Type Code Management, 6 October 2021

(Added) CJCSI 4110.01F, Joint Materiel Priorities and Allocation, 25 September 2021

(Deleted) CJCSI 4110.01E, Joint Materiel Priorities and Allocation, 19 July 2012

(Added) DAFI 90-160, Publications and Forms Management, 14 April 2022

(Added) DAFMAN 10-406, Unit Type Code Management, 6 October 2021

(Added) DoDI 5000.64 DAFI 23-111, Accountability and Management of DoD Equipment and

Other Accountable Property, 6 December 2021

(Deleted) DoDI 5000.64, Accountability and Management of DoD Equipment and Other

Accountable Property, 27 April 2017

(Added) DoDM5200.01V1AFMAN16-1404V1, Information Security Program: Overview,

Classification and Declassification, 11 Jan

Abbreviations and Acronyms

(Added) UIC— Unit Identification Code

DAFI23-101_DAFGM2024-01

Attachment Title

Changes to DAFI 23-101, 22 Oct 2020

Terms

(Replaced) Disposal Freeze Notice—A disposal freeze notice is a formal written directive issued

by AFMC to withhold certain specified materiel from disposal action for a definite period of

time.

(Added) Unit Identification Code—It is a six-character code created by the DoD Components to

uniquely identify each Active, Reserve, and National Guard unit of the Armed Forces. AF/A1

assigns a UIC to each unit when it is activated allowing the unit to have its own unique identifier

and is commonly used across staff functions.

(Replaced) Project Code—A three-character alpha/numeric code used to distinguish requisitions

and related documentation and shipments, as well as for the accumulation of intra-Service

performance and cost data related to exercises, maneuvers, and other distinct programs, projects,

and operations. Other than OSD and CJCS assigned codes, project codes do not provide or imply

any priority or precedence for requisition processing or supply decisions. Reference CJCSI

4110.01F, and DLM 4000.25-1, Appendix 2.13.

(Replaced) Uniform Materiel Movement and Issue Priority System (UMMIPS)—UMMIPS sets

priorities for the issuance and movement of materiel. The system enables supply customers to

use one of 15 priority designators when requisitioning supply items. These 15 priority

designators are based on two components: the UND defines the relative importance of the item

ordered to the unit’s mission and the FAD defines the relative importance of the unit placing the

order. Reference CJCSI 4100.01F.

BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY

OF THE AIR FORCE

AIR FORCE INSTRUCTION 23-101

22 OCTOBER 2020

Materiel Management

MATERIEL MANAGEMENT POLICY

COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY

ACCESSIBILITY: Publications and forms are available on the e-Publishing website at

www.e-Publishing.af.mil for downloading or ordering

RELEASABILITY: There are no releasability restrictions on this publication

OPR: AF/A4LR

Supersedes: AFI23-101,

12 December 2016

Certified by: SAF/AQD

(Ms. Angela L. Tymofichuk)

Pages: 254

This instruction implements Air Force Policy Directive (AFPD) 23-1, Materiel Management and

facilitates the implementation of Department of Defense (DoD) guidance from Department of

Defense Manual (DoDM) 4140.01, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Policy; DoDM

4140.26-M, Volume 1, DoD Integrated Materiel Management (IMM) for Consumable Items:

Operating Procedures for Item Management Coding (IMC); DoDM 4140.27, Volume 1, DoD

Shelf-Life Management Program: Program Administration; and DoDM 4140.27, Volume 2,

DoD Shelf-Life Management Program: Materiel Quality Control Storage Standards. This

guidance applies to all civilian employees and uniformed members of the Regular Air Force, Air

Force Reserve, and Air National Guard. Refer recommended changes and questions about this

publication to the Office of Primary Responsibility (OPR) using AF Form 847, Recommendation

for Change of Publication; route AF Forms 847 from the field through the appropriate functional

chain of command. This publication may be supplemented at Major Command (MAJCOM)

level, but all supplements that directly implement this publication must be routed to the OPR for

coordination prior to certification and approval. The authorities to waive wing/unit level

requirements in this publication are identified with a Tier (“T-0, T-1, T-2, T-3”) number

following the compliance statement. See Air Force Instruction (AFI) 33-360, Publications and

Forms Management for a description of the authorities associated with the Tier numbers and

approval authority for non-tiered compliance. Ensure all records created as a result of processes

prescribed in this publication are maintained in accordance with AFI 33-322, Records

Management and Information Governance Program, and disposed of in accordance with the Air

Force Records Disposition Schedule located in the Air Force Records Information Management

System. Notify Air Force Logistics, Engineering and Force Protection, Logistics Readiness

Division, (AF/A4LR) of guidance conflicts between this instruction and any other DoD/Air

Certified Current, 15 AUGUST 2024

2  AFI23-101  22 OCTOBER 2020 
Force guidance or Technical Orders (TO). Pending case resolution, DoD directives/TOs will take 
precedence. Information that is collected from other DoD components or Federal agencies must 
be approved by DoD and licensed with a report control symbol. The use of the name or mark of 
any specific manufacturer, commercial product, commodity, or service in this publication does 
not imply endorsement by the Air Force. 
SUMMARY OF CHANGES 
This revision includes significant changes and must be reviewed in its entirety. Changes include 
consolidating  roles  and  responsibilities  into  Chapter  1;  implementation  of  new  stockage 
percentages for Small  Arms/Light Weapons (SA/LW) in Figure  5.1;  update of Due-In  From 
Maintenance  (DIFM)  return  days  of  serviceable  and  unserviceable  assets  to  Flight  Service 
Center; movement of Satellite Operations to Chapter 9; data requirements for Chief Financial 
Officer  (CFO)  and  incorporated  Financial  Audit  Readiness  compliance  procedures  for 
Equipment  Custodians;  Local  Purchase  (LP)  Waivers  or  Local  Repair  (LR)  Waivers  for  AF 
Equipment  Items;  updates  to  Individual  Protective  Equipment  (IPE)  protective  mask  and 
replacement parts procedures; base closure procedures; Decentralized Materiel Support (DMS) 
guidance; change of Centralized Equipment Office to establishment of Centralized Equipment 
Management  Flight  (CEMF);  new  disposal  and  retention  policy  for  serviceable  assets  as 
approved by the Air Force Supply Chain Policy Working Group; removal of Career Broadening 
Program and AFMAN 23-220, Report of Survey; change of Tracer Reconciliation (NGV597) 
program and late inbound shipment management procedures to Overdue Shipment. 
 
Chapter 1—GUIDING PRINCIPLES    6 
Section 1A—General Instruction Information    6 
1.1.  Overview, Purpose, and Scope. ...............................................................................   6 
Section 1B—Roles and Responsibilities    7 
1.2.  Headquarters Air Force. ...........................................................................................   7 
1.3.  Major Command (MAJCOM) Functions. ................................................................   12 
1.4.  Air Force Materiel Command (AFMC). ..................................................................   18 
1.5.  AMC Logistics Readiness Division. ........................................................................   38 
1.6.  Logistic Readiness Squadron. ..................................................................................   38 
1.7.  Program Manager (PM). ..........................................................................................   58 
1.8.  Air Force Organization Responsibilities. .................................................................   59 
Section 1C—Supply Chain Goals, Metrics, Boards and Working Groups    64 
1.9.  Goals Supply chain management (SCM) goals are promoted to: ............................   64 
1.10.  Metrics. ....................................................................................................................   65 

AFI23-101  22 OCTOBER 2020  3 
11.  Boards and Working Groups. ..................................................................................   65 
Chapter 2—PLAN    70 
1.  Overview. .................................................................................................................   70 
2.  Stockage Policy. .......................................................................................................   70 
3.  Financial Management.  ...........................................................................................   85 
4.  War Reserve Materiel (WRM). ................................................................................   102 
5.  Degraded Operations. ..............................................................................................   102 
6.  RSP and Kits. ...........................................................................................................   104 
7.  Contingency/Wartime Planning. ..............................................................................   113 
8.  Life Cycle Product Support Planning. .....................................................................   119 
9.  AF provisioning policies.  ........................................................................................   119 
10.  Participation in the WSSP. .......................................................................................   119 
11.  Spare Parts Breakout Program. ................................................................................   120 
12.  TRAP.  .....................................................................................................................   124 
13.  Base Closures/Weapons System Transfers.  ............................................................   126 
Chapter 3—SOURCING OF MATERIEL    127 
1.  Overview.  ................................................................................................................   127 
2.  Local Purchase and Retail Sales. .............................................................................   127 
3.  Receipt Processing. ..................................................................................................   129 
4.  Item Management.  ..................................................................................................   130 
5.  Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS).  .............   130 
Chapter 4—MAKE AND MAINTAIN MATERIEL    131 
1.  Overview.  ................................................................................................................   131 
2.  Time Compliance Technical Order (TCTO). ...........................................................   131 
3.  Repair. ......................................................................................................................   132 
4.  Time Change Items. .................................................................................................   134 
Chapter 5—DELIVERY OF MATERIEL    135 
1.  Overview. .................................................................................................................   135 
2.  Order and Requisitioning. ........................................................................................   135 

4  AFI23-101  22 OCTOBER 2020 
5.3.  Physical Asset Management. ...................................................................................   137 
Table  5.1.  Individual Protective Equipment Stock Levels. .......................................................   145 
Table  5.2.  General Purpose Mobility Bag Contents (Type A). .................................................   145 
Table  5.3.  Small Arms/Light Weapons Accessories (Type A). ................................................   146 
Table  5.4.  Extreme Cold Weather Mobility Bag Contents (Type B). .......................................   146 
Figure  5.1.  Small Arms/Light Weapons Stock Level. ...............................................................   146 
5.4.  Equipment Management. .........................................................................................   148 
Table  5.5.  Serial Numbers. .......................................................................................................   168 
5.5.  Document Control and Detail Records.  ..................................................................   159 
5.6.  Record Reversal and Correction (RRC). .................................................................   165 
5.7.  Physical Inventory and Adjustments.  .....................................................................   166 
Table  5.5.  Inventory Frequency. ...............................................................................................   168 
5.8.  SPRAM. ...................................................................................................................   170 
5.9.  Inspection Operations and Related Operations. .......................................................   171 
5.10.  Management of Discrepant, Counterfeit and Suspect Counterfeit Materiel. ...........   178 
5.11.  Stock Positioning. ....................................................................................................   183 
5.12.  Materiel Disposition. ...............................................................................................   184 
Chapter 6—MATERIEL RETURNS    187 
6.1.  Overview.  ................................................................................................................   187 
6.2.  Returns. ....................................................................................................................   188 
6.3.  Disposal, Demilitarization and PMRP. ....................................................................   189 
Table  6.1.  Enterprise Date Points to Equal Zero. ......................................................................   190 
Chapter 7—SUPPORTING TECHNOLOGIES    193 
7.1.  Overview.  ................................................................................................................   193 
7.2.  Automated Identification Technology (AIT) and MMHS and Other Capabilities. .   193 
7.3.  Supply Chain Materiel Management Systems. ........................................................   197 
7.4.  Readiness Driver Program. ......................................................................................   197 
7.5.  Integrated Logistics System-Supply (ILS-S). ..........................................................   198 

AFI23-101  22 OCTOBER 2020  5 
Chapter 8—LOGISTICS PROGRAMS AND SYSTEMS    203 
1.  Overview.  ................................................................................................................   203 
2.  Cataloging and Records Maintenance. ....................................................................   203 
3.  Uniform Materiel Movement and Issue Priority System (UMMIPS). .....................   206 
4.  Clothing and Textile. ...............................................................................................   207 
5.  Price Challenge and Verification Program. .............................................................   208 
6.  Disposition of Critical Safety Items (CSIs). ............................................................   208 
7.  SRD. .........................................................................................................................   208 
Chapter 9—SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS    210 
1.  Overview.  ................................................................................................................   210 
2.  Special Logistics Support.  ......................................................................................   210 
3.  Donation, Loan, and Lease Programs. .....................................................................   215 
4.  Satellite Operations. Satellite Accounts and Accountability.  .................................   215 
Chapter 10—INTENSIVELY MANAGED AND TRACKED ITEMS    219 
1.  Overview.  ................................................................................................................   219 
2.  Management of Controlled Materiel. .......................................................................   219 
Attachment 1—GLOSSARY OF REFERENCES AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION    226 
 

6 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Chapter 1

GUIDING PRINCIPLES

Section 1A—General Instruction Information

1.1. Overview, Purpose, and Scope.

1.1.1. Overview. This chapter outlines the instruction’s purpose; AF guidance for Materiel

Management Organization and Structure at base level; Satellite Operations; Supply Chain

Materiel Management Goals and Metrics; Air Force Materiel Management Boards; and

Working Groups.

1.1.2. Purpose. The purpose of this instruction is to implement direction from the Secretary

of the Air Force (SECAF) as outlined in AFPD 23-1, Materiel Management. This policy

provides direction for determining and stocking materiel requirements, cataloging, ordering,

sourcing, delivering, and return/disposal of materiel for Class IX repair parts and select Class

VII major end items and Class II items as identified and approved by Headquarters Air Force

(HAF). Additionally, guidance for other classes of supply, such as Class V munitions is

covered in specific subject areas. These references will be specifically enumerated where

applicable.

1.1.2.1. This instruction supports the Integrated Life Cycle Management Enterprise chain

by providing applicable materiel management guidance to ensure the warfighter receives

the right support at the right place and the right time. Additionally, this guidance supports

the Air Force Expeditionary Logistics for the 21st Century umbrella strategy that

integrates and governs logistics transformation initiatives.

1.1.2.2. Delegation of Authority. Deputy Chief of Staff for Logistics, Engineering and

Force Protection (AF/A4), delegates responsibility for developing procedural guidance,

for the tasks and programs listed below, to Air Force Materiel Command (AFMC):

1.1.2.2.1. Provisioning.

1.1.2.2.2. Wholesale receipt processing.

1.1.2.2.3. Item Management (IM).

1.1.2.2.4. Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS).

1.1.2.2.5. Enterprise Management of select Class II assets.

1.1.2.2.6. Stock Positioning.

1.1.2.2.7. Materiel Disposition.

1.1.3. Scope. AF policy requires all government-owned property to be under the control of a

responsible Accountable Property Officer (APO) at all times. This instruction applies to the

following:

1.1.3.1. AF organizations under the direct jurisdiction of the Chief of Staff of the Air

Force (CSAF).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 7

1.1.3.2. AF organizations under the jurisdiction of overseas commands instructed to

maintain formal stock record accounts.

1.1.3.3. Designated agencies accessing the AF materiel management system, unless

specifically exempted by the CSAF.

1.1.3.4. Supply Chain Management (SCM) operations providing direct support to the F-

35 platform will use this instruction as fundamental baseline for materiel management

knowledge and guidance. The F-35 SCM processes will be managed in accordance with

(IAW) F-35 Joint Program Office approved guidance. (T-1).

1.1.3.5. Materiel management supply chain guidance specific to security assistance

processes and procedures is not within the scope of this instruction. Refer to AFMAN 16-

101, Security Cooperation (SC) and Security Assistance (SA)Management.

1.1.4. Construct. This instruction has the same construct as AFMAN 23-122, Materiel

Management Procedures, Air Force Handbook (AFH) 23-123, Volume 1, Materiel

Management Reference Information, and AFH 23-123, Volume 2, Part 1, Integrated

Logistics System – Supply (ILS-S). While not all sections within AFI 23-101 have associated

procedures enumerated in AFMAN 23-122 or processes in all AFH 23-123 volumes, those

sections where procedures/processes are detailed have the same section titles. For example,

paragraph 5.5, Equipment Management, is the same section in AFI 23-101, AFMAN 23-

122, and AFH 23-123.

1.1.4.1. Users are encouraged to refer to Attachment 1 for reference information as well

as identification of legacy AF supply chain functions with updated terminology.

1.1.4.2. References to Materiel Management Systems. This instruction provides

guidance which properly should not be predicated on systems’ capabilities. Guidance

shall drive systems requirements. As such, the vast majority of references to systems

information in this instruction are systems “neutral” and are referred to as “materiel

management IT systems” or similar terminology. AFI 23-101’s “companion”

publications, AFMAN 23-122, and multiple AFH 23-123 volumes provide more specific

systems references “ILS-S, AF Equipment IT System”.

1.1.5. Supply Chain Organizations. Throughout this instruction, guidance establishes

responsibilities for HAF and MAJCOMs. Note: Any reference to MAJCOM will include Air

National Guard (ANG).

Section 1B—Roles and Responsibilities

1.2. Headquarters Air Force.

1.2.1. Assistant Secretary of the Air Force for Acquisition (SAF/AQ). Manages the

budgeting and execution processes and issues the program authority for all Mechanized

Materiel Handling Systems (MMHS) Storage Aids Systems (SAS) projects.

1.2.2. Revolving Funds Division (SAF/FMBOR). Determines and implements the financial

policies of the Air Force Working Capital Fund (AFWCF) performs the following:

8 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.2.2.1. Serves as the Defense Working Capital Fund manager for the AF and as such, is

tasked with the consolidation of AFWCF financial data, requirements and budgets to

form the AF submission to the Defense Working Capital Fund budget for the AF.

1.2.2.2. Financially manages the AFWCF to include recommending to the Budget

Operations Directorate (SAF/FMBO) and Weapon System Sustainment Division

(AF/A4PY) cash requirements and price escalation based upon analyses of buy/repair

requirements and fund allocation strategies.

1.2.2.3. Directly liaises between the AF and the Office of the Under Secretary of

Defense (Comptroller) (OUSD(C)) staff.

1.2.2.4. Delegates financial authority to Division Fund Managers (Consolidated

Sustainment Activity Group-Supply [CSAG-S] and Supply Management Activity Group-

Retail with the latter including the General Support Division (GSD), AF Academy Cadet

Store and Medical Dental Division).

1.2.2.5. In conjunction with SAF/AQ and Financial Management & Comptroller Budget

Investment Directorate (SAF/FMBI), provides Program Authority (PA)/Budget Authority

(BA) for initial spares requirements as appropriate to AFMC conveying the appropriated

funding matched to the initial Spares Cost Authority allocation based on the scheduled

outlays.

1.2.2.6. Provides detailed guidance and budget submission schedule to AFWCF business

areas for preparation of the AFWCF budget submission.

1.2.2.7. Reviews and approves or adjusts the AFWCF business area budget submissions.

Adjustments are coordinated with AFWCF business areas.

1.2.2.8. Delegates financial authority for CSAG-S and GSD (in addition to Consolidated

Sustainment Activity Group-Maintenance (CSAG-M)) to AFMC/FM.

1.2.3. Services Operations Division (AF/A1SO).

1.2.3.1. Serves as AF/A1 point of contact (POA) on Uniform Enterprise Working Group

(UEWG), co-leading with AF/A4LR.

1.2.3.2. Establishes quantitative clothing allowances and, as OPR, publish them in AFI

36-3012, Military Entitlements.

1.2.3.3. Acts as the focal point for submitting proposed initial issue and supplemental

allowances to the Secretary of the Air Force and OSD, as appropriate.

1.2.3.4. Ensures identification of Research, Development, Test & Evaluation (RDT&E)

and start-up inventory funding sources of any Air Force Uniform Board approved item

prior to AFMC taking any action on items (e.g., development or procurement action).

1.2.3.5. Upon the approval of an optional uniform clothing item, coordinates with

AF/A4LR and AFMC to establishing a fielding plan with Armed Forces Military

Clothing Sales Store (AFMCSS).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 9

1.2.4. Deputy Chief of Staff of the AF for Operations (AF/A3). Responsible to ensure the

War Mobilization Plan (WMP) is updated annually, coinciding with the annual publication of

the Designed Operational Capability statements and is distributed to the users within 2 weeks

of publication and prior to the annual review. AF/A3 resolves open issues between storing

and using commands when necessary.

1.2.5. Logistics Readiness Division (A4LR).

1.2.5.1. Ensures the AF Supply Chain Policy Working Group addresses AF stockage

requirements and inventory control policy issues IAW DoD policy and AF mission

needs.

1.2.5.2. Appoints an official representative to serve as the AF’s single point of contact

with the DoD on matters related to the Supply System Inventory Report (SSIR) reporting

requirement.

1.2.5.3. Coordinates degraded operations policy updates.

1.2.5.4. Approves requests to use High Priority Mission Support Kit (HPMSK) and their

computation.

1.2.5.5. Notifies MAJCOM upon approval to use contingency flags for Chairman of the

Joint Chiefs of Staff (CJCS) or AF project codes and upon discontinuation of use.

1.2.5.6. Maintains/publishes a listing of units authorized HPMSK. This listing will be

updated at least annually in preparation for the annual Readiness Spares Packages

(RSP)/HPMSK review.

1.2.5.7. Provides AF/A3OD at least annually, a copy of approved HPMSK authorization

listing.

1.2.5.8. Reviews and approves or specifies required changes to RSP review minutes

within 5 workdays of receipt.

1.2.5.9. Responsible for making materiel management inputs to Volume 1 and 3 of the

WMP annually.

1.2.5.10. Submits UTCs to AF/A4LR functional manager, AF/A3O, and MAJCOM

Manpower & Equipment Force Packaging OPR.

1.2.5.11. The A4LR Plans and Integration Branch oversees the UTC development

process.

1.2.5.12. Provides department level oversight for management of AF participation in

Weapon System Support Program (WSSP).

1.2.5.13. Initiates annual prioritization review of Weapon System Group Codes (WSGC)

for systems registered in WSSP by requesting a current listing of systems with assigned

WSGC from AFMC WSSP functional OPR.

1.2.5.14. Forwards prioritized WSSP WSGC list to Defense Logistics Agency (DLA).

1.2.5.15. Monitors and establishes AF policy for the AF Spare Parts Breakout Program

(AFSPBP).

10 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.2.5.16. Forwards the Spare Parts Breakout Screening Reports to Office of the Deputy

Assistant Secretary of Defense (Logistics).

1.2.5.17. Coordinates with MAJCOM-proposed spare parts breakout initiatives for

acquiring data rights, reverse engineering, qualification testing, tooling, and support

equipment required for spares breakout to the appropriate Air Staff panel.

1.2.5.18. Develops Tanks, Racks, Adapters, and Pylons (TRAP) procurement buy

programs according to Global Reach/Global Power Team decisions. Decisions are

coordinated with AF/A5RW.

1.2.5.19. Provides overall LP supply policy guidance.

1.2.5.20. Responsible for shelf-life management policies within the AF and serves as a

member of the DoD Shelf-Life Board.

1.2.5.21. Establishes policy governing operation and maintenance of the AF Equipment

IT System.

1.2.5.22. Approves and publishes data services processing instructions required for the

AF Equipment IT System.

1.2.5.23. Furnishes MAJCOMs, Direct reporting Units (DRUs), Field Operating

Agencies (FOAs) advanced information regarding operational and logistics concepts,

aircraft, missile, and systems programming data, and other planning data considered

essential in the development of equipment allowance standards and authorization data in

support of new weapons systems.

1.2.5.24. Provides, through the AF Program Document “Units, Bases and Priorities”

program document, the applicable main operating base supporting each forward or

dispersed operating base.

1.2.5.25. Issues special orders through Plans and Programs used to notify the applicable

MAJCOM/Logistics Readiness Squadron (LRS) of all unit activations, inactivations,

transfers, redesignations, mission changes and moves within the command. Force

structure information is received periodically from the Program Document system

(PD:K002).

1.2.5.26. Responsible for coordinating the policy and guidance for the Precious Metals

Recovery Program (PMRP).

1.2.5.27. Provides policy alignment strategy and oversight of MMHS and SAS.

1.2.5.28. Ensures materiel management systems requirements are identified and

addressed within the AF. Note: Users are authorized to run queries from approved

materiel management IT systems in lieu of specified reports when the query satisfies the

report's intended purpose and is not otherwise explicitly prohibited.

1.2.5.29. Provides and coordinates AF Readiness Drivers Program (AFRDP) policy and

procedural guidance with MAJCOMs, DLA/J-3 and other DoD logistics support

activities, as required.

1.2.5.30. Ensures the automated data system for the program within the scope of

approved AF/A4 programs supporting a common operating picture.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 11

1.2.5.31. Establishes and directs AF policy for cataloging and records maintenances.

1.2.5.32. Approves AF-generated project code and nickname requests.

1.2.5.33. Act as the AF OPR for Uniform Materiel Movement and Issue Priority System

(UMMIPS) and establishing AF-unique, supplemental priority releasing sequencing

policies.

1.2.5.34. Approves programmatic assignment of Required Delivery Date (RDD) “777”

for AF-generated project codes.

1.2.5.35. Serves as the AF POC on the UEWG.

1.2.5.36. Participates in OSD, DLA or Joint Service meetings involving clothing and

textile sustainment policy matters. Approves policy updates to AF Instructions.

1.2.5.37. Advises the Air Force Virtual Uniform Board of:

1.2.5.37.1. The effect of proposed item changes on uniform inventories using AFMC

inputs on current DLA Troop Support inventories. A4LR will ensure the impact of

proposed uniform changes, including funding sources required for residual

inventories, is factored into uniform fielding and sustainment planning.

1.2.5.37.2. DLA Troop Support development and procurement capabilities and

inventories.

1.2.5.38. Serves as the Technical Content Manager for this instruction having overall

management of the Standard Reporting Designator (SRD) program. General policy

oversight questions should be directed to this office.

1.2.5.39. Provides guidance and serves to adjudicate SRD cross-MAJCOMs matters.

1.2.5.40. Serves as functional authority for ILS-S and will ensure materiel management

systems comply with Defense Logistics Management Standards, OSD and audit

requirements. Accountable for ILS-S data and approves all system changes to ensure

supply chain operability, security, and policy compliance.

1.2.6. Weapons Division (AF/A5RW).

1.2.6.1. Directs budget execution for TRAP commodities based upon established War

Reserve Material (WRM) TRAP requirements published in the Nonnuclear Consumables

Annual Analysis (NCAA). Budgetary constraints and 3400 TRAP procurement funding

execution time lines will be closely monitored to ensure success in getting critical assets

on contract in a timely manner.

1.2.6.2. Chairs the Munitions Working Group.

1.2.6.3. Visits applicable combat theaters, MAJCOMs, and combatant commands to

conduct Theater Working Group (TWG) meetings.

1.2.6.4. Publishes TRAP requirements in the NCAA annually and distributes the

document to the AFMC TRAP Program Office. The assumptions and methodology used

to develop WRM TRAP requirements will be included in the NCAA.

1.2.7. Directorate of Planning (AF/A8X). Determines criticality/priority (Level A to C) to

the AF mission for each system in WSSP.

12 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.3. Major Command (MAJCOM) Functions.

1.3.1. MAJCOMs

1.3.1.1. Manage materiel according to established logistics policies and procedures in an

effective manner.

1.3.1.2. Evaluate retail level stockage analysis. These evaluations include an analysis of

items that could come down from wholesale, a review of Economic Order Quantity

(EOQ) modeling techniques and an assessment of stratification practices for on-hand and

on-order inventory.

1.3.1.3. Determine materiel requirements to support their mission needs and for

specialized purposes.

1.3.1.4. MAJCOMs without AFMC centralized FM support will:

1.3.1.4.1. Manage their specific CSAG-S or GSD program.

1.3.1.4.2. Consolidate all subordinate activities program requirements and

justifications into an operating program and submit to AFMC for approval. This

submission is a request for funding authority.

1.3.1.4.3. Develop a funding authority distribution process for their subordinate

activities and issue funding authority to each of these subordinate activities.

1.3.1.4.4. Ensure the total funding issued to each subordinate activity does not

exceed the total approved funding or other goals for their activity.

1.3.1.4.5. Track CSAG-S and GSD budget execution (and unit cost performance for

GSD and report in the monthly submissions to AFMC.

1.3.1.4.6. Provide analyses of variances to approved plans to AFMC along with

noting corrective actions or any ongoing issues that will not get resolved or not

resolved within the current fiscal year of financial activity.

1.3.1.5. Responsible for WRM management, weapon system modification and

acquisition support, programming, modeling, simulation, war gaming efforts, and

UTC/mobility planning. The using MAJCOM, in conjunction with AFMC, will be

responsible for all WRM used to support wartime additive missions. MAJCOMs will

continuously monitor requirements that support AF war plans and ensure the validity of

all WRM requirements. Use of WRM will be per AFI 25-101, War Reserve Materiel

(WRM). Exception: The Global Ammunition Control Point is the global WRM manager

for Class V - Munitions per AFMAN 21-201, Munitions Management.

1.3.1.6. Determines with the WRM Global Management Office (GMO) items and

quantities needed per the Defense Planning and Programming Guidance, the WRM

Global Strategy, and annual TWGs. MAJCOMs will conduct periodic reviews to ensure

that joint use items are still required. To conduct reviews, take appropriate actions per

AFMAN 23-122 and AFI 25-101.

1.3.1.7. Coordinate with AFMC and materiel management activities to resolve Degraded

Operations exercise scheduling conflicts.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 13

1.3.1.8. Assist in degraded operations and manual accounting recovery at materiel

management activities as required.

1.3.1.9. Review Spares Requirements Review Board templates for each Mission Design

Series (MDS) in conjunction with the other user commands to ensure maximum

oversight.

1.3.1.10. Review Bluebook and Designed Operational Capability statements.

1.3.1.11. Ensure MAJCOM RSP managers attend Program Manager (PM)-managed RSP

reviews.

1.3.1.12. Complete Requirements/Execution Availability Logistics Module (REALM)

Personal Computer file maintenance for the next fiscal year’s RSPs if REALM is able to

facilitate lead command file maintenance (follow-up action item with AFMC).

1.3.1.13. Use AF/A4LR authorization listing as approval for HPMSK

authorization/deletion. Note: The HEDGE mission is directed by Public Law 113-66,

National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2014, Section 1057.

1.3.1.14. Obtain the most recent post-review database from the AFMC RSP Manager.

1.3.1.15. Assign unit robust priority code based on the AF Programming Document and

the Designed Operational Capability response time from the Time-Phased Force

Deployment Data and Operations Plan (OPLAN). Priorities are assigned sequentially for

a base, to include all MDSs assigned to the host and tenant units, by the host base

MAJCOM.

1.3.1.16. Approve/disapprove requests to field RSPs out of cycle.

1.3.1.17. Provide implementation instructions to AF bases under their control where

RSPs are authorized. In coordination with other commands/agencies, to obtain, store,

maintain, and report RSP authorizations for bases that cannot perform these functions.

1.3.1.18. Conduct an annual base level review to determine the range of items to be

included in the Consumable Readiness Spares Packages (CRSP).

1.3.1.19. Use the Aircraft Sustainability Model (ASM) to compute CRSP to load their

Total Wartime Requirement of consumable spares airborne RSP.

1.3.1.20. Use Weapons System Management Information System (WSMIS) files to

conduct ASM assessments, and send extracted data to units

1.3.1.21. Participate in provisioning conferences.

1.3.1.22. Review and submit required reports, determine EOQ RSP requirements and

provide them to the PM RSP manager in the proper system format.

1.3.1.23. Review the RSP Authorization Document in conjunction with OPLANs, and

ensure the REALM header data for contingency and buy packages match the RSP

Authorization Document.

14 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.3.1.24. New FY authorized kit reconciliation files (XTJ/XVF) are either downloaded

or electronically transferred via WSMIS interface for completion of RSP reconciliation.

Ensure units complete reconciliation within 30 days of processing RSP reconciliation

files but no later than 30 September.

1.3.1.25. Receive the annually updated listing and will use this as authorization of

approved HPMSKs. HPMSK authorization will be deleted upon notification from

AF/A4LR. They will notify MAJCOMs upon approval to use contingency flags for

CJCS until AF project codes are discontinued.

1.3.1.26. Review the RSP Project Codes and RSP Contingency Flags.

1.3.1.27. Review HPMSK during the annual RSP review. PM RSP managers will

document any HPMSK adds/changes/deletes during the annual RSP review. Upon

notification of tentative AF/A4LR approval, work with the PM to build and compute the

proposed kit(s) so that cost estimates can be developed.

1.3.1.28. Upon completion of WMP 3, Part III review, notify AF/A3OD to identify any

changes and certify as valid.

1.3.1.29. Ensure RSP Package Serial Number (PSNs) are valid.

1.3.1.30. Receive assistance from AFMC with Materiel Management

contingency/wartime planning.

1.3.1.31. Develop contingency plans for bases/forces under their command and ensure

OPLANs are supportable and Limiting Factors/shortfalls are identified and resolved.

1.3.1.32. Coordinate and provide guidance with Air Staff, other Service Staffs,

MAJCOM counterparts and base-level planners.

1.3.1.33. Develop appropriate inputs to the Logistics Annex and materiel management

portions to OPLANs. Review other portions of OPLANs to evaluate materiel

management requirements.

1.3.1.34. Determine personnel and materiel requirements for inclusion in the Time

Phased Force Deployment Data.

1.3.1.35. Assess organic capability (personnel/materiel) and either task this capability to

support the owning command's requirements or offer it to other commands through the

WMP 3.

1.3.1.36. Designate a command focal point for spare parts breakout issues in the Air

Force Spare Parts Breakout Program (AFSPBP).

1.3.1.37. Assist AFMC in accomplishing spares breakout in the AFSPBP.

1.3.1.38. When designated as the implementing or supporting command in the AFSPBP,

accomplish appropriate taskings as identified in Chapter 2 subparagraphs.

1.3.1.39. Designate a TRAP OPR to ensure TRAP materiel management data is properly

loaded into the applicable materiel management IT system.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 15

1.3.1.40. Project and include TRAP WRM maintenance requirements in their Operations

& Maintenance (O&M) budget submissions per AFMAN 65-604, Appropriation Symbols

and Budget Codes (Fiscal Year 2020).

1.3.1.41. MAJCOM Base Closures Responsibilities.

1.3.1.41.1. When notified about a base closure, the major command must determine

the status of satellite accounts and local agreement for Federal aid, and prepare a

phasedown plan for the applicable account.

1.3.1.41.2. Notify AFMC by email of the base closure 180 days before established

closure date of the account along with the stock record account number(s) (SRAN).

1.3.1.41.3. Submit request to change or delete the DoD Activity Address Codes

(DODAAC) to AFMC DODAAC monitor for approval and coordination.

1.3.1.41.4. Ensure the base closure flag is loaded to the closing base.

1.3.1.41.5. For base closures, verify all accountable supply details and records are

sanitized prior to closure of the account.

1.3.1.41.6. Direct redistribution of equipment assets.

1.3.1.42. MAJCOMs Weapon System Transfer Responsibilities.

1.3.1.42.1. Conduct a thorough Site Activation Task Force with all key players and

disciplines present. Ground rules must be established for acceptance inspections and

functional delineation of responsibilities (e.g., Maintenance, Budget, Supply, etc.).

1.3.1.42.2. Deliver programming plans to both the gaining and losing activities well

in advance of the scheduled transfer of assets.

1.3.1.42.3. MAJCOM/A4 and MAJCOM/FM offices for both gaining and losing

activities must coordinate to ensure appropriate funds are transferred from the losing

activity, to support the transfer of obligated requirements, prior to transferring

requirements to the gaining activity.

1.3.1.43. MAJCOM Consolidated Repair Facility (CRF) Responsibilities:

1.3.1.43.1. Notify AFMC and affected installations a minimum of 120 days prior to

establishment of CRF.

1.3.1.43.2. Direct host CRF LRS to establish an autonomous satellite account for the

CRF. See Chapter 9 for Satellite procedures.

1.3.1.43.3. Provide data needed necessary to transition supply data from CRF

supported bases to the CRF. These actions will generate appropriate levels for line

replacement units (LRUs), shop-replaceable units (SRUs) and consumable repair

parts at the supported and CRF base.

1.3.1.43.4. Ensure effective CRF C2 by closely monitoring CRF operations and

providing supply chain and funding guidance to CRFs and supported units.

1.3.1.43.5. Resolve logistics and resource conflicts within and between commands.

1.3.1.43.6. Engage with AFMC for internal support throughout the CRF process.

16 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.3.1.44. Ensure their assigned bases/installations have implemented effective inventory

control measures IAW Physical Inventory Control Program (PICP) guidance.

1.3.1.45. Ensure an effective PMRP program exists within their command.

1.3.1.46. The MAJCOM appoints a MAJCOM Program Manager to manage the

MMHS/SAS program and assigns a MAJCOM Focal Point to each funded requirement

within that command. The MAJCOM Program Manager is responsible for assembling

and prioritizing MMHS/SAS requirements and submitting this list, with Concept Papers

for each requirement, annually to AFMC for funding. The MAJCOM Program Manager

also advises AFMC of Military Construction (MILCON) projects (e.g. new warehouses

and air freight terminals) that may require MMHS/SAS. MAJCOMs will ensure property

is accounted for throughout warehousing projects, IAW DoDM 4140.70, DoD Supply

Chain Materiel Management Procedures For Storage And Material Handling. (T-0).

1.3.1.47. Ensure that the implementation and use of materiel systems are IAW DoDM

4140.01, Vol 7, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Procedures: Supporting

Technologies, AFMAN 17-1203, Information Technology (IT) Asset Management

(ITAM) and other applicable guidance. (T-0). MAJCOMs shall review and coordinate

requests for new or additional systems.

1.3.1.48. Submits catalog problem reports to the AFMC Cataloging Activity.

1.3.1.49. Prepares and submits requests for Cataloging Data/Action as needed/required

to Defense Logistics Agency Logistics Information Services (DLIS).

1.3.1.50. Evaluates responsiveness of AFMCSS to customer needs and command

requirements and the adequacy of patronage controls. MAJCOM Services staff (A1S)

assistance teams will visit the AFMCSS during their evaluation of base services

functions.

1.3.1.51. Recommends policy or procedure changes to improve AFMCSS operations.

AFI 34-211(I), Army and Air Force Exchange Service Operations, contains additional

guidance concerning MAJCOM responsibilities for exchange service operations.

1.3.1.52. MAJCOM Project Rapid Engineer Deployable Heavy Operational Repair

Squadron Engineer (RED HORSE) Responsibilities.

1.3.1.52.1. Determine mission priorities for RED HORSE project units, and

assignment of specific missions.

1.3.1.52.2. Fund all supplies and equipment except initial requirements.

1.3.1.52.3. Provide maintenance of a Project RED HORSE control center for all

construction projects to include; forecasting long range requirements, packing list

revisions, and monitoring shipment arrivals.

1.3.2. Lead Commands.

1.3.2.1. Lead Command and weapon system fund holders will request funding through

the Spares Requirements Review Board, process to ensure funding is included in their

baseline. They coordinate on all Improved Item Replacement Program (IIRP) packages

and provide AFMC with information to track and measure implementation results.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 17

1.3.2.2. Lead Command WRM Responsibilities.

1.3.2.2.1. Lead Commands will establish, research and validate WRM requirements.

1.3.2.2.2. Determine items and quantities needed IAW the Defense Planning and

Programming Guidance, the WRM Global Strategy, and annual TWGs.

1.3.2.2.3. Establish, research and validate WRM requirements.

1.3.2.2.4. Continuously monitor requirements that support AF war plans and ensure

the validity of all WRM requirements.

1.3.2.2.5. Transmit requirements to the IM annually no later than (NLT) 15 May.

1.3.2.3. Lead Command RSP and Kits Responsibilities.

1.3.2.3.1. Import/edit D200A (7SC) data, flying hours and Quantity Per Assembly

data for RSPs.

1.3.2.3.2. Accomplish roll-up actions for the next fiscal year’s RSPs.

1.3.2.3.3. Review Spares Requirements Review Board templates for each MDS in

conjunction with the other user commands to ensure maximum oversight.

1.3.2.3.4. Review Bluebook and Designed Operational Capability statements.

1.3.2.3.5. Ensure MAJCOM RSP managers attend PM-managed RSP reviews.

1.3.2.3.6. Complete REALM PC file maintenance for the next fiscal year’s RSPs if

REALM is able to facilitate lead command file maintenance (follow-up action item

with AFMC).

1.3.2.3.7. Submit Contingency High Priority Mission Support Kit (CHPMSK)

requests (received from MAJCOMs or generated at Lead Command) to AFMC for

review and approval.

1.3.2.3.8. Upon completion of WMP 3, Part III review, notify A3/OD to identify any

changes and certify as valid.

1.3.2.3.9. Ensure Package Serial Number (PSNs) are valid.

1.3.3. Logistics Readiness Divisions (A4R)

1.3.3.1. Provide accurate and timely logistical planning data (e.g., scenario data,

including flying hours, Aircraft Availability goals, stock record account number, mission

design series information, etc.) to AFMC.

1.3.3.2. Designates a representative office to serve as POC for shelf-life matters.

1.3.3.3. Validates installation IPE authorizations. Provides installation IPE planning

factors to the AFMC Enterprise Manager (EM) annually.

1.3.3.4. Coordinates the establishment of new “sites” within the approved mobility

information technology (IT) system with AFMC/A4R, as required.

1.3.3.5. Coordinates with AFMC/A4R for disposal actions of all IPE and Chemical

Warfare Defense Equipment.

18 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.3.3.6. At the request of the AFMC/A4R, provides justification for redistribution orders

which are denied or not satisfied within five duty days.

1.3.3.7. To support enterprise trend analysis, provides justification to AFMC/A4R for

inventory adjustments which result in a loss or gain of assets with combined value of

$5,000 or greater.

1.3.3.8. Communicates EM guidance to MAJCOM leadership and to respective

LRS/Materiel Management Activities.

1.3.3.9. Requests updated Training Purpose Only (TPO) IPE requirements from

managed installations annually. Provides EM with the documented requirement increases

or decreases.

1.3.3.10. Coordinates with AFMC/A4R on TPO IPE shortfalls.

1.4. Air Force Materiel Command (AFMC).

1.4.1. AFMC. Will develop separate 24/7 procedural guidance for supply chain operations

activities to implement enterprise level support as required.

1.4.1.1. Implement and enforce AF stockage policies/procedures.

1.4.1.2. Ensure proper wholesale requirements computation.

1.4.1.3. Review SSIR or equivalent and narratives. The SSIR contains principal and

secondary inventory data as of 30 September of each year. The narrative describes

significant trends, changes from previous reporting periods, and modification to systems,

procedures, or operations impacting on the reported value of the materiel. Prepare the

SSIR IAW DoDM 4140.01, Volume 10, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management

Policy: Supply Chain Inventory Reporting And Metrics.

1.4.1.4. Provide additive requirements for consumable items to DLA.

1.4.1.5. Assist AF/A4LR in developing stockage policies.

1.4.1.6. Manage wholesale level inventory according to established logistics policies and

procedures in an effective manner.

1.4.1.6.1. Use historical information and data submitted by materiel management

organizations and contractors to determine management actions needed to support

procurement requirements.

1.4.1.6.2. Make management decisions about terminating contracts and disposing of

potential reutilization and disposal inventory methods.

1.4.1.6.3. Maintain models to compute wholesale materiel requirements for AF

centrally procured items, including items subject to coordinated procurement by other

agencies and military departments.

1.4.1.7. Implement methods and maintain models to accomplish wholesale inventory

stratification for each item under its management control.

1.4.1.8. Make appropriate refinements as necessary from the time of the initial

computation through all echelons of review. The rationale applied in the refinements will

be documented and validated by the computing and reviewing activities.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 19

1.4.1.9. Conduct periodic reviews at the wholesale level. These reviews will include

detailed analysis of individual item computation worksheets, procurement histories,

repair schedules, and other documentation used to support management actions.

1.4.1.10. Continually evaluate and verify data and factors used in determining stock

requirements.

1.4.1.11. Ensure management emphasis on prompt reduction or cancellation of purchase

requests and consideration of terminating unnecessary items on contract.

1.4.1.12. Ensure where feasible, termination costs will be obtained in a timely manner to

establish the cost-effectiveness of termination. AFMC will develop a termination cost

model to be used to estimate termination costs if they can’t be obtained in a timely

manner.

1.4.1.13. Ensure decisions and implementation of those reduction decisions are

accomplished in a timely manner.

1.4.1.14. Determine cost-effectiveness by comparing holding costs to the cost to

terminate plus future procurement costs, if known.

1.4.1.15. Emphasize reduction or cancellation of purchase requests before contract award

to avoid potential liability for contractor termination costs.

1.4.1.16. Ensure terminations of contracts occur only after determining that termination

is cost-effective and in the best interest of the Government.

1.4.1.17. Evaluate retail level stockage analysis from subordinate units. Analysis

includes wholesale supportability of retail requirements, the effectiveness of stockage

modeling techniques for on-hand and on-order inventory.

1.4.1.18. Conduct periodic materiel management reviews within their respective

subordinate units.

1.4.1.19. Manage the Adjusted Stock Level (ASL) program and approve ASL requests

for Budget Code “9” and AFMC-managed items.

1.4.1.19.1. Approval of Contractor Supported Weapon System or Contractor

Inventory Control Point ASL Requests. The System Program Office (SPO) in

conjunction with the MAJCOM System Manager will act as the approval/disapproval

authority for all Contractor Supported Weapon System/Contractor Inventory Control

Point managed items unless otherwise stipulated in contractual terms.

1.4.1.20. Manage the command’s CSAG-S and GSD budget, funding and execution

programs.

1.4.1.21. Establish procedures to carry out AF policies established for the CSAG-S and

GSD divisions of the AFWCF.

1.4.1.22. Provide supplemental instructions for development of CSAG-S/GSD operating

programs.

20 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.1.23. Prepare MAJCOM level Budget Exhibits and supplemental documentation for

the Budget Estimate Submission (BES) and President’s Budget (PB) for CSAG-S and

GSD. Consolidate CSAG-S and CSAG-M budget exhibits. Reviews CSAG and GSD

budget content for compliance with OUSD(C), SAF/FMBOR, and AF/A4PY direction

and submits this input to SAF/FMBMR.

1.4.1.24. Review, approve, and disseminate CSAG-S and GSD operating, initial spares

and the Capital Investment Program authority to command activities as part of funds

control activity. Funds/targets distributed are based on the Annual Operating Budget

issued by SAF/FMBOR and the financial authority delegated through that process.

1.4.1.25. Issue GSD unit cost goals to subordinate activities.

1.4.1.26. Control and re-program funds based upon cash availability and strategies

recommended by SAF/FMBOR, AF/A4PY and functional offices in AFMC.

1.4.1.27. Analyze execution data for CSAG-S and GSD programs.

1.4.1.28. Provide selected management data to AFMC leadership, AF and SAF/FM

offices for review and decision support.

1.4.1.29. Be the focal point for CSAG-S end item sales price development and all price

change requests.

1.4.1.30. Develop the Business Overhead Cost Recovery (BOCR) factors and

Condemnation Material Expense Recovery (CMER) factors (BOCR and CMER factors

are applied as a flat percentage to the Latest Acquisition Cost [LAC] or the Latest Repair

Cost [LRC]) to develop annual price changes and resulting end item sales prices.

1.4.1.31. Manage command level requirements and billings.

1.4.1.32. Execute CSAG-S and GSD buy and repair funds related to items managed or

items acquired at its various subordinate activities to acquire parts and inventories as well

as the overhead needed to run the enterprise supporting the Working Capital Fund (WCF)

mission.

1.4.1.33. Manage the CSAG-S and GSD business operations.

1.4.1.34. Generate and validate CSAG-S prices that do not have organic repair

performed on them. For organically repaired or dual repair sourced items, generate

acquisition cost, contract repair cost and required item level detail data elements that feed

into the AFMC Iterative Pricing Tool and associated processes.

1.4.1.35. Develop, validate, and track the execution of the CSAG-S functional

requirement.

1.4.1.36. Be the focal point for asset free issue, credit overrides, and loans.

1.4.1.37. Maintain management responsibility of item managers, setting procedure for

establishing and recommending changes for specific CSAG-S item LAC and LRC price

adjustments providing appropriate justification.

1.4.1.38. Perform functions as specified in paragraph 2.3, for MAJCOMs for whom

they provide centralized FM support.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 21

1.4.1.39. Submits budget inputs, other funding requests, and execution reports explaining

current position and variance analyses.

1.4.1.40. Manage and annually adjust the GSD surcharge calculation for base retail level

and provide to Air Force Life Cycle Management Center (AFLCMC) for inclusion in the

end of year conversion steps.

1.4.1.41. Be the AF Executive Agent for IIRP and final approval authority for all

packages, and will:

1.4.1.41.1. Initiate/coordinate IIRP packages with lead commands and fund holders,

and submit finalized packages to AF/A4.

1.4.1.41.2. Request GSD Stock Fund Cost Authority in the BES to match the

MAJCOM O&M submitted to the Spares Requirement Review Board.

1.4.1.41.3. In coordination with the funds holders, track and measure the economic

benefits of the actual implementation of the improved item against the original

forecasted sustainment posture.

1.4.1.41.4. Develop separate procedural guidance required to implement.

1.4.1.42. Support RSP and Kits and will:

1.4.1.42.1. Conduct staff visits to subordinate activities when requested, review

reports, review the AF approved aircraft authorizations contained in the RSP

Authorization Document for logistics supportability and be the functional OPR for

RSP-related data systems.

1.4.1.42.2. Implement methods and maintain models for computing wholesale

requirements to support the Combatant Commander’s war plans and WMP

documents. They will implement methods, maintain models, and conduct analysis in

support of requests for additive requirements such as CHPMSKs, HPMSKs, and

consumable items.

1.4.1.42.3. Execute RSP management responsibility for specific weapon systems and

end items of equipment.

1.4.1.42.4. Provide guidance to bases for loading RSP authorizations; distribute RSP

allocations/authorizations to field units in support of existing war plans according to

assigned priorities (RSP Reconciliation); collaborate in execution of the RSP

deployment plan; and evaluate the effectiveness of deployed Mobility Readiness

Spare Package (MRSP)s/HPMSKs and established CHPMSKs and forward results to

MAJCOMs.

1.4.1.42.5. Provide estimated buy and repair budget deficit impacts for proposed new

HPMSK to the requesting MAJCOM.

1.4.1.42.6. Release assets IAW the Spares Priority Release Sequence and RSP

contingency flags.

1.4.1.42.6.1. Approve/disapprove requests to field RSPs out of cycle.

1.4.1.43. AFMC WSSP support includes:

22 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.1.43.1. Implement the AF component of WSSP.

1.4.1.43.2. AFMC ESs will be primary focal points for determining and reviewing

essentiality codes for National Stock Number (NSNs) maintained in WSSP for their

respective weapon systems. This applies to ES personnel assigned to PM/system

sustainment activities and supply chain management organizations. Commodity ES

personnel will take the lead assisting AF WSSP Workbench Focal Points in reviewing

and assigning ECs as required when systems they manage are considered “common”

and used on multiple weapon systems. Commodity ES supervisors are authorized to

grant access to the AF WSSP Workbench as focal points for weapon systems they

support

1.4.1.43.3. Develop and distribute procedures regarding AF use of WSSP.

1.4.1.43.4. Serve as Functional OPR for the web based AF WSSP Workbench Tool.

1.4.1.43.5. Serve as the submission activity on all new weapon system designator

code (WSDC) load/change/delete requests. All requests will be staffed for

coordination through AF/A4LR.

1.4.1.43.6. Ensure an AF WSSP Workbench monitor is assigned to coordinate WSSP

matters and assist weapon system focal points as required within each complex.

1.4.1.43.7. Ensure all DLA-managed NSNs which support AF WSDCs are correctly

registered (e.g., valid ECs and all other required data) in DLA WSSP and any change

data is continually incorporated.

1.4.1.43.8. Establish a WSSP Working Group, chaired by AFMC and will convene

working group meetings on a quarterly basis. Working group members will consist of

representatives from AFMC, Air Logistics Complex (ALC) and DLA.

1.4.1.43.9. Product Support Manager (PSM) will appoint primary and alternate AF

WSSP Workbench focal points for WSDCs assigned to weapon systems they support.

WSSP focal points will be responsible for maintaining WSSP records assigned to

their WSDCs. This includes ensuring NSN adds/changes/deletes are processed

through the AF WSSP Workbench.

1.4.1.43.9.1. PSM personnel will notify AFMC WSSP Functional OPR when

systems are deactivated so WSDCs can be removed from WSSP.

1.4.1.43.9.2. Essentiality code “1” will be assigned to all DLA-managed repair

parts for an LRU, when lack of that LRU will render the aircraft/weapon system it

supports inoperable or grounded. If the aircraft/weapon system is not rendered

inoperable or grounded, then assigning essentiality code “1” is not appropriate.

1.4.1.43.10. Nominate weapon systems to AFMC to be included in the WSSP

program in accordance with the following time frames:

1.4.1.43.10.1. For systems to be provisioned--no later than 4 months prior to the

start of the provisioning process.

1.4.1.43.10.2. Systems in the active inventory--no later than 2 months before a

system will require DLA parts support.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 23

1.4.1.44. Manage the AFSPBP and will:

1.4.1.44.1. Develop annual fiscal year screening thresholds in compliance with

Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations Supplement and Procedures, Guidance and

Information (DFARS/PGI 217.7506).

1.4.1.44.2. Determine the complete data needs, including re-procurement data for

inclusion in contracts.

1.4.1.44.3. Give written notification, with rationale, to affected organizations when

contracts do not include data requirements.

1.4.1.44.4. Conduct data calls and in-process reviews to ensure that correct and

complete data requirements, including re-procurement data, appear in the

Engineering, Manufacturing and Development or production contract.

1.4.1.44.5. Identify, select, and, develop data item descriptions for inclusion in the

Engineering, Manufacturing and Development or production contract.

1.4.1.44.6. Make sure that contracts properly define data requirements and manage

the acquisition according to AFI 21-103, Equipment Inventory, Status and Utilization

Reporting.

1.4.1.44.7. Schedule periodic engineering and procurement data reviews to ensure

that the contractor is complying with contractual data requirements in supporting the

AFSPBP. These reviews should coincide with existing engineering or data reviews.

1.4.1.44.8. Give the offices of the Competition Advocate and Small and

Disadvantaged Business adequate notice of the opportunity to take part in an advisory

capacity in Contractor Technical Information Codes (CTIC) verification meetings.

1.4.1.44.9. Determine the need for CTIC, initiate contract data requirements and fund

for CTIC and associated procurement data.

1.4.1.44.10. Program and budget for acquiring CTIC, re-procurement data, and

reverse engineering for initial and replenishment spare parts to support equipment and

end items.

1.4.1.44.11. Screen and assign Acquisition Method Codes and Acquisition Method

Suffix Codes to parts for which AFMC has engineering responsibility.

1.4.1.44.12. Approve and accept DD Form 250, Materiel Inspection and Receiving

Report, certifying the technical accuracy of engineering data to support the

replenishment spare parts procurements.

1.4.1.44.13. Periodically review the screening threshold and recommend changes

when necessary.

1.4.1.44.14. Identify the tasks within the Logistics Support Analysis required to

supplement the AFSPBP for the system being acquired.

1.4.1.44.15. Identify those peculiar parts that require engineering evaluation support.

24 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.1.44.16. Request necessary help from responsible non-AFMC engineering

activities to do technical screening and subsequent AMC and Acquisition Method

Suffix Code (AMSC) assignment.

1.4.1.44.17. Ensure that the technical engineering information to support initial and

replenishment spare parts procurements is adequate for engineering review. (Use

DFARS/PGI 217.7506 to make this determination).

1.4.1.45. Item Indenture Responsibilities (Applicable to AFMC and United States Space

Force (USSF) include:

1.4.1.45.1. Account for the indenture level of items being spared and levels of

maintenance for the items and their higher assemblies per DoDM 4140.01, Volume 2,

DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Policy: Demand and Supply Planning.

1.4.1.45.2. Establish a secondary item application or configuration file for each of its

weapon systems. The file will show the indenture structure and essentiality of all

reparable and consumable items that are part of the weapon system.

1.4.1.45.3. Every 18 months, validate indenture data to ensure they are current and

accurately maintained in an approved system of record.

1.4.1.45.4. Link each item to its next higher assembly in the weapon system

application by modeling the impact of a lower-level assembly (an item whose next

higher assembly is another item or subassembly) on the availability of its next higher

level assembly or assemblies.

1.4.1.45.5. Use an item indenture structure to tradeoff between items at the first level

of indenture (e.g., items whose next higher assembly is the weapon system) and items

at lower levels of indenture needed to repair those items. In that way, the impact of

each item on each level of indenture, and ultimately on the weapon system itself, is

portrayed; and the requirement for the highest level assembly will not be based on

assuming 100 percent of its lower level assemblies are available.

1.4.1.46. Manage the AFMC TRAP Activity and will:

1.4.1.46.1. Maintain data for TRAP allocated to each theater for WRM.

1.4.1.46.2. Champion funding for NCAA TRAP requirements and shortfalls.

Coordinate with applicable AFMC aircraft PM for funds to procure any existing or

projected TRAP.

1.4.1.46.3. Assist PM with funding projected TRAP shortfalls if the applicable PM is

unable to secure funds.

1.4.1.46.4. Schedule annual meetings with Air Staff, MAJCOM, and AFMC support

personnel to resolve problems in TRAP management and to discuss budget execution

objectives.

1.4.1.46.5. Participate in aircraft Weapons Product Improvement Working Group

meetings in the interest of effective and efficient worldwide TRAP management.

1.4.1.46.6. Fabricate, coordinate, and prioritize worldwide distribution plans for

newly procured TRAP.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 25

1.4.1.46.7. Conduct trend analysis and provide recommendations to HAF,

MAJCOMs, applicable TRAP depots, and senior AF leaders on effective and efficient

management of TRAP.

1.4.1.46.8. Maintain oversight and posture of TRAP items assigned to the TRAP

Program.

1.4.1.46.9. Forecast annual Second Destination Transportation requirements for bulk

Continental United States (CONUS), Outside Continental United States (OCONUS)

distribution/retrograde of TRAP. Prioritize and execute annual TRAP Second

Destination Transportation movement plan based on funds received.

1.4.1.46.10. Act as sourcing authority to combatant theaters and combat MAJCOMs

for TRAP.

1.4.1.46.11. Determine and recommend TRAP items for disposition based on

existing on-hand inventories and projected NCAA and POS requirements.

1.4.1.47. Local Purchase and Retail responsibility includes:

1.4.1.47.1. Exercising technical control of the LP program for assigned commodities.

1.4.1.47.2. Reviewing items assigned to determine method of management.

1.4.1.47.3. Providing LP supply for items coded LP, where sources could not be

found locally.

1.4.1.47.4. Authorizing waivers for investment items, providing obligation authority

to cover the cost of the item plus transportation cost from the vendor, and

recommending sources of procurement.

1.4.1.47.5. Capturing and processing demand data for local purchase items processed

outside the supply system.

1.4.1.48. Support Time Compliance Technical Orders (TCTO) process and

responsibilities include:

1.4.1.48.1. Will develop wholesale TCTO procedural guidance to enable AF policy

implementation as required.

1.4.1.48.2. Will procure, assemble, store, and distribute organic TCTO kits.

1.4.1.48.3. May direct base assembly of TCTO kits with lead MAJCOM

concurrence.

1.4.1.49. Support Awaiting Parts (AWP) process and responsibilities include:

1.4.1.49.1. Monitor AWP customer backorders ensuring the system reflects the

current shipment status and delivery date.

1.4.1.49.2. Perform lateral support or follow-up transactions.

26 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.1.49.3. Act as the final decision authority for global evacuation decisions. These

decisions will be based on enterprise support, e.g., health of the end-item, centralizing

reparables for cannibalization possibilities, support of assets required for repair. As

necessary, AFMC will coordinate these decisions with MAJCOM, Depot and Base

personnel. The Contractor Inventory Control Point is the final decision authority for

Contractor Inventory Control Point managed assets. Further details of AWP

Management are identified in AFMAN 23-122.

1.4.1.50. Support CRF capabilities and responsibilities include:

1.4.1.50.1. Providing the necessary requirements and leveling data changes to

D200A (7SC) and Readiness Base Level (via the ILS-S) to reflect RNI demand and

pipeline changes.

1.4.1.50.2. Providing metrics identified in AFI 20-117, Repair Network

Management.

1.4.1.50.3. Monitoring asset availability for all CRF NSNs. Direct shipments from

the CRF and coordinate lateral support shipments from other sources to satisfy

Mission Impaired Capability Awaiting Parts (MICAP)/AWP/MRSP requirements.

OCONUS units supporting homeland security and contingency operations will

receive first priority.

1.4.1.50.4. Ensure sufficient SRU and consumable bits and pieces are available to

support the CRF program (oversight only).

1.4.1.50.5. Review all CRF-supported NSNs (including related Interchangeable and

Substitute Group NSNs) to ensure applicable records are loaded properly at all bases

sending assets to the CRF. Review will be accomplished quarterly or upon

introduction of new CRF NSNs.

1.4.1.50.6. Monitor the retrograde of reparables to CRFs and shipment of repaired

assets back to required locations using the Integrated Logistics System – Supply (ILS-

S) and transportation systems (Global Transportation Network, Cargo Movement

Operations System, etc.). AMC supply chain managers must ensure units follow

prescribed repair echelon and transportation routing, and make every effort to resolve

bottlenecks in the transportation pipeline as necessary.

1.4.1.51. Responsible for implementing and managing the Support Equipment

Accountable Property System of Record (APSR). Specific responsibilities include:

1.4.1.51.1. Maintaining an automated system to disseminate allowance and catalog

data to the MAJCOM.

1.4.1.51.2. Technically advising and assisting MAJCOM equipment management

functions in matters affecting the equipment management system.

1.4.1.51.3. Implement HAF policy and procedural changes through supporting

published guidance, data system designs, and operations and maintenance techniques.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 27

1.4.1.51.4. Responsible for developing buy/budget projections and initiating

procurement actions for centrally procured NSNs to support current and forecasted

(future) requirements. AFMC manages centrally procured, government furnished

equipment.

1.4.1.52. Request a worldwide inventory as required, on specific items that may be

located at other AF activities.

1.4.1.53. Conduct a pre-inventory survey at their depot storage activities prior to the

inventory deadline date to ascertain that housekeeping and other operating factors

impacting the inventory are in order. The time selected for this survey will be far enough

in advance of the inventory deadline date to allow ample time to correct any deficiencies

noted during the survey.

1.4.1.54. Identify/select Special Purpose Recoverables Authorized Maintenance

(SPRAM) items during the provisioning process.

1.4.1.55. Provide MAJCOMs SPRAM requirements identified during initial provisioning

1.4.1.56. Consider SPRAM requirements in buy computations. PM end article item

manager (EAIM) approval is required for SPRAM authorizations.

1.4.1.57. Stock Positioning responsibilities include:

1.4.1.57.1. Direct the reallocation and redistribution of AF-owned materiel to ensure

that the right inventory is at the right locations to meet customer requirements by

making best value decisions on where to position stocks. Note: The Global

Ammunitions Control Point directs the reallocation and redistribution of AF-owned

Class V materiel IAW AFMAN 21-201.

1.4.1.57.2. In coordination with DLA (if applicable), determine where stock listed

assets are stored unless contingency operations dictate otherwise.

1.4.1.57.3. Maintain oversight of Industrial Plant Equipment required for support of

AF military organizations per AFI 63-101/20-101, Integrated Life Cycle

Management.

1.4.1.57.4. Position assets close to users resulting in improved responsiveness, better

support of peace and wartime requirements and reduced distribution costs. This

guidance is applicable to all wholesale secondary items stocked by the AF, except

war reserves and stocks designated for specific projects. The impact on inventory

levels and the associated costs are an important part of the determination process.

1.4.1.57.5. Restrict single point stockage of items to those that are supported by cost

and benefit analysis.

1.4.1.57.6. Make arrangements for, and the coordination of intra-AF or interservice

support between the affected activities.

1.4.1.57.7. In collaboration with DLA, provide final authority on all proposed

agreements involving AF assets/storage sites.

1.4.1.58. Materiel Disposition responsibilities include:

1.4.1.58.1. Provide guidance for AF reclamation processes.

28 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.1.58.2. Provide guidance for removal of parts at AFMC Maintenance and

Regeneration Activity, including those to support retail-level MICAP requisitions and

urgent depot support requirement, along with the associated mini-save list(s)

development.

1.4.1.58.3. Direct IM responsibilities as identified in this section.

1.4.1.58.4. Monitor formal disposal freeze notices, revisions, or cancellations within

AFMC materiel management operations.

1.4.1.59. Materiel Returns responsibilities include:

1.4.1.59.1. Update the Reparable Item Movement Control System (RIMCS) data

master file to include reparable NSNs under Depot Maintenance Interservice Support

agreements.

1.4.1.59.2. Direct return of retail assets only if there are insufficient wholesale assets

to support the weapon system or end item throughout its remaining life, instead

disposal instructions will be provided.

1.4.1.59.3. Control work load volume input to repair contractors to prevent

accumulation of excess reparables at the contractor facility.

1.4.1.60. Will be the AF focal point to coordinate on all matters pertaining to the PMRP

and assign appropriate Precious Metals Indicator Codes as defined by DoDM 4100.39,

Federal Logistics Information System (FLIS) Procedures.(T-0).

1.4.1.61. Through the AF Mechanized Materials Handling Engineering Office, monitors

planning and programming processes for all MMHS/SAS projects. AFMC is the

centralized AF program manager for all MMHS/SAS and the OPR for guidance

pertaining to MMHS/SAS.

1.4.1.62. Supply Chain Materiel Management Systems responsibilities include:

1.4.1.62.1. Be the AF OPR for acquisition of AF enterprise-level materiel

management systems and have the primary responsibility for ensuring data integrity

for AF materiel management systems.

1.4.1.62.2. Be responsible for the operability of materiel management systems at the

AF enterprise level and ensuring capabilities meet procedures outlined in DoDM

4140.01.

1.4.1.62.3. Ensure security mechanisms are in place to provide secure and

uncompromised exchange of information.

1.4.1.62.4. Be responsible for providing role based security access to materiel

management systems.

1.4.1.62.5. Develop and implement common operating environment IAW DoDM

4140.01.

1.4.1.62.6. Ensure the materiel management IT systems properly supports and

implements AF policies and procedures at the retail level.

1.4.1.63. Readiness Driver responsibilities include:

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 29

1.4.1.63.1. Be the lead functional OPR for data system support to the AFRDP and

provide program management oversight to the AFRDP.

1.4.1.63.2. Develop and oversee the necessary processes and execution to provide an

effective AFRDP.

1.4.1.63.3. Identify changes needed to AFRDP policy/process issues and pursue them

accordingly.

1.4.1.64. AFMC Cataloging Activity responsibilities include:

1.4.1.64.1. Develop and maintain data automation and telecommunication support

for AF participation in, interface with, and supplementation of the Federal Catalog

Program and standardization programs.

1.4.1.64.2. Provide the oversight for contractors performing cataloging

responsibilities to ensure the Federal Catalog Program actions are accomplished and

the contractor is in compliance with DoDM 4100.39 and DoDM 4120.24, Defense

Standardization Program (DSP) Procedures. (T-0).

1.4.1.64.3. Serve as the AF liaison for issues and problems between the DLIS

Cataloging Center and AF activities.

1.4.1.64.4. Serve as AF contact point for the Federal Logistics Information System

(FLIS) Problem Reporting and System Change requests (SCR)

1.4.1.64.5. Develop guidance for Contractor Inventory Control Points. This guidance

will outline performance of cataloging support services functions for specific items,

Federal Supply Classification, subsystems, equipment, assemblies, and components

as contracted.

1.4.1.64.6. Manage the AF Interchangeability & Substitutability (I&S) Grouping

Program.

1.4.1.64.7. Disseminate Catalog Management Data Change. Changes to AF Catalog

Management Data, such as Expendability, Recoverability, and Reparability Category

(ERRC), unit of issue, etc., for all stock listed items will be published in the

appropriate AF and DoD systems.

1.4.1.65. Clothing and Textile responsibilities include:

1.4.1.65.1. Provide input to Army and Air Force Exchange Service AFMCSS

leadership as needed for sustainment related policy questions or issues.

1.4.1.65.2. Function as the AF focal point for Army and Air Force Exchange Service

inquiries on policies, concepts, interpretations, methods and systems concerning the

sustainment of the AF uniform clothing program. Notify AF/A4LR of all procedural

changes to ensure codification in policy before field implementation.

1.4.1.65.3. Monitor AF-worldwide inventories obtained from DLA Troop Support,

including withdrawal, redistribution, and recommend procedures for the management

of such assets.

30 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.1.65.4. Develop and implement requisitioning and stock control guidance

pertaining to the introduction of new items and phase-out of replaced or deleted

items. This includes development, publication, and distribution of special instructions

to requisitions’ in controlled multiple address letters or other media.

1.4.1.65.5. Obtain and develop procurement support technical data and supply

request packages per DoDM 4140.01, Volume 9, DoD Supply Chain Materiel

Management Policy: Materiel Programs.

1.4.1.65.6. Develop WRM pre-stockage and special program quantitative

requirements.

1.4.1.65.7. Administer the AF clothing quality assurance program, including the

processing of related quality deficiency reports for DLA Troop Support assigned

item.

1.4.1.65.8. Serve as the logistics liaison point with the DLA Troop Support.

1.4.1.65.9. Upon development of new items, coordinate plans and new or revised

specifications with DLA Troop Support.

1.4.1.65.10. Prepare and provide evaluation of draft manuals and regulations

affecting the AF clothing and textile program, including those for the ANG and

Reserve forces.

1.4.1.65.11. Maintain records, obtain data, and develop reports, studies, and projects

for internal use or when requested by HAF.

1.4.1.65.12. Initiate actions with DLA Troop Support to fill priority requisitions

when items are out of stock in the DLA materiel management systems.

1.4.1.65.13. Participate in periodic reviews of materiel obligations with DLA Troop

Support inventory managers.

1.4.1.65.14. Provide technical evaluation of suggestions concerning the AF clothing

and textile program.

1.4.1.65.15. Provide a current list of DLA Troop Support generic clothing store items

and prices to the AF Clothing Initial Issue Function (AFCIIF), Army and Air Force

Exchange Service and HAF. Update the list, through the fiscal year, to reflect changes

such as revised prices and new AF uniform clothing items entered into the DLA

Troop Support materiel management system.

1.4.1.65.16. Collaborate with AF/A1 and AF/A4 when the AFCIIF ceases issuing an

item and establish a recommended phase-out date to AF/A1 (AFI 36-2903, Dress and

Personal Appearance of Air Force Personnel, OPR).

1.4.1.65.17. Ensure the AFCIIF makes maximum use of phase-out items per DoDM

4140.01, V9.

1.4.1.65.18. Provide AF/A1 the prices of initial issue items.

1.4.1.66. Price Challenge and Verification responsibilities:

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 31

1.4.1.66.1. Be the AF POC for the validation of AF-managed price challenge

submissions.

1.4.1.66.2. Coordinate price verification for AF-managed items through DLA

Logistics Information Service on the validity of the over-pricing challenge.

1.4.1.66.3. Ensure the appropriate functions update cataloging data in the appropriate

materiel management IT system(s) as applicable.

1.4.1.66.4. Notify the requestor of the final outcome.

1.4.2. AFMC Logistics Readiness Division (A4R).

1.4.2.1. Serves as the AF/A4LR designated Enterprise Manager (EM) for select Class II

IPE materiel. The Enterprise Manager will establish processes, in coordination with

AF/A4LR, for centrally managing select Class II IPE materiel.

1.4.2.2. Supports the wing's deployment commitment and Chemical, Biological,

Radiological, Nuclear Threat Area Designation per AFI 10-2501, Air Force Emergency

Management Program, with IPE authorizations.

1.4.2.3. Develops and approves the global storage and sustainment strategy and

releveling/redistribution plans to meet enterprise IPE requirements. Redistribution actions

that place a unit below authorized stock levels are coordinated with the owning

MAJCOM IPE manager.

1.4.2.4. Establishes strategic reserve locations and Expeditionary Theater Distribution

Centers for prepositioned IPE assets to support operational requirements. Strategic

reserves and Expeditionary Theater Distribution Centers will be coordinated with key

stakeholders, (e.g., COCOM, MAJCOMs) and AF/A4LR.

1.4.2.5. Establishes Enterprise Mobility Equipment Facility (EMEF).

1.4.2.5.1. Centrally stores and manages IPE stock per DoDM 4140.27,Vol 2,

AFJMAN 23-210, Joint Service Manual (JSM) For Storage and Materials Handling,

and applicable TOs and manuals. (T-0).

1.4.2.5.2. Excess assets (inventory above 100% of the enterprise baseline

requirement) may be stored at the EMEF with prior Enterprise Management

coordination/approval.

1.4.2.6. Evaluates and approves request for new “site” establishment within the

Enterprise and determine appropriate administration within the approved mobility IT

system.

1.4.2.7. Forecasts Regular AF IPE funding requirements in the Combat Ready Airman

program office annual planning and programming process.

1.4.2.8. Coordinates with MAJCOMs for disposal actions of all IPE and Chemical

Warfare Defense Equipment.

1.4.2.9. Provides MAJCOMs with a tariff size chart annually for all sized items. This

will be done in conjunction with annual authorization/requirement updates.

1.4.2.10. Chairs the monthly AF Mobility IPE forum.

32 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.2.11. Develops, tracks, and reports key performance metrics. Leverages the approved

mobility IT system to the greatest extent possible to produce metrics.

1.4.2.12. Validates and inputs enterprise IPE authorizations and adjustments for IPE

requirements in the approved mobility IT system.

1.4.2.13. Manages enterprise TPO IPE to include authorization, forecasts, budgeting,

procurement, redistribution, and disposal. Note: To preclude Defense Accountability,

Reutilization and Disposal activity refusal, disposal requests must be made for the NSN

physically marked on the item.

1.4.2.13.1. Establish procedures to track TPO IPE shipments from Defense

Accountability, Reutilization and Disposal activity.

1.4.2.13.2. Coordinates with MAJCOM for emergent TPO IPE requirements.

1.4.2.13.3. Establish Transportation Account Code to move TPO IPE.

1.4.2.13.4. Identify TPO IPE NSNs with a “TG” in the fifth or sixth position and

load in the approved mobility IT system (e.g., 8415-TG-123-4567).

1.4.2.13.5. Review and approve TPO IPE disposal requests and forward request to

Defense Accountability, Reutilization and Disposal activity.

1.4.2.14. Manages AF-generated project codes (category codes A and B). Program

management responsibilities include:

1.4.2.14.1. Processing AF-enterprise requests to add or terminate codes.

1.4.2.14.2. Maintaining a master list of active and inactive codes.

1.4.2.14.3. Certifying project codes to ensure termination dates are not exceeded.

1.4.2.14.4. Cancelling or modifying outstanding requisitions upon notification that a

project code has been terminated.

1.4.2.14.5. Provide project code nicknames for AF generated requests.

1.4.3. AFMC Product Support Management Division (A4F).

1.4.3.1. Is designated as Technical Content Manager for TO 00-20-2, Maintenance Data

Documentation.

1.4.3.2. Serves as the SRD management focal point for overall use of SRDs within the

Maintenance Data Documentation (MDD) arena.

1.4.3.3. Determines and serves as the cognizant authority for message group addresses to

be used by the AFMC Centers, Agencies and Squadrons for notifications to SRD users.

1.4.3.4. Develops or recommends additional SRD management procedures, and SRD

data products, etc.

1.4.4. Air Force Sustainment Center (AFSC).

1.4.4.1. Applies UMMIPS release sequence for non-AF customer requisitions.

1.4.4.2. Applies UMMIPS, Execution & Prioritization of Repair Support System or

Spares Priority Release Sequence (SPRS) for AF customer requisitions.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 33

1.4.5. 635th Supply Chain Operations Wing (SCOW).

1.4.5.1. Support Degraded Operations and will:

1.4.5.1.1. Notify supported bases of system problems and estimated duration of

system outage. (T-1).

1.4.5.1.2. Assist supported bases (as needed) in degraded operations and coordinate

manual accounting recovery with materiel management activities. (T-1).

1.4.5.1.2.1. Participate in base level assessments of degraded operations and

adjust support as needed to maintain an agreeable level of support. (T-1).

1.4.5.1.2.2. Monitor system availability and direct supported bases when to

process manual accounting recovery transactions. (T-1).

1.4.5.1.2.3. Provide a periodic “window of opportunity” for supported bases to

schedule and conduct local exercises at least every 6 months. Coordinate with

bases/MAJCOMs on any scheduling conflicts. (T-1).

1.4.5.1.3. Provide functional guidance during degraded operations and recovery. (T-

1).

1.4.5.1.4. Support degraded operations at the Source of Supply (SOS) as required.

(T-1).

1.4.5.2. Support Base Closures and will:

1.4.5.2.1. Redistribute serviceable assets and report excess assets to the source of

supply. (T-1).

1.4.5.2.2. Notify the ILS-S Program Management Office 45 days prior before

established closure date. (T-1).

1.4.5.2.3. Run final ILS-S reports for account closure. (T-1).

1.4.5.2.4. Coordinate with Defense Finance and Accounting System (DFAS) on

SRAN deletion. (T-1).

1.4.5.3. Support Weapon Systems Transfers and will:

1.4.5.3.1. Process the Mission Change to update both the gaining and losing

spares/consumption data in the ILS-S for both SRANs. (T-1).

1.4.5.3.2. Coordinate with the losing base where to transfer its assets.

1.4.5.4. Ensure order fulfillment from the time a customer puts a requirement into the

system until it is satisfied by directing distribution actions as needed. (T-1).

1.4.5.5. Responsible for implementing and managing the Support Equipment APSR.

Specific responsibilities include:

1.4.5.5.1. Maintain an automated system to disseminate allowance and catalog data

to the MAJCOM.

1.4.5.5.2. Technically advise and assist MAJCOM equipment management functions

in matters affecting the equipment management system. (T-1).

34 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.5.5.3. Implement HAF policy and procedural changes through supporting

published guidance, data system designs, and operations and maintenance techniques.

(T-1).

1.4.5.6. Support Force Record Alterations and will:

1.4.5.6.1. Complete Forced Record Alteration Change processing for supported bases

including ANG/AFR satellites off of supported host accounts.

1.4.5.6.2. Retain original Forced Record Alteration Change output documentation.

(T-1).

1.4.5.6.3. Ensure a copy of Forced Record Alteration Change output documentation

is available.

1.4.5.7. Through the WRM GMO will:

1.4.5.7.1. Work with DLA to ensure DLA-managed items with Contingency

Retention Stock quantities are reviewed annually. (T-1).

1.4.5.7.2. Accomplish formal Allowance Standards and UTC reviews per AFI 10-

401, Air Force Operations Planning and Execution. (T-1).

1.4.5.7.3. Provide all WRM units 60 day notice prior to each formal AS review.

1.4.5.7.4. Review all NSNs in UTCs and validate Master NSN with input from

MAJCOMs, Functional Area Managers (FAMs), Pilot Units, LRS Equipment

Accountability Element (EAE), and equipment custodians. (T-1).

1.4.5.7.5. Six (6) months prior to any operational plan change(s), schedule Basis of

Issue and AS reviews in partnership with AFMC, AFSC, MAJCOMs, FAMs, and

Pilot Units, AFLCMC/WNZ (PMO), MAJCOMs, and the WRM GMO will use the

review to plan and budget for support equipment required to support the change. (T-

1).

1.4.5.7.6. Make applicable updates/changes to UTCs and equipment detail ASs in the

AF equipment IT system and other appropriate systems as recommended. (T-1).

1.4.5.8. Support Special Logistics arrangements and will:

1.4.5.8.1. Be responsible for the movement and control of forward support spares

(both serviceable and unserviceable) between AMC PSPs, FSLs, Forward Supply

Points (FSPs) and supporting SOSs.

1.4.5.8.2. Manage the AMC FSL Asset and Requisition Report to resolve conditions

negatively affecting AMC FSS.

1.4.5.8.3. Manage the AMC Contingency Program.

1.4.5.8.4. Justify leveling of AMC FSL items.

1.4.5.8.5. Support HAF and command-directed requirements for RED HORSE

materiel to include procurement, assembly, and shipment of necessary items.

1.4.5.8.6. Appoint a POC for RED HORSE project(s) support.

1.4.5.8.7. Fund all initial requirements for RED HORSE units.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 35

1.4.5.8.8. RED HORSE Expense items will be procured by the stock fund through

the normal stock fund process.

1.4.5.8.9. Support RED HORSE Expense items, which will be reimbursed from the

operations operating budget upon issue from the stock fund.

1.4.6. Centralized Equipment Management Activities.

1.4.6.1. Centralized Equipment Management Flight (CEMF). Will provide guidance and

oversight to AF organizations and assist with enterprise equipment requirements unless

otherwise directed. The CEMF will:

1.4.6.1.1. Redistribute equipment and issue equipment authorizations and allowances

based on war and peacetime needs of AF units.

1.4.6.1.2. Review, validate, and report equipment requirements are matched to

LOGMOD (Logistics Module)/UTC for approval by the Equipment Review Approval

Authority. (T-1).

1.4.6.1.3. Perform Pre-deployment Planning and Organizational Responsibilities.

1.4.6.1.4. Appoint a representative to the EPWG.

1.4.6.1.5. Participate with AFMC Allowance Managers (AM) in the determination of

items in the allowance standard and the Basis of Issue of support equipment (SE).

1.4.6.1.6. Ensure the maintenance of the auditable accountable records (verified by

physical inventories) for units assigned to the command and tenant units under the

jurisdiction of the command. (T-1).

1.4.6.1.7. Ensure complete and verified reports of all equipment authorized and in the

possession of units.

1.4.6.1.8. Conduct analysis, management studies, and reviews as required ensuring

an effective, responsive, and economical equipping system is fully supporting the

assigned mission.

1.4.6.1.9. Develop, maintain, and report forecast authorization equipment data as

required, to project equipment requirements in support of

programmed/unprogrammed unit actions.

1.4.6.1.10. Manage the Reporting Organization File program.

1.4.6.1.11. Authorizes changes to a specific unit's or weapon system’s authorization,

input command allowance change request into the Support Equipment APSR and

forward the approved change to the EAE and AFMC.

1.4.6.1.12. Perform Chief Financial Officer oversight for assigned bases.

1.4.6.1.13. Coordinate with functional managers for the prioritization of support

equipment requirements. (T-1).

1.4.6.1.14. Perform a biennial configuration review to ensure changes to unit data

sets in AF equipment IT system are calculated correctly. (T-1).

36 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.6.1.15. Review, approve, and submit LP and LR waiver requests for AF

Equipment items Centrally Managed and Procured “NF/ND” Nonexpendable Items

with Alpha Budget Codes to AFMC. Refer to specific requirements for LP and LR

waiver requests provided in AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).

1.4.6.1.16. Ensure redistribution of equipment is not possible to satisfy the urgency

of the mission requirement.

1.4.6.1.17. Consider the overall effect of realigning funds to fulfill the requirement

through procurement or repair.

1.4.6.1.18. Ensure prioritization categories have been assigned appropriately and if

requirement is in the AF Equipment IT system, ensure the prioritization categories

match.

1.4.6.1.19. Work with functional managers to assess the criticality of MAJCOM

requirements and record those assessments within the Equipment Requirements

System. (T-1).

1.4.6.2. Centralized Equipment Support. Aligned under the 440 Supply Chain Operations

Squadron and primary responsibility is to ensure the Support Equipment (APSR) data is

accurate and up-to-date and will:

1.4.6.2.1. Complete the quarterly Equipment Authorization and On-Hand Balance

Reconciliation.

1.4.6.2.2. Conduct allowance reviews of miscellaneous allowance source codes

(ASCs) (with representation from using commands, functional area manager, PMs,

IMs, and other AF agencies) annually. During review, invalid equipment

authorizations will be deleted and excess items will be turned-in and redistributed. (T-

1).

1.4.6.2.3. Notify gaining LRS/Materiel Management Activity of incoming transfer

assets.

1.4.6.2.4. When notified of a deployment, process transfer, loan, or RDO requests as

directed by CEMF. (T-1).

1.4.6.2.5. Track deployments/transfers.(T-1).

1.4.6.2.6. Manage Shipment Movement Follow-Up Notices.(T-1).

1.4.6.2.7. Execute Defense Property Accountability System responsibilities.(T-1).

1.4.6.2.8. Clear equipment rejects/variances (except for vehicles) in the support

equipment APSR.(T-1).

1.4.6.3. Allowance Identification Managers. Allowance Identification Managers are

responsible for: 1) developing and maintaining allowance standards that are matched to

LOGMOD in conjunction with MAJCOM Equipment Review Approval Authorities 2)

coordinating Unit Type Code equipment requirements with Equipment Review Approval

Authorities for approval and 3) identifying the appropriate amount of support equipment

needed to sustain a weapon system for contingency and non-contingency operations.(T-

1). Their duties include:

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 37

1.4.6.3.1. Chairing and perform Allowance Identification reviews in coordination

with MAJCOM Equipment Review Authorization Authorities and appropriate user

communities.

1.4.6.3.2. Consider MAJCOMs request for Allowance Identification reviews for such

things as a change in mission, operational or maintenance concepts, or conversion

from one weapon system to another, or determined to be mission critical. The activity

requesting the review must justify the review, and obtain coordination from other

using MAJCOMs.(T-1).

1.4.6.3.3. Will arrange for the required representation at the Allowance Identification

review conference. (T-1). This representation should include: Lead MAJCOM

equipment management, MAJCOM Command Functional Area Manager, WRM

GMO, Pilot Unit representation, contractors, or activities having subsystem or related

support responsibilities and other MAJCOMs utilizing the subject allowance standard

(AS).(T-1).

1.4.6.3.4. Assigning and maintaining WRM composition codes to allowance

identifications.(T-1).

1.4.6.3.5. Take final action on approved, modified, or disapproved allowance

identification standard change requests.

1.4.7. Air Force Installations and Mission Support Center. Through Air Force Civil Engineer

Center (AFCEC) and in coordination with AFMC will provide:

1.4.7.1. RED HORSE initial formation and initial requirements computations.(T-1).

1.4.7.2. Justification of RED HORSE requirements for subsequent AFMC funding of

initial supplies and equipment. (T-1).

1.4.7.3. Necessary requirements information for AFMC to accomplish funding of initial

RED HORSE requirements. (T-1).

1.4.7.4. Pursue establishment of an “FG” DODAAC satellite account at the overseas host

IT system support base to which the RED HORSE unit is being deployed.(T-1).

1.4.8. AFLCMC Through the ILS-S Program Office will:

1.4.8.1. Provide technical guidance during degraded operations and recovery (real world

and exercises, as needed).

1.4.8.2. ILS-S Program Office will notify materiel management activities of real world

system outages and estimated duration.(T-1).

1.4.8.3. Coordinate scheduled outages with MAJCOMs.(T-1).

1.4.9. Item Managers.

1.4.9.1. Initiate reclamation actions for AF-managed stock numbers and part

numbers.(T-1).

38 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.4.9.2. Use reclamation in place of procurement or repair to obtain components

whenever it will result in measurable savings. It will also be used whenever it will

provide the fastest means of satisfying a critical requirement or when there is no other

known SOS, regardless of savings.(T-1).

1.4.9.3. Will determine requirements for parts when end items or assemblies become

available for reclamation.(T-1).

1.4.9.4. Initiate reclamation requests for items capable of being reclaimed economically

or not available from other sources.(T-1).

1.4.9.5. Authorize changes/additions/deletions to save lists.(T-1).

1.4.9.6. Review and evaluate existing disposal freezes once a year before the annual

retention computation.(T-1).

1.4.9.7. Justify in writing equipment retention additive requirements to a subgroup

master stock number in the requirements data system and review retention additives to

ensure they are deleted once they serve their legitimate purpose.(T-1).

1.5. AMC Logistics Readiness Division.

1.5.1. Designates AMC PSPs, FSLs and FSPs.

1.5.2. Coordinates with owning MAJCOM and 635 SCOW before establishing AMC PSPs

on non-AMC bases.

1.5.3. Develops and publishes AMC supplemental procedures for non-merged FSLs.

1.5.4. In coordination with 635 SCOW, prioritizes the FSLs to define the priority of release

for requisitions generated by the FSLs.

1.5.5. Informs owning MAJCOMs and 635 SCOW of FSL-specific data changes.

1.5.6. At a minimum, conducts an annual review of organizational codes used by the FSLs.

1.5.7. Performs a monthly MICAP analysis for each weapon system by location.

1.5.8. Conducts a FSL category code review annually.

1.5.9. Develops, maintains, and runs software to establish/update FSS levels

1.6. Logistic Readiness Squadron.

1.6.1. LRS/Materiel Management General Responsibilities. To maintain standardization, the

standard LRS/Materiel Management activity will focus on: 1) maintaining war readiness and

supporting the wartime mission of the wing/base; 2) maintaining an overall customer support

focus; 3) expeditionary logistics support; 4) supply chain materiel management; and 5) care

and security of Nuclear Weapons-Related Materiel (NWRM). Most Efficient Organizations

or units with contract operations will be organized in a manner that complies with this

guidance. (T-1).

1.6.1.1. IAW AFI 38-101, Manpower and Organization, the LRS is made up of the

Commander, Commander’s Support Staff and various flights covering the disciplines of

logistics, fuels, materiel management, and vehicle management. The Commander’s

Support Staff is made up of Operations Officer, Logistics Manager, Squadron Readiness,

Operations Compliance, Squadron Superintendent (optional), and the First Sergeant.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 39

1.6.1.2. LRS/Materiel Management Activity will:

1.6.1.2.1. Establish and change DODAAC. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.1.1. Submit request to establish or change DODAACs IAW AFMAN 23-

230, Maintaining Air Force DoD Activity Address Codes (DODAAC). (T-2).

1.6.1.2.1.2. All materiel management activity accounts will use an APSR IAW

DoDI 5000.64, Accountability and Management of DoD Equipment and Other

Accountable Property and paragraph 7.3 of this instruction. (T-0).

1.6.1.2.1.3. Special Accounts. Requests for "FX" type accounts require AF/A4LR

approval. Justification should include why other accounts (e.g., “FB”, “FE”) are

not available or suitable. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.2. Support Financial Management and will:

1.6.1.2.2.1. Assist with annual or revised budget submission requirements as

determined by AFMC. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.2.2. Coordinate GSD Stock Fund operating programs with the appropriate

base or tenant financial management OPRs for customer requirements. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.2.3. Manage free issue and force credit returns for GSD and CSAG-S. (T-

2).

1.6.1.2.2.3.1. Approve GSD free issue/force credit return requests and

provides justification to AFMC. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.2.3.2. Forward requests for CSAG-S free issue/force credit return

approval to AFMC. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.2.4. Review and coordinate corrective action on suspect GSD and

CSAGS transaction errors. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.2.5. Review GSD stock fund on-order, in-transit inventories, and

liabilities. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.2.6. Monitor funds provided to base-level activities to purchase

investment equipment identified Budget Code (BC) “Z”. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.2.7. Monitor obligated backorders. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.2.8. Identify and validate billing actions that have not been received

within prescribed time limits for local purchase requirements. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.2.9. Work with the Financial Services Office to ensure adequate funds are

loaded to maintain day-to-day mission support requirements. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.3. Support RSP and Kits and will:

1.6.1.2.3.1. Act as the base focal point to see that all base responsibilities for

RSPs are properly carried out. (T-2). Determine, monitor, and ensure adequate

and timely corrective action by the responsible agency on all deficiencies

hampering the capability of the base to carry out its responsibilities for RSP. (T-

2).

40 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.1.2.3.2. Perform the necessary supply planning to support the wartime

mission with RSP using the planning guidelines in AFI 10-401. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.3.3. Maintain accurate RSP authorizations and process RSP reconciliation

program, annually. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.3.4. Maintain an accurate inventory of RSP assets through inspection and

inventory as required. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.3.5. Review annual Aircraft EOQ authorization requirements forwarded

from MAJCOM and keep the RSPs serviceable at all times IAW AFMAN 23-

122. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.3.6. All classified RSP assets will be inventoried, stored and maintained

in accordance with AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).

1.6.1.2.3.7. Ensure HPMSK assets are ready for deployment when authorized.

(T-1).

1.6.1.2.3.8. Perform an RSP pre-deployment computation prior to deployment

using IAW AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).

1.6.1.2.4. Support Base Closures and will:

1.6.1.2.4.1. Request assistance from the major command when specific

phasedown instructions are not provided. (T-1). The phasedown plan must meet

the following objective: To achieve a smooth, orderly closeout while the variety

and number of supplies are gradually reduced in order to minimize mission

impact. The rate of supply reduction is determined by resources and the closeout

date. Phasedown actions require careful attention and will be taken by the

appointed personnel. (T-1).

1.6.1.2.4.2. Resolve all late inbound shipment discrepancies prior to base closure

date. Failure to do so will delay closure of the account in the ILS-S. (T-1).

1.6.1.2.4.3. Reduce all item and detail balances to zero prior to closure. (T-1).

1.6.1.2.4.4. Notify the local servicing auditor of an account deactivation as soon

as the deactivation date is known. (T-1). Note: An audit is not required to delete

an account; however, auditor general personnel should be made aware of the

opportunity to audit accounts being inactivated. The phasedown plan must meet

the following objective: To achieve a smooth, orderly closeout while the variety

and number of supplies are gradually reduced in order to minimize mission

impact. The rate of supply reduction is determined by resources and the closeout

date. Phasedown actions require careful attention and will be taken by the

appointed personnel. (T-1).

1.6.1.2.4.4.1. Support weapon system transfers and will coordinate with the

gaining bases to review the due-outs to determine which details should be

transferred. Only due-outs that are required to bring transferred weapons

systems/end items and associated support equipment to a serviceable

condition will be transferred using this process.

1.6.1.2.5. Support materiel returns and will:

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 41

1.6.1.2.5.1. Process all retail level return requests through the FSC. (T-1).

1.6.1.2.5.2. Coordinate with maintenance to identify components for which there

is base level repair capability as well as no base level repair capability and update

repair cycle records. (T-1). The LRS/Materiel Management Activity will review

this information at least semiannually. (T-1).

1.6.1.2.5.3. Recover consumable useable material defined by DoDM 4160.21,

Volume 1, Defense Materiel Disposition: Disposal Guidance and Procedures.(T-

0).

1.6.1.2.5.4. Establish on-base and off-base pick up points for return of

consumable materiel. (T-2).

1.6.1.2.5.5. Establish agreements with the servicing Defense Logistics Agency

Disposition Services (DLADS) that ensure cooperation, support, and assistance.

1.6.1.2.6. Support supply chain materiel management systems and will:

1.6.1.2.6.1. Support core logistics readiness systems while maintaining a

common operating environment IAW DoDM 4140.01. (T-0).

1.6.1.2.6.2. Ensure the use of materiel systems are IAW DoDM 4140.01. (T-0).

1.6.1.2.6.3. Through systematic management procedures, provide effective,

standard, and controlled automated data processing support for base-level

LRS/Materiel Management Activity operations.

1.6.1.2.6.4. Provide standard data processing system fundamentals, work

processes, and methodology, for the training, development, and maintenance of

functional automated data processing LRS/Materiel Management Activity

personnel.

1.6.1.2.6.5. Submit system specific requirements to execute a computer

replacement plan.

1.6.1.2.6.6. Maintain integrity of local item records.

1.6.1.2.7. Manage CRF Host or CRF Supported LRS Units as applicable.

1.6.1.2.7.1. CRF Host LRS Commander/Accountable Property Officer will:

1.6.1.2.7.1.1. Provide interface between Maintenance, Materiel Management,

and Transportation.

1.6.1.2.7.1.2. Provide adequate supply capability to receive, store, and

distribute required items.

1.6.1.2.7.1.3. Provide storage for reparable assets until delivered to the CRF.

1.6.1.2.7.1.4. Provide storage IAW proper warehousing procedures for

serviceable assets awaiting disposition.

1.6.1.2.7.1.5. Ensure Maintenance personnel have the capability to access

ILS-S reports (e.g., D23 DIFM listing) needed for day-to-day management of

the CRF. (T-2).

42  AFI23-101  22 OCTOBER 2020 
1.6.1.2.7.1.6.  Provide a single turn-in point for CRF SRUs and LRUs. (T-2). 
1.6.1.2.7.1.7.  Ensure DIFM status updates and estimated time for completion 
dates are received from CRFs daily. (T-2). 
1.6.1.2.7.2.  CRF  Supported  LRS  Units  will  process  unserviceable  reparable 
assets as Not-Reparable This  Station (NRTS) code  “D” (ship to  another base to 
repair) for shipment to the appropriate CRF within 24 hours but NLT next duty 
day. (T-2). 
1.6.1.2.8.  Support Individual Protective Equipment and will: 
1.6.1.2.8.1.  Use  the  approved  mobility  IT  system  to  manage  and  account  for 
select IPE Class II materiel. All transactions will be processed real-time. (T-2). 
Note: Degraded operations procedures are authorized during exercises or system 
outages. 
1.6.1.2.8.2.  Perform Asset management for Tactical Air Control Party, Combat 
Control  Team,  Pararescuemen,  Battlefield  Weather/Combat  Weather,  Special 
Operations  Weather,  Explosive  Ordnance  Disposal,  Office  of  Special 
Investigations, and Survival Evasion Resistance and Escape will  be maintained 
IAW  AFPD  10-35,  Battlefield  Airmen.  (T-2).  Individual  Body  Armor  (IBA) 
accountability for Special Tactics Operation Forces belonging to USSOCOM will 
be managed and maintained in the Special Operations Forces Sustainment Asset 
Visibility Information Exchange System. Battlefield Airman Management System 
and  Sustainment  Asset  Visibility  Information  Exchange  System  are  NOT 
managed by LRS/Materiel Management Activities. (T-2). 
1.6.1.2.8.3.  Issue serviceable IPE assets in Low Threat Areas for deployment and 
contingency  operations  only,  with  the  exception  Explosive  Ordnance  Disposal 
and Security Forces personnel for real-world home-station use. (T-3). 
1.6.1.2.8.4.  Coordinate with MAJCOM for disposal actions of IPE. (T-2). 
1.6.1.2.8.5.  Provide secure storage and management of IPE assets identified in 
Tables 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, and 5.4 and associated training gear. (T-2). Wing leadership 
may designate another activity(s) to manage training gear for the base. Requests 
to  store  or  manage  tenant  IPE  assets  will  be  considered  by  the  local  LRS 
Commander/APO.  (T-2).  Approved  requests  will  be  documented  in  the  Host 
Tenant Support Agreement (HTSA). When issued for home-station use (e.g., SFS 
response measures), IPE assets will be maintained IAW AFMAN 23-122 and only 
for the duration  of the intended use and  not on a perpetual basis.  (T-2).  Note: 
Storage and management of nonstandard items is the responsibility of the using 
unit. (T-2). 
1.6.2.  LRS Commander (LRS/CC). In addition to unit commander responsibilities IAW AFI 
51-509,  Appointment  to  and  Assumption  of  Command,  AFI  38-101,  and  organizational 
commander  responsibilities  in  paragraph  1.8  the  LRS/CC  has  the  following  materiel 
management related responsibilities. The LRS/CC will: 
   

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 43

1.6.2.1. Act as the APO and Nuclear Weapons-Related Materiel Accountable Officer for

squadron assets and supply system stock record accounts B and E, and within the

Defense Property Accountability System (DPAS) IAW AFI 23-111, Management of

Government Property in Possession of the Air Force and AFI 20-110, Nuclear Weapons-

Related Materiel Management. (T-1).

1.6.2.1.1. When the APO is replaced by a newly-designated APO, a transfer of

accountability will occur. (T-2). See AFMAN 23-122 for transfer procedures.

1.6.2.1.2. Accountability will include categories II and IIA satellites that function

according to paragraph 9.4 of this instruction. (T-1). However, this accountability

will not include those categories II and IIA satellites located in contingency locations

with an Expeditionary Logistics Readiness Squadron (ELRS). (T-1). For contingency

supply accounts, accountable property officer will be appointed in accordance with

AFI 23-111. (T-1).

1.6.2.1.3. APO Signature Delegation. In the event the APO will be absent for more

than 30 days, the APO will appoint in writing APO signature authority for

documentation requiring accountable officer approval to the Logistics Manager or

Operations Officer. (T-1).

1.6.2.1.3.1. Delegation of APO Signature authority must be in writing and

approved by the Mission Support Group Commander (Mission Support

Group/CC) or equivalent. (T-1).

1.6.2.1.3.2. During an APO absence lasting longer than 30 days, non-APO

review and signature authority is given to the Materiel Manager Flight

commander or Flight superintendent.

1.6.2.2. Review metrics related to Materiel Management effectiveness. (T-1).

1.6.2.3. Wartime Responsibilities. The LRS/CC will develop, in coordination with

AFMC, degraded operations plans to maintain materiel management support during times

of materiel management systems interruption, in peace and war. (T-1).

1.6.2.4. Budget and fund Joint Service Mask Leakage Tester long term preventive

maintenance checks.

1.6.2.5. The LRS APO is responsible for the safekeeping and management of materiel

management inventories and will ensure implementation and compliance with PICP

guidance for materiel under their control or supervision. (T-1).

1.6.2.6. LRS APO and AFMC are responsible for Base Retail Materiel Management

operations. AFMC location Commanders are collectively responsible for depot wholesale

materiel management operations. For degraded operations, the applicable commanders

will.

1.6.2.6.1. Appoint, in writing, the primary and alternate Control Team Chief. (T-1).

1.6.2.6.2. Activate the Control Team, as required. (T-1).

1.6.2.6.3. Ensure degraded operations exercises are conducted at least every 6

months. (T-1).

44 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.2.6.4. Assess degraded operations activities and adjust the applicable support

plan as needed. (T-1).

1.6.2.6.5. Establish Continuity of Operations (COOP) for the applicable level of

responsibility. (T-1).

1.6.2.6.6. Through the Control Team Chief (at LRS or AFMC) will:

1.6.2.6.6.1. Ensure data needed to support operations is prepositioned and readily

accessible. (T-1).

1.6.2.6.6.2. Assemble the Control Team when directed by the LRS/CC. (T-1).

1.6.2.6.6.3. Keep the LRS/CC informed regarding the status of the degraded

operation. (T-1).

1.6.2.6.6.4. Appoint (with flight chief coordination) Control Team members in

writing. (T-1).

1.6.2.6.6.5. Ensure all Control Team members are trained, equipped, and

qualified to perform degraded operations and training is appropriately

documented in training records. (T-1).

1.6.2.6.6.6. Coordinate actions among materiel management chain partners and

customers. (T-1).

1.6.2.6.6.7. Ensure all transactions are processed and rejects are cleared before

resuming online processing actions. (T-1).

1.6.2.6.6.8. Coordinate schedule of exercises with the MAJCOMs. (T-2).

1.6.2.6.6.9. Coordinate IT system outages. (T-2).

1.6.2.7. Support AWP program and will:

1.6.2.7.1. Ensure primary and alternate AWP monitors are appointed in writing to

manage wing/base AWP program. (T-2).

1.6.2.7.2. Conduct a semiannual surveillance of the wing AWP program. (T-2).

1.6.2.7.3. Ensure all wing AWP monitors attend repair cycle training within 30 days

of appointment and be certified in AWP management core tasks. (T-1). This

certification will be documented in training records. (T-1). Monitors will closely

monitor the AWP program to ensure assets are returned to serviceable condition and

pieces are feasible. (T-1).

1.6.2.8. As CRF Host LRS Commander/Accountable Property Officer will:

1.6.2.8.1. Provide interface between Maintenance, Materiel Management, and

Transportation. (T-2).

1.6.2.8.2. Provide adequate supply capability to receive, store, and distribute required

items. (T-2).

1.6.2.8.3. Provide storage for reparable assets until delivered to the CRF. (T-2).

1.6.2.8.4. Provide storage IAW proper warehousing procedures for serviceable assets

awaiting disposition. (T-1).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 45

1.6.2.8.5. Ensure Maintenance personnel have the capability to access ILS-S reports

(e.g., D23 DIFM listing) needed for day-to-day management of the CRF. (T-2).

1.6.2.8.6. Provide a single turn-in point for CRF SRUs and LRUs. (T-2).

1.6.2.8.7. Ensure DIFM status updates and estimated time for completion dates are

received from CRFs daily. (T-1).

1.6.2.9. Support Bench Stock management and will:

1.6.2.9.1. Create and maintain organizational bench stock records and bin labels for

organizational bench stocks. (T-2).

1.6.2.9.2. Ensure bench stock management products are available for use by

organizations. (T-2).

1.6.2.9.3. Support organizational routine and urgent bench stock replenishment

requests. (T-2).

1.6.2.9.4. Create and maintain bench stock records to document requested and

approved customer bench stock authorization requests. (T-2).

1.6.2.9.5. Review bench stock requirements. (T-2).

1.6.2.9.6. Deliver bench stock assets to on-base customers. (T-2).

1.6.2.10. Provides overall management of the base equipment and:

1.6.2.10.1. Conduct face-to-face responsibility briefings with all incoming squadron

commanders. Briefings should be done by the LRS APO or a designated

representative, to include tenant organizations, within 90 days of incoming

commanders’ arrival. (T-2). The LRS APO may perform this briefing via telecom for

geographically separated units that he/she supports. (T-2).

1.6.2.10.2. Establish a base level equipment review and authorization activity that

will ensure only those equipment items necessary to support the mission are in-use or

on order and are matched to LOGMOD/UTC equipment requirements. (T-1).

1.6.2.10.3. Establish and maintain accurate accountable records for all units

supported by the accountable officer. (T-1).

1.6.2.11. Support Document Control management and will:

1.6.2.11.1. Ensure document control support for satellite and other accounts directly

assigned to the LRS/Materiel Management Activity and for satellite accounts in

categories III and IIIA not assigned to the LRS/Materiel Management Activity. (T-1).

1.6.2.11.2. Authorize use of stamps in lieu of written signature IAW Chapter 5. (T-

2).

1.6.2.11.3. Ensure inventory of transferred MRSP/MSK kits. (T-1).

1.6.2.11.4. Select an option for retention of non-fileable documents IAW Chapter 5

as applicable. (T-2).

1.6.2.11.5. Sign Forced Record Alteration Change or equivalent documents. (T-2).

46 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.2.11.6. When an automated asset tracking IT system is utilized, select an option

for maintaining the Classified and NWRM Authorization Receipt Listing. Note:

Receipt authorizations for Classified and NWRM will be maintained on separate

listings. (T-1).

1.6.2.11.7. Provide a letter of receipt authorization to activities authorized to process

classified and NWRM property IAW AFI 20-110. (T-1).

1.6.2.12. The LRS APO will appoint in writing an individual as Chief Inspector to

oversee the Care of Supplies in Storage (COSIS) Program IAW AFMAN 23-125(IP),

Stock Readiness, this includes all inspection functions within the Deployment and

Distribution flight. (T-1).

1.6.3. Operations Officer (LGR). The Operations Officer is the next senior officer and

oversees day-to-day operations within the squadron. The Operations Officer also acts for the

commander IAW AFI 51-509, in the absence of squadron commander. The LGR will:

1.6.3.1. Provide direct support to the LRS/CC and directly supervises the LRS Unit

Deployment Manager (UDM) and Squadron Readiness function.

1.6.3.2. Recommend, in coordination with the UDM and squadron leadership,

assignment of squadron personnel to deployment positions for commander approval and

coordinates on all taskings. (T-2).

1.6.3.3. Carry out all Logistics Manager duties when no Logistics Manager is assigned.

(T-2).

1.6.4. Unit Deployment Manager (UDM). The UDM reports directly to the Operations

Officer (except in ANG where the UDM is in Operations Compliance). Refer to AFI 10-401,

and AFI 10-403, Deployment Planning and Execution, for specific UDM duties.

1.6.5. Squadron Readiness (LGRDX). Responsible for LRS Unit Control Center (UCC). (T-

2). The UCC may be staffed by permanent personnel with augmentation during

contingencies and surge operations. Maintains squadron recall rosters. Serves as the squadron

level WRM Manager for the WRM program. (T-2). See AFI 25-101and Chapter 2 of this

instruction for additional information on WRM responsibilities. Serves as the unit Resource

Readiness monitor IAW AFI 10-201, Force Readiness Reporting. (T-2).

1.6.6. Logistics Manager (LGL). The Logistics Manager is responsible for oversight of

programs and processes associated with squadron business processes, resource management

(facilities, funds management, stock control and infrastructure), squadron analysis, strategic

planning, compliance, squadron training, accountability, metrics, and systems management.

(T-2). When the LRS does not have a Logistics Manager, the Operations Officer assumes

responsibilities.

1.6.6.1. Functions as the director of Operations Compliance (OC).

1.6.6.2. Develops civilian employees with critical operational career-enhancing

experience that will prepare them for more senior management positions.

1.6.6.3. Assigned as the Functional Director for all contracts to maintain oversight of

those programs.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 47

1.6.6.4. Carry out all Operations Officer duties when no Operations Officer is assigned.

(T-2).

1.6.6.5. Appoint in writing a primary and alternate security manager for Materiel

Management information systems IAW AFI 16-1404, Air Force Information Security

Program. (T-1).

1.6.6.6. Manages Squadron Operations and is the commander’s single point of contact

for “health of the squadron” issues. Provides oversight of squadron compliance, annual

inspection, self–inspection program, training resources, accountability and analysis.

1.6.7. Quality Assurance (QA). Performs duties as specified in AFI 20-112, Logistics

Readiness Quality Assurance Program. The Quality Assurance Evaluator (QAE), where

applicable, are responsible for coordinating compliance actions for their assigned logistics

management function, and will be aligned under individual flights within LRS. (T-2).

1.6.8. Squadron Training Section. Responsible for overall training management IAW AFI

36-2670, Total Force Development. Note: Squadrons, with the exception of the ANG, which

do not have a 3S2XX Unit Education and Training Manager assigned are highly encouraged

to convert a billet to this Air Force Specialty Code. However, duties can be augmented by

any LRS career field.

1.6.9. Resource Management Section. Serves as Unit Resource Advisor complying with AFI

65-601, Volume 2, Budget Management for Operations.

1.6.10. Functional Systems Management Section. Responsible for the centralized

management and decentralized execution of core squadron logistics systems. Key materiel

management responsibilities are:

1.6.10.1. Liaison for LRS, AFMC, and the AF Program Executive Office.

1.6.10.2. Submits system specific requirements to execute computer rotation plan.

1.6.10.3. Troubleshoots and resolves all system related issues to include submitting

Supply Difficulty Reports.

1.6.11. Contractor Support. Contractor supported supply operations will comply with AF

Materiel Management directives as specified within each applicable Statement of Work. (T-

1). The contractor shall provide all resources and services necessary to perform their

functional responsibilities as defined in the applicable Statement of Work. (T-2). The

Statement of Work will also include those specified actions the contractor will be obligated

to perform such as Government-Furnished Property stewardship and reporting, and

implementation of Automatic Identification Technology (AIT) initiatives. (T-2). Contractors

are typically obligated per the contract solicitation and award documents, to use standard AF

logistics systems when performing their functional responsibilities.

1.6.12. Materiel Management Flight (LGRM). Responsible for all retail materiel

management functions for a base/location, such as storing, inspecting, inventorying, issuing,

returning, repair cycle and customer support. This flight is the primary liaison between

customers and AFMC. Note: Vehicle Management Flight or equivalent is responsible for

vehicle assets. Materiel Management Flight leadership will:

48 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.12.1. Maintain diagrams of the supply storage areas showing the layout of each

warehouse, storeroom, bay, and pallet storage area.

1.6.12.1.1. Ensure that all items are stored and handled according to DoD and AF

TOs, manuals, and directives. (T-1).

1.6.12.1.2. Oversee and manage the flight’s self-inspection program, review of

metrics and flight training programs.

1.6.12.1.3. Be responsible to the LRS CC/APO for the processing, handling, COSIS

and material handling equipment.

1.6.12.1.4. Ensure flight personnel adhere to and apply proper inspection, issue,

storage, warehousing, and materiel handling techniques.

1.6.12.1.5. Provide materiel management technical guidance.

1.6.12.1.6. Bring evidence of fraud or theft to the attention of the APO and

participate in inquiries or investigations regarding the loss, damage, destruction, or

theft of Government property.

1.6.12.1.7. Provide Resources Readiness related information to unit Defense

Readiness Reporting System administrator IAW AFI 10-201. (T-1).

1.6.12.1.8. Review and coordinate requests for base initiated ASL.

1.6.12.1.9. Review and approve all Forced Record Override transactions (currently

referred to as a forced record alteration) and requests through AFMC. Note: May be

delegated to QA OIC/Superintendent.

1.6.12.1.10. Oversee Document Control and Reject Management.

1.6.12.1.11. Lead, analyze and evaluate squadron degraded operations program.

1.6.12.1.12. Review shipment loss (M16 or equivalent report) analysis.

1.6.12.1.13. Review inventory analysis/research in an effort to identify root causes,

trends of inventory discrepancies/adjustments and recommend corrective actions to

mitigate further out-of-balance conditions.

1.6.12.1.14. Attend the Deputy Maintenance Group Commander (MXG/CD) daily

production/scheduling meeting per AFI 21-101, Aircraft and Equipment Maintenance

Management. (T-1).

1.6.12.1.15. Approve access to auditable documents for other than Document Control

personnel, maintain a written copy of approval, and use local controls to limit access.

Note: May be delegated to QA OIC/Superintendent.

1.6.13. Asset Management Section (LGRMS). This section consists of the following

elements: Central Storage, Aircraft Parts Store (APS), Hazardous Materials (HAZMAT)

Tracking Activity, Individual Equipment Element, and Individual Protective Equipment.

Responsible for stocking, storing, issuing, and inspection management of DoD supplies and

equipment and will:

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 49

1.6.13.1. Provide oversight and guidance to storage elements to ensure compliance with

DoD and AF directives. Maintain central locator functions and ensure storage facilities

adhere to general warehousing requirements IAW AFJMAN 23-210.

1.6.13.2. Ensure the proper storage and authorized handling of controlled materiel.

1.6.13.3. Manage the LRS in-warehouse equipment Unit Identification Code on behalf of

the APO. Materiel Management Supply Activities will assign responsibilities to similar

asset management functions within the organization. (T-3).

1.6.14. Aircraft Parts Store Element (LGRMSA). Key duties include storing and issuing

select weapon system spares and in-warehouse supply assets, selecting items to be shipped or

transferred, conducting warehouse validations, maintaining central locator functions,

performing warehouse inspection functions (e.g., shelf-life, functional checks), managing

RSP, and managing the staging area for delivery of items. Accomplish general warehousing

requirements identified above IAW AFJMAN 23-210.

1.6.15. Central Storage Element (LGRMSS). Key duties include storing supply and

equipment items, to include classified and sensitive items and War Consumables Distribution

Objective (WCDO) items and NWRM IAW AFI 20-110. Other key duties include selecting

items to be issued, shipped or transferred; conducting warehouse validations; and

maintaining central locator functions.

1.6.16. Hazardous Materials (HAZMAT) Element (LGRMSH). Serves as the installation

HAZMAT Tracking Activity and manages the storage, receipt, issue and inspection of

HAZMAT. The HAZMAT Element will utilize Enterprise Environmental, Safety, and

Occupational Health Management Information System (EESOH-MIS) to support reporting

requirements and to manage material IAW AFMAN 32-7002, Environmental Compliance

and Pollution Prevention. (T-1).

1.6.17. Individual Equipment Element (LGRMSI). Responsible for the issue of select Class

II items, unless contracted out, and operates centralized on-base issue, storage, and return

intake point for Class II items.

1.6.18. IPE Element (LGRMSP). Responsible for the storage, inventory, inspection and

issue of mobility bags, base mobility small arms/light weapons, Chemical, Biological,

Radiological, Nuclear IPE and IBA. Ensure the accuracy of the appropriate materiel

management IT system records under their control. Provides support as specified in AFI 10-

2501, Emergency Management Program.

1.6.19. Customer Support Section (LGRMC). This section consists of two elements:

Equipment Accountability and Customer Support Liaison.

1.6.19.1. Equipment Accountability Element (EAE) or (LGRMCE). EAE serves as the

base equipment review and authorization activity and manages all base level equipment

items, with the exception of vehicles. EAE is responsible for updating base level data in

the applicable materiel management IT system. Assist installation equipment custodians

with processing equipment transactions. Note: AFMC’s Vehicle Support Chain

Operations Squadron manages vehicle transactions and updates base level vehicle data in

the vehicle management IT system. EAEs will:

50 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.19.2. Provide materiel management support and guidance to APOs, Responsible

Officers, and Responsible Persons in the control and accountability equipment assets

within the AF equipment system.

1.6.19.3. Be responsible for interfacing with Equipment Review Authorization Activities

(ERAA) and AFMC organizations in regards to equipment management. Ensure all

information involving the movement of equipment is coordinated with ERAA and

CEMF, as appropriate, for processing actions. (T-1).

1.6.19.4. Advise approving and appointing authorities on equipment guidance and

procedures affecting lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed government property (Class II,

VII and IX). Provides Block III and Communication Security (COMSEC) training to

custodians.

1.6.19.5. Coordinate and direct deployment and redeployment of Class VII assets

between APOs and Responsible Officers/Persons. Attend base deployment concept

briefings to identify organizations deploying/transferring equipment.

1.6.19.6. Ensure Unique Item Identifier (UII) construct and application for equipment

managed in the Materiel Management IT system is IAW MIL-STD-130N, Identification

Marking of U.S. Military Property, if APSR is utilizing Item Unique Identification

(IUID) capability.

1.6.19.7. Responsible for updating data for WRM equipment records. Base

Expeditionary Airfield Resources (BEAR) and Fuels Support Equipment record data

updates will be directed or approved by the WRM GMO.

1.6.19.8. Manage Communication Security/Controlled Cryptographic Item

(COMSEC/CCI) and Small Arms/Light Weapons (SA/LW) reconciliation.

1.6.19.9. Conduct annual assessment on all organizational equipment accounts and

document results. Visit may be conducted via telecom for Geographically Separated

Units (GSUs). (T-1). Note: Out of cycle assessments may be conducted as required to

resolve problem areas. MAJCOM may modify assessments for wings with contracted or

Most Efficient Organization LRS’s when organizational visits significantly increase the

cost of current contracts or Most Efficient Organization manpower. The unit will provide

EAE with a waiver request that includes reason(s) they cannot comply, proposed

alternative methods to ensure equipment accountability and projected get well date. (T-

2).

1.6.19.10. Manage equipment CFO and will:

1.6.19.11. Input and ensure CFO data is loaded in an approved APSR: Statements of

Federal Financial Accounting Standards (SFFAS) No. 6 and Accountability of

Equipment, IAW the CFO Act of 1990. SFFAS No. 6 outlines capitalization and

depreciation of general property, plant, and equipment (PP&E). SFFAS No. 6, states any

equipment that meets the following criteria must be capitalized, depreciated, and reported

on the annual financial statements. If the combined cost of the components comprising a

system equals to or exceeds $1M, the personal property must be capitalized and

depreciated.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 51

1.6.19.12. All assets meeting capitalization requirements must be recorded in Support

Equipment APSR with the following data: acquisition cost, acquisition date, part number,

serial number/unique identifier, Commercial and Government Entity code and the fund

designator. The supporting documentation must accompany the physical asset throughout

its movement/lifecycle. (T-1).

1.6.19.13. Ensure key supporting documentation for the CFO assets in the applicable

materiel management IT system is maintained in Master Jacket File.

1.6.19.14. Ensure equipment custodians/commanders are signing/utilizing a Customer

Authorization/Custody Receipt Listing (CA/CRL) from ILS-S or DPAS Custodian

Inventory reports. Note: Authorized equipment listings are processed using ILS-S or

DPAS.

1.6.19.15. Manage DPAS equipment transfers and 99S Requisition Tracing Action for

lateral SPRAM Transfers.

1.6.19.16. Attend base deployment concept briefings and process transactions to deploy

or transfer equipment.

1.6.19.17. Validate custodians complete Block III Computer Based Training (CBT).

Provide and document initial and annual AF/A4LR equipment custodial supplemental

training. Ensure COMSEC training is provided. COMSEC training is mandatory for

custodians who oversee COMSEC assets.

1.6.19.18. Update organization configuration data when directed by CEMF and

equipment custodian profile data. (T-2).

1.6.19.19. Coordinate with MAJCOM ERAA or CEMF on all equipment transactions

impacting the movement of equipment assets such as redistribution orders and equipment

transfers. (T-2).

1.6.19.20. Manage Low Speed Vehicles (LSV), Other Government Motor Vehicle

Conveyances (OGMVC) and “non-registered vehicle” trailers (with the exception of the

LSVs, OGMVCs and “non-registered vehicle” trailers purchased with Non-Appropriated

Funding [NAF]) on EAID accountable records. (T-2).

1.6.19.21. LSV are centrally procured and cannot be purchased by field units. All

requests to add LSVs to unit equipment account will be denied and the host LRS Vehicle

Management Flight will be contacted.

1.6.19.22. All requests to add an authorization and purchase OGMVCs will be routed

IAW AFI 24-302, prior to approval. (T-1). See AFI 24-302, Vehicle Management for

definition of “OGMVC".

1.6.19.23. Validate GPC purchases of equipment/SPRAM per customer request per AFI

64-117, Government Purchase Card (GPC) Program. (T-1).

1.6.19.24. Work with custodians to clear all variances.

1.6.19.25. Maintain Equipment Jacket Files. DPAS Custodian Inventory reports are

used. (T-2). Note: Vehicle records do not fall under the responsibility of EAE.

1.6.19.26. Perform annual weapons and semi-annual COMSEC reconciliations. (T-2).

52 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.19.27. Review requisitioning of equipment items from DLADS to ensure the

requesting organization has a valid equipment authorization established. (T-2).

1.6.19.28. Provide Customer Service the names of equipment custodians upon

appointment and change of custodian. (T-1).

1.6.19.29. Validate and authorize AF equipment items prior to processing all issues for

non-centralized bases. (T-2).

1.6.19.30. Validate allowance change requests. (T-2).

1.6.19.31. Ensure organizational requests that exceed allowance standard quantities, or

recommended changes to the standard, are forwarded through MAJCOM channels for

approval/disapproval. (T-2).

1.6.19.32. Prepare and record all equipment turn-ins. (T-2).

1.6.19.33. Be responsible for SPRAM processes and will:

1.6.19.34. Report SPRAM authorizations and balances in the appropriate APSR. This

data is reported as changes occur to SPRAM asset levels or when other changes occur to

the applicable NSN.

1.6.19.35. Maintain a copy of each letter requesting changes to SPRAM authorizations in

a folder along with the current SPRAM listing and the custodian appointment letter. (T-

2). Previous R25 listing on file may be destroyed when a new SPRAM listing signed by

the SPRAM custodian is received.

1.6.19.36. Review all SPRAM authorizations annually and certify them as valid.

Certification may occur during the annual SPRAM inventory and may be noted on the

approved SPRAM listing.

1.6.19.37. Maintain SPRAM Custodian Files.

1.6.19.38. Review justification for SPRAM authorizations concurrent with the annual

inventory.

1.6.19.39. Specifically determine whether the original justifications are still valid and

validate annually.

1.6.19.40. Delete invalid SPRAM authorizations, turn in excesses and cancel unneeded

requisitions.

1.6.19.41. Maintain justification documentation for all SPRAM authorizations until the

authorization is deleted.

1.6.19.42. Customer Support Liaison Element (LGRMCC). Responds to customer

logistics concerns and proactively anticipates problems that could stand in the way of

wing units fulfilling mission requires.

1.6.19.43. Responsible for interfacing with AFMC and provides guidance to work center

supervisors on utilization of supply management products.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 53

1.6.19.44. Responsibilities include monitoring the overall maintenance and materiel

interface, perform document control, customer support, research and base level records

maintenance, base level stock control functions, bench stock management. Focal point

for customer feedback. Submit Price Challenge and Verification Program (formerly

known as Zero Overpricing Program) submissions.

1.6.19.45. Responsible for coordinating Base-Level Supply Customer Training as it

pertains to Block I (General Materiel Management Indoctrination) and Block IIA/B

(Bench Stock/Repair Cycle).

1.6.19.46. Coordinate Materiel Management related training needs for Decentralized

Materiel Support personnel.

1.6.19.47. Responsible for conducting quarterly visits to maintenance work centers;

providing guidance and training for processing issue requests; cannibalization actions;

validating customer backorders, management of DIFM, bench stock, shelf-life, shop and

operating stocks, work order residue and Tail Number Bin (TNB); and assisting users in

resolving any materiel management related problem. For Geographically Separated Units

(GSUs), conduct quarterly telecoms in lieu of physical visits. Exception: ANG/AFR

activities will conduct semi-annual visits.

1.6.19.48. Conduct an annual supply procedural surveillance visit to

maintenance/maintenance support work centers. Brief work center supervisors on results,

follow-ups on corrective actions and provide a copy of the report to affected Unit

Commander or Designated Representative. The annual supply procedural surveillance

visit may be conducted in lieu of one quarterly maintenance work center visit. For GSUs,

conduct annual telecoms to address issues and physically visit the units at least once

every three years. Note: MAJCOMs must request a waiver in writing to AF/A4LR for

any deviations from the GSU visit guidance. The waiver request will include justification

along with an estimated date for visits to start. Note: For ANG/AFR activities the annual

supply visit may be conducted in lieu of one semi-annual maintenance work center visit.

1.6.19.49. Coordinate with customers to obtain mission impact statements to substantiate

supply assistance requests. Review and forward supply assistance requests for supply

difficulties to AFMC for review.

1.6.19.50. Perform semi-annual Supply Discrepancy Report (SDR) analysis and forward

to Operations Compliance (LGLO) for distribution to respective MAJCOMs IAW

Defense Logistics Manual (DLM) 4000.25 Volume 2, Supply Standards and Procedures.

1.6.19.51. When there is no Decentralized Materiel Support (DMS), reconcile

maintenance and supply systems records by correcting mismatched records listed in the

NFS540 Document Validation Report contained in Integrated Maintenance Data System

(IMDS). This report is required to maintain a smooth interface between Maintenance and

Supply systems. Act as a focal point to coordinate and consolidate 1SH rejects and other

management notices (e.g. IMDS report screen 113 outputs). Print and distribute them to

the appropriate work center for resolution. Follow-up daily to ensure 1SH rejects are

resolved.

1.6.19.52. Manage stock positioning and will:

54 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.19.53. Monitor the results of automatic sourcing. Rejects associated with the

A2A/A21/SHP need to be researched and not just “clear carded” to ensure the accurate

response to requisitioning of another account.

1.6.19.54. Use ILS-S to identify due-ins (inbound shipments) that have exceeded normal

transit time and are therefore considered overdue. Use the ILS-S User’s Manual - Manage

Orders – Overdue Shipment Conditions to manage and resolve due-ins with overdue

shipment status.

1.6.19.55. Mandatory Delete. Overdue unclassified and pilferable (inbound) shipments

with an extended cost less than $100 are authorized for automatic deletion (no

research/tracing is necessary).

1.6.20. Maintenance Support Section (LGRMM). This section is responsible for two

elements; Flight Service Center and Decentralized Materiel Support (DMS).

1.6.21. Flight Service Center (LGRMMF). This element serves as the primary point of

contact with units regarding repair cycle management. Key duties include managing supply

points, time-change, TCTOs, DIFM, Found On Base (FOB), AWP, turn-around, local

manufacture, and Quality Deficiency Report (QDR) programs. Flight Services Center will:

1.6.21.1. Process DIFM returns and serves as the single return processing point for

materiel in stock record accounts B and E.

1.6.21.2. Act as a turnaround processing point supporting organizations not supported by

the IMDS.

1.6.21.3. Review and update repair cycle data semi-annually, using the Q04 Repair

Cycle Data listing.

1.6.21.4. Coordinate disposition of unserviceable condition code “F” DIFM items

through AFMC.

1.6.21.5. Responsible for Semi-annual Direct NRTS validation.

1.6.21.6. Manage TCTOs and the kit monitor will:

1.6.21.6.1. Ensure compliance with roles and responsibilities IAW AFI 21-101 and

this instruction. (T-1).

1.6.21.6.2. Ensure Storage and Control of TCTO Kits to prevent loss or unauthorized

use of kits and their components. (T-1).

1.6.21.6.3. Requisition all TCTO kits using normal Military Standard Requisition

and Issue Procedures (MILSTRIP) procedures IAW AFMAN 23-122. Will ensure

establishment of a TCTO Kit Item Record and Monitors will maintain a listing of all

current TCTO requisitions and ensure accurate status on a monthly basis. (T-1).

1.6.21.6.4. Screen supply stocks for TCTO applicability, update materiel

management IT system, tag affected materiel, maintain copies of active TCTOs, and

notify maintenance of stock screening results. (T-1).

1.6.21.6.5. Establish and maintain a file for all documents pertaining to the TCTO

upon notification from Plans Scheduling and Documentation (PS&D). (T-1).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 55

1.6.22. Decentralized Materiel Support (DMS) (LGRMMA, LGRMMB, LGRMMC, etc.

except LGRMMF). DMS personnel coordinate maintenance and materiel management

actions, manage supply transactions for their assigned maintenance activity, monitor and

track assets in the repair cycle, resolve support problems and report aircraft parts status to

maintenance supervision. DMS personnel also support maintenance in processing issue

requests, researching sources of supply, entering manual requisitions (part number only),

updating exception code lists, and resolving other peculiar maintenance supply problems.

DMS personnel will:

1.6.22.1. Advise maintenance leadership of supply support problems regarding the

maintenance efforts and recommends corrective actions.

1.6.22.2. Identify supply related training needs to maintenance work center supervisors.

1.6.22.3. Coordinate with maintenance work centers to identify components for which

there is no base level repair or diagnostic capability and develop a NRTS list.

1.6.22.4. Coordinate with Flight Service Center to ensure the repair work center is

loaded on the repair cycle record for components with base repair capability.

1.6.22.5. Solicit and consolidate inputs from maintenance sections to initiate a Quick

Reference List as needed. Distribute the Quick Reference List to appropriate work

centers including the APS.

1.6.22.6. Monitor status of backorder requisitions and initiate supply assistance requests

for supply difficulties when necessary. Send to Customer Support Liaison Element for

review.

1.6.22.7. Assist AF Government Purchase Card (GPC) holders in administering and

coordinating with weapon system purchases. The PM must approve the local purchase of

all weapon system parts. Refer to AFI 64-117, Government Purchase Card Program, for

additional guidance.

1.6.22.7.1. Request approval from the weapon system program office for local

purchase of aircraft parts.

1.6.22.7.2. Purchase parts and hardware IAW AFI 64-117, AFI 23-101, and AFMAN

23-122.

1.6.22.8. Reconcile IMDS and ILS-S records by correcting mismatched records listed in

the NFS540 Document Validation Report contained in IMDS. This report is required to

maintain a smooth interface between maintenance and supply systems.

1.6.22.9. Track DIFM.

1.6.22.9.1. Conduct a quarterly reconciliation, track and process DIFM assets to

include warranty parts.

1.6.22.9.2. Schedule and monitor all repair cycle assets through the repair flights

based on priority assigned.

1.6.22.9.3. Process DIFM assets to ensure appropriate DIFM status codes are used.

See AFH 23-123, Volume 2, for list of appropriate codes.

56 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.22.10. Move reparable assets from work center to work center in an expedient

manner.

1.6.22.11. Ensure the proper documentation and reusable container accompany reparable

assets to meet the required evacuation time frames.

1.6.22.12. Parts ordering. All parts ordering will be initiated from the LRS/materiel

management activity through the appropriate Maintenance Information System (MIS)

when an interface with ILS-S exists. (T-2). Request supply assistance from LRS/materiel

management activity if status is unacceptable.

1.6.22.12.1. Process issue request per AFMAN 23-122 using data received from

maintenance. Ensure maintenance provides all required data.

1.6.22.12.2. Process the Mission Impaired Capability Awaiting Parts (MICAP) start

through the MIS/ILS-S interface and coordinate with the LRS/materiel management

activity to upgrade, downgrade and cancel MICAP requirements.

1.6.22.12.3. Order transient aircraft parts per AFMAN 23-122 and TO 00-20-3,

Maintenance Processing of Reparable Property and Repair Cycle Asset Control

System.

1.6.22.12.4. Ensure proper use of Urgency Justification Code and Force Activity

Designators (FAD) codes. See AFH 23-123, Volume 2, for further details on Urgency

Justification Code, FAD, and FAD override option procedures.

1.6.22.12.5. Use the FAD of the supported unit and process the request utilizing

procedures for a FAD override when supporting a unit with a higher FAD.

1.6.22.12.6. Requestor will ensure validity and completeness of requisition forms and

verify Urgency Justification Code and SRD codes. (T-2).

1.6.22.12.7. Requisition parts and use supply management products. Initiate follow-

up action when necessary.

1.6.22.12.8. Establish a reusable container program and manage per AFI 24-602,

Volume 2, Cargo Movement and TO 00-20-3. (T-1).

1.6.22.12.9. Establish a storage area for reusable containers. Consolidation with other

work centers is authorized.

1.6.22.12.10. Control and manage aircraft TNBs if stored within the Support Section.

Note: When other maintenance assets are collocated with TNB, they must be

similarly controlled and managed.

1.6.22.12.11. DMS or designated personnel will not release parts from the TNB

without proper documentation.

1.6.22.12.12. IAW AFI 21-101, items removed from the TNB that are not installed

that duty day will be returned to TNB/DMS by maintenance. (T-2).

1.6.22.12.13. DMS or designated personnel will inform the Production Supervisor

(Pro Super) or Flight line Expediter of TNB assets, which may prevent or satisfy a

mission-limiting condition. (T-2).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 57

1.6.22.12.14. Validate “mark for” changes with Pro Super and Flight line

Expediter(s).

1.6.22.12.15. Manage the cannibalization program supply transactions and the

associated documentation.

1.6.22.12.16. Review/validate part status with the Daily Document Register (D04),

Priority Monitor Report (D18) and the Monthly Due-Out Validation Listing (M30).

1.6.22.12.17. Follow-up with LRS/materiel management activity to resolve AWP

status.

1.6.22.12.18. Complete Aircraft Document Reviews as outlined in AFI 21-101.

1.6.22.12.19. For units with IMDS, reconcile IMDS and ILS-S records listed in the

NFS540 Document Validation Report contained in IMDS.

1.6.22.12.20. Manage Precious Metals Recovery Program outlined in Chapter 5 and

Chapter 6 of this AFI.

1.6.22.12.21. Turn in excess materiel to LRS/materiel management activity.

1.6.22.12.22. Process maintenance turnarounds (TRN) to record usage of an item and

ensure demand levels and percent of base repair are updated per AFMAN 23-122.

1.6.23. Inspection Section (LGRMI). Responsible for conducting limited inspector training

to all personnel assigned materiel manager limited inspector duties. Responsibilities include:

1.6.23.1. The Chief Inspector is responsible to oversee the COSIS for all warehouse

operations IAW AFJMAN 23-210.

1.6.23.2. Establish and maintain the identification of items received, stored, issued,

shipped, and transferred. Validate and process all identity changes for materiel for which

the LRS/CC is responsible.

1.6.23.3. Maintain a file of all active TCTOs for items in warehouse stockrooms.

1.6.23.4. Accept or reject items delivered under contracts that require acceptance at the

destination. NWRM assets received under contract will not be rejected.

1.6.23.5. Coordinate with maintenance to determine if items suspected as damaged

should be repaired or disposed.

1.6.23.6. Store incomplete items and notify LRS TCTO Monitor to initiate issue requests

for items that are needed to bring incomplete assemblies to a serviceable condition.

1.6.24. Physical Inventory Control Section (LGRMP). This section is responsible for

centralized execution of inventory functions for the LRS/CC IAW inventory policy contained

in DLM 4000.25, Volume 2, and paragraph 5.7 of this instruction. This section will:

1.6.24.1. Prepare and publish annual inventory schedule for all categories of property.

1.6.24.2. Conduct physical inventories of equipment and supplies as specified in this

policy.

1.6.24.3. Perform causative research inventory discrepancies.

58 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.6.24.4. Manage and control all rejects resulting from item records being frozen for

inventory to include lifting the freeze code.

1.6.24.5. Obtain APO signature for Consolidated Inventory Adjustment Document

1.6.25. Documented Cargo. Documented Cargo section will pick up recoverable item DIFM

returns for those customers outside of maintenance community. DIFM items will be picked

up from on-base issue/drop off points and delivered to FSC. Customers will ensure items

contain proper documentation prior to pick up. Refer to TO 00-20-3 and see AFMAN 23-122

for documentation required for FOB returns resulting from ICBM weapon system

deactivation or modification. Note: Documented Cargo personnel are not required to inspect

or complete documentation.

1.7. Program Manager (PM).

1.7.1. RSP and Kit Management. PMs will:

1.7.1.1. Direct RSP managers to provide use instructions for aggregation accounts, act as

the RSP focal point, control assignment of RSP serial numbers, develop RSPs IAW the

RSP Authorization Document and conduct RSP reviews to ensure conformation with

authorization documents.

1.7.1.2. Monitor and ensure that RSP worksheets or control lists are reviewed, updated,

and signed in a timely manner, manage the data flow to and from appropriate data

systems and monitor their operation, provide MAJCOM EOQ spares and spare parts

requirements to their OPR in a timely fashion, correctly execute the work units necessary

for overlay of EOQ RSP requirements to the appropriate IT system.

1.7.1.3. Review existing authorized HPMSK during the scheduled RSP review. They

will assist the MAJCOM requesting a new HPMSK to build and compute a test kit in the

appropriate IT system.

1.7.2. TRAP Management. PMs will:

1.7.2.1. Consider the standard delivery configuration of each aircraft MDS use code as

described in the applicable aircraft -21 technical manual and the projected fleet size when

determining Alternate Mission Equipment (AME)/Normally Installed Equipment (NIE)

TRAP requirements.

1.7.2.2. Procure a standard complement of AME/NIE for new aircraft in the initial

aircraft procurement with major end item funds. Original aircraft buys normally include

10% over the initial AME/NIE requirement levels. This action supports the routine

inspection and repair cycles and initial TRAP item condemnations, if any.

1.7.2.3. Fund TRAP requirements when an AME/NIE requirement develops after aircraft

production is complete. If, after a thorough search by the PM, TRAP item procurement

funds may be used to procure newly identified TRAP items when BP1000 funds are not

available.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 59

1.8. Air Force Organization Responsibilities.

1.8.1. All AF levels. It is the responsibility of all AF levels of management to ensure strict

compliance with approved stockage guidance in accordance with AFI 25-101, War Reserve

Materiel, in relationship to approved targets.

1.8.2. Installations.

1.8.2.1. Bases are responsible for physical materiel handling, receipt, storage, and

processing of WRM shipment requests. Bases act as the local liaison with organizations

regarding management of WRM. EAE is responsible for updating the appropriate system

of record for all WRM and mobility equipment. Only WRM 463L system pallets, nets,

and associated tie-down equipment will be managed in equipment IT system. Operational

463L pallets and nets will not be managed in equipment IT system.

1.8.2.2. Bases will establish and maintain WCDO details IAW AFMAN 23-122. WCDO

detail records are unclassified but are For Official Use Only.

1.8.2.3. Base commanders will follow guidance outlined in AFI 34-211(I).

1.8.3. Base level units that are pilot units will:

1.8.3.1. The Manpower & Equipment Force Packaging Responsible Agency will manage

UTCs IAW AFI 10-401. (T-1).

1.8.3.2. Submit UTCs to the MAJCOM Manpower and Equipment Force Packaging

OPR for approval, cancellation or change.

1.8.4. Maintenance Activities.

1.8.4.1. Maintenance activities at base level are responsible for implementing the TCTO

program at the base level: TCTO publication distribution; coordination of TCTO matters;

identification and submission of TCTO kit requirements; installing kits; and advising

LRS/Materiel Management Activity of impending transfers of aircraft or end items.

Maintenance advises the FSC of any kit excesses or changes required.

1.8.4.2. Maintenance activities are responsible for removed DIFM items. The

Maintenance Commander or equivalent will ensure removed items are physically

returned to the LRS/Materiel Management Activity. (T-1). Base repair activities, also

known as back shops, will ensure reparable assets are returned to LRS within 45 duty

days from date of issue. (T-1). Note: Base repair activities are organizations primarily

established to perform component repair.

1.8.4.3. Maintenance activities will:

1.8.4.3.1. Appoint a primary and alternate AWP monitors in writing for each

maintenance activity to manage their own individual AWP program and liaison with

the LRS/Materiel Management Activity. These individuals are required to attend

Supply Course - Block IIB training. This certification will be documented in training

records.

1.8.4.3.2. Ensure Monitors closely monitor the AWP program to ensure assets are

returned to serviceable condition as soon as possible, and determine if cross-

cannibalization of serviceable bits and pieces is feasible. (T-2).

60 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.8.4.3.3. When cross-cannibalization is possible, maintenance activities are

responsible for providing the LRS/Materiel Management Activity with the end-item

DIFM document number(s) and the bits and pieces involved.

1.8.5. Group Commanders. Group Commander or equivalent within the scope of specified

responsibilities and authority:

1.8.5.1. Review and certify as the approval authority, all requests for SPRAM

authorizations submitted by SPRAM custodians.

1.8.5.2. Ensure all SPRAM assets are properly maintained and safeguarded. Note: These

actions may be delegated by the Group/CC to the Squadron Commander/Designated

Representative. Delegation below that level is not authorized.

1.8.6. Organizational Commanders. Unit/Squadron Commanders are responsible for the

inventory and accounting of materiel and equipment assigned to their unit. Duties apply to

LRS commanders. Organizational Commanders will:

1.8.6.1. Out-process airmen scheduled for release from RegAF, ANG duty, or discharge

in accordance with AFI 36-3208, Administrative Separation of Airmen, and AFI 36-

3012; and AFI 36-3209, Separation and Retirement Procedures for the Air National

Guard and the Air Force Reserve Members.

1.8.6.2. Disposition of Personal Effects. Process all clothing of deceased personnel

obtained IAW AFI 34-501, Mortuary Affairs Program, except for items of the uniform

required for burial.

1.8.6.3. Support equipment management and will:

1.8.6.3.1. The using organizational commander or designated representative in

coordination with the LRS APO, will establish custodian responsibility for in-use/in-

place equipment. (T-2).

1.8.6.3.2. Appoint primary and alternate equipment custodians in writing for all

equipment accounts in his/her organization. (T-2). Custodians must be commissioned

officers, NCOs, warrant officers, contractors (as specified in contract), or civilians

(minimum civilian grade is GS-5, Non-Appropriated Funding-III or other equivalent

civilian pay grade series). Local wage rate (LWR) employees (foreign employees in

host countries) may be appointed primary or alternate custodian only if the host

country's laws hold them financially liable. (T-2). The appointment letter will be

signed by the commander and should include: (T-1).

1.8.6.3.2.1. Section title.

1.8.6.3.2.2. Name and grade of primary and alternate custodians.

1.8.6.3.2.3. DPAS Unit Identification Code & corresponding Custodian Number.

1.8.6.3.2.4. Building number of the custodian's duty section.

1.8.6.3.2.5. Telephone number/Email address

1.8.6.3.2.6. Signature for both the primary and alternate equipment custodians.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 61

1.8.6.3.3. Not use Organizational Visibility List to account for property that is

classified, sensitive, or has a unit price equal to or greater than $5,000, IAW DoDI

5000.64. (T-0).

1.8.6.3.4. Ensure all GPC equipment purchases are coordinated through the EAE

prior to purchase per AFI 64-117. (T-1).

1.8.6.3.5. Initiate financial liability investigations per DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 12,

Chapter 7, Department of Defense Financial Management Regulations. (T-0).

1.8.6.3.6. Appoint primary and alternate deploying equipment custodians for all

equipment accounts with use code A (mobility) assets. Custodians must be

commissioned officers, NCO's, warrant officers, contractors (as specified in contract),

or civilians (minimum civilian grade is GS-5 or other equivalent civilian pay grade

series). (T-2).

1.8.6.3.7. Ensure owning custodian(s) conduct periodic mobility equipment reviews

with the UDM to ensure tasked equipment is identified with the proper UTC in the

Support Equipment APSR and are matched to LOGMOD/UTC equipment

requirements. (T-2).

1.8.6.3.8. Ensure appointed custodians conduct inventories of all accountable

property as required/scheduled. (T-2).

1.8.7. Equipment Custodians. Equipment custodians are responsible for equipment on their

account. Custodians may be held financially liable for such equipment if it becomes lost,

damaged, or destroyed. Custodians can also be appointed as deployed equipment custodians.

Equipment custodians will:

1.8.7.1. Complete Block III Computer Based Training (CBT), COMSEC training, and

AF/A4LR supplemental training prior to assuming equipment custodian duties. Complete

the AF equipment IT System COMSEC training module. (T-2). Complete Block III

refresher training annually.

1.8.7.2. Request establishment, cancellation or changes to equipment detail records.

1.8.7.3. Manage equipment assets under their control, perform annual inventories and

match to LOGMOD/UTC equipment requirements.

1.8.7.4. Submit Allowance Change Requests. Provide EAE with justification supporting

any Allowance Change Request.

1.8.7.5. Notify EAE of upcoming deployment and provide a list of assets to be

transferred/deployed.

1.8.7.6. Immediately report any excess authorizations, allowances, or in-use assets to the

LRS EAE.

1.8.7.7. Notify EAE of when there is a change of command /appointing official.

1.8.7.8. Validate equipment authorizations and backorders. Turn-in excess and request

cancellation of unneeded backorders and requisitions.

1.8.7.9. Ensure that all items are on-hand and serviceability/condition is properly

recorded in the approved Support Equipment APSR.

62 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.8.7.10. Identify critical/important requirements through their FAM. MAJCOM

equipment management will verify criticality with the FAM.

1.8.7.11. Conduct annual floor-to-book and book-to-floor inventory of organization’s

OGMVC.

1.8.7.12. Deploying Equipment Custodians. The primary/alternate deploying equipment

custodian has the following responsibilities:

1.8.7.13. Complete Deployed Equipment Custodian training prior to all deployments.

1.8.7.14. Conduct an inventory with the owning custodian, prior to processing for

movement, to identify assets to be deployed/transferred.

1.8.7.15. While deployed, act as the single point of contact in the deploying organization

on all matters relating to the deployed equipment.

1.8.7.16. Upon notification of termination of deployment, notify ELRS and AFMC of

assets to be returned.

1.8.7.17. Upon return to home-station, perform a 100% inventory of returned assets, with

the original owning equipment custodian to ensure all assets were received/returned.

1.8.7.18. Notify EAE after inventory completion and within 24 hours of return of

deployed equipment.

1.8.8. Support SPRAM management and will:

1.8.8.1. Ensure all mission-essential SPRAM assets are on-hand or on-order to support

the assigned or programmed functions and unit mission. Annually, certifies by signing

the SPRAM listing all authorizations are current and necessary for mission support. This

will be done in conjunction with the annual inventory or upon assumption of the account.

1.8.8.2. The using organizational commander or designated representative will appoint

capable individuals as SPRAM custodians and alternates, including establishment,

change, or cancellation of SPRAM accounts. Custodians may be commissioned officers,

noncommissioned officers, civilians or contractors (as specified in contract), and must be

mutually agreed upon by the organization commander. This applies to Regular Air Force

(RegAF) and Reserve personnel. Foreign nationals or local wage rate employees (foreign

nationals in host countries) may be appointed as primary or alternate SPRAM custodians

only when they may be held pecuniarily liable under the laws of the host country. A new

primary custodian or alternate is appointed when both the primary and alternate custodian

will be absent simultaneously for 45 or more calendar days, or when either custodian is

reassigned or separated.

1.8.8.3. Ensure primary and alternate SPRAM custodians, not previously trained, attend

block training courses provided by the LRS APO.

1.8.8.4. Ensure primary and alternate SPRAM custodians receive refresher block training

courses within every 2 years provided by the LRS APO.

1.8.8.5. Ensure qualified individuals are preselected as SPRAM custodians on all unit

deployments. Individuals identified to the host LRS APO receive training regarding

management of SPRAM assets during deployment.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 63

1.8.8.6. Ensure personnel are aware of policies and guidelines established in AFI 23-111

and AFI 20-110.

1.8.8.7. SPRAM Custodians. Primary and Alternate SPRAM custodians will:

1.8.8.8. Upon assignment, and every two years thereafter as a custodian, attend training

on responsibilities, current policies, and procedures with EAE.

1.8.8.9. Perform initial, annual and periodic inventories of SPRAM assets.

1.8.8.10. Periodic inventories and validations occur when there is a change of primary

custodian, when requested by the Organization Commander/designated representative or

higher authority, or when directed by MAJCOM.

1.8.8.11. Ensure that all items are on-hand and serviceable.

1.8.8.12. Validate SPRAM authorizations and backorders. Turn-in excess and request

cancellation of unneeded backorders and requisitions.

1.8.8.13. Concurrent with annual inventory, specifically determine whether the original

justification is still valid and annotate the annual validation accordingly. If a change in

mission or number of end items supported has occurred since the last validation,

custodians must provide rationale if there is no corresponding change in authorizations.

1.8.8.14. Provide SPRAM listing to organizational commander/designated representative

for their certification and signature that authorizations are current and necessary for

mission support.

1.8.8.15. Maintain justification documentation for all SPRAM authorizations until the

authorization is deleted.

1.8.8.16. Report any incorrect authorizations and excess on-hand assets to the EAE.

1.8.8.17. Verifies the SPRAM listing received from the EAE to ensure data are complete

and accurate. Signs and returns the SPRAM listing to EAE within 15 workdays from the

production date on the SPRAM listing (off-base organizations are allowed 30 workdays).

1.8.8.18. Furnishes all information and documentation required to change SPRAM

records to be relieved from accountability or responsibility for items lost or destroyed.

1.8.8.19. Makes sure the custody account has been properly transferred to the new

custodian when responsibility ends and the custodian is cleared by EAE.

1.8.8.20. Provides justification to EAE citing supporting documentation when requesting

new or increased SPRAM authorizations. Supporting documentation includes TO

references, maintenance directives, correspondence, etc. PM, end article item manager

(EAIM) approval is required for SPRAM authorizations. Also, the EAIM may challenge

requests for suspect excess quantities. The methodology for computing the SPRAM

quantity will be included in the justification. For example, a maintenance directive states

a quantity of two SPRAM assets are required per aircraft and 24 aircraft are assigned to

the organization. The SPRAM quantity authorized under this justification would be 48

each.

1.8.8.21. Performs a due-out validation with the EAE in the LRS/Materiel Management

Activity.

64 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.8.8.22. Establishes an accounting method or system that allows immediate

identification of SPRAM assets stored or used outside the custodian's workcenter. This

may be done by using hand receipts (AF Form 1297, Temporary Issue Receipt), logs,

letters, charts, etc. and is normally documented in a local MOI.

1.8.8.23. Provide EAE a listing of all SPRAM assets to be transferred or deployed

indicating the duration, location, and any special actions required. The custodian

determines if any requirements on order at the time of transfer action will remain on

order or be cancelled.

1.8.8.24. Support authorized receipt of special materiel. This may be performed by the

Officer In Charge (OIC) or Designated Representative, and will:

1.8.8.25. Submit a letter certified by their unit security manager to the LRS APO which

identifies individuals authorized to receive classified and NWRM.

1.8.8.26. For classified equipment, the organization will submit all requests to appoint or

change a custodian directly to the EAE.

1.8.8.27. Every June and December, the organization reviews the Authorization Receipt

Listing provided by the LRS APO, annotates required changes, signs and dates the

listing, and returns it to the APO.

1.8.8.28. Retain the classified and NWRM authorization receipt listing (from Document

Control/Customer Service) until an updated listing is received.

1.8.9. All Air Force Personnel. All AF personnel are responsible for government property

under their control IAW AFI 23-111. AF members and employees may be held financially

liable for the loss, damage, or destruction of AF property caused by their negligence, willful

misconduct, or deliberate unauthorized use. For determining when a financial liability

investigation (formerly Report of Survey) is required, see DoD Financial Management

Regulation 7000.14-R, Volume 12, Chapter 7, DoD Financial Liability for Government

Property Lost, Damaged, Destroyed, or Stolen.

Section 1C—Supply Chain Goals, Metrics, Boards and Working Groups

1.9. Goals Supply chain management (SCM) goals are promoted to:

1.9.1. Achieve ample planning and resourcing of the logistics infrastructure to ensure

weapon system readiness that meets warfighter needs.

1.9.2. Champion policy, programs and processes to field, modify and sustain weapon

systems.

1.9.3. Advocate for robust depot level maintenance/repair capability through continuous

improvement and innovation to include SCM innovation and responsiveness.

1.9.4. Advocate for an integrated supply chain through new or improved business initiatives

and appropriate resources.

1.9.5. MAJCOM and base-level goals will support AF enterprise-level goals. MAJCOMs

and bases will identify materiel management objectives that support the AF Enterprise goals.

(T-1).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 65

1.10. Metrics.

1.10.1. Metrics will be used at all levels of command to drive improved performance and

adhere to well-established guidelines. (T-1). While recognizing the utility of legacy metrics,

the emphasis of AF metrics shall highlight leading versus lagging indicators.

1.10.2. Development. AF/A4L serves as the approving authority for metrics. In conjunction

with AFMC, will clearly define metrics.

1.10.3. Metrics Data Call.

1.10.3.1. Metrics Updates. A4LR directs an annual data call for updates to metrics (for

next FY) by 1 Mar of each year. This data call should include, at a minimum, information

in support of:

1.10.3.1.1. President’s budget and BES.

1.10.3.1.2. HAF and Office of Secretary of Defense (OSD) quarterly execution

reviews.

1.10.3.1.3. OSD SCM Group monthly metrics.

1.10.3.2. Data Call Responses. MAJCOMs provide responses to AF/A4L annual data

call NLT 1 Apr of each year, or the date specified.

1.10.4. MAJCOMs develop metrics to support enterprise level metrics, and ensure their units

have the capability to gather and track required information.

1.10.5. AFMC tracks, analyzes and reports AF SCM metrics. Additionally, AFMC interfaces

with DLA to obtain AF data and metrics.

1.10.6. Supervision at all levels will use metrics to evaluate the overall health of the unit and

ability to meet mission requirements. (T-1). Leaders, supervisors and technicians must have

accurate and reliable information to make decisions. To do this, metrics will be:

1.10.6.1. Accurate and useful for decision-making.

1.10.6.2. Consistent and clearly linked to goals/standards.

1.10.6.3. Clearly understood and communicated.

1.10.6.4. Based on a measurable, well-defined process.

1.11. Boards and Working Groups.

1.11.1. Overview. The AF supply chain community has established several boards and

working groups to work important issues. One of these various working groups, is the

Logistics Working Group (LWG). The LWG is part of the AF Enterprise Logistics

Governance structure. The LWG reports to the AF Logistics Board. The LWG is chaired by

the AF/A4L with the following members: Deputies from Logistics and Product Support

(SAF/AQD), AF/A4L, Directorate of Resource Integration (AF/A4P) and MAJCOM/A4s.

The working groups identified in this section are sanctioned by the AF Logistics Board. The

purposes and membership composition of these boards and working groups are explained in

the following paragraphs. In all cases, the ultimate objective is to apply the principles of

quality management to all facets of the AF supply chain.

1.11.2. Air Force Materiel Management Chiefs Advisory Board (AFMMCAB).

66 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.11.2.1. The AFMMCAB will:

1.11.2.1.1. Review and comment on all proposed changes in the materiel

management career field. The board will accept inputs on any materiel management

issues and promote changes for improving the overall organization, equipping, and

training of all assigned materiel management.

1.11.2.1.2. Review issues from an AF perspective and provide its assessments to the

appropriate AF policy working group. The board will be directly responsible to the

Logistics Readiness Division (AF/A4LR) Materiel Management Air Force Career

Field Manager (AFCFM) when in session. (T-1). In turn, the AFMMCAB will

provide any input to the AF Logistics Board through the AF Logistics Readiness

Chiefs Advisory Group.

1.11.2.2. Membership. The AFMMCAB members include the Materiel Management

AFCFM, the Materiel Management MAJCOM Functional Manager and the MAJCOM

Materiel Management Chiefs. The Materiel Management AFCFM is the chairperson.

Topics, comments, and recommendations are solicited from all MAJCOMs. The AFCFM

should direct additional membership changes as necessary to maintain a balanced mix of

materiel management backgrounds from the MAJCOMs, Numbered Air Forces, FOA,

DRU, LRSs and other base level organizations as appropriate. Members should attend all

board meetings.

1.11.2.3. Advisors. AFMMCAB advisors include materiel management senior enlisted

leaders from the Air Force Personnel Center overseeing materiel management enlisted

assignments (Air Force Personnel Center/DPA) and deployment scheduling functions

(Air Force Personnel Center/DPW); HAF Functional Manager and Global Force Manager

with oversight of materiel management war plans and tasking functions; and the

USAFCENT staff CMSgt. Representatives should attend all meetings unless otherwise

directed by the chairperson. Base level materiel management Chief Master Sergeants in

the local area may attend open sessions with prior coordination with the AFCFM.

1.11.2.4. Meeting Frequency. The board will meet at least annually. The chairperson

may call special meetings as appropriate.

1.11.2.5. Minutes. The board publishes and distributes meeting minutes to all

MAJCOMs, all supply chief master sergeants, and all supply organizations through their

MAJCOM Chief or Senior Enlisted Manager.

1.11.3. Air Force Supply Chain Policy Working Group (AFSCPWG).

1.11.3.1. Purpose.

1.11.3.1.1. Focuses on supply and inventory control policies and related logistics

functions that affect or influence AF stockage requirements/inventory control policies

and their corresponding interface with DoD inventory control point requirements and

distribution systems.

1.11.3.1.2. Provides a forum for fostering a cooperative approach to supply

warfighting issues to include communications and other non-airborne supply policy

issues.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 67

1.11.3.2. Membership. The Chair is the AF/A4LR Division Chief, or his/her designated

representative. The AFSCPWG is an executive-level group consisting of military or

civilian logistics leaders from the MAJCOMs and other key logistics agencies. Each

voting member has an equal voice on issues.

1.11.3.3. Advisors. Non-Voting membership will be determined by the AFSCPWG

voting membership.

1.11.3.4. Secretariat. AFMC will serve as the Secretariat or appoint another organization

to accomplish these activities. The Secretariat will work with the Chair to develop a

conference agenda for AFSCPWG meetings. After agenda approval, the Secretariat will:

1.11.3.4.1. Identify who will make presentations at the conference and the proposed

length of the presentation.

1.11.3.4.2. Secure any briefings or other documents for AFSCPWG discussion prior

to the conference. Provide all documents via a designated website for access by all

AFSPCWG members.

1.11.3.4.3. Take conference minutes and provide them to the Chair for review and

approval.

1.11.3.4.4. Manage all AFSCPWG Action Items to define what is to be done, who is

to do it, and when is the estimated completion date. Prior to each AFSCPWG

conference, the Secretariat will contact the designated Action Item OPRs to ensure

either Action Item resolution or a status report will be available to the AFSCPWG

members.

1.11.3.5. AF/A4LR will schedule AFSCPWG meetings on a semiannual basis or as

needed to work critical time sensitive issues.

1.11.3.6. Minutes. The board through the Secretariat publishes and distributes meeting

minutes to all AFSCPWG members.

1.11.4. Equipment Policy Working Group (EPWG).

1.11.4.1. Purpose:

1.11.4.1.1. Address equipment matters, to include authorizations, review process,

computation, allocation, reporting, supporting information technologies, use, and

accountability.

1.11.4.1.2. Seek input and provide clear and effective equipment policy and

guidance.

1.11.4.2. Membership. The Chair of the EPWG is the Air Force Logistics Readiness

Division (AF/A4LR) Chief, or his/her designated representative. Voting membership in

the EPWG consists of a single representative from each MAJCOM. The EPWG Chair

retains veto authority.

1.11.4.3. Advisors. Non-Voting membership will be determined by the EPWG voting

membership.

68 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

1.11.4.4. Secretariat. AF/A4LR will either serve as the Secretariat or appoint another

organization to accomplish these activities. The Secretariat will work with the EPWG

membership to develop a conference agenda. After agenda approval, the Secretariat will:

1.11.4.4.1. Identify who will make presentations at the conference and the proposed

length of the presentation.

1.11.4.4.2. Secure any briefings or other documents for EPWG discussion prior to

the conference. Provide all documents via a designated website for access by all

EPWG members.

1.11.4.4.3. Take conference minutes and provide them to the EPWG Chair for review

and approval.

1.11.4.4.4. Manage all EPWG action items to define what is to be done, who is to do

it, and when is the estimated completion date. Prior to each EPWG conference, the

Secretariat will contact the designated action item OPRs to ensure either Action Item

resolution or a status report will be available to the EPWG members.

1.11.4.5. Meeting frequency. The EPWG will meet at a minimum once per year.

1.11.4.6. Minutes. The board through the Secretariat publishes and distributes meeting

minutes to all EPWG members.

1.11.5. The Contractor Supported Weapon Systems Working Group (CSWSWG).

1.11.5.1. Purpose:

1.11.5.1.1. Focus on materiel management stockage and inventory control policies

and related logistics functions that affect or influence AF contractor supported

weapons systems policies and their corresponding DoD requirements. The types of

contracts include, but are not limited to: Performance Based Logistics, Contractor

Logistics Support (CLS), Interim Contractor Support (ICS), etc.

1.11.5.1.2. Establish a partnership between Government and industry for the most

effective and efficient means of managing the AF's premier weapon systems.

1.11.5.1.3. Provide a forum to address AF contractor supported weapons systems

issues.

1.11.5.1.4. Seek input and provide clear and effective AF contractor supported

weapons systems policy and guidance.

1.11.5.2. Membership. The Chair is the AF/A4LR Chief or his/her designee.

Membership in the CSWSWG includes the materiel management representatives from

the MAJCOMs and other key logistics agencies. The CSWSWG Chair retains the

authority to guide the agenda of the working group.

1.11.5.3. Secretariat. AF/A4LR will either serve as the Secretariat or appoint another

organization to accomplish these activities. The Secretariat will work with the Chair to

develop a conference agenda for CSWSWG meetings.

1.11.5.4. Meeting Frequency. The CSWSWG will meet twice a year.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 69

1.11.5.5. Minutes. The board through the Secretariat publishes and distributes meeting

minutes to all CSWSWG members.

1.11.6. Joint Physical Inventory Working Group (JPIWG).

1.11.6.1. Purpose

1.11.6.1.1. The DoD is chartered to develop, maintain, and improve the program of

physical inventory control for DoD supply system materiel.

1.11.6.1.2. Resolve inter-Service problems through direct coordination among

JPIWG members.

1.11.6.1.3. Find solutions to problems presented to the JPIWG.

1.11.6.1.4. Recommend changes to DoD supply system to the Deputy Assistant

Secretary of Defense for Logistics (DASD(L)) as necessary.

1.11.6.2. Membership. The DoD PICP Administrator, DLA Logistics Management

Standards Office, chairs the JPIWG. Membership in the JPIWG includes each Military

Department and Defense Agency with an interest in physical inventory matters. Also, the

Under Secretary of Defense (Comptroller)/Chief Financial Officer, Department of

Defense (USD(C)/CFO) provides one representative to the JPIWG.

1.11.6.3. Refer to DoDM 4140.01, Volume 5, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management

Policy: Delivery Of Materiel and DLM 4000.25, Volume 2.

70 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Chapter 2

PLAN

2.1. Overview. This chapter outlines AF guidance for the materiel management processes

associated with demand and supply planning for base and depot retail operations. See paragraph

3.4 of this instruction for AF guidance on depot wholesale Item Management stockage

requirements. These activities include Stockage Policy; Financial Management; WRM;

Degraded Operations; and Readiness Spares Packages and Kits; Contingency/Wartime Planning;

Life Cycle Product Support Planning; Provisioning; Weapons System Support Program; Spares

Breakout Program and TRAP. See DoDM 4140.01, AFI 10-401, and AFI 10-403 for guidance

contained in this section.

2.2. Stockage Policy.

2.2.1. Stockage policy addresses requirements (stock levels), retention, transfer (to include

excess materiel) and reclamation requirements except fuels.

2.2.2. Determining materiel requirements.

2.2.2.1. The consumable and reparable requirements objective must accomplish the

following:

2.2.2.1.1. Purchase needed items at minimal ordering and holding cost.

2.2.2.1.2. Make maximum use of available assets before acquiring additional

materiel. This includes, but is not limited to:

2.2.2.1.2.1. Substitute interchangeable items where differences are minor.

2.2.2.1.2.2. Modify items if considered suitable and economical.

2.2.2.1.2.3. Use assets from the DLADS.

2.2.2.1.2.4. Use reconditioned serviceable assets and assets from reclamation,

where practical.

2.2.2.1.2.5. Maintain an effective repair program for reparable items.

2.2.2.1.3. Allocate resources (materiel, facilities, personnel, and funds) to achieve an

optimum balance in program support consistent with availability and support goals,

mission priorities and assigned unit precedence.

2.2.2.1.4. Implement the latest applicable AF planning and programming documents

when computing stock requirements, including RSP materiel requirements and

supplemental program data, such as missile months and projected flying hours.

2.2.2.1.5. Maintain current standard catalog and Consolidated Sustainment Activity

Group (CSAG) Supply Division price data.

2.2.2.1.6. Establish flexible supply management procedures capable of providing

continuous support during volatile and sometimes adverse conditions.

2.2.2.1.7. Ensure adequate initial stockage of items.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 71

2.2.2.1.8. Ensure retention of adequate stockage for issuance and MAJCOM

coordination for contingency purposes.

2.2.2.1.9. Establish quantitative goals to reduce unneeded inventory.

2.2.2.1.10. Ensure potential reutilization/disposal materiel, as well as inactive and

obsolete items, are removed from the AF supply system stock in an efficient, timely,

and economical manner.

2.2.2.1.11. Ensure timely management action to reduce or cancel purchase requests

and terminate contracts when requirements are reduced for items in the procurement

cycle.

2.2.2.1.12. Ensure asset data is available for use.

2.2.2.1.13. Ensure there are adequate quality control procedures established to verify

and validate the data and critical factors that affect requirements computations.

2.2.2.2. Categories and Characteristics of Consumable Items:

2.2.2.2.1. An item categorized as a consumable is an item of supply (except

explosive ordnance and major end items of equipment) that’s normally expended or

used up beyond recovery in the use for which it is designed or intended.

2.2.2.2.2. Categorize consumables according to the ERRC. Refer to TO 00-20-3,

Maintenance Processing of Reparable Property and Repair Cycle Asset Control

System.

2.2.2.2.2.1. Consumables may be expendable and non-reparable “XB3” or

expendable and field reparable “XF3”.

2.2.2.2.2.1.1. “XB3” items may be reconditioned (cleaned, painted,

straightened, sharpened, etc.) by users. “XB3” items costing $50 or more may

be authorized repair by the competent maintenance authority at organizational

and intermediate levels.

2.2.2.2.2.1.2. Don’t return unserviceable goods marked “XF3” to the depot or

specialized repair unit. XF3 items that cannot be restored at the retail

maintenance level should be transferred to the servicing DLADS.

2.2.2.2.2.2. Non-working capital funds items are categorized as EOQ

requirements. They derive the EOQ requirement from a mathematical equation

both for wholesale and retail. For consistency, wholesale and retail activities share

computational methodology.

2.2.2.3. Consumable Item Computational Guidance:

2.2.2.3.1. Use the EOQ to:

2.2.2.3.1.1. Minimize the total cost of ordering and holding inventories.

2.2.2.3.1.2. Compute peacetime and WRM purchase requirements for

consumables.

2.2.2.3.1.3. Develop categories for budgeting and evaluating inventory.

72 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.2.2.3.2. Consider the importance of each mission in determining which

requirements to fill.

2.2.2.4. Consumable Item Computing Requirements:

2.2.2.4.1. Determine EOQ at the wholesale level for a maximum of 24 months

demand. To determine the minimum EOQ, use either the Administrative Lead Time

or 6 months, whichever is less.

2.2.2.4.1.1. The EOQ minimum level may be overridden if a lesser quantity is

demonstrably more cost effective.

2.2.2.4.1.2. AFMC may adjust the maximum EOQ downward to ensure they

operate within budget.

2.2.2.4.1.3. Adjust EOQ downward for phased-out end items or those declining

in demand.

2.2.2.4.2. Determine EOQ at the retail level-for a maximum of 12 months demand.

2.2.2.4.2.1. Adjust EOQ downward for phased-out end items or declining in

demand.

2.2.2.4.2.2. Override the targeted EOQ requirement when more cost-effective

quantity is documented.

2.2.2.4.3. Estimate projections for demand-based requirements using past records of

recurring demand. Factor in serviceable returns.

2.2.2.4.3.1. Purchase demand-based items when demand for items exceeds goods

on-hand and on order.

2.2.2.4.3.2. Determine the reorder point by adding together the Administrative

Lead Time, stock due-out quantity, variable safety level and applicable non-

demand-based additive requirements.

2.2.2.4.3.2.1. Determine the variable safety level to augment the operating

level of supply. This allows for continuous operations when demand rises

steeply or when lead-time is extended. Decrease safety levels as fluctuations

even out.

2.2.2.4.3.2.2. Determine non-demand-based requirements for goods that have

limited or no demand history, but qualify for purchase based on other criteria.

Two types of non-demand-based requirements are insurance (INS) and

calendar time change items.

2.2.2.4.3.2.3. Identify essential items with no demand records or forecast for

failure reports and stock them at the wholesale level as INS items. These

should not exceed the cost of one minimum replacement unit without

documentation and justification of the added cost.

2.2.2.4.3.2.4. Determine additive requirements to identify items not supported

by past demand records.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 73

2.2.2.4.3.2.4.1. Document and validate these requirements for authorization

at both the retail and wholesale levels.

2.2.2.4.3.2.4.2. Request authorization for additive requirements when

laying in stock at a base or adding stock to support a net increase in end item

population or in base deployments.

2.2.2.4.3.2.4.3. Use the additive requirement for items such as those with

calendar time changes, short shelf-life and short program life.

2.2.2.4.3.2.4.4. Request additive requirement authorization for modified

items and applications that can’t adapt for use with the EOQ formula.

2.2.2.5. Consumable Item Reporting Stratification.

2.2.2.5.1. Use stratification reports to develop item purchasing and depot

maintenance budgets; determine readiness status of inventories; and relate assets to

the approved acquisition objective, other authorized retention of stock, and potential

for reusing or disposing of materiel. Maintain an audit trail if a method other than

stratification for budgeting is utilized.

2.2.2.5.2. Develop wholesale and retail dollar value stratification summaries

outlining individual item asset and requirement comparisons. Stratify consumable

items at least semiannually to reflect inventory as of September 30 (consulted during

inventory reporting and funding reviews) and once to reflect inventory as of March

31 (used for budget preparation).

2.2.2.6. Reparable Item Computation. The AF reparable requirements computation

system will be forward-looking using past usage that is converted to a demand rate. (T-

1). It will apply this rate to project future usage. (T-1). The reparable item computation

will be used to develop inventory stratification tables needed for budget submission and

inventory evaluation. (T-1).

2.2.2.6.1. Categories and Characteristics of Reparable Items:

2.2.2.6.1.1. An item categorized as a reparable is an item of supply (except

explosive ordnance and major end items of equipment) is subject to repair cycle

control.

2.2.2.6.1.2. Removal of a malfunctioning reparable item is normally followed by

a request to supply for a replacement item.

2.2.2.6.1.3. When the replacement request either issues or backorders, the

removed item will normally be automatically placed under DIFM control. (T-1).

2.2.2.6.1.4. Refer to AFMAN 23-122 for DIFM return procedures. Categorize

reparables according to the ERRC. Refer to TO 00-20-3, Maintenance Processing

of Reparable Property and Repair Cycle Asset Control System.

2.2.2.6.1.5. Reparable may be both field reparable “XF3” and depot reparable

“XD2”.

2.2.2.6.2. Requirements Computation. Requirements for spares support consists of

the following elements. (Ref. Attachment 1, Terms for more detail on terms).

74 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.2.2.6.2.1. Base Stock Level.

2.2.2.6.2.2. Base Repair Cycle.

2.2.2.6.2.3. Order and Shipping Time (O&ST).

2.2.2.6.2.4. Safety Level.

2.2.2.6.2.5. Negotiated Level.

2.2.2.6.2.6. Depot Stock Levels.

2.2.2.6.2.7. Depot Repair Cycle.

2.2.2.6.2.8. Procurement Lead Time.

2.2.2.6.2.9. Operating Requirement.

2.2.2.6.2.10. Condemnation Requirement.

2.2.2.6.2.11. Additive Requirement.

2.2.2.7. Non-demand-Based Requirements. Items with limited or no-demand history, but

qualify for stockage based on other criteria. Three types of non-demand-based

requirements are for INS, Numeric Stockage Objective, and calendar time change items.

2.2.2.7.1. No Demands. Essential items with no demands or forecast of failure will

be identified and stocked as determined by AFMC as INS items and will not exceed

one minimum replacement unit unless fully justified and documented. (T-2).

2.2.2.7.2. Low or Sporadic Demands. Essential items with demands or forecast of

failure with either low or sporadic is treated as Numeric Stockage Objective. These

items are stocked in minimum quantities.

2.2.2.7.3. Additive Requirements. Additional requirements authorized for initial lay-

in of base stocks and to support a net increase in end item population or planned base

deployments. May be used for items such as those with calendar time changes, short

shelf-life and short program life items, or for modifications and other applications

that are not computing in the computation.

2.2.2.8. Asset usage data is data necessary for the computation of requirements. Asset

usage data is obtained from appropriate IT systems, stock balance consumption reports as

well as any other official source. Data includes:

2.2.2.8.1. Worldwide Assets. All serviceable and unserviceable assets, including

DIFM and TO compliance at both wholesale and retail level.

2.2.2.8.2. On-Order Assets. On-order assets include firm quantities due-in obtainable

through the Interservice Supply Support Program; items bailed to contractors;

quantities subject to contract termination, Foreign Military Sales (FMS); customer

excess; and assets from reclamation.

2.2.2.9. Materiel Programs. Inventory positions or levels of activity are expressed in

terms of hours, months, units, overhauls or recoveries. These include:

2.2.2.9.1. Past Programs. Statements of actual inventory or accomplishments during

a specific past period.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 75

2.2.2.9.2. Projected Programs. Estimates of planned inventory and accomplishments

during a future period.

2.2.2.9.3. Organizational Intermediate Maintenance Programs.

2.2.2.9.4. Depot Level Maintenance Programs.

2.2.2.10. Consumption Rate Development. These rates are computed from base

consumption information and depot reparable generations.

2.2.2.10.1. Base Consumption Rates. Base consumption rates are determined by

taking the number of failures at base level, over a specific period of time, divided by

the operating program for that same time period. (T-1). Base consumption rates

include (Ref. Attachment 1, Terms for more detail on terms):

2.2.2.10.1.1. Total Organizational Intermediate Maintenance Demand Rate.

2.2.2.10.1.2. Base Condemnation Rate.

2.2.2.10.1.3. Base NRTS Rate.

2.2.2.10.2. Depot Consumption Rates. These rates are computed using the number of

failures at depot level divided by the appropriate depot program.

2.2.2.11. New Items.

2.2.2.11.1. Initial Requirements Quantity. Calculated as the total of Expendability,

Recoverability, Reparability Category Designator (ERRCD) “XD2” items needed to

support a program time span equal to the Procurement Lead Time, plus an operating

period of 3 months (lead time plus 3 months), which will be at least 12 months. The

operating period allows for the conversion from the initial requirements computation

to the recurring replenishment computation.

2.2.2.11.2. Compute quantities for the operating period, base and depot repair cycle,

and if authorized, additive requirements not covered by other segments.

2.2.2.12. Reparable Item Stratification Reports are generated in the applicable IT system

from the requirements determination process. They are used to uniformly portray the

materiel requirements and available assets (on-hand and on-order) of individual items at

the wholesale and retail levels.

2.2.2.12.1. The wholesale level will develop dollar value stratification summaries

depicting individual item asset and requirement comparisons. (T-1).

2.2.2.12.2. Reparable items will be stratified quarterly, unless waived. (T-1).

Stratification cutoff dates are 30 September, 31 December, 31 March and 30 June of

each fiscal year.

2.2.2.13. Centrally Managed Equipment.

2.2.2.13.1. Criteria:

2.2.2.13.1.1. Assigned Procurement Source Code (PSC) “5”.

2.2.2.13.1.2. Separate, primary, end item (other than the weapon itself), needed

by an individual or organization to perform an assigned mission.

76 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.2.2.13.1.3. Assigned ERRC “ND” or “NF”.

2.2.2.13.2. Equipment will be acquired to:

2.2.2.13.2.1. Meet a specific predetermined future requirement.

2.2.2.13.2.2. Fill an existing shortage.

2.2.2.13.2.3. Replace a condemned item.

2.2.2.13.3. Equipment item requirements computation will cover the conditions

above; however, circumstances may arise which will generate requirements for

equipment items other than those identified. In these cases, AFMC may establish

levels in the equipment item requirements computation IAW HQ AFMC guidance.

2.2.2.13.4. Base and depot stock levels are not authorized for centrally acquired

equipment items. Exceptions to this policy are non-expendable individual equipment.

2.2.3. Retention.

2.2.3.1. Retention rules ensure proper utilization of Government property and prevent

unnecessary procurement.

2.2.3.2. Wholesale Stockage Retention. AFMC will:

2.2.3.2.1. Retain only sufficient quantities of centrally procured serviceable and

economically reparable assets used on active DoD weapon systems and end items

required to support the projected life of the weapon system.

2.2.3.2.2. Retain stocks IAW DoDM 4140.01 and this AFI.

2.2.3.2.3. Retain serviceable assets up to the authorized Foreign Military Sales Order

I (FMSO I) stock level to support projected Cooperative Logistics Supply Support

Arrangement (CLSSA) program requisitions.

2.2.3.2.4. Retain all serviceable LP, Local Manufacture (LM), and one-time buy

assets for active DoD Weapons systems and end items for 30 months after the last

demand.

2.2.3.2.5. Retain ample quantities of assets applicable to DoD weapons systems or

end items to support modified or phased out items through the modification program

or phase-out period.

2.2.3.2.6. Retain serviceable assets peculiar to weapons systems or end items used

solely by FMS customers pending completion of a buy-out program. Keep these

items no longer than 2 years from the date the AF makes a buy-out offer to FMS

customers.

2.2.3.2.7. Consider shelf-life, storage space limitations, weapons system essentiality,

population, and projected life when deciding what to keep. Regularly review retention

additives and ensure they have been deleted once they have served their legitimate

purpose and are no longer justified.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 77

2.2.3.2.8. Asset Stratification. Stratify principal and secondary items to show assets

against materiel requirements IAW DoDM 4140.01, Volume 6, DoD Supply Chain

Materiel Management Policy: Materiel Returns, Retention, And Disposition for:

AFMC

2.2.3.2.8.1. Approved Acquisition Objective (AAO) stock.

2.2.3.2.8.2. Economic Retention Stock (ERS).

2.2.3.2.8.2.1. ERS is developed by calculating an Economic Retention Limit

which represents the maximum retention level of stock that could be

economically justified to meet future peacetime requirements. ERS is the

quantity of stock excess to the AAO requirement, but within the Economic

Retention Limit.

2.2.3.2.8.2.2. True economic retention criteria, includes evaluating potential

future reprocurement costs, repair costs, depot survival rate, expected returns

from disposal of materiel, costs of storing peacetime demand expectations. To

warrant ERS, an item must have a reasonably predictable demand rate.

2.2.3.2.8.3. Contingency Retention Stock (CRS).

2.2.3.2.8.3.1. WRM Contingency Retention Stock is stock held above the

approved acquisition objective to support anticipated contingencies or

operations. The contingency retention stock will mainly consist of critical and

difficult to obtain assets. Items authorized as WRM CRS are identified against

allowance standard 929AAOA.

2.2.3.2.8.3.2. WRM GMO will work with DLA to ensure DLA-managed

items with CRS quantities are reviewed annually.

2.2.3.2.8.3.3. MAJCOMs are authorized to maintain quantities of WRM and

BEAR CRS. WRM CRS requires approval by WRM GMO.

2.2.3.2.8.3.3.1. CRS-Storing MAJCOMS will request CRS by

memorandum to WRM GMO. Approved requests will be maintained on the

WRM GMO SharePoint.

2.2.3.2.8.3.3.2. The WRM GMO, in conjunction with Storing Commands,

will annually validate approved requests for CRS.

2.2.3.2.8.3.3.3. Centrally managed stock will require disposition from the

Item Manager for disapproved or non-validated CRS requests.

2.2.3.2.8.3.4. Replacement of CRS is not authorized.

2.2.3.2.8.3.5. CRS is not authorized if valid shortages exist within the WRM

enterprise.

2.2.3.2.8.4. Potential Reutilization (PR) stock.

2.2.3.2.9. Retain wholesale assets up to the total allowable AAO, ERS, and CRS

levels for the projected life of the weapon system or end item. Support and provide

AF/A4LR with AF wholesale retention data IAW DoDM 4140.01, Volume 6.

78 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.2.3.3. Retail Stockage Retention. For serviceable items used to support a weapon

system or end item in use at the retail activity, retain:

2.2.3.3.1. Centrally procured investment ERRCD “XD2” items until the AFMC

wholesale Inventory Management Specialist provides disposition instructions.

2.2.3.3.2. Centrally procured serviceable consumable budget code “8” and “9”

(ERRCD code XB3, XF3, and NF1) items with a Date of Last Demand less than 10

years, assigned Stockage Priority Code (SPC) not equal to 5 or E, and the SPC date

assigned is less than 9 years.

2.2.3.3.3. Other centrally procured serviceable consumable budget code “8” and “9”

items (ERRCD code XB3, XF3, and NF1) not used to support a weapon system or

end item in use at the retail activity, when date of last demand is less than 3 years,

SPC assigned is not equal to 5 or E, and the Date SPC assigned is less than 2 years.

2.2.3.3.4. LP, LM, or non-national stock numbered items for 12 months.

2.2.3.3.5. Equipment authorization inventory data (EAID) items and specified non-

EAID items (AS016) as long as authorized and required to perform assigned

missions.

2.2.3.3.5.1. Authorization will be established based on an allowance standard or a

special ASC, and recorded on the authorized/in use detail records.

2.2.3.3.5.2. Authorizations will be deleted when the equipment is no longer

needed to perform the assigned mission. Retain EAID items carried on the “FB”

or “FE” supply account as long as authorized to a support organization.

2.2.3.3.6. Serviceable non-EAID (retail outlet) equipment items authorized for stock

for 30 to 39 months after the last demand or 24 months after the new item record is

established.

2.2.3.3.7. Inventory Control Point (ICP) unserviceable assets until receiving

disposition instructions from the wholesale manager.

2.2.3.3.8. Items on systems or end items no longer in use at activity or for which no

item record is found in the materiel management IT system or requirement, report the

items to AFMC and transfer or dispose of the assets as directed.

2.2.3.3.9. Assets may be transferred to disposal or to the wholesale supply point

before the required retention period expires if they exceed shelf-life or storage space

limits. Consult with the LRS CC/APO or equivalent to deviate from retention policy

when storage space is a problem. Coordinate with AFMC before returning assets to

the wholesale stock point.

2.2.3.3.10. Retail activities must retain secondary items applicable to weapon

systems and end items in use at the retail activity, up to the total allowable AAO and

ERS levels.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 79

2.2.3.4. Review Potential Reutilization Stock (PRS) (Excess) prior to approval for

disposal. All PRS (excess) items must be reviewed prior to disposal to ensure that no

known or projected requirements exist. This review will include exploring possible needs

due to next higher assembly (NHA) application, possible modification to a usable

configuration, uses for other than its intended purpose and reclamation of component

parts. This review may result in the retention of computed excess assets.

2.2.4. Transfer Guidance. AFMC will ensure that AF materiel management IT systems’

capabilities effectively support redistribution policy to effectively manage and execute the

transfer of materiel.

2.2.4.1. Transfers within the DoD. It is DoD and AF policy that materiel assets be

utilized within the DoD to the fullest extent practicable. Assets of one military service

shall be transferred to fill requirements of another military service requirement. Transfer

excess AF assets to DoD activities using Interservice Supply Support Procedures.

Conduct Interservice Supply Support Procedures interrogations for asset availability,

offers of excess assets, and transfers. Interservice transfers will be handled IAW AFMC

guidance. Note: NWRM assets will not be transferred without written approval from the

Wholesale IM IAW AFI 20-110.

2.2.4.2. Transfers to Allied Forces. Transfers to Allied Forces are accomplished

according to FMS policy and procedures contained in Defense Security Cooperation

Agency (DSCA) Manual 5105.38, Security Assistance Management Manual (SAMM) and

DoD FMR 7000.14-R, Volume 15.

2.2.4.3. Cooperative Logistics Supply Support Arrangement (CLSSA).

2.2.4.3.1. Assets to support recurring CLSSA secondary item demands shall be

stocked and maintained on order from procurement in anticipation of FMS country

requisitions.

2.2.4.3.2. When assets are transferred under matured CLSSAs, the sales are made

from DoD inventory financed by CLSSA funds, and the materiel cost shall be

reimbursable at full stock list price.

2.2.4.3.3. Materiel sold through FMS under matured CLSSAs shall be given equal

treatment with AF requisitions (within priority) for on-hand and on-order depot

stocks.

2.2.4.3.4. Materiel requests received prior to maturation of the CLSSA are

considered non- CLSSA requirements and shall not be provided the same priority as

CLSSA requirements. Materiel may be released, but not normally below the control

level to fill non-CLSSA requirements.

2.2.4.3.5. On an exception basis, materiel may be transferred from stocks below the

control level to fill non-CLSSA requirements if release of the stocks will not

adversely affect the support of U.S. Forces (such issues shall not be below the safety

level).

80 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.2.4.4. Nonstandard Support. Under nonstandard support procedures the customer's

materiel requirements are normally filled from procurement rather than from DoD stocks.

Nonstandard support includes hardware or services required to support commercial end

items; DoD obsolete end items, including end items that have undergone system support

buy outs; and selected non-U.S. origin military equipment. In the event assets are

available from DoD inventories, and the transfer out of stock will not adversely impact

the support of U.S. Forces, materiel costs shall be reimbursable as follows:

2.2.4.4.1. When assets are within the AAO, materiel costs shall be recouped at full

stock list price.

2.2.4.4.2. When assets exceed the AAO and have not been procured in anticipation

of military assistance or sales requirements as a result of CLSSAs, or pursuant to a

military assistance or sales order, they are termed Excess Defense Articles and shall

be sold in an "as is" condition at excess prices exhibited in DoD 7000.14-R, Volume

15.

2.2.4.4.3. All FMS requirements for nonstandard support will be excluded from the

demand base of the respective computational systems. Materiel shall not be procured

nor retained in stock in anticipation of FMS transfers under nonstandard support

procedures.

2.2.4.5. Transfers to Federal Civil Agencies.

2.2.4.5.1. With the exception of DoD excess materiel, the transfer of assets to

agencies outside the DoD shall require reimbursement IAW DoD 7000.14-R, Volume

11a and 11b.

2.2.4.5.1.1. Transfers of stock fund items shall be priced at the current stock list

price.

2.2.4.5.1.2. Transfers of non-stock fund items below the AAO shall be priced at

the estimated replacement cost of the item minus an adjustment for age and

condition of the item being sold, if applicable.

2.2.4.5.1.3. Transfers of non-stock fund items above the AAO shall be priced at

the current stock list price minus an adjustment for age and condition of the item

being sold, if applicable.

2.2.4.5.2. Transfers of DoD excess materiel shall be non-reimbursable and are not

normally authorized from DoD stocks. Such transfers are the responsibility of the

DLADS IAW DoDM 4160.21, Volume 3, Defense Materiel Disposition:

Reutilization, Transfer, and Sale of Property.

2.2.4.5.3. Transfers of DoD non-lethal surplus property may be made to the

Department of State for humanitarian relief purposes pursuant to the Federal Used

Property for Domestic Use Act of 1990 (reference Title 40, United States Code,

Chapter 48 (as amended), Section 203 - Federal Property and Administrative

Services Act of 1949). Such transfers are the responsibility of the DLADS IAW

DoDM 4160.21, Volume 3.

2.2.4.6. Transfer of Cryptologic Materiel.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 81

2.2.4.6.1. Transfers of peculiar cryptologic materiel, including communications

security materiel shall be accomplished IAW National Security

Agency/Cryptographic and Cyber Systems Division regulations. AFMC has overall

responsibility for cryptologic materiel management within the AF. This includes item

management responsibility for cryptologic materiel and peculiar items related to

cryptologic equipment.

2.2.4.6.2. Transfers of common cryptologic materiel. Items of supply having

application to both cryptologic and non-cryptologic equipment and obtained from

supply sources other than AFMC shall follow normal AF policy and procedures.

2.2.4.7. Wholesale Level Redistributable Material.

2.2.4.7.1. Review PRS (Excess) prior to approval for disposal. All potential

reutilization (excess) items must be reviewed prior to disposal to ensure that no

known or projected requirements exist.

2.2.4.7.1.1. This review will include exploring possible needs due to NHA

application, possible modification to a usable configuration, uses for other than its

intended purpose and reclamation of component parts.

2.2.4.7.1.2. This review may result in the retention of computed excess assets.

2.2.4.8. Base level redistributable material guidance for AF Serviceable Centrally

Procured Items.

2.2.4.8.1. Quantities with ERRC code of “XD2” which exceed the base

requisitioning objective, are available for redistribution. This also applies to:

2.2.4.8.1.1. AFMC except for items contained in their storage account.

2.2.4.8.1.2. Equipment items (ERRCD coded ND2 and NF2), except for

controlled item code either "N" or "4" (pilferable/sensitive), qualify for

redistribution when assets on-hand, plus due-in, exceed quantities authorized to

all activities supported by the base. Items coded either "N" or "4"

(pilferable/sensitive) will be reported to the IM.

2.2.4.8.2. The quantity of materiel support division stock fund items above the

requisitioning objective will be reported provided the extended line item value is $20

or greater.

2.2.4.9. Base level redistributable material guidance for AF Unserviceable (Reparable)

Centrally Procured Items.

2.2.4.9.1. Items coded “XD2”, beyond base repair capability, will be processed as

directed by AFMAN 23-122 or as indicated in the RIMCS.

2.2.4.9.2. Normally, items coded “XF3” and “XB3”, which are not feasible to repair

or recondition at local level, are authorized for processing to DLADS without

reporting to the IM. Ensure control codes do not require special actions/processing.

82 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.2.4.9.3. Items coded “ND”, beyond base repair capability, will be reported to the

IM. Reparable “NF” items, controlled item codes either “N” or “4”

(pilferable/sensitive) beyond base repair capability, will be reported to the item

manager regardless of unit/extended dollar value. Reparable “NF2” items, other than

controlled item code “N” or “4”, beyond base repair capability, will be processed to

DLADS when the extended line item value is less than $100.00; items $100 and over

will be reported to the IM.

2.2.4.10. Reporting redistributable serviceable AF centrally procured items.

2.2.4.10.1. Items coded “XD2” are to be reported to AFMC. Redistribution of these

items is determined by AFMC.

2.2.4.10.2. Items coded “XF3” and “XB3” will be reported as detected by the

materiel management IT system. (T-1). When items are in a buy position, the item

manager will advise bases to report excess immediately. (T-2).

2.2.4.10.3. Items coded “ND” and “NF” will be reported as detected by the materiel

management IT system. (T-1).

2.2.4.11. Reporting requirements for redistributable reparable AF centrally procured

items.

2.2.4.11.1. Items coded “XD2” beyond base repair capability (NRTS will be shipped

to the nearest specialized repair activity or contractor when authorized).

2.2.4.11.2. Item coded “XB3” and “XF3”, regardless of extended line item value,

will not be reported to the item manager prior to transfer to DLADS unless special

actions are prescribed.

2.2.4.11.3. Reparable “NF2” items, controlled item code “N” or “4”

(pilferable/sensitive), which cannot be repaired at base (including base funded

contracts) will be reported to the item manager regardless of unit/dollar value. (T-1).

Reparable "NF2" items, other than controlled item code “N” or “4”, which cannot be

repaired at base level (including base funded contracts), will be processed to DLADS

when the extended line item value is less than $100.00; items $100 and over will be

reported to the IM. (T-1).

2.2.4.12. Reporting Requirements for AF centrally procured materiel.

2.2.4.12.1. All AF centrally procured items will be reported when the total line item

on-hand quantity is determined to be excess (total excess) to the needs of an activity

and is valued at over $20. (T-1). Total quantities valued at $20 or less will be

processed for disposal without reporting to AFMC for disposition instructions. (T-1).

2.2.4.12.2. When only part of the line item on-hand quantity is determined to be

excess (partial excess) to the needs of an activity, and is valued at $50 or less, the

stock will not be reported to the ICP and will be retained. (T-1). Partial excesses

valued at greater than $50 will be reported to AFMC requesting disposition

instructions. An exception is permitted when AFMC designates an item as critical.

(T-1). Such items will be reported according to instructions issued by the wholesale

manager.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 83

2.2.4.13. Transportation.

2.2.4.13.1. All transportation costs for movement of AF materiel to centralized repair

facilities or wholesale materiel management activity will be IAW AFI 65-601

Volume 1, Budget Guidance and Procedures.

2.2.4.13.2. The appropriate accounting classification will be cited on the shipping

document issued to move the materiel.

2.2.4.14. Reporting Other Than AF Centrally Managed Items.

2.2.4.14.1. Specific instructions for these items are contained in the following

references:

2.2.4.14.2. For DLA items, refer to DoDM 4160.21, Volume 1, and other applicable

guidance.

2.2.4.14.3. Other Services have management responsibility for items in Federal

Supply Classes which are used by the AF. Refer to the Service ICPs for disposition

instructions within 30 days subsequent to the receipt of the excess report.

2.2.4.14.4. General Services Administration (GSA) items. Base closures or other

actions that require exception to normal disposition procedures will be coordinated

with GSA, Federal Supply Service through the MAJCOM before any associated

reporting or shipments actions are taken. Procedures for reporting excess GSA

managed items are in AFMAN 23-122.

2.2.4.14.5. Locally manufactured items and commercial vendor items will not be

reported.

2.2.4.15. Special reporting instructions for certain types of excess.

2.2.4.15.1. Save list items are excess at base level and are not reported. The item

manager directs distribution of these items through instructions contained in the

original save list.

2.2.4.15.2. Items not identified by a NSN are included on an interservice/agency

basis.

2.2.4.15.3. Industrial plant equipment identified only by plant equipment

code/manufacturers part number. These items will be identified through DLA

Aviation Engineering, Industrial Plant Equipment website.

2.2.4.15.4. Class V (W) ground (surface) ammunition process IAW AFMAN 21-201.

2.2.4.15.5. Items under Defense Threat Reduction Nuclear Agency management,

such as, Federal Supply Group (FSG) 11 and all Energy Research and Development

Administration (ERDA) Department of Energy (DOE) special design and quality

controlled items (identified by manufacturer's code 87991 in DLA’s master item file),

and all DoD items designed specifically for use on or processed IAW TO 11N-100-1,

Supply Management of Nuclear Weapons Materiel.

84 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.2.4.15.6. Complete Aircraft and Missiles Except Ground Instructional Items. Local

excesses will be reported IAW to AFI 16-402, Aerospace Vehicle Programming,

Assignment, Distribution, Accounting, and Termination. In no instance will complete

aircraft be automatically returned.

2.2.4.15.7. Complete Aircraft Engines and Auxiliary Power Units. Base engine

managers will issue instructions for local excess serviceable (reparable) engines units

IAW AFI 20-115, Propulsion Management for Aerial Vehicles.

2.2.4.15.8. AF Vehicles and Attachments. These items will be processed according to

AFMAN 23-122. Note: Vehicular equipment or special purpose vehicle attachments

originally received with new vehicle, will be processed IAW AFI 24-302. Tires will

be obtained IAW AFI 24-302.

2.2.4.15.9. Cryptologic materiel will not be abandoned, screened by any foreign

government or international organization, nor will it be released to a state government

or the general public. Exceptions to this guidance shall be addressed and coordinated

with AF/A4L.

2.2.4.15.9.1. Where no special procedure exists for unclassified cryptologic items

with materiel management aggregation codes (MMACs) “CI" and "CS" and

Federal Supply Classes 5810 and 5811, the local excess will be reported to the

applicable item manager for disposition instructions. No shipment is authorized

until disposition instructions are received.

2.2.4.15.9.2. Both serviceable and unserviceable (reparable) local excesses of

cryptologic spare parts and equipment with MMACs "CI" and "CS" and Federal

Supply Classes 5810 and 5811 will be reported.

2.2.4.15.10. AF Medical Service Supplies and Equipment will be processed IAW

AFMAN 41-209, Medical Logistics Support.

2.2.4.15.11. Subsistence. All local excesses of subsistence items will be processed

according to Defense Commissary Agency operating policies.

2.2.4.15.12. Petroleum (to include packaged petroleum products), petroleum-based

chemical items, oils, lubricants and chemical items will be processed IAW AFI 23-

201, Fuels Management.

2.2.4.15.13. For Chapel and Chaplains Equipment and Supplies refer to AFI 52-105,

Chaplain Corps Resourcing.

2.2.4.15.14. Report and process Class V (Munitions) excess IAW AFMAN 21-201.

2.2.4.15.15. For Information Technology equipment process see AFMAN 17-1203.

2.2.4.15.16. Flags, Pennants, Guidons, Streamers, and Aircraft Plates.

2.2.4.15.16.1. Retain Flags, Pennants, Streamers, and Guidons having AF

historical or sentimental value as historical property IAW AFI 84-103, United

States Air Force Heritage Program. For non-retained items of inactivated units,

process IAW DoDM 4160.21 Volume 4, Defense Materiel Disposition:

Instructions For Hazardous Property And Other Special Processing Materiel.

Items no longer suitable for display will be completely destroyed by burning.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 85

2.2.4.15.16.2. When an Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps detachment is

inactivated, unit U.S. flags will be turned in to the support base. Organizational

flags with school specific emblems may be donated to the school. The military

property custodian will clear equipment APSR asset records.

2.2.4.15.16.3. These type items of inactivated ANG units may be transferred to

the state US property and fiscal officer as historical mementos. Those not retained

will be processed IAW DoDM 4160.21, Volume 4.

2.2.4.15.16.4. Turn-in aircraft plates to DLADS as excess.

2.2.4.15.17. Process local WRM excess per AFMAN 23-122.

2.2.4.15.18. Redistributable and Excess Security Assistance Program Property. This

property will be processed IAW DSCA Manual 5105.38, DoD 7000.14-R, Volume

15.

2.2.4.15.19. Containers (All Types). Process IAW AFI 24-602, Volume 2.

2.2.4.15.20. Aircraft Conversions or Program Changes. Expendable items may be

transferred to the extent required at the gaining base. Replacement type items (“ND2”

and “NF2”) will be transferred IAW AFMAN 23-122.

2.2.4.15.21. Activities Scheduled for Inactivation. The commander responsible for

affected activities (e.g. Wing Commander), immediately upon notification of

inactivation, will:

2.2.4.15.21.1. Arrange for the redistribution of personal property within the

MAJCOM.

2.2.4.15.21.2. Process all personal property ( systems and equipment, materials,

and supplies) as local excess according to applicable paragraphs of this chapter or

other applicable instructions.

2.2.4.15.21.3. Process all authorized service excess personal property according

to applicable paragraphs of this chapter or other applicable instructions. Note:

When the activity will continue to be utilized or retained by any federal agency,

items of personal property required for maintenance or protection will be retained

and transferred at inactivation. Transfer other personal property as needed by the

agency.

2.2.4.15.22. TCTO Kits and Parts Kits. Refer to paragraph 4.2 of this instruction.

2.2.4.15.23. FSG 69 (Training Aids and Devices) and Ground Instructional Material.

Using activities will coordinate transfer of serviceable and unserviceable (reparable)

to the supporting Logistics Readiness Activity. Return unneeded materiel to the

Materiel Management Flight.

2.2.4.15.24. AF vehicles will be processed IAW AFI 24-302.

2.3. Financial Management. The guidance contained in this section has been developed within

the general guidelines of AFI 65-601, Volume 1. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.

2.3.1. WCF.

86 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.1.1. WCF must sustain itself through sales of materiel purchased or be authorized

additional financial resources to invest in inventory levels or support issues that do not

result in cash collections.

2.3.1.2. The intent of WCF pricing methodology is to neither lose money nor make a

profit. Out year adjustments will be made to return profits or recover losses.

2.3.1.3. Identical items will not be simultaneously included in more than one AFWCF

division.

2.3.1.4. Inventory Valuation. Serviceable and unserviceable assets will be valued at

moving average cost, which is included in the asset record in the retail and wholesale

supply systems.

2.3.1.5. Price Stabilization. Price stabilization is the policy wherein the Standard Price

(SP) of each cataloged asset remains constant throughout each fiscal year. WCF prices

for a given execution year are fixed to protect the customer funds from unforeseen

fluctuations that would affect their ability to purchase the programs approved by

Congress. The prices established for CSAG-S assets are set on an annual basis to recover

the cost of doing business. There are instances where an error resulted in a gross

misstatement of a price is identified and after analysis, may be changed if the magnitude

to the customer or the WCF is significant and after weighing other circumstances. New

assets that enter the supply system during the year have all prices computed and

distributed through the next available monthly stock list change cycle. These changes for

assets entering the inventory after the 1 October effective date along with significant

price error changes are authorized deviations from the stabilized pricing concept.

2.3.1.6. Point of Sale. For non-fly AF customer orders and all non AF orders, customer

funds are obligated at the time an order is placed with base or depot supply. For flying

hour orders from approved AF flying hour customers, flying hour appropriated funds

must be available before billings occur based on actual hours flown, and are obligated at

the beginning of the month billings are to occur.

2.3.2. The GSD

2.3.2.1. The GSD includes all retail-managed (BC “9”) expense items acquired primarily

from the DLA.

2.3.2.2. The local GSD outlet will act as the procuring agent for expense items required

to satisfy either inventory levels or due-outs to customer organizations. Customer funds

will not be cited for GSD items (unless specifically authorized by AFMC) on

procurement documents issued to commercial vendors, DLA, GSA or other suppliers

except for initial procurement by the AFWCF as authorized in AFI 65-601, Volume 1.

2.3.2.3. The designated accounting IT system consolidates general ledger balances,

which are transmitted to DFAS for consolidating and reporting to MAJCOM, division

and higher levels of authority. See DFAS-DE 7077.4, Standard Materiel Accounting

System User's Manual for procedures.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 87

2.3.2.4. Reimbursable Issues. All transactions by which customers obtain materiel from

the GSD are considered issues or sales. All issues to authorized customers will be

reimbursed to the GSD from appropriations or other approved sources of reimbursement

except for non-reimbursable issues specifically authorized by AFMC and SAF. Cost Per

Flying Hour (CPFH) items ordered and filled will be reimbursed centrally by the

customer on a monthly basis based on hours flown. Authorized customers include

contractor, appropriated and non-appropriated fund activities. Expense items brought into

the GSD Stock Fund from sources outside the normal AF supply channels at no cost to

the GSD Stock Fund will be processed as a receipt without charge and issues require

reimbursement, except as authorized.

2.3.2.5. Non-reimbursable Transactions.

2.3.2.5.1. The issue, shipment or transfer of GSD items are authorized without

reimbursement for the following situations:

2.3.2.5.1.1. To approve Security Assistance Programs (SAP grant aid) when

materiel is in excess of approved force acquisition objectives.

2.3.2.5.1.2. Excess property with a SP of less than $3,000 to an accountable

materiel management officer of another military service or defense agency. This

does not apply to issues within the AF.

2.3.2.5.1.3. Excess items resulting from base closure and identified as designated

as personal property required by the community’s land use plan. Transfers are

coordinated through base civil engineering.

2.3.2.5.1.4. Equipment items are authorized free issue/shipment as follows:

2.3.2.5.1.4.1. Redistribution Order (RDO) of on-hand items that have

completed the mandatory reporting cycle and are directed for disposal.

2.3.2.5.1.4.2. Issue of excesses received through the applicable materiel

management IT system RDOs when the customer has a memo backorder

established prior to receipt processing.

2.3.2.5.1.4.3. If the GSD Stock Fund is previously reimbursed, in-stock

equipment may be free issued when the requesting organization has a valid

authorization. Note: Verification must be performed to ensure a receipt-not-

due-in or backorder cancellation without a direct customer charge was

processed in the last 365 days. If either condition exists, the item cannot be

free issued until the criteria identified in this instruction are met.

2.3.2.5.1.4.4. Prior to granting free issue, every attempt should be made to

sell items at a reduced price. Equipment-in-stock without previous

reimbursement from the customer must remain in stock for 365 days prior to

free issuing. Free issues are authorized after 365 days. Note: The LRS APO or

funds manager may elect to retain property, if they believe there is a potential

future sale.

88 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.2.5.1.5. Items may be withdrawn from DLADS to satisfy specific customer

requirements and issued without reimbursement regardless of supply asset

position. Returns from DLADS to fill stock levels will require reimbursement

upon subsequent issue.

2.3.2.5.1.5.1. Unserviceable assets may be withdrawn from the local DLADS

without reimbursement regardless of the supply asset position. The LRS APO

or his/her designated representative will authorize all withdrawals to ensure

that the requirement is valid.

2.3.2.5.1.5.2. Items located in other than the local DLADS may be withdrawn

when a valid memo backorder exists and is issued without reimbursement. To

ensure proper use of transportation funds, the following restrictions apply to

withdrawals from other than local DLADS units:

2.3.2.5.1.5.2.1. The item must have a valid NSN.

2.3.2.5.1.5.2.2. The extended cost of the item requisitioned must be greater

than $500. Exceptions to this must be approved by the LRS APO.

2.3.2.5.1.5.2.3. The requisitioner is responsible for providing transportation

funds for movement of the assets requisitioned from DLADS.

2.3.2.5.1.6. If the entire on-hand quantity of an item is excess (i.e. its mandatory

reporting cycle is completed and is authorized for transfer to DLADS) any portion

of this quantity may be issued without reimbursement. Issue of partial excess

items that are over and above a stock level for the same item requires

reimbursement.

2.3.2.5.1.7. Shop/laboratory type equipment (NF2, BC “9”) with an established

equipment authorization and immediate need may be issued without

reimbursement when received from contract termination without cost to the GSD

Stock Fund. This authorization does not apply to administrative and housekeeping

type equipment.

2.3.2.5.1.8. Issue of an unserviceable GSD item for an unsatisfactory report

exhibit or for shipments to another Service or contractor when the item will not be

returned to the issuing activity.

2.3.2.5.1.9. Issue of an unserviceable GSD item for a Deficiency Report when the

AF will not receive credit. The issue will be processed as materiel returns for

credit. Current DLA credit return policy consists of the SP minus the DLA

surcharge.

2.3.2.5.1.10. Non-reimbursable transactions will be reviewed to determine

whether any were unauthorized. Unauthorized non-reimbursable issues will be

reversed and the transaction processed correctly so that the appropriate customers

are billed.

2.3.2.6. Procedures to free issue/ship assets are detailed in AFMAN 23-122.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 89

2.3.2.7. Automatic Credit Guidance. Credit for items with Expendability, Recoverability,

Reparability Category Designator (ERRCD) "XB" and "XF," BC “9” will be allowed for

all serviceable assets as stated below and indicated in AFMAN 23-122. Credit is not

allowed for other than serviceable “XB” and “XF” assets returned by any customer. See

Credit Policy Table in AFH 23-123, Volume 1.

2.3.2.7.1. GSD “XB” automatic credit guidance. Grant 100% credit up to the

requisitioning objective minus the on-hand plus due-in assets, and grant a graduated

percentage of credit up to the requisitioning objective plus 2 years of demand (daily

demand rate times 730). The percentage will vary by the amount of previous

demands.

2.3.2.7.2. GSD “XF” automatic credit guidance. Returns of serviceable “XF” assets

with a DIFM detail minus those as a result of DLADS withdrawals are considered

returns with a sale. These returns will be granted 100% credit up to the requisitioning

objective minus the on-hand plus due-in assets. Returns of “XF” assets FOB or as a

result of a DLADS withdrawal will be credited 100% up to the requisitioning

objective minus the on-hand plus due-in assets and a predetermined percentage of

credit up to the requisitioning objective plus 2 years of demand (daily demand rate

times 730). The percentage will vary by the amount of previous demands.

2.3.2.7.3. The credit guidance on return of expense equipment (BC “9”) to the GSD

is 100 percent for serviceable returns of non-EAID (retail sales) items if the quantity

turned in is within the stock level or there is a known requirement.

2.3.2.7.4. Forced Credit Guidance. Forced credit, using credit code "Y" allowed for

turn-in of items under certain conditions. The use of credit code "Y" is approved by

the LRS/LGL prior to processing except for base service store, individual issue and

tool issue turn-ins. Following are the criteria for using credit code "Y":

2.3.2.7.4.1. Turn-in of warranty items for shipment to contractor sources for

correction as directed by the IM.

2.3.2.7.4.2. Turn-in of quantities issued to a customer in excess of customer

request.

2.3.2.7.4.3. Turn-in of an item issued in error on the part of supply. When the

error is caused by the customer, the customer will be charged for the item unless

base supply has a need for the item. Such customer errors are to be processed as a

turn-in with the credit code left blank.

2.3.2.7.4.4. Turn-in of excess repair parts caused by shipment of an awaiting

parts reparable end item/assembly when items are required by the base. Items not

required by the base will be processed as stated in TO 00-20-3. This procedure is

limited to base level transactions only. Normal credit policies apply to the AFMC

depot level repair activities.

2.3.2.7.4.5. Turn-in of a serviceable item from directed cannibalization to satisfy

MICAP condition for shipment when credit would not otherwise be granted.

90 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.2.7.4.6. Credit will be allowed for turn-in of an item having a latent defect

when issued (includes unsatisfactory report exhibits/product quality deficiency

reports (PQDR). Credit code "Y" may be used to force credit at activities not

under program control.

2.3.2.7.4.7. Turn-in of seasonal clothing items when there is a known

requirement for the next season.

2.3.2.7.4.8. Process serviceable IEX E and K returns without a credit code, stock

position will determine whether credit is allowed. Local authority can override

this policy, judgment will be used to determine when there is a probable future

requirement for the item before using credit code "Y". When there is no future

need foreseen for the item, credit code "N" will be used.

2.3.2.7.4.9. Base/unit phase-out/down. GSD assets, which become excess and

turned in to the GSD Stock Fund as result of base closure/phase down will be

turned in without credit. ILS-S bases will use credit code "N," and retail depot

supply will turn-in under program control.

2.3.2.7.4.10. Any proposed additions to this list will be submitted to AFMC for

review and recommended approval.

2.3.2.8. Conditional Policies for Special Areas of Support. Within the AF, there are

various special procedures in existence that furnish logistics support for peculiar

requirements that are not provided in the normal manner.

2.3.2.8.1. LP support for overseas activities. LP actions will follow procedures

prescribed in AFMAN 23-122.

2.3.2.8.2. Local purchase minimum quantity buys. When the GSD is required to

purchase a minimum quantity of an item that is greater than the actual need, only the

quantity requested by the customer will be issued. The balance of the minimum

quantity of purchase should be retained in the local GSD account. At the expiration of

the retention period, disposition will be taken as prescribed in this instruction.

2.3.2.8.3. When items are to be assembled by an AFMC Air Logistics Complex,

GSD items will normally not be requisitioned until 90 days prior to out shipment.

Waivers for earlier requisitioning must be approved by AFMC or SAF.

2.3.2.8.4. Disaster preparedness decontaminants. All decontaminants for disaster

preparedness will be expensed upon receipt to a designated/requiring organization.

2.3.2.9. Transfer of inventory responsibility for GSD items between Services, agencies,

divisions etc., will be processed as capitalization/decapitalization transactions with funds

provided by the capitalizing organization to reimburse the losing organization.

2.3.2.10. Disposition of GSD Items. Excess items managed by integrated managers (e.g.,

DLA) will be referred to the integrated item manager for disposition instructions when

the item meets the reporting criteria of this instruction. The decision of the AFMC IM

will be followed regardless if credit is or is not allowed for materiel returned.

Transportation costs associated with return of excess materiel to the item manager will be

borne by GSD. Refer to AFMAN 23-122 for stockage procedures.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 91

2.3.2.11. Repair of GSD Items.

2.3.2.11.1. GSD items normally will not be subject to repair by the local GSD

maintenance activity. Items in inventory, whose serviceability is determined doubtful

by inspection due to mishandling while in stock such as being dropped, should be

repaired as an O&M expense to the LRS APO’s account. Transportation costs for

shipment of GSD items to a contractor for repair or servicing is charged to the O&M

appropriation as stated in AFI 65-601, Volume 2.

2.3.2.11.2. The only items that are to be repaired at GSD expense are those items

returned as unserviceable and later a subsequent requirement developed and repair of

the item is authorized in lieu of new procurement. For assets not owned by the GSD,

the owning organization pays all associated cost for repair, cleaning and

transportation. When it is appropriate for the GSD to pay for repair of items in stock,

the transaction should be processed as repair expense.

2.3.2.12. Assembly/Disassembly Involving GSD Items. Assembly is the process of

combining two or more separately identified articles and the re-identification of this

grouping to a new identity. Because the general type of item involved in the GSD is

considered to be a "bit and piece," there should only be rare instances when the

assembled item would be a GSD article. Normally, the resultant article will be identified

as an investment item or a CSAG-S reparable item. The assembled article will be

returned and processed as a return to the LRS/Materiel Management Activity. If the

return is a GSD item, it will be subject to a credit determination under program control.

When the assembled article is identified as an investment item it will process as a non-

GSD transaction; therefore, it will not involve the credit determination. Disassembly is

the reverse process of assembly. The "bit and piece" component part will be processed as

a return subject to a credit determination under program control.

2.3.2.13. Contract Termination Cost Guidance. Termination costs for GSD commercial

vendor LP items resulting from cancellation of LP items will be absorbed by the GSD.

2.3.2.14. Management of local manufacture and Life of System Stock (LSS) items.

These stocks are normally bought as a package and furnished with an end article for the

specific purpose of providing spares support for the life of the end article or system.

Refer to AFMAN 23-122 for financial management information.

2.3.2.15. Temporary Loan of GSD Equipment. For loan policy, refer to AFI 23-119,

Exchange, Sale, Or Temporary Custody Of Nonexcess Personal Property.

2.3.2.16. War Reserve Materiel/Readiness Spares Packages. WRM funds for

procurement of new WRM requirements are specifically authorized through the

budgeting process.

2.3.2.16.1. The approved WRM obligation authority provided by the GSD manager

for ordering initial WRM shortages is a firm limitation and must not be exceeded.

Requirements in excess of approved obligation authority must be forwarded to the

AFMC GSD manager for additional authority.

92 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.2.16.2. When used to satisfy MICAP requirements, these items are replaced with

initial GSD operating obligations authority procured with appropriation 3400 O&M,

PEC 28031F or 41135F funds. WRM items should be rotated with like peacetime

assets to the extent possible to assure their continued serviceability. When WRM

assets become unusable or outdated, replacement is considered an initial procurement

of new WRM and must be acquired with GSD WRM obligation authority and

identified to AFMC GSD functional office on the GSD Operating Program for

additional WRM funding. For WRM Funding Procedures refer to AFMAN 23-122.

Also refer to AFI 25-101 for specific stock fund budgeting and programming

procedures for WRM.

2.3.2.17. For Shipment/Disposition of Defective GSD Items. AFMC will determine

when a defective GSD item should be returned to a vendor/contractor or other

disposition. AFMC activities will assure that GSD items are properly accounted for when

dropped from GSD inventory in order to prevent the loss of GSD property.

2.3.2.18. Unit Price. Unit prices for GSD items locally procured or manufactured will be

developed at retail/base level using the instructions for computing SPs in subsequent

paragraphs.

2.3.2.18.1. Use of SPs. Each item financed under a GSD shall have a SP which will

be effecting reimbursements for sale or issue. There will be no reductions to the item

record SPs in the GSD.

2.3.2.18.2. SPs for items will consist of the product cost, a percentage to recover

transportation charges, inventory losses and other expenses authorized for payment

by the GSD.

2.3.3. Consolidated Sustainment Activity Group (CSAG) - Supply Division Working Capital

Fund (CSAG-S). CSAG-S is a division of CSAG of the AFWCF. The CSAG-S operates

under a revolving fund or working capital fund concept whereby inventories are held and

sold to customers. AF assets stocked at depots and bases belong to CSAG-S until sold to the

customer. This includes RSP assets.

2.3.3.1. AF-managed reparable and design unstable consumable assets fall under the

umbrella of CSAG-S. CSAG-S embraces a multi-tiered pricing framework to recover the

cost of acquisition, repair, and related wholesale overhead expenses. CSAG-S prices are

established annually.

2.3.3.2. Business Operations funds the day-to-day operating costs of CSAG-S. The

BOCR recovers costs that CSAG-S pays for ICP and Headquarters (HQ) /Command level

operations.

2.3.3.3. CSAG-S Scope.

2.3.3.3.1. CSAG-S encompasses all wholesale managed (BC "8") items acquired

primarily from commercial suppliers and other DoD services. It also includes non-

reparable fabricated (local manufacture) items when local manufacture by depot

maintenance is the preferred means of procurement. Assets will be used by other than

depot maintenance and most bases do not have the capability to fabricate.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 93

2.3.3.3.2. Certain assets have been excluded from CSAG-S because of the special

management procedures associated with them. Central procurement accounts

continue to finance these assets. All requests for program exclusion from CSAG-S are

processed through AFMC to SAF/FMBM for approval. Assets excluded from

CSAGS are:

2.3.3.3.2.1. Classified Program Reparables. These assets have a BC “@." Note:

This does not include assets that may be part of a program that is intended to be

managed in a non-classified logistics support environment.

2.3.3.3.2.2. Assets Managed in the AF Combat Ammunition System.

2.3.3.3.2.3. All Federal Supply Class 1377 assets. These are cartridge and

propellant actuated devices and components.

2.3.3.3.2.4. All BC “H” or “U” assets, which are budget program (BP) 35,

otherwise referred to as munitions assets.

2.3.3.3.2.5. All BC “B” assets, which are BP 17, otherwise referred to as war

consumable spares. These include auxiliary fuel tanks, missile launchers, pylons,

ejector racks, and adapters that are consumed during contingency operations and

peacetime operations.

2.3.3.3.2.6. All BC “K” assets which are BP 83, otherwise referred to as

cryptographic/cryptologic assets managed by AF Cryptographic and Cyber

Systems Division.

2.3.3.3.2.7. Spares for government furnished re-competition support packages

associated with contractor logistics support.

2.3.3.3.2.8. Aircraft whole engine spares (BP 16 only).

2.3.3.3.2.9. Missile/drone whole turbojet engine spares (BP 26 only).

2.3.3.3.2.10. Missile whole rocket engine spares (BP 25).

2.3.3.3.2.11. Missile Telemetry packages that are not recovered for repair (BP 25

only).

2.3.3.3.2.12. Quick Engine Change (QEC) kits.

2.3.3.3.2.13. Pods that are cataloged for control purposes only. These assets were

procured with program funds, not replenishment spares funds, and will not be

stocked, stored or issued.

2.3.3.3.2.14. Minuteman and Peacekeeper Missile Guidance Sets.

2.3.3.3.2.15. Contractor Inventory Control Point BC “S” assets.

2.3.3.4. Inventory and Capital Control.

2.3.3.4.1. The AF finances materiel support inventories using a revolving fund

concept. When a customer orders and receives a CSAG-S non-fly asset (and all non

AF customer orders), customer funds are used to reimburse the CSAG-S. For flying

hour orders from approved AF flying hour customers, flying hour appropriated funds

are billed (monthly) based on actual hours flown.

94 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.3.4.2. CSAG-S operates on the premise of self-replenishment without periodic

appropriations. Exception: New weapon or operating systems that require cash

infusion, through initial appropriations.

2.3.3.5. CSAG-S WCF Prices and Costs. CSAG-S uses a multi-tiered pricing and cost

structure. Prices and costs are normally computed for all CSAG-S items once a year

during the budget process utilizing the appropriate IT system computation cycle. All

prices are updated annually and forwarded to the bases with a 1 October effective date.

The SP, exchange price, and unserviceable asset price are part of the stock list records

that are provided to the customer. There is one price and two costs for AF-managed

ERRC “N” and “P” consumable items. There are four prices and six costs for ERRC “T”

reparable items.

2.3.3.6. The various computed prices and costs are effective 1 October each year and

remain constant throughout the fiscal year except for approved Price Verification

challenges or significant cost updates/increases.

2.3.3.7. I&S Group. Each price and cost is computed once a year for each CSAG-S I&S

Subgroup Master (SGM) stock number. If the subgroup is one-way interchangeable, each

one-way interchangeable stock number will have its own price, unless someone (usually

the Item Manager) changes them to be the same. If it is a two-way interchangeable, all

items in the group will have the same price as the SGM that heads the two-way

interchangeable group.

2.3.3.8. Price Corrections. Under certain very narrowly defined circumstances, AFMC

can authorize immediate standard/exchange price reductions/increases on specific NSNs

to promote better overall supply management and reduce excess inventory. However,

usually price changes are only approved due to a gross error in the original price

calculation.

2.3.3.9. Credit Indicators.

2.3.3.9.1. Credit indicators will be used to identify when credit can be given for

return of an asset without an established DIFM.

2.3.3.9.2. Credit is allowed if an asset is in a projected buy in the apportionment year,

budget year, or extended year. This means that credit is allowed if an asset is in a buy

position projected from the current point in time to three years out.

2.3.3.9.3. LRS/Materiel Management Activities may force credit to retail customers,

but local managers must consider the effect on CSAG-S to prevent skewing the

overall buy computation process and the creation of imbalances in CSAG-S to the

greatest extent possible.

2.3.3.9.3.1. To ensure integrity of the process, forced credit procedures will not

be used at the retail level unless the forced credit is for the return of an item

issued in error.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 95

2.3.3.9.3.2. This procedure is applicable only if the LRS/Materiel Management

Activity made the error and cannot perform a record reversal. All forced credit

transactions must be approved prior to processing. For retail, the approving

authority is the LRS/LGL and at the wholesale level it is the appropriate item

manager. For all other circumstances, forced credit override must be approved by

AFMC.

2.3.3.10. Free Issue. A non-reimbursable or free issue of an asset could potentially result

in a lost sale that has a significant impact on the ability of CSAG-S to stock, store, and

issue materiel for all customers. To this end, non-reimbursable issues of assets will be

made only in exceptional circumstances. Retail WCF managers do not have the authority

to free issue CSAG-S assets unless previously authorized by AFMC. Units must submit

free issue requests to the AFMC. See AFMAN 23-122 for free issue procedures

2.3.3.11. CSAG-S and Depot Repair. The AFMC depot maintenance function is financed

under the CSAG-M Division of the AFWCF. CSAG-M finances depot operations in

support of its customers. CSAG-M is both a customer of and a supplier to the CSAG-S.

2.3.3.11.1. CSAG-M as a Customer. One of the main tenets of CSAG is to eliminate

internal billings between CSAG divisions. As a result, CSAG-M is provided

serviceable spares for the repair of higher assemblies at no cost. Organic depot

maintenance normally requisitions CSAG-S parts through depot supply using the

DIFM process.

2.3.3.11.2. In order to recover the cost of CSAG-S assets used during repair, the cost

of the assets used is included in the materiel portion of CSAG-M End Item Sales

Prices.

2.3.3.12. Contract Depot Maintenance. CSAG-S also obtains repair services from non-

Organic sources. The repair cost of an item repaired by contract is factored into the

average latest repair cost (LRC) of an item that is recovered in the item's sales price. The

LRC is a weighted cost determined by the cost to repair an item organically, contractually

or dual sourced based on the percentage of repair accomplished by each.

2.3.3.12.1. Reparable item Contract Depot Maintenance contracts will be funded

through CSAG-S or O&M, Depot Procured Equipment Maintenance funds. When a

decision is made to provide CSAG-S assets on a Depot Procured Equipment

Maintenance funded repair contract as Government Furnished Material (GFM), the

CSAG-S must be reimbursed at the appropriate price (standard, exchange,

unserviceable asset, etc.) depending on the maintenance being performed, the

condition required, and whether a carcass is planned to be returned. CSAG-S absorbs

the cost of GFM when the contract is for CSAG-S repair workload. This cost will be

recovered at the time the asset is sold.

2.3.3.12.2. The wholesale IM must approve/disapprove release of CSAG-S asset for

use as GFM.

2.3.3.12.3. Besides the above, consideration must be given for two categories of

returned GFM.

96 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.3.12.3.1. Serviceable GFM Returns. These returns go through the normal

issue and return process.

2.3.3.12.3.2. Excess GFM or Asset Removals. Excess GFM or asset removals, as

a result of 100% replacement or modification, will be returned IAW AFMC

procedural guidance.

2.3.3.13. Missing Assets. AF activities will not return end items to the depot for repair

with missing components or parts unless an exception has been negotiated with the

AFMC end IM before movement of the end item from the activity to the depot. Likewise,

AF depot repair activities will not return end items with missing components or parts to

operational AF activities unless an exception has been negotiated with the AFMC end IM

and the affected MAJCOM. Materiel costs for missing items are not normally contained

in the CSAG-M rates since AF policy dictates that the above all components and parts

will be returned with the end item unless otherwise negotiated as described above. As a

consequence, replacement of missing parts would be considered a change to the

negotiated work requirements and the CSAG-M is authorized to negotiate a change to the

stabilized end item sale price of the workload being performed. Procedures to address

missing assets are in AFMAN 23-122.

2.3.3.14. Stock Funding of Initial Spares. To obtain the necessary stock funding of initial

spares, the program management community will identify the initial spares requirements

in conjunction with developing the cost estimate for the program. Appropriated funds

will reimburse CSAG-S as initial spares parts deliver.

2.3.3.15. AFMC Aerospace Maintenance and Regeneration Activity Assets. The removal

or reclamation of reparable assets from the AFMC Aerospace Maintenance and

Regeneration Activity to satisfy valid requirements is accomplished only through the

wholesale IM in conjunction with the single manager. See AFMAN 23-122 for

removal/reclamation procedures.

2.3.3.16. Contractor Logistics Support (CLS). CLS spare parts are budgeted and funded

within the central procurement accounts, or as an alternative, can be replenished from

Fund 3400, Element of Expense Investment Code (EEIC) 578. The AFMC CLS Manager

needs to advise MAJCOMs of increased costs needed to cover any Depot Level

Reparables currently being issued under CLS. There are two types of CLS requirements:

2.3.3.16.1. Stocklisted assets managed by AFMC that are used on CLS systems.

Generally, this would be an asset common to both a CLS and non-CLS weapon

system.

2.3.3.16.2. Non-Stocklisted assets bought as spares packages that are government

owned materiel used by contractors in performance of CLS contracts. These

requirements are funded with central procurement funds.

2.3.3.17. Foreign Military Sales (FMS). FMS customers can participate in the AF

logistics system through the CLSSA. The AF also provides support for requirements that

are not part of a CLSSA. The AF primarily uses a repair and replace concept where the

country returns a reparable carcass and is issued a serviceable asset from the normal

supply system.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 97

2.3.3.18. Interim Contractor Support (ICS). The CSAG-S does not pay for the cost of

depot repair of assets under ICS, nor does the CSAG-S collect repair cost from the

customer for assets under ICS. Until the assets transition to organic depot repair, the

carcass cost for these assets is computed assuming a depot repair cost of zero. This

prevents CSAG-S from collecting repair funds that are not required. Therefore, only the

operational costs are recovered by CSAG-S. Given this, the IT system shows the LAC

and carcass cost as equal until the asset transitions to organic depot repair. If any portion

of an asset's repair is funded by ICS, the asset is treated as 100% ICS. When an ICS item

is scheduled to transition to organic repair during a given fiscal year, the LRC is

established as a percentage of the contractor’s repair cost (dependent on when the item

transitions).

2.3.3.19. Loans. A CSAG-S asset may only be loaned to activities for the purposes

specified in DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 4. Loans must be for reverse engineering, sample

parts, or if in the best interest of the CSAG-S. For specific loan procedures, refer to AFI

23-119.

2.3.3.20. Local Purchase/Local Repair. Local Purchase/Local Repair are not considered

standard business practices within the CSAG-S. If these options are elected, they must

follow the guidance of this instruction AFI 23-119. The wholesale IM must provide a

CSAG-S funds cite.

2.3.3.21. Product Improvement. Product improvement supports selecting viable spares to

finance. The IIRP combines the preferred spares and 100% replacement program into one

integrated effort. IIRP offers the AF a way to correct deficiencies, replace obsolete assets,

or introduce, through technology insertion, state-of-the-art components such as LRUs and

SRUs that are stocked, stored, and issued as assets of supply. The IIRP covers both

installs and spares in support of the installed assets. IIRP assets must be a form, fit, and

function replacement for the old asset. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.

2.3.3.21.1. Criteria. IIRP candidates:

2.3.3.21.1.1. Represent Reliability and Maintainability (R&M) improvements,

obsolescence resolution, or safety improvements over the existing items intended

for replacement verifiable utilizing measures of merit (e.g., Mean Time Between

Maintenance, MICAP avoidance, and mishap resolution, etc.). Additional

consideration will be given to NSNs associated with the IIRP that may drive

savings in a different NSN.

2.3.3.21.1.2. Show a positive Return On Investment (ROI) over the remaining

Future Years Defense Program associated with the Program Objective

Memorandum (POM) in which the candidate's funding will be included.

2.3.3.21.1.3. Be form, fit, function, and Interface compliant with the item

intended for replacement and result in added performance or capability

enhancements.

2.3.3.21.1.4. Measures of merit will be used to quantify R&M benefits.

98 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.3.22. RSP Requirement and Funding Guidance. Refer to paragraph 2.6 of this

instruction for additional information and AFMAN 23-122 for procedures on deployed

weapon/operating systems and their associated RSP assets.

2.3.3.23. Special Cases - Repair. Services in support of CSAG-S assets are funded by

CSAG-S. These services include: first article testing, condition checks, TO verification

and validation, reclamation, on-site test station refurbishment, and other services as

approved on a case-by-case basis.

2.3.3.24. Special Purpose Recoverables Authorized Maintenance (SPRAM).

2.3.3.24.1. Initial/Increased SPRAM Requirement.

2.3.3.24.1.1. The initial issue of SPRAM will be provided free of charge by the

PM. For the purposes of this instruction, initial issue of SPRAM is defined using

the concept of new support. The following provide examples of the concept of

new support.

2.3.3.24.1.1.1. The requirement is supporting a new aircraft.

2.3.3.24.1.1.2. New mission. The using organization is converting from one

weapon system to another or the unit’s mission changes, requiring a change in

the SPRAM mix.

2.3.3.24.1.1.3. New requirement. The TO has changed requiring a change in

the amount of SPRAM.

2.3.3.24.1.2. The PM will fund the SPRAM buy requirement using initial

Materiel Systems Division Cost Authority based on the end item (e.g., aircraft

support or electronics and telecommunications) that the SPRAM is supporting. To

accomplish the free-of-charge issue, the PM will work with the wholesale item

manager to acquire the necessary SPRAM assets and have them direct delivered

to the using base. Once the assets are received at the using base, the base supply

receiving function will not process a receipt for the asset, but will place the asset

directly on the customer's SPRAM detail (K detail).

2.3.3.24.1.3. Required initial SPRAM could be satisfied through on-hand supply

balances, if the asset is in an excess position.

2.3.3.24.1.3.1. When assets are at bases other than the requesting base, the

PM, working with the wholesale item manager, will process RDO for those

assets. The receiving base supply will take the necessary action to place the

asset on the customer's SPRAM detail. The PM will use O&M funds to

support all RDO actions.

2.3.3.24.1.3.2. When assets are at the base requesting the SPRAM, the

requesting base supply will issue the asset to the requesting activity, which

will pay SP for the transaction. In turn, the PM will work with their FM

offices to reimburse the base requesting the SPRAM using O&M funds.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 99

2.3.3.24.2. Replacement/Replenishment SPRAM Requirements. For SPRAM

supporting flying hour programs, all replacement/replenishment SPRAM

requirements will be funded by Centralized Asset Management. All other

replacement/replenishment SPRAM requirements will be paid for by the MAJCOM

or using organization. Replenishment is any asset that does not meet the criteria in

SPRAM Materiel Systems Division charges Exchange Price if a carcass is returned,

otherwise the SP will be charged.

2.3.3.25. TCTOs.

2.3.3.25.1. When in-stock CSAG-S assets require modification, the asset is issued

using activity code “C” to the repair shop and the accompanying TCTO kit is free

issued (one TCTO kit for each installed CSAG-S asset requiring modification).

2.3.3.25.2. CSAG-S is not responsible for funding the installation of modification

kits when completed as a separate maintenance action. Exception: When a

modification kit is being installed during depot overhaul of a Management of Items

Subject to Repair exchangeable asset. The reason for this exception is that the cost of

installation cannot be separated from the cost of the overhaul.

2.3.3.25.3. The CSAG-S will not finance the replacement of modification kit

components, which are CSAG-S items that are lost or used for other purposes by a

using organization. Replacement kits are financed by the modification account that

originally procured the kit.

2.3.3.25.4. For kits that are cannibalized, the activity responsible for cannibalization

is responsible for replacing the assets in the kit. As an example, if the base has a kit

and needs to withdraw an asset to support a MICAP requisition, that base must order

the asset at its expense to satisfy the kit shortage. If a wholesale IM directs the

shipment of a kit asset to support a MICAP, then the wholesale IM must replace the

asset in the kit.

2.3.3.26. Transient Aircraft Support.

2.3.3.26.1. Transient Aircraft Support for AF aircraft (to include ANG and AFR).

Transient support is financed by the transient base. Parts will be backordered or

issued from the LRS/Materiel Management Activity at the transient base, regardless

of cost and source of supply, and normal sales and credit policies apply. Exception:

En-route maintenance units that are funded and operated by AMC for strategic airlift

aircraft.

2.3.3.26.1.1. Issuance and billings of reparable assets are managed the same as

assigned aircraft maintenance. The transient base will support all transient aircraft

using a Type Organization Code “3” organization cost center record (OCCR),

preferably via a dedicated transient alert or “TA” OCCR. Naturally, the transient

base has an opportunity to repair the asset if a repair shop is loaded on the repair

cycle record. The repair shop returns serviceable assets at Exchange Price and

unserviceable assets receive no credit.

100 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.3.26.1.1.1. If there is no repair shop loaded on the repair cycle record for

that reparable asset at the transient base, the asset is tagged NRTS by

maintenance. It is then shipped by supply directly to the depot maintenance

facility for repair, or the CRF for those units under the alternate maintenance

concept.

2.3.3.26.1.1.2. If the transient base has a repair shop, the unserviceable asset

is transferred to that shop using the original document number of the asset that

was issued. The original issue document number should be used through the

entire repair cycle until returned. The repair shop has the option to either

NRTS the asset or it can repair the item and return the serviceable asset to

supply. The cost of SRU/bits and pieces used is recorded against the transient

base repair activity. For assets ordered in support of the flying hour program,

there is no charge or credit at the item level as reimbursement to WCF is made

through the CPFH process. For non-fly assets item level prices and credit

return policies apply.

2.3.3.26.1.1.3. Aircraft deployed or temporarily transferred from another base

for an exercise, deployed operations, or other reasons (such as runway repair

at their home-station) are not considered transient and will not be issued parts

using the above transient rules. Such deployed aircraft will be supported via

establishment and use a dedicated Project Funds Management Record

(PFMR) and Type Org Code “3” OCCR.

2.3.3.26.1.1.3.1. The one exception to the deployed aircraft rule is when

aircraft are deployed to or operating from another base with a PFMR and

OCCR linked to that same MDS and MAJCOM already loaded at the

operating site. If a PFMR and OCCR are already in place for the same MDS

and MAJCOM, there is no need to create a new PFMR & OCCR for the

deployed aircraft, though the local LRS/Materiel Management Activity has

the option of directing the customer to create and use a new OCCR linked to

the preexisting PFMR.

2.3.3.26.1.1.3.2. Centralized Asset Management (CAM)-type PFMRs &

OCCRs will be established for “regular” customer Wings which are

deployed to or receive transient support at a given base three or more times

in a calendar year. See above for guidance on MAJCOM/MDS business

rules.

2.3.3.26.2. Transient Aircraft Support for other Services (US Navy, Army, etc.) and

Agencies (National Aeronautics and Space Administration ), Department of

Homeland Security, etc.). Transient aircraft support is financed by the transient base.

If parts are issued from base supply at the transient base, normal sales and credit

policies apply, except other services or agencies will always pay SP for assets issued.

2.3.3.26.2.1. The home base is responsible for reparable support for its aircraft,

which require repair at a transient location when both of the following conditions

occur: (1) the spare part is not available at the transient location and 2) the

Exchange Price for the reparable is greater than $20,000.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 101

2.3.3.26.2.2. The two options available to home bases are:

2.3.3.26.2.2.1. Lateral support from the nearest location, enabled by the home

base providing a funding document to the support location. This allows

standard MICAP procedures to occur, or maintenance-to-maintenance

channels.

2.3.3.26.2.2.2. Using maintenance-to-maintenance procedures, the

serviceable and reparable part originates and returns to the home base. This

allows for DIFM control and associated financial transactions to be processed

at the home base.

2.3.3.27. Initial issue of Depot Level Reparable spares in Support of Cost per Flying

Hour, Non-Cost per Flying Hour and Contractor managed items.

2.3.3.27.1. Justification letters for the initial issue of DLRs are required to support

the requirement and are signed by the requesting organization commander.

2.3.3.27.2. Requesting organization submits justification letter to LRS Materiel

Management Flight. LRS will review justification and funding prior to

approval/disapproval. LRS will provide MAJCOM A4R visibility of the initial issue

transaction requests. (T-2).

2.3.4. Flying Hour Reimbursement.

2.3.4.1. The flying hour reimbursement concept allows CSAG-S and GSD to sell flying

hour related consumable/reparable spares and management services to the customer

based upon hours supported with those parts and services.

2.3.4.2. Each flying hour customer manages their cost per flying hour (CPFH) funding

centrally with a single focal point loading and executing funds with no funds being

distributed to the operating units/bases. Funds are loaded centrally into the applicable

Accounting and Finance IT system so that monthly consolidated billings can occur.

2.3.4.3. An obligation will be established at the beginning of each month using projected

hours flown by each weapon system multiplied by the current, approved Air Force Cost

Analysis Improvement Group CPFH rates. At the end of the month, the WCF will bill

each weapon system for actual hours flown multiplied by the approved Air Force Cost

Analysis Improvement Group CPFH rate.

2.3.4.4. New Project Funds Management Records (PFMR) for each weapon system will

be assigned as flying hour program only. No funds targets will be loaded nor will funds

checks be performed for these OCCR/PFMR(s).

2.3.4.5. Billing for the flying PFMRs will be by the actual flying hours flown and not by

individual stock numbers. The revenue will be recorded into one billing stock record

account number per customer for CSAG-S and for GSD for by the associated element of

expense identification code for the appropriated funds reimbursing each WCF activity.

2.3.5. SE Funding.

2.3.5.1. SE is procured with O&M (EEIC 3400) or central procurement (appropriation

3010/3011/3020/3080) dollars depending on the unit cost.

102 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.3.5.1.1. SE items with a unit/system cost less than $250K are funded with O&M

dollars. AFMC provides the POM input for O&M requirements to AFMC/A4F.

2.3.5.1.2. Those SE items with a unit/system cost of $250K and above or exempted

items are funded with central procurement dollars. Exempted items are all vehicles,

items in support of Program Executive Office programs, munitions and associated

equipment, automatic test systems, and night vision goggles. Requirements for central

procurement dollars for the items/programs that fall into this category are placed in

the POM by the MAJCOM. These items are budgeted using Procurement Documents

submitted to Congress through SAF/AQX. Procurement Documents reflect the

decisions of the POM submissions.

2.3.5.1.3. RegAF O&M funding for the procurement of support equipment

requirements (EEIC 63812, 63883, 63884) will be centralized under the CAM

structure Operating Agency Code (OAC) 87. HQ AFMC/A4 will submit SE funding

in their POM submission and manage it from an RegAF perspective.

2.3.5.1.4. ANG and Air Force Reserve (AFR) will POM their funding and manage

their SE requirements. AFR and ANG funding will not be centralized with DAF

RegAF funding and will be managed by the AFMC accordingly.

2.4. War Reserve Materiel (WRM).

2.4.1. AF WRM consists of an enterprise managed global strategy, dynamically positioned,

equipment, vehicles and consumables, to support operations across the full Range of Military

Operations (ROMO). It enables the Air Force Forces (AFFOR) to reduce the time required to

achieve an operational capability or produce an operational effect.

2.4.2. WRM Program (includes Fuels Support Equipment and Basic Expeditionary Airfield

Resources (BEAR)). See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.

2.4.3. WRM Requirements.

2.4.3.1. WRM authorizations will not affect the peacetime stockage objective. WRM

assets are not subject to automatic redistribution.

2.4.3.2. WRM requirements will be transmitted to the IM annually by 15 May using the

appropriate format.

2.4.3.3. BEAR unconstrained FY buy requirements will be identified to AFLCMC

BEAR PMO by the WRM GMO per AFI 25-101.

2.5. Degraded Operations.

2.5.1. Governing materiel management support processes must be performed in the event the

materiel management IT system (in whole or in part) is not available. A degraded operation

condition exists when automated systems are inoperative or other circumstances significantly

impede normal materiel management processing.

2.5.1.1. Materiel management support operations are degraded when automated systems

are not accessible; are temporarily down due to power failure, environmental condition,

hardware/software problem, etc.; or during normal offline periods (end-of-day, end-of-

year).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 103

2.5.1.2. Manual accounting procedures must be used during degraded operations. See

Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.

2.5.2. Degraded Operations Planning.

2.5.2.1. COOP. To the maximum extent feasible redundancies and failsafe capabilities

will be included in materiel management systems to prevent outages. However, system

outages will still occur. In anticipation of such outages, each materiel management

activity will maintain a COOP that addresses situations when normal system processing

is unavailable and manual accounting will be required. Not all situations addressed in the

COOP will require manual accounting.

2.5.2.2. Materiel Management Contingency Team. As part of a base’s materiel

management contingency plan, a contingency management team will be established to

maintain control of overall materiel management operations. The composition of the

management team may vary, but normally it will include the LRS APO or equivalent, the

Control Team Chief, and representatives from each affected elements. The initial team

meeting will focus on assessing the situation and reviewing the contingency plan. This

team will conduct situation assessments, identify problems, and make recommendations

for operation changes throughout the exercise/situation.

2.5.2.3. System Transaction Recovery (STR). Occasionally problems will occur that

cause database errors in Materiel Management IT systems. When this happens the system

will be restored to the last back-up and thorough research must be conducted to determine

what transactions must be replayed/reprocessed. Materiel management activities will be

prepared to respond to these situations that require STR. These situations may drive the

need for manual accounting during the database recovery.

2.5.2.4. Support to Contingency Operations. Support to contingency operations may or

may not involve manual accounting operations. Most contingency sites will have access

to materiel management automated systems so normal transaction processing will apply.

However, when systems are not available manual accounting procedures will apply.

2.5.3. Manual Accounting.

2.5.3.1. Materiel management activities will establish a Control Team capable of

executing and managing degraded operations. (T-1).

2.5.3.2. Materiel management activities will maintain applicable data prepositioned for

degraded operations. (T-1).

2.5.3.3. Materiel management activities (base retail and wholesale) will follow

procedures in AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).

2.5.3.4. Materiel management manual accounting operations are mandatory for UND A

issues and MICAP reportable transactions (e.g., backorders, shipments, receipts, due-out

releases (DORs)).

2.5.3.4.1. Transactions are assessed on a case by case basis with close coordination

between materiel management activities as needed.

104 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.5.3.4.2. After 72 hours, impacted materiel management activities will perform a

daily assessment and adjust transaction processing as needed to support mission

requirements (e.g., begin accepting and processing requests for RSP replenishment,

single point failure, UND B, receipt, turn-in).

2.5.3.5. Exercises directed by AF/A4LR, end-of-year closeout, and real world outages

may be counted as a local degraded operations exercise.

2.5.3.6. After a degraded operations exercise, QA will submit an After Action Report to

the LRS/CC no later than 10 working days after completion of recovery. (T-1). Note:

Operating in a degraded/manual mode does not supersede the need to ensure special

handling is enforced. Each functional area will ensure that special handling continues to

be applied as warranted. Special emphasis will be placed on the control of classified and

NWRM items.

2.6. RSP and Kits.

2.6.1. RSP Overview. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.

2.6.1.1. Readiness Spares Packages. RSPs are used to support deployments of AF

weapon systems. AF doctrine is to establish immediately premium transportation based

air routes for eligible Class IX (a) and Class VII (x) assets from point of use to repair

node and retrograde to point of use to achieve consistent resupply within 72 hours.

Fundamental logistics warfighting doctrine and assumptions are found in the AF War and

Mobilization Plan (WMP), Volume 1. Over time, as force structure and operational

planning change, authorizations for RSP change also.

2.6.1.2. Authorization Document.

2.6.1.2.1. Authorizations are based entirely on formal wartime tasking in the WMP.

That tasking is determined by agreement between AF/A3 (or equivalent for non-

airborne authorizations) and the appropriate MAJCOM operational OPR.

Authorizations for RSP resulting from those wartime taskings are listed in the RSP

Authorization Document. Volume 3, Part III provides authorization for airborne RSP

and Volume 2 provides authorization for non-airborne RSP. MAJCOMs are

authorized RSP for allocation to specific units/bases. The only effective avenue for

the update/correction of Volume 3, Part III of the authorization document is for the

using MAJCOM operations community to advocate such an update/correction to the

appropriate Air Staff OPR.

2.6.1.2.2. For airborne systems, since the PM must build RSPs IAW the published

authorization document. MAJCOMs, in conjunction with AFMC, develop the spares

lists, which make up the RSP. The RSP will be adapted to fit the peculiar mission

requirements of each individual organization to which it applies. Squadron specific

contingency packages may be developed for all aircraft weapon systems other than

strategic airlift aircraft. Either MRSP or In-Place Readiness Spares Package (IRSP)

will be authorized against a single requirement, but not both. End items (including

communications security items) with ERRC Code "S" or "U" will not be included in

RSP.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 105

2.6.1.2.3. A separate unit-specific contingency package may be established for each

unit authorized an MRSP or IRSP. AMC strategic airlift aircraft are exempted from

unit specific contingency package development per policy waiver granted by

AF/A4LR. When required, MAJCOM will assign discrete identification numbers to

contingency authorizations provided to field units.

2.6.1.2.4. When an RSP authorization is permanently transferred from one command

to another, the MRSP bins and assets will be transferred intact to the gaining

command. Those items of RSP that are not transferred will be made available for

redistribution. When an RSP authorization is deleted from AF requirements, the using

command will inform the storing command materiel management activity.

Disposition instructions will be requested through the MAJCOM to AFMC to

determine appropriate disposition. The RSP Authorization Document will identify

transfers and deletions wherever possible. Any omissions or conflicts with the

document must be addressed from the using command's operations staff to the

authorizing OPR at HAF, with information copies to AF/A4LR.

2.6.2. Spare Parts program objective. The major objective of the RSP program is to support

national strategy in consonance with the guidance issued by OSD. Specifically, the AF

objective is to authorize, acquire on time, preposition, pre-stock, and maintain in a

serviceable condition ready for use, all RSP needed to support the wartime activities

specified in the Defense Planning Guidance and the WMP.

2.6.3. Contingency support for AF and the Air Reserve Components (ARC) is provided

through the utilization of on-hand Peacetime Operating Stock (POS) and RSPs. Contingency

support can come from RSP or POS through many supply chain processes, such as special

levels, CHPMSKs, MSKs, and CRSPs to ensure that stocks are in place at the right time to

support the contingency mission. The RSP is prepositioned at or near the base of intended

use or airlifted to the employment bases prior to, concurrently with, or following the

deploying forces.

2.6.4. The only items authorized in airborne RSP are those listed on the Minimum Essential

Subsystem List (MESL). These items support a specific weapon system and generate a Non-

Mission Capable (NMC) grounding condition. Note: Safety-of-flight items are authorized

even if not listed on the MESL and must be computed to the maximum extent possible.

2.6.5. Funding for RSPs.

2.6.5.1. Operating commands conduct RSP reviews annually in association with AFMC

PM RSP Managers. To update the types and number of parts needed for right sizing is

based on modifications, force structure, direct support objectives, Mean Time Between

Demand (MTBD) changes, cannibalization indicators, and maintenance experience with

past deployments. New requirements are computed by the AFMC logistics systems and

validated by MAJCOM. Programming and budgeting for RSP and HPMSK annual

adjustments is the responsibility of AFMC. AFMC will include these requirements in the

AFWCF budget as part of the Materiel Support Division buy requirement. See

paragraph 2.3 of this instruction for further information.

106 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.6.5.1.1. New RSPs and authorization changes required for modification of current

weapon systems or mission changes are funded through the 3010/3080 procurement

accounts. New authorizations can be driven by new weapon systems entering AF

inventory, modification of current weapon systems, or mission changes.

2.6.5.1.2. Mission changes include changes in operational requirements (e.g.,

conventional vs. nuclear), changes in number of Primary Aircraft Assigned

supported, changes in the WMP-3, Part III, such as independent vs. dependent kits or

in-place vs. mobility kits.

2.6.5.1.3. New authorizations and mission changes will be carried in an “unfunded”

status until verification of funding/asset source. The presence of an authorization in

an “unfunded” status reflects the lead Commands’ commitment to advocate for the

requirement in their POM for all users of the new kit requirement. The lead

command’s A8 is responsible for the POM process.

2.6.5.1.4. Lead MAJCOM A4 notifies the MAJCOM/A8 of new RSP authorization

requirements and justifying the new authorizations to the A8 for prioritization in the

MAJCOM POM request. The lead command is responsible for addressing the total

force RSP requirement. Responsibility for determination of the total force POM

requirement is with the lead command in conjunction with AFMC.

2.6.5.1.5. AFMC determines the net buy and repair cost of new MRSP

authorizations.

2.6.5.1.6. The AFMC will pass the net cost to the lead command A4/A8, so

programming actions can be undertaken during the POM.

2.6.5.1.7. Once funding is approved through the POM/BES/President’s Budget, the

lead MAJCOM/A4/A8 should notify AF/A3OD (through AF/A4) to have the

authorization moved to the funded section.

2.6.6. New Weapon Systems.

2.6.6.1. The initial step in RSP development will be a preliminary meeting between the

PM and MAJCOM, chaired by the PM or delegated alternate, to determine when and by

what method the initial RSP provisioning quantities will be computed and passed to the

PM RSP manager. Minutes of the meeting will be prepared to document the specific

ground rules and method of operation. Copies of the minutes will be provided to AFMC,

the MAJCOM RSP manager, AF/A4L, and all attendees.

2.6.6.2. Selection of newly designed non-stocklisted items for inclusion in RSP must be

a joint decision of the PM and the MAJCOM.

2.6.6.3. The provisioning quantities will be computed to the greatest extent possible

using ASM.

2.6.6.4. Close coordination in this process is required by AFMC and the MAJCOM

OPRs.

2.6.7. Accountability

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 107

2.6.7.1. Equipment items, including support equipment, will not be included in

applicable non-airborne RSPs. Spare parts to repair support equipment may be included

in the RSP.

2.6.7.2. All investment items, regardless of authorization source, will be carried on stock

record account “FB” and “FE” detail records.

2.6.7.3. Allowance Standard items (equipment items -- ERRC code "S" and "U") will be

accounted for the appropriate equipment APSR. Spares to support equipment packages

such as BEAR and Fuels Support Equipment must be accounted for on a RSP detail

records. These types of RSP must be managed per AFMAN 23-122 and AFI 25-101.

2.6.7.4. RSPs are prepositioned as follows:

2.6.7.4.1. The using command will be responsible for arranging logistics support for

its activities at non-AF locations in the continental United States. Arrangements with

ANG units will be negotiated through the National Guard Bureau. This will be

coordinated with storing/reporting commands (as appropriate), AFMC, and any other

AF command, military service or governmental agency concerned. When the

designated storing/reporting command has an RSP prepositioning requirement at a

non-AF location and does not have the capability to support that requirement, the

using command and AF/A4LR will be advised. The using command will evaluate the

requirement for prepositioning the RSP and, if valid, will negotiate an alternate

method of support. When a solution to the problem cannot be found, the issue will be

elevated to AF/A4LR for final resolution.

2.6.7.4.2. When RSPs cannot be prepositioned at AF locations, the storing command

will select alternate storage locations in coordination with the using command,

AFMC, and any other affected commands.

2.6.7.5. The peacetime deployment of an MRSP or MRSP segment will be transferred to

the host account if the deployment is for greater than 30 days. RSP will not be transferred

if the deployment is for less than 30 days. The using command or subordinate

headquarters will coordinate all support requirements in advance with the command

providing computer support for the deployment (and the command providing home-

station support, if different than the using command). Temporary package transfers

involving packages assigned to ARC units will also be coordinated with AFR or ANG, as

appropriate. In addition, the using command or subordinate headquarters will publish

detailed guidance in appropriate deployment planning and implementation documents to

ensure adequate controls over the deployed assets.

2.6.7.5.1. For deployments (less than 30 days), details will contain deployment

indicators, and accountability for the items will remain at the home-station. Establish

deployment indicators as follows:

2.6.7.5.1.1. CONUS deployment indicators will be established no earlier than

nine (9) days prior to deployment.

2.6.7.5.1.2. OCONUS deployment indicators will be established no earlier than

14 days prior to deployment.

108 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.6.7.5.2. For temporary transfer, the designated CSB will assume RSP

accountability. However, the owning base still retains MRSP Resource Readiness

reporting responsibility unless Resource Readiness reporting is done by a centralized

agency.

2.6.7.5.3. Deploying units will submit requests to transfer supply kits and packages

to AFMC. AFMC will provide detailed kit transfer and specific redeployment

instructions, to include a request for the latest results of the PC-Aircraft Sustainment

Model assessment. AFMC will coordinate with the gaining Contingency Operations

Activity (servicing the deployment theater) as required.

2.6.7.6. The deployed unit CC assigns supervisory responsibility to a deployed unit

member when no forward supply account exists. Accompanying personnel may be

collocated with the aviation package under control of the deployed unit CC.

2.6.7.7. Use and peacetime replenishment of MRSP assets while deployed will be as

specified in MAJCOM to MAJCOM operations orders and agreements.

2.6.7.8. Items consumed while the MRSP is on temporary loan will be replaced by the

using organization, insofar as possible, prior to return of the package. When time does

not permit, it will be returned to the organization with the existing shortages, and action

taken to replace items.

2.6.8. Review Process.

2.6.8.1. Review Schedule and Milestones.

2.6.8.1.1. The PM and affected MAJCOMs will review RSP annually. The review

cycle will be timed to conclude in time for Air Staff approval of the requirement prior

to the March IT system cycle RSP overlay. The purpose of the review is to update the

range of items in authorized RSPs and verify the complete set of data used to

compute quantities for those items. The review will include all recoverable items.

Stock class 1377 cartridge actuated devices and propellant actuated devices are

exempt from annual review. Selected EOQ items, to include the following categories,

must also be reviewed: aircraft guns, gun components, aircraft wheels, aircraft tires,

aircraft brakes and brake components, and others, as agreed between the PM and

affected MAJCOMs. Reviews may be formal (face-to-face and unit funded) or

informal (by correspondence). A formal review will be held for all new weapon

systems or end items and for all weapon systems or end items undergoing significant

changes in configuration or demand rates. The decision to hold a formal or informal

review will be made jointly by the PM and affected MAJCOMs. When a weapon

system or end item has been reviewed informally for three consecutive years, a

formal review will be held. The scheduling of a review is done jointly by the PM and

the using commands; the PMs decision is final. Once the review is scheduled, all

using commands must provide their required inputs IAW the milestones.

2.6.8.1.2. For major milestones and additional details for the MRSP review process,

refer to AFH 23-123, Volume 2.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 109

2.6.9. Asset Reporting. Levels and assets will be reported in the Air Force Recoverable

Assembly Management System (AFRAMS) or equivalent system using document identifier

“9QN” format contained in AFH 23-123, Volume 1.

2.6.10. Storage Management.

2.6.10.1. Maintain all RSP and peacetime assets in serviceable condition. MAJCOMS

requiring RSPs to be stored at non-AF locations will be responsible for its maintenance.

RSPs are considered supplies of vital importance and must be stored in facilities that

meet the fire protection standards identified in the MIL-STD-3007F, Standard Practice

for Unified Facilities Criteria and Unified Facilities Guide Specifications.

2.6.10.2. Tenant organizations required to maintain a deployment capability will keep

the required manpower authorizations to support the mobility requirement. Host/tenant

support agreements will be established to specify who will store and maintain the RSP.

2.6.10.3. Assets authorized for IRSP may be commingled with POS. Assets in MRSP

may not be commingled with POS, they should be segregated and clearly marked within

the warehouse location.

2.6.10.4. MRSP will be stored in mobility bins or in segregated base warehouse

locations. Items too large for mobility bins may be stored on 463L pallets for immediate

movement.

2.6.10.5. The maintaining activity must ensure that proper shelf-life control, rotation, TO

compliance, and inventory practices are followed.

2.6.10.5.1. IAW AFMAN 23-125 (IP), COSIS, shelf-life controls and other

inspection functions established for like peacetime assets will be applied to RSP

items. All expendables owned by the materiel management activity will be rotated

with similar peacetime items to protect their continued serviceability.

2.6.10.5.2. TO and Functional Check. Complete TO compliance actions for RSP

assets in the same manner as peacetime stocks and IAW applicable TOs. Functional

check requirements, as identified in paragraph 5.7 of this instruction will be

performed prior to the item being placed in RSP. The frequency of subsequent

inspections or checks will be as specified in the governing TO.

2.6.10.5.3. Inventory. All configurations of RSP and MSK’s will be inventoried

within 10 calendar days after return from deployment or transfer. Submit inventory

parameter request to AFMC IAW AFH 23-123, Volume 2 to update detail Date of

Last Inventory. All classified assets will be inventoried and stored IAW with this

instructions and AFMAN 23-122. Inventory all other assets annually. The materiel

management activity will seal MRSP bins at the time of deployment. In addition, the

gaining materiel management activity will inventory an MRSP when it is received on

a transfer or loan from another unit.

2.6.11. RSP Packages

2.6.11.1. Packages are developed to support the force as it is planned to exist at several

specific points in time.

110 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.6.11.1.1. Contingency packages are built to support the force as it will exist at the

end of the current review cycle; therefore the review contingency package will be

built to match authorizations for the next fiscal year.

2.6.11.1.2. A buy package is to be input to the next budget cycle after the current

review cycle is completed. The review buy package will be built to match

authorizations three fiscal years into the future.

2.6.11.2. Independent/Dependent Concept. The independent/dependent squadron is a

mobility concept designed to recognize wartime deployment and beddown plans for

aircraft units. When two aircraft squadrons having the same MDS are programmed to

deploy and operate from a single wartime beddown location, an attempt will be made to

draw those squadrons from a single wing and tailor unit equipment and manning to

recognize the efficiencies inherent to multiple squadron beddown.

2.6.11.3. Regardless of how the authorized MRSP is warehoused or packaged for

deployment, it will be reported as a single MRSP of the Primary Mission Aircraft

Inventory. The dependent MRSP must be combined with the independent MRSP and will

be Resource Readiness reported as a single MRSP of the combined Primary Mission

Aircraft Inventory.

2.6.11.4. When units operate under the independent/dependent concept, a "working

package" of the combined Primary Mission Aircraft Inventory must be built. This

package will not be listed in the RSP Authorization Document, and must always have an

authorization factor of zero, because no such unit actually exists. It is built solely to aid in

determining the quantities for NSNs in the dependent package. The working package and

dependent MRSP will be built after all file maintenance has been done on the

independent package. See AFMAN 23-122 for procedures detailing the creation of the

working package and associated computations.

2.6.12. Airborne MRSP:

2.6.12.1. In-Place Readiness Spares Package (IRSP). The IRSP includes only the parts

needed over and above the normal POS levels expected to be available to a unit during

wartime. IRSP use POS for wartime requirements. The AF offsets the Total Wartime

Requirement by subtracting the amount of POS it expects to be serviceable on-hand,

which becomes the additive IRSP Authorized Quantity.

2.6.12.2. The CRSP concept allows MAJCOMs to use either MRSP or IRSP details to

manage consumable item support for contingency deployments. The CRSP process

provides requirement and asset visibility, has automated transfer and deployment

procedures, the capability to provide the correct priority and project-coded replenishment

requisitions.

2.6.12.2.1. AF units will maintain all approved CRSP authorizations in the retail

systems and in a constant state of readiness to deploy in support of contingency

operations. When reconciliation/approved authorization files are received from

MAJCOM they will be loaded and requisitioned immediately. The CRSP levels for

AF units will be based upon 2 years of demand history data, retrieved using the 7SC

data for ERRC “XB3”/”XF3”. Where possible and applicable, MAJCOMs should use

demand history from multiple bases using the same MDS weapon system.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 111

2.6.12.2.2. MAJCOMs will use 7SC data to create a list of consumables candidates.

MAJCOMs will compute all EOQ requirements and for those items required for the

LRU (attaching hardware) apply the higher of the computed quantity versus the

quantity per aircraft required quantity. MAJCOM's will conduct an annual base level

review to determine the range of items to be included in the CRSP. Units will provide

a valid justification for out-of-cycle changes or items that are not on the 7SC list of

candidates.

2.6.12.3. Non-Airborne MRSP:

2.6.12.3.1. Non-airborne requirements are determined by the MAJCOM. The

concurrence of the Inventory Management Specialist/Equipment Specialist (ES) will

be obtained for AF-managed assets.

2.6.12.3.2. The RSP will include spares necessary to support all end items in the

deploying non-airborne UTC. Equipment items, including support equipment, may

not be included in RSPs. Spare parts, to repair support equipment, may be included in

RSP.

2.6.12.4. End Item Serial Number /Package Serial Number (ESN/PSN) Structure.

2.6.12.4.1. A standard thirteen-digit serial number structure will be used to identify

all RSPs. The PM RSP managers (or subsystem program manager for end items not

managed under a PM office will assign serial numbers in appropriate IT systems.

Refer to AFH 23-123, Volume 1, for ESN/PSN structure definition.

2.6.12.4.2. Non-airborne reparable authorizations are shown for the “Purpose” or

“Mission” they are designed to perform, such as a CRE (Control Reporting Element),

or an individual combat communication system (such as GRC-239, Troop-Satellite

Support Radio). “Purpose packages” composed of end item packages for individual

components are built in D087H and their supported relationships are established in

the ESN/PSN Relationship Table.

2.6.12.5. PM RSP managers will perform file maintenance of the relationship table.

MAJCOMs will provide updates to PM RSP managers as required.

2.6.12.6. Mission Support Kit (MSK).

2.6.12.6.1. A MSK is a transportable package of expendable supplies and spares,

parts for aircraft, engines, aerospace ground equipment, and communications end

items. These items are required to support an AF unit or segment of a unit when

deployed for short durations. If deployed for less than 30 days and support (the levels

and replenishment requisitions) is from the home base or no replenishment is

necessary, then a MSK can be used.

2.6.12.6.2. Deployed MSKs cannot be replenished from the deployment location, nor

is replenishment for spares pulled from home-station to fill MSKs authorized. Special

priority or Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) project codes are not authorized for home-

station requisitions generated because assets were pulled for an MSK (e.g., if a part is

cannibalized to fill a kit, then a MICAP is generated to replace the part). MSK detail

records are usually kept on home-station record with a deployed indicator.

2.6.12.7. High Priority Mission Support Kit.

112 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.6.12.7.1. A HPMSK is an additive air-transportable package of expendable

supplies and repair cycle assets designed to support a weapon system at a deployed

location. The HPMSK supports selected units by providing a spares package which

contain assets that are additive to the base demand level and to worldwide

requirement in D200A. The HPMSK is built to support units with unique peacetime

operational profiles that cannot support with unit Based Levels. HPMSKs are funded

by the owning MAJCOM.

2.6.12.7.2. AF/A4LR is the approval authority for all HPMSKs. MAJCOMs will

forward HPMSK requests directly to AF/A4LR. Only in unique situations, and with

the approval of AF/A4LR, will units with authorized MRSP be authorized an

HPMSK. Once approved, HPMSK authorization will be documented in the WMP 3,

Part 3, “RSP Authorization Document.” All approved HPMSKs will be loaded into

the appropriate IT system. The ASM will compute HPMSKs using the Direct Support

Objective and flying profiles provided in the WMP or OPLAN. RSP Non-optimized

rules will also apply to HPMSK computations. Any exceptions to computation policy

and parameters will be approved by AF/A4LR.

2.6.12.8. Temporary High Priority Mission Support Kit (THPMSK).

2.6.12.8.1. A THPMSK is an MSK built to support short term deployments

(generally more than 30 days and less than 90 days) and the level/details records are

transferred to the gaining host base. Requisitioning action comes from the

contingency site to the source of supply. The “transferred to” base increases its

Requisitioning Objective (RO) for the THPMSK and the home base RO is reduced by

the amount of the THPMSK levels. When THPMSK is an option, MSKs should not

be used. The THPMSK is similar to the CHPMSK, except it is used to support

contingency operations for a period less than 90 days or to support quick reaction

contingencies (when there is no time to get a CHPMSK approved or when it is

unknown if the contingency will last more than 90 days). Also THPMSK levels come

only from the deploying unit, the home-station RO is reduced for all NSNs loaded in

the THPMSK. THPMSKs can become CHPMSKs if the contingency is extended

beyond 90 days.

2.6.12.8.2. The Host LRS APO can approve deployed MSK. When the THPMSK

option is available to MAJCOMs, MSKs will not be transferred (deployed only).

Exceptions must be granted by AF/A4LR. (T-1).

2.6.12.9. CHPMSK.

2.6.12.9.1. CHPMSK levels are provided from the overall worldwide POS

requirements not just from the home-station of the deploying aircraft. Readiness Base

Levels are allocated in a way that minimizes worldwide expected backorders. Refer

to AFMAN 23-122 for approval procedures and transaction processing to establish

CHPMSK.

2.6.12.9.1.1. CHPMSKs are authorized for tactical JCS coded units supported by

IRSP offset levels.

2.6.12.9.2. CHPMSK Approval Authority.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 113

2.6.12.9.2.1. AFMC is the approving authority for CHPMSK requests.

2.6.12.9.2.2. Requests for new CHPMSKs or additions to existing CHPMSKs

will flow from the requesting MAJCOM through the applicable Lead Command

to AFMC for approval.

2.6.12.9.2.3. AFMC/SCOW will analyze the impact (increase in worldwide

expected backorders) if the CHPMSK is fielded and will approve, disapprove or

recommend adjustments to range and depth or requested quantities. Note:

CHPMSKs will be reviewed at least annually.

2.6.12.9.2.4. Information Requirements for CHPMSK Requests. Requesting Lead

Command will provide AFMC/SCOW with justification to support establishing a

new CHPMSK or adding to an existing CHPMSK. The justification provides

information why an existing MRSP cannot meet/support the peacetime or

contingency needs and include the following information to compute a CHPMSK:

the expected mission duration, primary/secondary units tasked, the number of

weapon systems tasked, the number of that weapon system in the AF fleet, MDS

tasked (model and block specific if necessary), as well as operational flying hour

program, required operational support objective (i.e., aircraft availability target)

the range/depth of NSNs required, deployed location (including stock ), and the

recommended MRSP to apply as the offset. Under no conditions will the

CHPMSK and the MSRP support the same portion of the requirement.

2.6.12.9.3. CHPMSK and deployed MSK are separate and distinct from HPMSKs.

When a deployment or tasking can be accomplished within existing flying hour

programs (i.e. aircraft are flying peacetime hours at a site away from home-station),

the CHPMSK or deployed MSK are the options to use. A CHPMSK should be used

when transferring the assets to a contingency and support (replenishment and

requisitioning) will come from the contingency base. These packages provide support

to tasked units without increasing the worldwide requirement and are not additive

requirements. Therefore, additional funding is not required.

2.6.12.9.3.1. CHPMSK may also support CRF until demands are sufficient to

establish peacetime levels.

2.6.12.9.3.2. AF units supporting split operations (deploying a unit to more than

one location) or rainbow unit deployments (aircraft from different units deploying

to one location) to support recurring deployments may use CHPMSKs. Using

CHPMSKs for this purpose reduces redundant airlift requirements, alleviates

support problems associated with the lack of depth in RSPs for split operation

deployments, and minimizes home-station support degradation for lead unit

rainbow deployments.

2.7. Contingency/Wartime Planning.

2.7.1. General Considerations. Planning shall be done IAW AFI 10-401, AFI 10-403 and

AFMAN 10-409-O, Support to Adaptive Planning. This section provides the basis for

developing and providing materiel management inputs for this planning. See Section 1B for

roles and responsibilities.

114 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.7.2. The AF materiel management IT system must support wartime combat operations

from any location, whether it is a bare base, a collocated operating base, or an existing

theater main operating base (MOB) in OCONUS or any other contingency area identified in

published operational plans. It must also support the worldwide deployment commitment of

tactical and strategic forces as specified in the AF 10-series instructions. During

contingencies, maximum materiel management IT system processing support must be

provided for direct mission requirements. For degraded operations refer to paragraph 2.5 of

this instruction.

2.7.3. Wartime support for AF forces is provided through the use of peacetime assets plus

WRM. On-hand base primary operating stocks will be used to support WRM requirements

when sufficient WRM assets are not available to support implementation of an approved AF

war plan. The WRM is prepositioned at or near the base of intended use or is transported to

the employed bases before, concurrently with, or following the deploying forces. During

contingencies, all WRM assets will be integrated with and used as operating stocks.

2.7.4. The LRS APO must ensure prompt and accurate reporting of wartime stocks IAW AFI

10-201, Chapter 4 to facilitate stockpile readiness decisions. (T-2).

2.7.5. Mobility equipment required to meet wartime taskings will be identified by the

MAJCOM and incorporated in either the Weapon System Allowance Standard or a general

allowance standard. All mobility equipment authorizations are mandatory and will either be

on-hand, on-order, or contained in appropriate budget documents (unless centrally procured).

Air Reserve Component (ARC) units tasked to fulfill the same UTC deployment

requirements will be similarly equipped so they can be used interchangeably. These

requirements are identified by gaining MAJCOMs and incorporated in the Weapon System

Allowance Standard.

2.7.6. The Concept of Operations (CONOPS) developed by AF/A4LX, outlines materiel

management operations to support sustained combat operations across the entire spectrum of

hostilities.

2.7.7. The base-level materiel management planner will:

2.7.7.1. Coordinate with MAJCOM counterparts and the Plans and Integration Section.

(T-2).

2.7.7.2. Comply with OPLAN support requirements IAW AFMAN 10-409-O. (T-2).

2.7.7.3. Comply with BSP requirements IAW AFI 10-404, Base Support And

Expeditionary (BAS&E) Site Planning. (T-2).

2.7.7.4. Ensure materiel management inputs are provided IAW AFMAN 10-206,

Operational Reporting (OREP). (T-2).

2.7.7.5. Monitor Designed Operational Capability Statement and Resource Readiness

IAW AFI 10-201. (T-2).

2.7.7.6. Identify training requirements for assigned UTCs and ensure LRS/CC or

equivalent cognizance for necessary action. (T-2).

2.7.7.7. Identify and prioritize all Limiting Factors/shortfalls to LRS Plans and

Integration Section. (T-2).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 115

2.7.8. The base materiel management planner will prepare for the actions required of

deployed materiel management units deployed and absorbed as component forces in the

theater. (T-2).

2.7.8.1. Home-station pre-deployment actions will be IAW AFI 10-403 for the

movement of equipment custodians and WRM (RSP, equipment, facilities, and WCDO)

and the preparation of the deployment location (bare base or collocated operating base).

2.7.8.2. After full-up communication connectivity, the materiel management UTC will

establish accountability of deployed RSP and equipment using the materiel management

IT system tied to the host computer for the deployed location. In-line processing by the

host computer starts and normal base materiel management operations begin.

2.7.8.3. Bulk shipments of Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear IPE and

weapons will be received and stored by the deployed LRS/ Materiel Management

Activity until issued. (T-2).

2.7.8.4. Planning For Redeployment/Reconstitution. This involves redeployment of

forces within the Area of Responsibility to forward operating locations (FOLs) or to

home-station. The materiel management planner will be aware of the following:

2.7.8.4.1. FOL support will come from the main deployed base. FOLs will be

considered off-base organizations of the main base. Support and accountability of

assets will be provided and maintained by the main base.

2.7.8.4.2. Redeployment will be accomplished by deployed teams who handle WRM.

Property will be shipped in UTC configuration with shortages identified and

inventory lists attached to designated locations for reconstitution. Reconstitution will

be accomplished at specified sites by deployed or home-station reconstitution teams.

After reconstitution, assets will be forwarded to prepositioning sites.

2.7.8.4.3. Deployed or homes-station functional agencies/custodians are responsible

for inventorying and processing the accountability of assets through materiel

management. Materiel management will then transfer accountability back to the

original unit/prepositioning site, and direct property flow of RSPs and equipment.

2.7.8.5. Reconstitution will be conducted/accomplished for all equipment, and RSPs,

upon return of WRM assets to the storing units as money and contractual limitations

permit.

2.7.9. Planning guidelines for materiel management support at deployed locations.

2.7.9.1. The following general guidelines will be used by the base materiel management

planner for operating at the deployed location.

2.7.9.2. The LRS APO will ensure maximum survivability of WRM assets and critical

peacetime operating stocks, preferably by storing in hardened shelters. In wartime,

critical assets must be dispersed and not stored in a single location. Potential sortie delays

caused by dispersal can be tolerated as opposed to total loss of critical spares. The

planner will ensure planning is based upon anticipated wartime vulnerability rather than

peacetime efficiency.

116 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.7.9.3. The base materiel management planner will designate alternate demand

processing and LRS readiness locations. COOP planning is essential for materiel

management operations.

2.7.9.4. A large workload is generated by break-out and issue of WRM, especially

auxiliary fuel tanks. Planners will ensure break-out/movement of WRM is practiced and

publish adequate procedural guidance. WRM break-out and movement may be the largest

materiel management workload early in a contingency.

2.7.9.5. Materiel management planners will identify all buildings projected for materiel

management use and, if none exist, plan for storage/work area alternatives. Storage space

requirements depend upon the aviation packages being supported. Special care will be

given to wartime use of WRM facilities for conversion to general materiel management

storage. MAJCOM planners will pre-identify these buildings and MMHS/SAS required

to convert from WRM to standard materiel management warehouses.

2.7.10. Logistics Support Decisions.

2.7.10.1. Materiel management planning requires a review of logistics support decisions

prior to deployments to ensure selected procedures are consistent with the planned

logistics support concept. As a minimum, these decision elements are:

2.7.10.2. Length of deployment (if known).

2.7.10.3. Identification of owning and supporting materiel management IT system

accounts. Unless deployed asset accountability transfers at time of deployment, the home

base materiel management IT system will be the owning account. Otherwise, the gaining

materiel management IT system must be identified as the owning materiel management

IT system. Provide designated lateral materiel management IT system support bases

including communication routing identifiers, DoDAAC and system designators.

2.7.10.4. Spares Replenishment. Specify when and if replenishment is authorized.

2.7.10.5. Specify if special vehicle or general purpose vehicle requirements will be

identified and sourced.

2.7.10.6. Requirement for base service store support and scope of operations. This

requirement must address whether stocks are planned for initial lay-in and means for

replenishment considering length of deployment.

2.7.10.7. The force activity designator (FAD) of unit(s) to be supported.

2.7.10.8. The planned maintenance concept, e.g. remove and replace or remove, repair,

and replace or if a transition from former to the latter is planned.

2.7.10.9. The movement of retrograde (reparable) must not be delayed. Deployed units

must be aware of where to send reparable.

2.7.10.10. The frequency/method for sending materiel management transactions must be

determined.

2.7.10.11. Contracting support and associated funding. Identification shall be made of

needed contracting support to provide for local purchase materiel management capability.

2.7.11. Other Planning Tasks.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 117

2.7.11.1. Depending upon geographic location, MAJCOM, and mission, the LRS/CC

may be responsible for planning actions other than reception. Some of these may include:

2.7.11.2. Planning for Contingency Operating Bases or Bare Bases. Main operating

bases are usually tasked to accomplish base-level deployment/reception planning for

contingency operating base and bare bases. The base logistics plans office/wing plans

office can identify contingency operating base/bare base support responsibilities.

2.7.11.3. Noncombatant Evacuation Operations (NEO) or Noncombatant Emergency &

Evacuation Plan. In areas of hostility and natural disaster, the US military may be tasked

to assist the Department of State to evacuate, shelter, and provide for noncombatant

personnel. For guidance, contact the installation base support planning manager within

the LRS or the MAJCOM base support planning POC within the A4 directorate.

2.7.11.4. Host Nation Support Agreements. At overseas locations, LRS planners will be

aware of Host Nation Support Agreements. The host nation may agree through

negotiations with the Department of State, Service components, and MAJCOMs to

provide materiel/services to the US Government for use during a war or contingency.

Knowledge of Host Nation Support Agreements significantly enhances planning efforts.

However, the planner will have a back-up plan in the event host support does not

materialize.

2.7.12. Materiel Management Wartime CONOPS.

2.7.12.1. CONOPS development will be done in IAW AFI 10-401. CONOPS

assumptions include:

2.7.12.1.1. Materiel management operations will be based upon a combination of

self-sufficiency and responsive resupply management. Forward stockage, in-

theater/regional repair capability, and theater-wide asset management will be

employed, when appropriate, to support materiel management operations. Materiel

management support systems will be deployed as soon as possible prior to or after the

onset of hostilities or contingency and IAW current Operations Plan (OPLAN)

taskings.

2.7.12.1.2. Deployable communications to support stand-alone materiel management

operations with an eventual communications link for upgrade to on-line operations, in

conjunction with resupply management, are critical to combat capability.

Communications and resupply management, therefore, must be established as early as

possible. Since communication availability is never assured in wartime, data will be

accumulated and transmitted by whatever means are available.

2.7.12.1.3. Logistics support may be limited during the initial deployment period.

Not all essential materiel can be initially deployed. Therefore, critical spares

identified after arrival in the area of hostilities/contingency must be supported

through expedited resupply management.

118 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.7.12.1.4. Materiel management processing by deployed locations will be phased in

by site as hardware and communications become available. The centralized capability

provided by AFMC is particularly appropriate for supporting combat operations from

bare bases or locations that are too far from an established materiel management IT

system.

2.7.13. Contingency materiel management support requirements.

2.7.13.1. The materiel management system must be structured to provide uninterrupted

support for both in-place and deploying forces. How materiel management support

processing is facilitated is largely driven by the scenario. Coordinate with AFMC to

ensure uninterrupted materiel management support.

2.7.13.2. Day-to-day operations must mirror contingency operations to the greatest

extent possible to minimize disruption and training disconnects.

2.7.13.3. Base self-sufficiency and resupply management responsiveness must be

maximized.

2.7.13.4. In-place and deployed materiel management activities will maintain an audit

trail on all transactions.

2.7.13.5. Theater resource allocation decisions must be made within the theater

command structure.

2.7.13.6. Support must include the entire spectrum of combat materiel including aircraft

spares, equipment, vehicles, communications, civil engineering items, Chemical Warfare

Defense Equipment, uniform items, and base reconstitution supplies.

2.7.13.7. Prepositioning WRM, surging depots, and resupply management efforts must

be based on coordinated actions between AFMC, the lead command and operating

commands.

2.7.13.8. Range and depth of support will depend upon the nature/anticipated length of

the contingency and total units to be supported, i.e. deployed units as well as those

already in place (support infrastructure).

2.7.13.9. Coordination with AFMC must be standardized as much as possible to

accommodate any MAJCOM or contingency.

2.7.13.10. Contingency materiel management concept.

2.7.13.10.1. In-place units will operate with materiel available at the onset of

hostilities and critical parts secured by whatever means is available after the

contingency operation begins.

2.7.13.10.2. Employment of mobile units will be comprised of two phases. The first

phase involves deployment of a materiel management advance echelon team

(LRS/CC and materiel management infrastructure) to include capability of processing

materiel management IT system transactions in a degraded operations mode. The

second phase involves arrival of materiel management augmentation teams and

connectivity with AFMC.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 119

2.7.13.10.3. From the beginning of a contingency until normal materiel management

operations are resumed, materiel management support will consist of POS, RSPs,

follow-on RSPs and responsive "Express Delivery Service" of high priority items.

2.8. Life Cycle Product Support Planning.

2.8.1. The PSM is responsible for developing a program's product support execution plan

and documenting it in the Life Cycle Sustainment Plan. The Life Cycle Sustainment Plan

specifically addresses materiel management support. It delineates the PSM's plan for

identifying, resourcing and implementing actions to acquire and repair spares, and all classes

of supply to ensure the best equipment/capability is available to support the user. For

additional detail, reference AFI 63-101/20-101 and AFPAM 63-128, Integrated Life Cycle

Management.

2.9. AF provisioning policies. AF provisioning policies will comply with requirements in

DoDM 4140.01; DoDI 5000.02, Operation of the Defense Acquisition System; DoDM 4100.39,

DoDM 4140.27, Volume 1 and 2, MIL-HDBK-502, AFPD 23-1; and AFI 63-101/20-101. Refer

to Chapter 1 for delegation of authority.

2.10. Participation in the WSSP.

2.10.1. AF participation in this DLA-managed program is required by DoDM 4140.01,

Volume 2, and is essential to receiving the required level of DLA support for AF weapon

systems. WSSP provides Services the capability to identify DLA-managed NSNs required to

support specific weapon systems. AF weapon systems using DLA-managed NSNs are

identified in the program by a WSDC. DLA-managed NSNs are loaded in WSSP against the

specific WSDC on which the NSNs are used and each NSN is assigned an essentiality code

(EC). EC's indicate the degree to which failure (shortage/stock-out) of a WSSP item affects

the ability of a weapon system to perform its intended operation. See Section 1B for roles

and responsibilities.

2.10.2. WSSP Eligibility. Only those weapon systems requiring DLA parts support will be

registered in the DLA WSSP. Also, support systems/subsystems providing direct and

immediate support to weapon systems (e.g. trainers, simulators, engines, support equipment,

communications-electronic systems/subsystems) relating to a priority weapon system may be

nominated for WSSP inclusion.

2.10.2.1. The following guidance will apply for nominating weapon systems:

2.10.2.1.1. All new WSDC requests will initially be assigned WSGC level C

Upgrade to WSGC level A or B will be made, if required, during the next annual

WSDC WSGC review.

2.10.2.1.2. WSGC level A will be limited to weapon systems designed as instruments

of combat, either offensive or defensive, issued to destroy, injure, defeat, or threaten

the enemy. These systems require the most intensive management to support

performance goals and readiness objectives. WSGC level A may also include weapon

systems experiencing long-term readiness problems or failures of supply support

where the condition can be improved by management and resource reallocation with

DLA.

120 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.10.2.1.3. WSGC level B will be limited priority systems that are designed for and

have a primary combatant function, or provide supplemental, direct, and immediate

support to a combatant weapon system or situation. These systems require intensive

management to support performance goals and readiness objectives.

2.10.2.1.4. WSGC level C will be assigned to systems not requiring intensive

management to reach assigned performance goals and readiness objectives.

2.11. Spare Parts Breakout Program.

2.11.1. The objective of the AF Spare Parts Breakout Program (AFSPBP) is to reduce costs

by purchasing parts from other than prime weapon-system contractors. See Section 1B for

roles and responsibilities.

2.11.2. The DFARS PGI 217.7506 requires DoD personnel involved with design control,

acquisition, and management of any centrally managed replenishment or provisioned part to

evaluate the part for competitive buy to reduce its cost. AFMC must buy parts without

compromising configuration integrity, safety, and performance.

2.11.2.1. AFSPBP applies to any centrally managed replenishment or provisioned part

for military systems and equipment. All DoD personnel involved with design control,

acquisition, and management of such parts including, but not limited to project, program,

and system managers, technical personnel, contracting officers, legal counsel, inventory

managers, inspectors, and small business specialist and technical advisors.

2.11.2.2. The AFSPBP does not apply to:

2.11.2.2.1. Foreign military sale peculiar items.

2.11.2.2.2. INS items.

2.11.2.2.3. Local Purchase.

2.11.2.2.4. Obsolete items.

2.11.2.2.5. Phase out parts.

2.11.2.2.6. Parts acquired under other specifically defined initial support programs.

2.11.2.2.7. Items with annual buy values below the threshold developed by DoD

components or field activities.

2.11.2.2.8. Component breakout.

2.11.2.3. An AMC and AMSC are assigned to provide the best possible technical

assessment of how a part can be procured. The technical assessment will be based on

factors such as: the availability of adequate technical data, the government’s rights to use

the data, technical restrictions placed on the hardware, and breakout cost versus projected

savings. A part does not have to be coded as noncompetitive based on an initial market

survey that only uncovers one interested source. When sufficient technical data is in the

government’s possession to enable other sources to manufacture an acceptable part and

there are no technical restrictions on the part which would preclude other sources from

manufacturing it, the part should be coded competitive. Note: Component breakout under

DFARS 207.171.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 121

2.11.3. General Guidance:

2.11.3.1. The breakout program develops supplemental procedures, processes and

policies to accomplish the screening process detailed in DFARS PGI 217.7506.

2.11.3.2. To aid breakout to competition or direct purchase, AFMC identify, select, and

screen parts for breakout as early in an acquisition as possible. This AFMC review should

occur during the provisioning cycle. When parts are not fully standardized early in the

acquisition process, the optimum solution may be breakout to the actual manufacturer.

2.11.3.3. AFMC Breakout Program Managers apply resources and assign priorities to

those parts that have the greatest opportunity for breakout and potential savings.

2.11.3.4. The AF may not deny any firm the opportunity to demonstrate its ability to

furnish a part that satisfies AF needs. For specific guidance regarding qualification, refer

to Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.202.

2.11.3.4.1. The evaluating AF activity expedites its evaluation and gives a decision to

the demonstrating firm or provides status within 60 days. The contracting officer need

not delay a proposed award to give a potential offer or an opportunity to demonstrate

its ability to meet the qualification standards.

2.11.3.4.2. The AFMC Air Logistics Complex may consider parts manufactured by

approved sources, and then offered by surplus or other nonmanufacturing sources.

Restrictive codes or low annual buy value does not preclude such consideration.

2.11.3.4.3. Dealer or other nonmanufacturing sources must give the AF all necessary

facts to prove that the proposed parts meet the AF's needs. The AF considers

authorized dealers and distributors identified through appropriate contracting

documents as nonmanufacturing sources of commercial items.

2.11.3.5. To aid breakout decision making, the AF may use contractors' experience in

developing, designing, manufacturing, and testing equipment.

2.11.3.5.1. The AF may get technical information from the contractor through the

GEIA-STD-007 as part of the provisioning process or directly from the contractor,

applying DFARS PGI 217.7506.

2.11.3.5.2. The AF designates contractor technical information as CTIC. The AF

may not delegate responsibility for determining AMC and AMSC to a contractor.

2.11.3.5.3. AFMC request contractor help in screening selected parts only after

weighing the benefit expected from the contractor's technical information and the cost

to the government of obtaining such help. Program managers may not request

contractor help for:

2.11.3.5.3.1. Parts covered by government and industry specifications.

2.11.3.5.3.2. Parts that are commercially available.

2.11.3.5.3.3. Non-developmental items.

2.11.3.5.3.4. Parts for which data is already available.

122 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.11.3.5.4. Contracts to obtain technical information require impartial technical

evaluations conducted by competent personnel using applicable technical data. The

government incurs no cost for duplicate screening of parts.

2.11.3.6. Upon receipt of a funded requisition from an authorized AF activity or a

Military Interdepartmental Purchase Request from an authorized agency/service, AFMC

will screen for items that the AF has engineering responsibility and are not assigned an

Acquisition Method Code.

2.11.3.7. Inadequate or incomplete procurement data packages limit competition for

future procurement candidate items. Buying required data or acquiring the necessary data

through reverse engineering may relieve the limitations. The life-cycle savings should

clearly exceed the expected cost of acquiring data, or reverse engineering.

2.11.4. Identifying, Selecting, and Screening Parts:

2.11.4.1. Provisioned parts are subject to breakout.

2.11.4.1.1. Throughout this breakout process, the AF should purchase items directly

from the actual manufacturer whenever possible to avert added distributor and retailer

costs.

2.11.4.1.2. Actual screening of provisioned parts is not normally practical because

the parts lack design stability.

2.11.4.2. Generally, program managers need to periodically replenish provisioned parts.

2.11.4.2.1. Managers may use provisioning lists or similar lists of new parts for

selecting parts for screening.

2.11.4.2.2. Managers base screening priorities on design stability, performance

stability, and anticipated replenishment. They also consider buy values, buy

quantities, and the availability of technical data.

2.11.4.2.3. Managers should make efforts to fully screen parts as they enter the

inventory.

2.11.4.2.3.1. Parts should meet the above criteria.

2.11.4.2.3.2. The managing activity should program parts for replenishment

procurement.

2.11.4.3. AMCs and AMSCs are valid until the next assigned review date. The review

may vary by organization and part. Coding activities may assign a review date of less

than 5 years if available information indicates that no change in code is expected.

2.11.4.3.1. Suspense dates may vary with the circumstances surrounding each part.

2.11.4.3.1.1. AMSCs may receive suspense dates of: 24 months or less, 3 years, 5

years or 10 years.

2.11.4.3.1.2. Items with a 1G or 2G code do not require a suspense date.

Management may dictate a periodic review of the parts assigned these codes.

2.11.4.3.2. Program managers track the availability of data and the technical status of

proposed actions to improve the competitive status until completion.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 123

2.11.4.4. When an activity generates a buy requirement estimated to be over the

screening threshold for a part without the current AMC or AMSC, the part is submitted

for screening actions according to either the full or limited screening procedures IAW

DFARS PGI 217.7506.

2.11.4.5. Challenges to a suspect AMC/AMSC will be reviewed to verify the code.

2.11.4.6. When events occur which may improve the competitive condition of a part and

may result in recoding, management must conduct the screening and subsequent recoding

promptly without waiting for future procurement requests. Examples of actions that fall

into this class are:

2.11.4.6.1. Receipt of a technical data package.

2.11.4.6.2. Release of proprietary rights.

2.11.4.6.3. Completion of a reverse engineering project.

2.11.4.7. Screening procedures for parts may vary depending on circumstances. No set of

rules cover all conditions. Program managers may make an informed decision to breakout

without following the procedures step-by-step in every case. They should do the

following in all cases:

2.11.4.7.1. Obtain, consider, and record the necessary supporting facts.

2.11.4.7.2. Involve contractors in the decision-making process only to the extent of

providing technical information.

2.11.4.7.3. Document any coding conferences with industry.

2.11.4.7.4. Determine through screening whether a part is suitable for competitive

acquisition.

2.11.4.7.4.1. It may be possible to break out the part for direct purchase from the

actual manufacturer.

2.11.4.7.4.2. Parts with data belonging to the actual manufacturer and not likely

to be procured by the government are particularly suited to direct purchase. Such

direct purchase is particularly appropriate if the manufacturer assumes total

responsibility for the part, including its design, quality control, and testing.

2.11.4.7.5. For each screened part, establish a file to document and justify the

decisions and results of all screening efforts. Keep this file on-hand to supply

historical data for subsequent screening.

2.11.4.7.6. After a part gets an AMC and AMSC, screening does not cease. The

screening process continues as the AF receives documentation or contractor responses

until management assigns a competitive code or exhausts all efforts to improve the

code status.

2.11.4.7.7. Before completing the recoding action, the responsible engineering

activity reviews and concurs with proposed changes to all screening packages.

2.11.5. Reporting Instructions:

124 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.11.5.1. The Spare Parts Breakout Screening Report (RCS DD P&L [QS&A] 714A) is

a cumulative semiannual report detailing the accomplishments of the breakout program.

The report describes full and limited screening for provisioning and replenishment parts

by the number of different NSN for each AMC.

2.11.5.2. The Spare Parts Acquisition Report (RCS: DD P&K [QS&A] 714B) is a

cumulative semiannual report documenting all spare part purchases during the current

fiscal year. The report describes the number and extended-dollar value of different NSNs

purchased for each AMC.

2.11.5.3. The AF maintains actual cost-savings (or cost avoidance) data attributable to

the AFSPBP and include the data in the semiannual Spare Parts Acquisition Report.

2.11.5.4. The AF purchases reported in the Spare Parts Acquisition Report may not

match the screenings reported in the Spare Parts Breakout Screening Report because of

time differences between screenings and actual purchases and procurement lead-times.

2.11.5.5. The AFSPBP Costs required for the Spare Parts Breakout Screening Report

come from the SH069-LO3, RC Managers Cost Center Report. Activities should use

EEIC 392, Other Civilian Personnel Compensation, Gross Obligation to reflect their

costs.

2.11.5.6. Reports are due to AF/A4LR 30 days after the end of each reporting period

(October through March and April through September).

2.11.5.7. Correct and revise the midyear reports in the year-end reports. Year-end reports

may not be revised.

2.12. TRAP. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.

2.12.1. TRAP Categories.

2.12.1.1. WRM. WRM TRAP assets include the following subcategories: combat,

current operations, and forward presence.

2.12.1.2. Peacetime Operating Stocks. POS TRAP assets include the following

subcategories: AME, NIE, Test and Evaluation, and training. Note: All categories of

TRAP assets are subject to consumption during wartime and peacetime operations.

2.12.2. Funding.

2.12.2.1. TRAP items are procured with 3400/72834/63817 CAM funds; LEAN Support

Equipment (SE). This includes TRAP war consumables previously procured with aircraft

3010/BP17 funds. Care must be exercised to ensure TRAP procurement funds

(3400/72834/63817) can be executed within the FY they are received since these funds

are one (1) year funds.

2.12.2.2. WRM is war consumables equipment purchased with 3400/72834/63817 CAM

(LEAN SE) funds. These additional TRAP items are used to replenish projected losses

that are forecast to occur during wartime operations.

2.12.3. TRAP Requirements Determination.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 125

2.12.3.1. WRM TRAP requirements will be determined annually through a year-long

process that begins with the Munitions Working Group. Attendees will include various

representatives from Air Staff, AFMC TRAP Activity, applicable sustainment depots, the

combat MAJCOMs, and other key personnel.

2.12.3.2. The latest theater war plans, force structure documents, operational, and other

pertinent inputs will be reviewed at the TWG meeting(s) to develop and determine WRM

TRAP requirements.

2.12.3.3. Modeling, war plan review, current and projected force structure review, and

manual inputs will be used to develop viable, defendable WRM TRAP requirements.

2.12.3.4. WRM TRAP requirements will be published in the NCAA. The NCAA

provides near term (budget year) WRM requirements; out year (6 years hence) WRM

TRAP requirements; TRAP Inventory Objectives (IO); and midterm TRAP requirements.

2.12.3.4.1. Budget year requirements will be considered in determining near term

stockage levels.

2.12.3.4.2. The out year WRM requirement is based on projected inventories of

TRAP items and supported munitions; it is the basis for determining excesses for

demilitarization, foreign military sales, etc., when compared to IOs.

2.12.3.4.3. The out year TRAP IO supports an optimum mix of existing and

developing weapons and is used as a basis for procurement decisions. The IOs may

be less than the sum of MAJCOM-identified WRM TRAP requirement.

2.12.3.4.4. The midterm WRM TRAP requirements will be used for continuing trend

analysis.

2.12.3.5. WRM TRAP item apportionment will be computed in the NCAA and identified

as theater starter objectives.

2.12.3.6. TRAP requirements will be forwarded to the AFMC TRAP Activity and TRAP

IMs. TRAP requirements will be file maintained and implemented in the applicable

AFMC materiel management IT system’s instructions for scheduling TRAP depot repair

actions. These coordinated instructions, along with the current near and out year NCAA

TRAP requirements, will be transmitted to each applicable AFMC Air Logistics Complex

for review.

126 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

2.13. Base Closures/Weapons System Transfers. Base closures and associated weapon

system transfers due to mission changes involve numerous actions outside the Logistics

Readiness Squadron (e.g., medical and library accounts, etc.) and are rarely alike. Close

coordination with all key players (e.g. MAJCOM, Maintenance, Comptroller, Materiel

Management, etc.) is essential. Because of these characteristics, this paragraph provides only

general base closure policy for stock record accounts B and E maintained under the ILS-S and its

satellites. References for base closure policy and procedures are further outlined in AFMAN 23-

122; AFH 23-123, Volume 2, for IT procedures; AFI 65-301, Internal Audit Services; DFAS-DE

7077.10-M, DoD Financial Management Regulation; AFI 25-201, Intra-Agency, and Inter-

Agency Support Agreements Procedures; TO 00-20-1, Aerospace Equipment Maintenance

Inspection, Documentation, Policies, and Procedures, and other directives. Major command

headquarters will answer questions about base closure policy and procedures not outlined in this

section or the above-referenced directives. See Section 1B for base closure and weapon system

transfer roles and responsibilities.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 127

Chapter 3

SOURCING OF MATERIEL

3.1. Overview. This chapter outlines AF guidance for the supply chain materiel management

processes associated with the sourcing of materiel activities. These activities include Local

Purchase and Retail Sales; Receipt Processing, Item Management; and Diminishing

Manufacturing Sources and Materiel Shortages. For this chapter, DoDM 4140.01, DoDM

4140.26-M, Volume 1, serve as primary DoD sources and various AF publications also serve as

references.

3.2. Local Purchase and Retail Sales.

3.2.1. LP is a request for supplies and equipment that is initiated from a materiel

management information technology system and transmitted through an interface with the

local Contracting office or equivalent. Requests for items of supply to be locally procured

may be requested only after all government supply and mandatory sources have been

exhausted. Public law requires all federal agencies to purchase products at or below the

micro-purchase threshold IAW FAR Part 13. The procurement of Local Purchase items will

comply with the Air Force Green Procurement Program which supports Executive Order

13834, Efficient Federal Operations; the FAR, Subpart 23.4—Use of Recovered Materials

and Biobased Products; and AFI 32-7001, Environmental Management. See Section 1B for

roles and responsibilities.

3.2.2. For AF retail supply accounts, the use of LP is defined for the following customer

requests:

3.2.2.1. Cataloged NSNs with a unit price over $5,000 with an Acquisition Advice Code

of “L”.

3.2.2.2. Non Cataloged items requiring equipment accountability with a unit price over

$5,000.

3.2.3. Base-level Requests.

3.2.3.1. Originators of LP requests will ensure funding is available, provide a full

description of the requested item, provide required multiple commercial sources as

defined by the FAR and if requested, justification letters through the organization

commander or designated authority. For HAZMAT, the originator must obtain HMMP

authorization IAW AFI 32-7086 for the specific hazardous item prior to procurement. (T-

1).

3.2.3.2. LRS/Materiel Management Activity personnel will validate documentation and

process the LP requests in a materiel management IT system and provide item

descriptions to base contracting. (T-2).

3.2.3.3. Contracting Office or equivalent approves and procures the item.

3.2.3.4. Contracting Response/Assistance on LP requisitions. MILSTRIP processing

time standards do not apply to LP requisitions.

3.2.4. Management Method for AF-Managed Items.

128 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

3.2.4.1. AFMC will not catalog items as LP if they are end items or if any of the

following conditions exist:

3.2.4.1.1. The item is coded NWRM and COMSEC/CCI.

3.2.4.1.2. The item affects safety of flight.

3.2.4.1.3. The item affects the configuration of the NHA.

3.2.4.1.4. The item is design unstable, i.e. number of design changes may occur in

the future

3.2.4.1.5. The item requires inspection and QA in the manufacturing process to

comply with specific government technical specifications and standards.

3.2.4.1.6. The item requires technical data beyond the normal commercial handbook

or operating instructions and parts list.

3.2.4.1.7. The item is classified or requires special security characteristics.

3.2.4.1.8. The item is required to support a number of end items or locations to make

central procurement more cost effective.

3.2.4.1.9. The items are on hand in depot stock.

3.2.4.2. AFMC will catalog item as LP if none of the conditions above apply, and if one

or more of the following conditions exist:

3.2.4.2.1. The item is available as a standard commercial item.

3.2.4.2.2. The item is an investment item that is required for initial installation.

3.2.4.2.3. The item is a non-logical spare that is procured on a one-time basis.

3.2.4.2.4. The item is a system designated as command supported.

3.2.4.2.5. The item has a base identifiable source other than a prime AF contractor

(Lockheed, Boeing, Pratt and Whitney, etc.).

3.2.5. LP of AF Centrally Managed Items. The policy for LP of centrally managed items

comes from the DFARS. LP of centrally managed items is authorized if judged to be in the

best interest of the government in terms of quality, timeliness, and cost.

3.2.5.1. Exceptions. It is not necessary that every item be advantageous. This exception

does not apply to:

3.2.5.1.1. Items necessary for war reserve or war mission requirements, required for

unit deployment, or to support the industrial base. This includes weapons of military

application.

3.2.5.1.2. The item is coded NWRM and COMSEC/CCI.

3.2.5.1.3. Items with special security characteristics.

3.2.5.1.4. Items which are dangerous such as explosives or munitions. Refer to

AFMAN 21-201 and AFMAN 21-202, Missile Maintenance Management.

3.2.5.1.5. Drugs or pharmaceuticals.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 129

3.2.5.1.6. Items directly related to the operation of a weapon system, subsystem, or

its support equipment. Weapon systems include aircraft, space, missile, engine or

ground command/control/communication. Approval to purchase weapon system

items will be accomplished IAW AFI 64-117.

3.2.6. Retail Sales functions (formerly known as Base Service Store (BSS)).

3.2.6.1. Operational Scope. Retail Sales items are defined as Commercial type items,

including items obtained from commercial sources and GSA. These items fall within the

LP micro purchase threshold outlined in the FAR 2.101, 13.2 and 13.301.

3.2.6.2. Use of the GPC card, GSA Stores or other contracted operations are the primary

and preferred method to support Retail Sales items. MAJCOM’s must obtain approval

from AF/A4LR to establish operations in support of Retail Sales items.

3.2.6.3. Use of Materiel Management IT systems for Retail Sales items is restricted to

TO weapon system assets.

3.2.6.4. Retail Sales at Contingency locations.

3.2.6.4.1. Request for items which are defined as Retails Sales will be supported by

use of GPC, Blanket Purchase Agreements or other methods defined by DoD

Contingency Contracting Policy.

3.2.6.4.2. AF personnel supporting contingency operations in the Area of

Responsibility are authorized to purchase assets from local DoD materiel

management activities (e.g., U.S. Army). Prior to going to the local DoD materiel

management activities, all AF units in the Area of Responsibility will obtain written

approval from the AF activity responsible for materiel management support within

the Area of Responsibility (e.g. the host Expeditionary Logistics Readiness

Squadron).

3.3. Receipt Processing.

3.3.1. AF/A4L shall retain final approval authority for receipt processing policy.

3.3.2. Delegation of Authority. Reference Chapter 1.

3.3.3. Retail materiel management receiving tasks are performed by the Deployment and

Distribution Flight (LGRD). Reference AFI 24-602, Volume 2, for additional information on

receipt processing.

3.3.3.1. Local Manufacture. In order to reduce transportation and handling costs, the

FSC will process receipts for local manufacture items. (T-2).

3.3.3.2. Excluding Local Manufacture, performance of receipt process duties other than

by Receiving Element (LGRDD) of the Deployment and Distribution Flight (LGRD) will

only take place to maximize efficiencies and only if approved in writing by the

Installation Transportation Officer and unless otherwise exempted in AFI 24-602,

Volume 2.

3.3.3.3. Materiel Management IT systems will acknowledge receipt processing and

respond to follow-ups from wholesale activities. See AFH 23-123, Volume 2, for IT

guidance.

130 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

3.4. Item Management. Item Management includes world-wide distribution and redistribution,

quantitative materiel requirements determinations, budget estimates, provisioning, cataloging,

repair programs, marketing and other related functions (e.g. Reliability Improvement Warranties

[RIW], Plant Clearance Automated Reutilization Screening System (PCARSS), Special

Tooling/Special Test Equipment [ST/STE]). AF IM policies will comply with requirements in

DoDM 4140.01; DLM 4000.25, DLM 4000.25-1, Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue

Procedures (MILSTRIP); DLM 4000.25-2, Military Standard Transaction Reporting And

Accountability Procedures (MILSTRAP); DoDM 4100.39; DoDM 4140.26-M;Volumes 1-6,

DoDM 4140.27, Volume 1 and 2; DoDM 4140.68 Integrated Materiel Management of

Nonconsumable Items, Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR); Defense Federal Acquisition

Regulation Supplement (DFARS); DoDM 5010.12, Procedures for the Acquisition and

Management of Technical Data; AFPD 23-1; AFI 20-110; and AFMAN 23-120, Spares

Requirement Review Board (SRBB). See Chapter 1 for Delegation of Authority reference.

3.5. Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS). DMSMS is

the loss or impending loss of manufacturers of items or suppliers of items or raw material.

DMSMS is caused when manufacturers of items or raw material suppliers discontinue

production. DMSMS policies will comply with requirements in DoDM 4140.01; DoD

Standardization Document 22 (SD-22), Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material

Shortages; DoD SD-5, Market Research; and AFI 63-101. Reference Chapter 1 for delegation of

authority.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 131

Chapter 4

MAKE AND MAINTAIN MATERIEL

4.1. Overview. This chapter outlines AF guidance for the supply chain materiel management

processes associated with the making and maintaining of materiel. These processes include Time

Compliance Technical Order; Repair and Time Change Items. For this chapter, DoDM 4140.01

serves as a primary DoD reference source.

4.2. Time Compliance Technical Order (TCTO).

4.2.1. TCTOs are intended to expedite the accomplishment of retrofit changes to end

articles/items, parts, and materiel within specific time periods and reduce the probability of

accidents/unreliability of systems or equipment due to non-compliance IAW TO 00-5-15, Air

Force Time Compliance Technical Order Process, AFMAN 21-202, and AFI 21-101. For

maintenance activities that are non-Aircraft, refer to AFPD 21-1, Maintenance of Military

Materiel, for the governing maintenance publication. See Section 1B for roles and

responsibilities.

4.2.2. TCTO Kit Monitor Files. The LRS/Materiel Management Activity manages

documents pertaining to the TCTO upon notification from PS&D. The TCTO Kit File will

contain:

4.2.2.1. The TO publication.

4.2.2.2. AF Form 2001, Notification of TCTO Kit Requirements.

4.2.2.3. Copy of receipt documents.

4.2.2.4. Kit availability notice or copy of transaction history showing transaction (latest

notice only).

4.2.2.5. Notification of kit shipments. These notifications may be maintained in a central

file provided that the letters, messages, and the AF Form 2001 are cross-referenced.

4.2.2.6. TCTO kit reconciliations. These assets are reconciled with the LRS/Materiel

Management Activity on a monthly basis. The purpose of this reconciliation is to validate

kit availability, shortages, excesses, due-outs, and due-ins.

4.2.3. Kit Guidance.

4.2.3.1. TCTO kits will contain all parts/material necessary to accomplish the

modification, except as noted in TO 00-5-15.

4.2.3.2. Kitted TCTOs are assembled at the wholesale level and provided free of charge

to base units.

4.2.3.3. Non-kitted TCTOs are assembled by the end user or customer at the base level

when directed by AFMC and lead command concurs.

4.2.4. Assembly of Kits.

4.2.4.1. TCTOs will indicate how the kits will be assembled, obtained, and funded.

132 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

4.2.4.2. Billing Base-Assembled TCTO Kits. To make it easier to bill expenses incurred

for the base assembly of TCTO kits, an OCCR and Project Funds Management Record

(PFMR) are loaded for each kit or source of funds. The supply activity will load the

OCCR using an organization code in the 100-999 series and type organization code “K”.

The responsibility center/cost center code will be 99xxxx, as provided by Accounting &

Finance (A&F). Upon receiving authority to assemble a kit at base level, the TCTO Kit

Monitor will furnish A&F the TCTO kit number, the appropriate funding source, and the

A&F disbursing station number.

4.2.4.3. Inclusion of Unauthorized Materiel in TCTO Kits. When a modification requires

materiel not authorized for inclusion in the kit--such as explosives, NWRM, munitions,

or medical items; the item or system manager (IM/SM) responsible for the modification

will provide appropriate funding for the required materiel to the activity developing or

assembling the kit. The end user activity will then obtain the required materiel. All such

items will be kitted separately and identified as part of the total TCTO kit so that proper

safety measures can be taken.

4.2.4.4. Deviations from the Complete Kit Guidance. Deviations from the complete kit

guidance require waivers agreed to by the lead command. Host command LRS/Materiel

Management Activities will accept responsibility for kit buildup of incomplete TCTO

kits waived by a tenant unit's MAJCOM. (T-2). Items excluded from TCTO kits by

waiver are acquired from existing organizational resources or purchased through regular

supply channels as necessary. Waivers may be approved by the Cryptologic and Cyber

Systems Division, IAW TO 00-5-15. Note: When the need is urgent and a using

command has adequate materiel assets but not at the requiring bases, it may be necessary

to redistribute the materiel laterally to complete the TCTO kits.

4.2.5. Shelf-Life Item Control.

4.2.5.1. Kitted TCTOs containing shelf-life items will be assigned a shelf-life code of the

shortest shelf-life item in the kit.

4.2.5.2. When shelf-life items become outdated, normal shelf-life control procedures will

apply IAW AFMAN 23-122.

4.2.6. TCTO Release. TCTO items will only be released for MICAP conditions.

4.2.7. Incomplete Kits. AF bases/activities will notify the PM/Technical Content Manager

responsible for the TCTO of any kit shortages.

4.2.8. Rescission of TCTO. Rescission of the TCTO will be done IAW TO 00-5-15.

4.2.9. Completed TCTO Kit Files. Upon completion of TCTO, the completed jacket file will

be retained as specified in the AF Records Disposition Schedule.

4.3. Repair.

4.3.1. Overview. The repair cycle includes involves the LRS/Materiel Management Activity,

FSC, Documented Cargo, Maintenance and Base Repair activities. See Section 1B for roles

and responsibilities.

4.3.2. DIFM management. The materiel management IT system establishes a DIFM record

and tracks the unserviceable asset until it is repaired, evacuated, or condemned.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 133

4.3.2.1. All DIFM monitors will attend Block IIB Repair Cycle Training. (T-2).

4.3.2.2. Multiple DIFM indicators. The materiel management IT system will reject a

DIFM issue processed for a quantity of more than one each. If more than one of a

particular item needs to be requested, the customer will submit a multiple DIFM request

(with document justification, e.g. TO reference) to the LRS/Materiel Management

Activity for approval. The LRS will retain document justification for duration of the

DIFM indicator.

4.3.2.3. Maintenance (TRN). The LRS/Materiel Management Activity will maintain

close coordination with maintenance activities to expedite turnaround processing.

4.3.2.3.1. DIFM turn-ins. All DIFM assets will be returned to the LRS/Materiel

Management Activity in the appropriate reusable container with the required

documentation IAW paragraph 6.2 of this instruction. (T-1).

4.3.2.3.2. The LRS/materiel management activity will appoint a primary and

alternate TRN manager in writing to act as the single point of contact for all TRN

actions.

4.3.2.4. Reparable items will be returned by Maintenance Activities. (T-1).

4.3.2.4.1. Repair Cycle items identified as Direct NRTS will be returned by the end

of the 4th duty day from the date of issue. (T-1).

4.3.2.4.2. Base reparable assets assigned to back shops will be returned by the end of

the 45th duty day from the date of issue. (T-2). Note: Failure to return reparable

items to LRS in a timely manner will delay replenishment of serviceable items to the

installation.

4.3.2.5. DIFM status/location update. To accurately control DIFM assets, the status and

location of the item will be known and appropriately reflected at all times.

4.3.2.5.1. Base reparable assets – Within 4 duty days from the date of issue, the

correct DIFM status code shall be applied to accurately reflect the status and location

of the asset.

4.3.2.5.2. Customers with a maintenance information system will update DIFM

location and status daily.

4.3.2.5.3. Customers without a maintenance information system will notify FSC of

any status changes so appropriate inputs are reflected in the materiel management IT

system.

4.3.2.6. DIFM inventory. A repair cycle asset management list will be used to manage

and control DIFM assets on a daily basis. A DIFM inventory will be conducted on a

quarterly basis with the appointed DIFM monitor and FSC personnel. (T-1). Note: When

discrepancies are discovered between DIFM record balances and the physical count, the

LRS/Materiel Management Activity will request a special inventory. For further details

refer to paragraph 5.7 of this instruction.

4.3.3. Base contract maintenance. Any item in stock requiring contract maintenance will be

controlled using DIFM procedures. Items processed to contract maintenance will not update

historical demand data in the materiel management IT system.

134 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

4.3.4. Product Quality Deficiency Report items. Guidance regarding these items can be

found in TO 00-35D-54, USAF Deficiency Reporting, Investigation, and Resolution.

Deficiency report exhibits. Items identified to show materiel deficiency conditions will be

processed as unserviceable deficiency report exhibit turn-ins IAW with TO-00-35D-54. The

LRS/Materiel Management Activity will store deficiency report exhibits until final

disposition instructions are received. (T-2).

4.3.5. AWP Management. AWP procedures are detailed in AFMAN 23-122. See Section 1B

for roles and responsibilities pertaining to AFMC, LRS/Materiel Management Activity and

Maintenance.

4.3.6. CRF.

4.3.6.1. Purpose of CRF.

4.3.6.1.1. Centralized repair consolidates maintenance and supply resources at

designated locations. These services are available to an organization that cannot

service its own equipment or cannot perform intermediate level maintenance on AF

reparable assets.

4.3.6.1.2. To provide intermediate level maintenance of unserviceable assets,

centralized repair offers the following resources: tools, test equipment, spare and

repair parts, and skilled personnel.

4.3.6.1.3. Centralized repair sustains or enhances logistics responsiveness and

effectiveness while reducing costs.

4.3.6.2. Guidance. MAJCOM, AFMC, Host and Supported CRF LRS

Commander/Accountable Property Officer roles and responsibilities are outlined in

Section 1B. Responsibilities for Maintenance personnel at CRFs and supported units are

outlined in AFI 21-101 and AFI 20-117.

4.4. Time Change Items.

4.4.1. Time Change management. A time change manager will be assigned from the Flight

Service Center and be appointed in writing by the Materiel Management Flight Chief or

equivalent.

4.4.2. The time change manager will coordinate time change requirements with maintenance

and will maintain supporting documentation IAW AFI 21-101 and TO 00-20-9, Forecasting

Replacement Requirements for Selected Calendar and Hourly Time Change Items. (T-2). For

maintenance activities that are non-Aircraft, refer to AFPD 21-1 for the governing

maintenance publication.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 135

Chapter 5

DELIVERY OF MATERIEL

5.1. Overview. This chapter outlines AF guidance for the supply chain materiel management

processes associated with the delivery of materiel. These processes include Order and

Requisitioning; Physical Asset Management; Equipment Management; Document Control and

Detail Records, Record Reversal and Correction, Physical Inventory and Inventory Adjustments;

SPRAM; Inspection and Related Operations; Management of Discrepant, Counterfeit and

Suspect Counterfeit Materiel; Stock Positioning; and Materiel Disposition. As listed in

Attachment 1, References, various DoD and AF publications are reference sources for this

publication. For this chapter, DLM 4000.25, Volume 6, Logistics Systems Interoperability

Support Services, DLM 4000.25-1, DLM 4000.25-2, DoDM 4140.01, DoDM 4140.27, Volume 1

and 2.

5.2. Order and Requisitioning.

5.2.1. Requisition Management.

5.2.1.1. Guidance. To ensure order fulfillment, AFMC Activities and LRS/Materiel

Management Activities not centralized under AFMC:

5.2.1.1.1. Receive and process customer requisitions (to include modifiers and

cancellations) and provide status. Ensure any issues that affect aircraft readiness are

addressed before cancellation/termination action is initiated, as the items under

contract could be used for future demands.

5.2.1.1.2. Track requisitions through completion (e.g. cancellation, receipt, receipt

acknowledgement, among other actions) with some requiring special emphasis (e.g.

overdue/lost shipments, MICAPs, AWP).

5.2.1.1.3. Reconcile requisitions with the SOS quarterly via automated response

using the appropriate materiel management IT system to ensure requisitioned materiel

is still required and valid.

5.2.1.1.4. Oversees airlift challenges, centrally managed exception codes, supply

difficulty requests, and the special requirements programs.

5.2.1.2. LRS/Materiel Management Activities manage requisitions and will:

5.2.1.2.1. Manage local purchase/local manufacture requisitions, cancellations and

status. Ensure any issues that affect aircraft readiness are addressed before

cancellation/termination action is initiated, as the items under contract could be used

for future demands. (T-2).

5.2.1.2.2. Validate requisition requirements with requesting activities monthly.

5.2.1.2.3. Manage due-ins with overdue shipment status.

5.2.1.2.4. Submit non MICAP part number requests to the SOS.

136 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.2.1.2.5. In support of DoD’s Tire Commodity Management Privatization, order

aircraft tires IAW DLA’s Tires Successor Initiative. The procedures in AFMAN 23-

122 outline how residual AF stocks will be ordered "free issue" until depleted and

how tires will be ordered IAW with this initiative.

5.2.1.2.6. Manage locally assigned Issue Exception (IEX) codes. (T-2).

5.2.1.2.7. Ensure Unit Commanders with assigned individuals as organizational

resource advisors and organizational materiel control personnel attend Block I,

General Materiel Management Indoctrination.

5.2.1.3. Materiel Management Customers will:

5.2.1.3.1. Submit, validate, and request modifications/cancellations of backorders

(e.g. orders, requisitions or due-outs) per AFMAN 23-122. (T-2).

5.2.1.3.2. Requisition submission. The establishment and transmission of AF-

generated materiel management requisitions will comply with DLM 4000.25-1, DLM

4000.25-2, and DoDD 8190.01E, Defense Logistics Management Standards (DLMS).

(T-0).

5.2.1.3.3. MICAP Management. MICAP customer backorders are one of the highest

forms of expedite backorder established in customer retail supply systems. MICAP

conditions require intense scrutiny and verification to ensure item shortages are

satisfied locally by all means possible prior to backorder establishment.

5.2.1.4. AFMC manages MICAPs and will:

5.2.1.4.1. Validate base level MICAP checks (e.g. TO, NHA, Percent Base Repair,

etc.) are accomplished prior to requisitioning.

5.2.1.4.2. Review all Program Depot Maintenance cannibalization and AFMC

Maintenance and Regeneration Activity pull requests.

5.2.1.4.3. Direct overall weapon system operational support, to include current

unsupportable MICAPs and AWP Management. Note: AFMC will coordinate with

Lead Command Weapon System Personnel and affected Command HQ to follow the

AFH 23-123, Volume 2, to establish SPRS when deemed in the best interest of the

global enterprise. (T-1).

5.2.1.5. AFMC and LRS/Materiel Management Activities will:

5.2.1.5.1. Reconcile MICAP requirements with the appropriate maintenance IT

system.

5.2.1.5.2. Ensure lateral and depot requisition action are not active simultaneously

for the same MICAP request.

5.2.1.5.3. Requisition MICAP requirements from the SOS or satisfy through lateral

redistribution. Update current status in the applicable materiel management IT

system. Note: Units will follow the MICAP lateral support and sourcing logic

procedures outlined in AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).

5.2.1.5.4. Coordinate sourcing and movement of all MICAP requirements at Forward

Supply Locations (FSLs) with 618 Air Operations Center (TACC).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 137

5.2.1.6. LRS/Materiel Management Activities manages MICAPs and will:

5.2.1.6.1. Confirm supported end-item is not MICAP.

5.2.1.6.2. Verify all local resources are exhausted prior to submitting and reporting

MICAP backorder.

5.2.1.6.3. Ensure MICAP verification (e.g. TO, NHA, Percent of Base Repair, etc.) is

accomplished prior to submitting request IAW AFMAN 23-122.

5.2.1.7. Transient Aircraft Support for AF aircraft (to include ANG and AFR). Transient

parts will be requisitioned (or issued) by the base supply activity at the transient base

(where the aircraft is physically located), regardless of cost and SOS. (T-2). Reference

the Financial Management and Special Logistics Support Sections of this instruction for

more details.

5.2.1.8. The following applies for MICAP reporting of aircraft possessed by depot

maintenance Depot Field Team or Programmed Depot Maintenance:

5.2.1.8.1. Depot Field Team/Programmed Depot Maintenance requirements will

continue to be satisfied using AFI 21-101 and this instruction.

5.2.1.8.2. MICAP requests submitted prior to depot possession will remain valid if

the programmed possession time is less than 5 days for Continental United States

units or 10 days for overseas units. When programmed possession time is longer, all

MICAPs will be downgraded when depot possession occurs.

5.3. Physical Asset Management.

5.3.1. General Management Guidance. The care and safekeeping of AF and DoD property is

the materiel manager’s primary responsibility IAW DoDM 4140.01. (T-0). The following

general policies will be applied to all aspects of physical asset management.

5.3.2. Safety. All managers and supervisors must incorporate Operational Risk Management

(ORM) within the workplace. Identify, eliminate or control, and document hazards to

minimize risk associated with uncertainty in the decision-making processes. Safety

procedures established in AFMAN 91-203, Air Force Occupational Safety, Fire, and Health

Standards, will be adhered to.

5.3.2.1. Personnel will wear the proper safety clothing and equipment when handling

hazardous material.

5.3.2.2. Leakage or spillage of hazardous commodities. If leakage or spillage occurs,

follow the installation and facility/site-specific Spill Response Plan or HAZMAT

Emergency Response Plan IAW installation procedures.

5.3.3. Storage Policy. The provisions of DLM 4000.25-2, and AFJMAN 23-210 control the

storage of all supplies and equipment unless amended by this instruction. Because of safety

and environmental considerations, some items may need to be stored separately by

commodity. When there is a conflict between the general storage provisions contained in

AFJMAN 23-210 and the specific storage directions in a TO, the specific provisions of the

TO will apply.

5.3.3.1. Item Accountability and Control.

138 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.3.3.1.1. Security of Materiel and Storage. All physical asset management

operations will follow the standards of security of materials and storage locations

IAW DoDM 4140.01.

5.3.3.1.2. Classified or Sensitive Materiel. Guidance for handling classified material

is found in paragraph 10.2 of this instruction.

5.3.3.1.3. NWRM. NWRM will be handled IAW AFI 20-110. Additional

information can also be found in paragraph 10.2 of this instruction.

5.3.3.1.4. Pilferable Materiel. Items coded with a pilferable Controlled Inventory

Item Code (CIIC) will be afforded adequate protection IAW paragraph 10.2 of this

instruction and AFJMAN 23-210.

5.3.3.1.5. Hazardous Material. These assets will be authorized, input in EESOH-

MIS, and tracked IAW AFI 32-7086.

5.3.3.1.6. Property Locations. Warehouse personnel will assign and maintain

permanent (primary) warehouse locations for each serviceable item stocked per

AFJMAN 23-210. (T-0). Every attempt will be made to consolidate property storage

to a single location. These locations will provide the appropriate level of protection

and safeguard property from any unnecessary deterioration and damage. When

possible, material will be kept in covered storage areas/facilities. Those items

maintained in outside storage areas will be afforded proper protection which may

include the use of plastics, tarps, or portable shelters.

5.3.3.1.7. Discrepancies. When any item identity or condition discrepancies exist, a

fully qualified inspector will resolve the discrepancy. More information concerning

inspector responsibilities can be found in paragraph 5.9 of this instruction.

5.3.3.1.8. TNB will be maintained IAW AFI 21-101.

5.3.3.1.9. Suspect materiel. For base suspect materiel, a qualified inspector will

determine if the materiel is unsuitable and pursue appropriate actions. (T-2). More

information concerning inspector responsibilities can be found in instruction AFI 21-

101, Aircraft and Equipment Maintenance Management.

5.3.3.2. Documentation. Ensure appropriate documentation is accurately prepared and

maintained IAW DoD and AF applicable guidance.

5.3.3.3. Movement. LRS/Materiel Management Activity personnel will ensure assets are

properly protected and accounted while in transit. Specifically, they will secure the assets

to prevent excessive movement, properly package for movement, and protect assets (to

include recovery and re-use of reusable containers) from inclement weather. Personnel

will also follow all applicable TOs and Transportation regulatory guidance. (T-1).

5.3.3.4. Preservation.

5.3.3.4.1. Functional Check. When materiel is identified as requiring functional

check materiel management personnel will coordinate with appropriate maintenance

personnel to ensure proper serviceability of assets.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 139

5.3.3.4.2. Shelf-life management policies and procedures are contained in DoDM

4140.27, Volume 1 and 2, and will be followed for stocking, storing and issuing

shelf-life designated material. Additional information can be found at the DoD Shelf-

Life Program web site. The material owning organization, regardless of material

origin, is responsible for costs related to assets Shelf-Life testing.

5.3.3.4.2.1. Inspection Element will serve as POC for base shelf-life program. It

ensures unit shelf-life monitors are properly trained in all aspects of shelf-life

management.

5.3.3.4.2.2. Supported Organizational commanders will appoint shelf-life

monitors and ensure they are properly trained in all aspects of shelf-life

management for items in their care.

5.3.3.4.3. Electro-Static Devices (ESD). All ESD items will be handled and stored

IAW TO 00-25-234, General Shop Practice Requirements for the Repair,

Maintenance, and Test of Electrical Equipment. Additionally, ESD will be

consolidated for placement in storage and as feasible segregated from other items.

5.3.3.4.4. Precious Metals. These items will be handled and stored IAW DoDM

4160.21, Volume 1 and IAW paragraph 6.3 of this instruction.

5.3.3.4.5. TCTO. For TCTOs refer to paragraph 4.2 of this instruction.

5.3.3.4.6. Warranty/Guarantee. A qualified inspector will determine if the item is

warranty/guarantee and will initiate action to assign the appropriate exception code to

the item record in the applicable materiel management IT system. (T-2). Refer to

paragraph 5.9 of this instruction for further guidance.

5.3.3.4.7. Materiel management activities will comply with the AF Reusable

Container Program as detailed in AFI 24-602, Volume 2, to ensure high levels of

protection for assets during storage or shipment (T-1).

5.3.4. Manage Materiel in Stock.

5.3.4.1. Storage Guidance. Items with safety and environmental considerations will be

stored separately by commodity.

5.3.4.1.1. Host LRS units supporting Forward Supply Locations will store supported

aircraft wheels and tires in a built-up configuration. (T-2).

5.3.4.1.2. SA/LW Storage/Security Requirements. For SA/LW storage/security

requirements, refer to AFI 31-101, Integrated Defense and DoDM 5100.76, Physical

Security Of Sensitive Conventional Arms, Ammunition, And Explosives (AA&E).

5.3.4.2. Warehouse planning. AFMC will be informed when a base warehousing facility,

operating under the retail materiel management system, plans to build or redesign a

warehouse. Warehouse planning will include Mechanized Materiel Handling System

(MMHS) consideration. Reference paragraph 7.2 of this instruction for further details.

5.3.4.3. Storage locations. Property will be maintained in fixed warehouses, supply

points, transportable spares packages/support kits, or in maintenance activities to include

in-use assets.

140 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.3.4.3.1. Assigning Primary Storage Locations. Warehouse personnel assign and

maintain permanent (primary) warehouse locations for each serviceable item stocked

IAW AFMAN 23-122.

5.3.4.3.2. Assigning Reserve Storage Locations. Warehouse personnel may establish

temporary reserve (secondary) locations on an as-required basis.

5.3.4.3.2.1. The LRS APO will establish controls to ensure reserve locations are

assigned only as a last resort and that they are promptly deleted when no longer

needed.

5.3.4.3.2.2. Warehouse personnel cross-reference bin labels or the bin

label/holder of both permanent (primary) and reserve (secondary) locations.

5.3.4.3.3. Items under detail record management (e.g. RSPs, unserviceable details,

in-use equipment, etc.) may contain duplicate storage locations; the storage facility

must have the capability to cross-reference the applicable document number to

maintain the audit trail and item accountability at all times.

5.3.4.3.4. Warehouse personnel will obtain the inventory schedule, conduct and

document warehouse validations within 10 workdays prior to the inventory start date.

5.3.4.4. Supply points. Supply points are an extension of warehouse stock. The supply

point authorization will not exceed the RO. Organizational Requests to exceed the RO

must be submitted to the LRS/Materiel Management Activity. The organizations

requesting a supply point will coordinate with LRS/Materiel Management Activities and

provide the necessary space and facilities. The LRS/Materiel Management Activity will

maintain overall accountability and control of supply point assets. Supply point monitors

will be appointed in writing by their organizational commander to manage and account

for supply point assets.

5.3.4.4.1. Supply point reconciliation. Semiannual reconciliations of all supply points

are mandatory. Reconciliations will be performed by Supply Point Monitors. (T-2).

The reconciliation will review items less than authorization, verified excesses, and

balance discrepancies. One of the semiannual reconciliations will be done at the same

time as the annual supply point inventory.

5.3.4.4.2. Buildup items. Repair cycle items requiring buildup before use will be

identified and accounted for on supply point records by LRS.

5.3.4.5. Warehouse change documents. Warehouse personnel will validate warehouse

change documents and take appropriate action within one duty day. (T-1). Warehouse

personnel will confirm changes on the Daily Document Register and resolve any

uncompleted actions. (T-1). Note: NSN Catalog updates (e.g. Unit of Issue Changes,

Price Changes, etc.) are transmitted to ILS-S systematically. Reviewing the Daily

Document Register daily will ensure all warehouse change actions are completed.

5.3.5. Select and Move Materiel.

5.3.5.1. Selecting assets for issue. Warehouse personnel will take prompt action to select

and move assets for issue within the following designated timeframes based on issue

priority: (T-2).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 141

5.3.5.1.1. Over the counter requests will be selected immediately. (T-2).

5.3.5.1.2. Expedite requests for delivery will be selected within 30 minutes. (T-2).

5.3.5.1.3. Routine requests will be selected within 12 hours from the initial point of

request.

5.3.5.1.4. Warehouse Refusals. When a warehouse location does not contain

sufficient assets to fill the order, warehouse personnel will initiate warehouse refusal

procedures IAW AFMAN 23-122. (T-1). When assets are not located within 24

hours, initiate a special inventory.

5.3.5.1.5. Zero Balance Validation. Warehouse personnel will validate zero balances

and if stock remains, request a special inventory. (T-2).

5.3.5.1.6. Delivery of large, bulky or heavy items will be accomplished IAW AFI 24-

301, Ground Transportation. (T-1).

5.3.5.1.7. Controlled materiel. All materiel management personnel will ensure proper

custody chain of the item is maintained IAW paragraph 10.2 of this instruction. (T-

1).

5.3.5.1.8. Organizational Refusals. Customers may refuse to accept an item because

it is misidentified, unserviceable, damaged, unsuitable substitute or issued in excess

quantity at time of delivery. Wrong item customer orders or items received due to

customer failure to cancel a due-out do not constitute an Organizational Refusal. The

document and property will be returned to Inspection personnel for further processing

IAW paragraph 5.9

5.3.6. Shipments.

5.3.6.1. Inspection and marking. Warehouse personnel will ensure the correct item and

quantity are selected prior to shipment. One hundred percent inspection action will be

applied to all items shipped. (T-1).

5.3.6.2. Inspector/Limited Inspector will verify shipments to ensure proper identification,

security classification, marking, labeling and tagging IAW MIL-STD 129. (T-1). All

shipments will be inspected prior to shipment. Particular attention will be given to dated

items to ensure fulfillment of criteria in DoDM 4140.27, Volume 1. The inspector will

sign or stamp the materiel management IT system document. (T-1).

5.3.7. Bench Stock.

5.3.7.1. General. Bench Stock items are physically stored in the customers work area to

give greater access to certain high demand items. Roles and responsibilities are located in

Section 1 B. Organizations requiring a bench stock will:

5.3.7.1.1. Request to establish bench stock. The supported organization commander

will submit a letter to the LRS APO requesting the establishment of a bench stock.

The letter will also specify a maximum dollar threshold for the unit price on bench

stock details. Organizational bench stock request letters will be maintained by the

LRS/Materiel Management Activity for as long as the organization is authorized a

bench stock. (T-1).

142 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.3.7.1.2. Dollar Thresholds. Exceeding the established dollar threshold for any item

requires a letter of justification from the supported organization commander. This

letter will be maintained on file in the LRS/Materiel Management Activity attached to

the original bench stock request letter.

5.3.7.1.3. Bench stock storage. Organizations will provide secure storage facilities

for each bench stock IAW AFI 23-111.

5.3.7.1.4. Appointing bench stock monitors. The supported organization commander

will appoint a bench stock monitor in writing. The letter will be maintained by the

LRS/Materiel Management Activity until superseded by appointment of a new bench

stock monitor. (T-1).

5.3.7.2. Bench Stock Monitors will:

5.3.7.2.1. Complete Supply Customer Training, Block I (General Supply

Indoctrination) and Block IIA (Bench Stock Management). (T-2).

5.3.7.2.2. Establish controls for shelf-life IAW DoDM 4140.27, Volume 1. (T-0).

5.3.7.2.3. Monitor bench stock item balances and flag items for replenishment.

Reorder through appropriate IT system when the on-hand balance is less than or equal

to 50% of the authorized stock level.

5.3.7.2.4. Review bench stock transactions (e.g. backorders).

5.3.7.2.5. Perform monthly review of recommended additions, changes and deletions

to the bench stock using an M04 report furnished by Customer Support.

5.3.7.2.6. Perform a semi-annual bench stock review and an annual validation of the

bench stock IAW AFMAN 23-122. One of the semi-annual reviews may be

conducted in conjunction with the annual validation. These reviews and validation are

documented.

5.3.8. Individual Protective Equipment.

5.3.8.1. Physical Management. LRS/Materiel Management Activities are responsible for

the physical management of select IPE materiel. See Section 1B for roles and

responsibilities.

5.3.8.1.1. Assets will be maintained per AFJMAN 23-210, and DoDM 4140.27,

Volume 1 and 2, and TO’s: 11D1-3- 11-1, Operators Manual, Individual Equipment

Decon Kit, M295; 11H2-14-5-1, Operating Instructions, Paper, Chemical Agent, M8;

11H2-2-21, Operators Manual, Paper, Chemical Agent Detector, M9; 14P3-1-131,

Operation and Maintenance Instructions with IPB, Aircrew Chemical-Defense

Ensemble; 14P3-1-141, Operation and Maintenance Instructions, Chemical

Protective Ensemble; 14P4-1-151, Chemical-Biological Canisters and Filter Element;

14P4-15-1, Operator Instructions, Mask, Chemical Biological, Land Warrior, M45;

14P4-18-2, Unit Maintenance Manual For Mask, Chemical Biological, Land

Warrior, M45; 14P4-20-1, Mask, Chemical Biological, Joint Service Purpose Field,

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 143

XM50, TO 33A4-7-10-1, Operator’s Manual v3.0 for Tester, Leakage, Protective

Mask: M46 (Joint Service Mask Leakage Tester [JSMLT]), TM 10-8470-208-10,

Technical Manual Operator Manual for Improved Outer Tactical Vest (IOTV), and

TM 10-8470-208-24&P, Technical Manual Field and Sustainment Maintenance

Manual for Interceptor Body Armor System, for shipment, movement, inspection, and

storage of Enhanced Small Arms Protective Insert and Side Plates. (T-0).

5.3.8.1.2. All IPE assets will be bulk stored. Kits are not authorized.

5.3.8.1.3. Physically separate operational and TPO IPE assets. (T-1).

5.3.8.1.3.1. TPO IPE must be marked and identified IAW applicable T.O. (T-1).

5.3.8.1.3.2. Notify MAJCOM/A4R and AFMC/A4R when TPO IPE becomes

unserviceable to begin disposal and procurement process. Initiate disposal of TPO

Chemical Warfare Defense Equipment utilizing approved DARD form and

forward to MAJCOM and AFMC/A4R

5.3.8.1.3.3. Report changes in TPO IPE requirements to AFMC and MAJCOM.

5.3.8.1.3.4. Annually coordinate with host installation commander to validate

TPO IPE requirements and develop process to support all tenant units via host

tenant support agreement.

5.3.8.1.4. IPEE personnel will coordinate with Inventory personnel to ensure all

mobility assets are inventoried in the approved mobility IT system per paragraph 5.7

of this instruction. The Inventory Section will perform annual inventories to ensure

segregation of duties. (T-1).

5.3.8.1.5. Account for AFMC/A4R specified IPE replacement parts in the approved

mobility IT system. (T-1). IPEE may process an inventory adjustment to account for

routine usage of parts, these daily usage adjustments may be omitted from monthly

M-10 analysis. IPEE will not perform adjustments during Inventory Sections

scheduled complete inventory. (T-1).

5.3.8.1.6. Utilize expired shelf-life assets for training to the maximum extent possible

per AFI 10-2501. (T-1).

5.3.8.1.7. Fill system generated redistribution orders within five duty days or notify

MAJCOM within five duty days if redistribution orders cannot be satisfied.

5.3.8.1.8. Materiel Management Flight will request corrected erroneous mobility IT

system data from the EM via coordination through the respective MAJCOM. This

action will only be accomplished when the erroneous data cannot be resolved using

existing mobility IT system processes. Note: Refer to ILS-S User’s Manual, Chapter

40, for resolution alternatives.

5.3.8.1.9. Coordinate with Force Support Squadron (FSS) for Linen Exchange and

Laundry and Dry Cleaning. O&M funds are authorized for standard service as part of

the base linen contract per AFMAN 34-135, Air Force Lodging. FSS manages the

Wing linen program, authorized items are included in this instruction.

144 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.3.8.2. Authorizations. AFMC/A4R pre-populates planning factors on the Stock-level

Authorization Calculators using World-Wide UTA and/or PAS Code Registry. Stock-

level authorizations will be calculated for select Class II IPE materiel. Calculators will be

made available to MAJCOM A4Rs for validation NLT 15 November of each year.

5.3.8.2.1. IPE Element, in conjunction with the Logistics Plans and Integration

Section will validate pre-populated planning factors, document any requested

adjustments, and provide to MAJCOM A4Rs NLT 1 December of each year per AFI

10-403. (T-1).

5.3.8.2.2. MAJCOM A4Rs will validate LRS adjustments to the pre-populated

planning factors added by the unit. MAJCOM A4Rs will work with Logistics Plans

and IPE Elements to resolve any differences, and provide finalized calculators to

AFMC/A4R NLT 15 December of each year. MAJCOM A4Rs will provide

AFMC/A4R with justifications for any changes to the pre-populated calculator.

5.3.8.2.3. AFMC/A4R will validate any updates to the pre-populated planning factors

and/or any adjustments added to the calculators. Any differences will be resolved by

working with respective MAJCOMs. When proper justification cannot be provided

for adjustments, the original pre-populated planning factors will be used.

5.3.8.2.4. All authorization updates to the approved mobility IT system will be

completed by AFMC/A4R NLT 15 January of each year.

5.3.8.3. Stock Levels. Select Class II IPE materiel and SA/LW stock levels are based on:

5.3.8.3.1. The applicable percentages in Table 5.1 of the total number of positions in

the installations/base single most stringent deployment requirements (authorizations).

5.3.8.3.2. Requirements defined in AFI 10-2501.

5.3.8.3.3. SA/LW and accessory requirements are defined in AFI 10-403.

5.3.8.3.4. Sustainment Groups are based primarily on Threat Area assessments,

priority or pacing unit support requirements, and consultation with the AF Civil

Engineer Center Emergency Management Division (AFCEC/CXR). The EM

considers MAJCOM prioritization recommendations and maintains site sustainment

group assignments.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 145

Table 5.1. Individual Protective Equipment Stock Levels.

Table 5.2. General Purpose Mobility Bag Contents (Type A).

146 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Table 5.3. Small Arms/Light Weapons Accessories (Type A).

Table 5.4. Extreme Cold Weather Mobility Bag Contents (Type B).

Figure 5.1. Small Arms/Light Weapons Stock Level.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 147

5.3.8.4. Funding. Air Force Installation and Mission Support Center centrally funds

select Class II IPE materiel. AFMC/A4R will centrally requisition all IPE components

and determine annual procurement requirements

5.3.8.5. Enterprise IPE Inspection and Repair Programs.

5.3.8.5.1. AF Mask Inspection Repair Program. Regular AF IPE activities will

participate and support program in accordance with procedures per T.O. 14P4-20-1.

(T-1).

5.3.8.5.2. AF Hard Armor Non-Destructive Test Equipment Program. Regular AF

IPE activities will support and participate in testing. (T-1). All hard armor plates must

be NDTE scanned, prior to issue to an Airmen for operational use in accordance with

the EM defined schedule/CONOPs. (T-1).

5.3.8.5.3. Hard to Fit Program. AFMC/A4R centrally manages stock of extra small

M45 masks for the purpose of supporting the Hard to Fit Program. These masks will

be distributed at the request of the LRS and returned to AFMC/A4R upon customer

return.

5.3.9. SA/LW Storage Management. SA/LW will be stored and handled IAW AFI 31-101,

AFI 31-117, Arming and Use of Force by AF Personnel, AFI 36-2654, Combat Arms

Program, AFMAN 21-209 Volume 1, Grounds Munitions, AFMAN 31-129, USAF Small

Arms and Light Weapons Handling Procedures, Defense Transportation Regulation (DTR)

4500.9-R, Part 1, Passenger Movement, DoDM 5100.76 and current Special Package

Instruction (SPI) or TO. (T-0).

5.3.9.1. IPE is responsible for storage of SA/LW assigned to the LRS and IAW

Host/Tenant Support Agreements.(T-2). When requested and storage is available, IPE

may provide courtesy storage of SA/LW for other organizations.

5.3.9.2. LRS/CC will designate in writing personnel authorized to perform Armorer and

Clearing Barrel Attendant duties associated with firearms protection and control IAW

AFMAN 31-129.

5.3.9.3. Access to SA/LW storage facilities.

5.3.9.3.1. Personnel authorized unescorted access will be identified by the LRS/CC

or equivalent by letter. The letter will include: individual names, rank/grade, duty

title, security clearance, and units of assignment.

5.3.9.3.2. A current, signed copy of the authorization letter will be posted within the

SA/LW storage areas and on file.

5.3.9.3.3. Each organization utilizing the SA/LW storage vault for courtesy storage

will provide a letter identifying authorized personnel responsible (e.g. inspections) for

their courtesy stored SA/LW. (T-2).

5.3.9.4. Inspection of SA/LW.

5.3.9.4.1. The owning activity is responsible to coordinate with Base Combat Arms

for ensuring maintenance and inspection requirements are met, as well as cleaning

and packing, regardless of the storing activity. Note: A formal MOA/MOU should

exist that states other SA/LW in storage.

148 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.3.9.4.2. SA/LW will be inspected as prescribed in AFI 36-2654. (T-1).

5.3.9.5. Shipment of SA/LW. The owning organization and Traffic Management

package SA/LW for shipment IAW current SPI or TO, AFMAN 10-409-O, Support to

Adaptive Planning, AFI 24-602, Volume 2, DTR 4500.9-R and DoDM 5100.76.

5.3.9.5.1. Under normal processes, custodians will not use DD Form 1149,

Requisition and Invoice/Shipping Document to transfer equipment, it bypasses

programmatic controls. However, the following are exceptions to the usage of DD

Form 1149. (T-1).

5.3.9.5.1.1. Deployment Transition Center (DTC) attendees will turn in their

weapons to the Distribution Section, Cargo Movement Element at the

Expeditionary Theater Distribution Center. These weapons will be shipped via

DD Form 1149. (T-1).

5.3.9.5.1.2. General Officers will ship their weapon via DD Form 1149. (T-1).

This weapon may be shipped via this mode during initial receipt from Small Arms

Program Office and permanent change of station.

5.3.9.5.2. Deployed members returning due to confirmed Red Cross Emergency

Leave may turn-in their SA/LW to ELRS when available.

5.3.9.5.3. Extended Deployment Advance Assignments (365-Day). Deployed

locations and gaining activities will secure custody and coordinate weapon transfer to

the appropriate property account with the CEMF.

5.4. Equipment Management.

5.4.1. Equipment management guidance covers Class VII support equipment. Vehicles are

excluded from this guidance and are contained in AFI 24-302.

5.4.1.1. ERAAs are a collection of technically qualified individuals or organizational

representatives responsible to determine if requested equipment meets engineering,

economic, and mission requirements.

5.4.1.2. ERAAs are assembled at multiple levels of operation to assist the facilitation of

equipment management. The host base-level or HHQ supply chain organization is

designated as the ERAA-lead and will collaborate actions with the CEMF on behalf of

the ERAA.

5.4.1.3. Lead Command ERAAs will perform CEMF roles for new and emerging

command weapon and support systems when allowance standards have not been formally

established. Once allowance standards are established, CEMF will assume ERAA

responsibility from Lead Commands. Air Reserve Components (NGB and AFRC)

ERAAs will perform all CEMF roles emerging and existing weapon and support systems.

(T-1). Note: Logistics Readiness Divisions for Air Education and Training Command

(AETC), USSF, Air Force Special Operations Command (AFSOC) and AMC are Core

Functional Leads (CFL) and will assume CEMF responsibilities for peculiar Allowance

Standards identified in Table X-1 of Program Action Directive D16-03.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 149

5.4.1.3.1. New and emerging command weapon system and support systems are

those in the initial stages of determining support equipment forecasting,

programming, assessment, disposition, and readiness requirements.

5.4.1.3.2. Program Office, lead command, and CEMF will determine an appropriate

date to transfer responsibilities after allowance standards are capable of supporting

sustained operations.

5.4.1.4. Waivers and exceptions to policy for unique missions and requirements will be

reviewed and considered by AF/A4LR.

5.4.2. Local Purchase Waiver Requests. AFMC develops buy/budget projections and

initiates procurement actions for centrally procured NSNs. AFMC oversees waivers for

equipment purchases and will:

5.4.2.1. Review Local Purchase Waiver Requests.

5.4.2.1.1. The Equipment Policy and Procedures Implementation Office will assign a

tracking control number to Local Purchase Waiver Requests and act as the focal point

between the MAJCOM equipment management and the applicable ALC Integrated

Product Team (IPT) members.

5.4.2.1.2. The IPT will:

5.4.2.1.2.1. Review Critical Requirements within 10 working days.

5.4.2.1.2.2. When LP is approved, the IPT will provide the following:

5.4.2.1.2.2.1. Source for procurement of the item and any special instructions

required.

5.4.2.1.2.2.2. Scope of approval including quantity approved and expiration

date of the waiver.

5.4.2.1.2.2.3. Funding will be provided for Investment items/Direct AF EEIC.

638 O&M items. Refer to AFMAN 23-122 for exclusions.

5.4.2.1.2.3. Review other services Local Purchase Waiver Request IAW Joint

Regulation AMC-R 700-99, NAVSUPINST 4740.7, AFMCR 400-21, MCO

PRR10-22C, Wholesale Inventory Management and Logistics Support of

Multiservice Used Nonconsumable Items.

5.4.2.1.3. The IM will:

5.4.2.1.3.1. Ensure the applicable requisition(s) is appropriately coded

5.4.2.1.3.2. Confirm the requisition(s) as delivered.

5.4.2.1.3.3. Maintain the LP Waiver Request in history files for 2 years after

confirmation of asset receipt.

5.4.2.1.3.4. Update procurement history files and assume materiel management.

5.4.2.2. Review Local Repair Waiver Requests.

150 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.4.2.2.1. The Equipment Policy and Procedures Implementation Office will assign a

tracking control number to Local Repair Waiver Requests and act as the focal point

between the MAJCOM ERAA and the applicable ALC Integrated Product Team

(IPT) members. (T-2).

5.4.2.2.2. The IPT will:

5.4.2.2.2.1. Review the urgency of need and determine the support options. They

will have a defined number of days to work the issue based upon the Prioritization

Category assigned to the requirement.

5.4.2.2.2.1.1. Critical Requirements will be reviewed within 10 working days.

5.4.2.2.2.1.2. Important Requirements will be reviewed within 15 working

days.

5.4.2.2.2.1.3. Routine Requirements will be reviewed within 25 working

days.

5.4.3. Accountability of Equipment.

5.4.3.1. Accountable Property Records. DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 4 and DoDI 5000.64

establishes policy requirement for DoD agencies regarding government owned

assets/equipment. The DoD has an obligation to safeguard property from theft, abuse,

waste, and unauthorized use. All persons entrusted with the management of Government

property shall possess and continually demonstrate an appropriate level of competence

and proficiency in property accountability and management. These personnel may be

held financially liable for property lost, destroyed, or damaged because of their

mismanagement or negligence while in their use, care, custody, or safeguarding.

5.4.3.1.1. Accountable property records shall be established for all property

purchased, or otherwise obtained, having a unit acquisition cost of $5,000 or more;

leased assets (capital leases) of any value; and assets that are sensitive or classified.

Property records will be kept current and shall provide a complete trail of all

transactions, suitable for audit i.e. a transaction-based history of asset activity.

Accountable property records shall reflect current status and location, until

disposition of property. Note: Special RDT&E procedures are located in AFMAN 23-

122.

5.4.3.1.2. Equipment Management Code (EMC) Equipment Not Requiring EAID

Accounting. Equipment items that do not require authorized/in-use detail records are

assigned EMC 1. EMC 1 equipment is included in allowance standards but as a

general rule is not subject to EAID accounting. EMC 1 equipment costing $5,000 or

greater must be accounted for in an approved Support Equipment APSR. EMC 1

equipment that does require EAID accounting includes the following items:

5.4.3.1.2.1. Mobility items (use code A). The MAJCOMs have the option to

waive this requirement for “NF1” items stored in mobility bags.

5.4.3.1.2.2. WRM (use code D).

5.4.3.1.2.3. WRM joint use (use code C).

5.4.3.1.2.4. Weapons AFI (controlled item code N).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 151

5.4.3.1.2.5. EMC 1 equipment items that are related to a substitute or a preferred

item that is not EMC 1. Relationship in this case is by document number since

EMC items are assigned without regard to Interchangeable and Substitute Group

relationship.

5.4.3.1.3. Equipment accounts will be inventoried a minimum of annually (not to

exceed 365 days between inventories). Date of Last Inventory field must be updated

in the month inventory was completed. CA/CRL or DPAS Custodian Inventory report

will be signed by custodian(s) and Unit Commander or Designated Representative

using original or digital Controlled Access Card (CAC) signature, within 15

workdays.

5.4.3.1.4. Unsigned Equipment Accounts. If a commander/designated representative

allows primary/alternate equipment custodians to depart a duty station or unit without

designating a new replacement to receipt for the equipment account within 45

calendar days prior to departure, the commander will immediately sign the CA/CRL

or DPAS Custodian Inventory Report to accept responsibility. (T-1).

5.4.3.2. Equipment purchased outside the Materiel Management IT System which meet

the established criteria for accountability must be reported to the EAE.

5.4.3.3. The EAE will work with the custodian to ensure that UIIs are applied and

associated with equipment data and registered with the approved marking/inventory

management tool. (T-1). UII construct and application for managed equipment shall be

done IAW MIL-STD-130N. This is mandatory for all assets on the CA/CRL or DPAS

Custodian Inventory Report with the exception to assets that have formal UII waivers

from AF/A4LR. The equipment custodian will advise the EAE when replacement labels

are required.

5.4.3.3.1. Most capitalized assets contain an Identaplate that reflects the

manufacturers’ serial number. When no serial number can be found, the equipment

custodian will contact EAE for assignment of a number. When the EAE provides a

locally assigned serial number to a capital asset, the custodian must engrave the serial

number on the asset where it is visible.

5.4.3.3.2. Exception: When engraving has the potential to affect form, fit, and

function, the EAE will contact the Cognizant/Chief Engineer before engraving and

maintain in documentation of the approval/disapproval from the Chief Engineer in

TAB C of the CA/CRL or DPAS Custodian Inventory jacket folder.

5.4.3.3.3. EAE must maintain a central log for all serial numbers assigned to the

custodian. (T-2). EAE will assign a 13-position serial numbers as follows:

152 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Table 5.5. Serial Numbers.

POSITIONS

POSITIONS SERIAL NUMBER DATA

Positions 1-4

Base SRAN. Note: Only use numeric part of

the SRAN i.e. 4488.

Positions 5-11

Four digit calendar year, three digit Julian date

Positions 12, 13

Two digit number beginning with 01 each day

5.4.3.4. All in-use identity changes for equipment assets require certification from a

qualified inspector. The Chief Inspector will appoint individuals of the EAE to act as

limited inspectors. The APO may appoint individuals from the Inspection Element. In

addition, the APO may appoint and train individuals in supported Geographically

Separated Units (GSUs) when the travel time to the GSU is more than one duty day by

the most economical means of transportation. The LRS APO will use written notification

to delegate this authority to individuals.

5.4.3.5. Financial liability investigation (formerly Report of Survey) will be initiated per

DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 12, Chapter 7 and AFI 20-110. (T-1).

5.4.3.6. Fixed Ground Communications-Electronics (C-E) Equipment. Fixed ground C-E

equipment is non-tactical, which means it is not moved from one location for tactical

deployments. C-E equipment includes all radio, wire, and any other means used for the

electrical and visual transmission and reception of information or messages in the clear or

by cryptographic means; radar and radiation aids to Air Traffic Control and navigation

and enemy aircraft warning and interception; electronic weather equipment, electronic

countermeasure devices, and related electronic systems and equipment. Accountability is

IAW AFI 21-103.

5.4.3.7. Space weapons systems consist of ground stations and systems which may be

deployed in tactical strategic roles. These systems consist of all ground electronic devices

and components for missile warning and space surveillance control and. Accountability is

IAW AFI 21-103.

5.4.3.8. Aircraft/Missile Installed Equipment Aircraft/missile installed equipment is

nonexpendable items formerly listed in the -21 series TOs and accounted for on AF Form

2691, Aircraft/Missile Equipment Property Record.

5.4.3.8.1. Authorizations for these items are for maintenance, safety, and protective

(MSP) equipment, collective protection system, and alternate mission equipment

(AME). AFMC system/IMs and the using command determine these authorizations

when an organization gets its weapon system or during allowance standard review.

AFMC will maintain authorized/in-use detail records for aircraft/missile installed

equipment. Aircraft installed -21 equipment coded “NF”/”ND” for various aircraft are

exempt from day-to-day EAID transaction processing. Account for and control this

equipment according to each MAJCOM supplement to AFI 21-103.

5.4.3.8.2. In-use balances will be updated based on the information provided in the

annual inventory. Discrepancies are resolved using reports of survey, equipment

transfer orders, etc. Requisition replacements using activity code “P” with an

authority for issue flag R, MAJCOM-directed projects.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 153

5.4.3.9. Cranes, Hoists, Monorails, Rails, and Trolleys. All moveable items are included

in an allowance standard and will be accounted for on EAID detail; for guidance on what

qualifies as a non-moveable Real Property Install Equipment (RPIE) see AFI 32-9005,

Real Property Accountability.

5.4.3.10. Crested China/Crystal Issued to Special Command Positions (AF). These items

are managed and accounted for IAW AFI 32-6000, Housing Management.

5.4.3.11. Food Services Activities appropriated funded equipment. All appropriated fund

(APF) support equipment, including collateral equipment, for non-self-supporting

activities are listed in allowance standards and funded through appropriated fund sources

and will be accounted for on EAID records.

5.4.3.12. Military Affiliate Radio System Equipment. Equipment for Military Affiliate

Radio System stations will be maintained on authorized/in-use detail records.

5.4.3.13. Military Missions, Air Attaches, and AF Sections of Advisory Groups.

Separate EAID will be assigned to each military mission attaché, or section of an

advisory group for which the AF has been designated to provide support.

5.4.3.14. Military Working Dogs. Military working dogs are scout, sentry, patrol,

tracker, and detector narcotic/contraband dogs the AF requires for a specific purpose,

mission, or combat capability. AFI 31-121, Military Working Dog (MWD) Program,

contain processing policies and procedures for military working dogs.

5.4.3.15. OGMVC are defined IAW AFI 24-302. All OGMVCs will have an authorized

in-use detail record established in equipment account. OGMVCs will also have a non-

CFO record established in the applicable materiel management IT system. Non-CFO

record will include: serial number, part number, Commercial and Government Entity

code, manufacturer’s name, acquisition date, acquisition cost, and fund designator.

Exceptions are those purchased with Non Appropriate Funding. Note: Additional

guidance for accounting for other equipment items can be found in AFMAN 23-122.

5.4.3.16. Relocatable Buildings. A habitable prefabricated structure that is designed and

constructed to be readily moved (transportable over public roads), erected, disassembled,

stored, and reused. Also included in the definition are tension fabric structures assembled

from modular components and air supported domes, both of which can be easily

disassembled, moved, and reused. For the purpose of this Instruction, this definition

excludes mobile military equipment such as communications vans, emergency

management and command post trailers. Also excluded are tents, modular sheds less than

500 square feet, temporary contractor trailers, and temporary government construction

administration trailers that are located on or in the vicinity of a construction site.

Relocatable buildings are purchased with budget code “9”, local purchase (JBB) funds.

5.4.3.17. Training Equipment. Training equipment authorizations required to support

training courses outlined in Education and Training Course Announcements or developed

IAW AETCGM2018-36-03, Interim Guidance for the Instructional Design of Basic

Military and Technical Training for resident school, field training detachment, and flying

training courses are derived from allowance standards (AS) of the same functional area or

weapon system allowance standard.

154 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.4.3.17.1. Individual Basis of Issue for AETC training equipment requirements will

not be cited in allowance standards due to variation in student loads, duration of

courses and other variable factors which preclude identity of fixed allowances. The

only exceptions to this policy are nuclear weapons-related equipment cited in AS 805

(Nuclear Weapons Training), weapons-related equipment cited in AS 538ACFB

(AETC Students/Deployers Requiring Weapons Training), and COMSEC/CCI

equipment (Serialized Report Code “C”).

5.4.3.17.2. A single organization and shop code will be established for each course or

field training detachment weapon system MDS. Training units with equipment in

multiple locations may have multiple equipment accounts. The unit’s organization

identification code (Org ID) will be consolidated at the appropriate level (i.e., wing,

group, squadron) and will be assigned by HQ AETC/A4R.

5.4.3.17.2.1. The equipment custodian will provide a single AETC Form 120,

Training Equipment List, or AETC Form 120A, Field Training Equipment List,

for each course or MDS. (T-2). The AETC Form 120/120A is utilized as the

allowance standard for the course or field training detachment. Custodians will

list items in stock number sequence and indicate maximum authorizations. (T-2).

5.4.3.17.2.2. A new AETC Form 120/120A will be provided whenever the

custodian requests authorization changes, additions, or deletions. The AETC

Form 120/120A must accompany a cover letter signed by the

Organizational/Detachment Commander, Director, or Flight Chief. The letter

must indicate any required authorization changes and identify any quantity to be

ordered. The letter and AETC Form 120/120A will be kept in the Master Jacket

File and the Custodian Jacket File. The new AETC Form 120/120A and signed

cover letter will replace superseded forms and letters in both files.

5.4.3.17.3. The LRS EAE will cite the AS of the functional area or weapon system

followed by alpha “O” (e.g., 734OOOO).

5.4.3.17.4. Equipment authorizations on the AETC Form 120/120A will be validated

annually by the custodian. (T-2).

5.4.3.17.5. Seized Equipment Search and seizure is an investigative technique used

by law enforcement to gather evidence pertaining to an investigation. Procedures for

seized equipment are IAW AFMAN 23-122.

5.4.4. Allowance Standards-Issue and Control.

5.4.4.1. Basis of Issue. The Basis of Issue in allowance standards is normally the

maximum quantity for nonexpendable items which may be authorized. Basis of Issue for

funded (BC “9”) equipment are advisory only and are not restricted to the identified

users. Note: The commander/designated representative are authorized to exceed the Basis

of Issue in weapons system support allowance standards if the prime authorization is base

funded (BC “9”). Base funds cannot be used to procure alpha budget coded items.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 155

5.4.4.2. Allowance Standard Items. Allowance standards normally list the master item in

the Interchangeable and Substitute Group. All prime authorization records will reflect the

stock number prescribed in the allowance standard. A prime NSN will not be substituted

for another prime. If another prime meets your requirement, submit a change request.

5.4.4.3. ASCs 081, 082, and 083 are reserved for special equipment management

purpose and may only be used when directed by AF/A4LR. These ASCs will only be

used when a need exists to account for equipment which has been returned from a theater

of operation, deployment, or other significant operation. The approval period is not to be

indefinite and is to be sufficient to resolve the problems necessitating use of these ASCs.

5.4.4.4. Nonexpendable Items. Generally, only nonexpendable items will be listed in

allowance standards. (Expendable items may be listed for the user's information).

Personnel may request quantities of expendable items that exceed the basis of issue in

applicable allowance standards, except for specialized tools, personal retention and

survival items, components of bench sets, and WRM. EMC 1 items are normally

excluded from EAID accountable records, but may be included in allowance standards.

5.4.4.5. Individual Basis of Issue for AETC requirements will not be cited in allowance

standards due to variation in student loads, duration of courses and other variable factors

which preclude identity of fixed allowances. The Basis of Issue cited for AETC use is

one per instructional group. An instructional group is the maximum number of students

whose training may be accomplished using one set of course related support equipment.

5.4.5. Transfer and Deployment of Equipment.

5.4.5.1. Transfer of accountability will be the preferred method to move equipment.

Movement of all accountable equipment in support of contingency, humanitarian, or

disaster relief operations will be accomplished using transfer procedures when an ELRS

or host materiel management support is available.

5.4.5.1.1. National Emergency. To support national emergencies, transfer procedures

will be followed. All replacement issues should be processed with the name of the

emergency or national disaster listed in the “mark for field”.

5.4.5.1.2. NWRM. For guidance applicable to NWRM assets, refer to paragraph

10.2 of this instruction.

5.4.5.1.3. The primary method to move equipment for ANG and AFR will be to

deploy not transfer. Transfer of ANG and AFR equipment can only occur when the

ANG/AFR ERAAs have determined that it is excess to their needs. Excess ANG and

AFR equipment will follow transfer procedures. Transfer of ANG and AFR

equipment that is not excess can only be transferred if DoDI 1225.6 and AFI 10-402,

Mobilization Planning are complied with first. (T-0). Additionally, at least 45 days

prior to initiating ANG/AFR equipment transfers, gaining MAJCOMs will provide a

replacement plan to AF/A4LR for staffing and subsequent approval with the

SECDEF through the Assistant SECDEF for Reserve Affairs (RA).). AF/A4LR will

forward the approved plan and proposal for withdrawal, diversion, or reduction of

equipment to the ANG/AFR ERAAs.

156 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.4.5.1.4. Under normal processes, custodians will not use DD Form 1149,

Requisition and Invoice/Shipping Document to transfer equipment because it

bypasses programmatic controls. The following are exceptions to the usage of DD

Form 1149:

5.4.5.1.4.1. Warranty/PMEL items needing repair by a contractor with no known

SRAN.

5.4.5.1.4.2. MAJCOM option: MRT (Maintenance Recovery Team) mission to

recover off station aircraft. MAJCOMs will establish guidance to ensure tracking

and return of equipment.

5.4.5.1.4.3. Transfers utilizing DPAS will use a DD Form 1149 produced through

the Logistics Tracking Tracker (LTS) until the automated Cargo Movement

Operations System interface is completed with DPAS.

5.4.5.2. Deployment. Deployment procedures for equipment will be used for

deployments over 30 days IAW AFMAN 23-122.

5.4.6. Registered Equipment (RE). Registered Equipment or motor vehicles, are assets

identified with budget code “V” and an ERRC of “NF5” or “ND5”. These assets are

managed by the Vehicle Management and Analysis section. Refer to AFI 24-302 for REM

guidance.

5.4.7. General SA/LW Management.

5.4.7.1. SA/LW are defined as carbines, grenade launchers, machine guns, pistols,

recoilless weapons, revolvers, rifles, shotguns, etc. Serialized control and reporting

applies only to complete weapons or the part of the weapon which the serial number is

stamped or etched, such as the receiver or frame.

5.4.7.2. SA/LW assets may be accounted for on a separate equipment account by serial

number.

5.4.7.3. Authorizations. Annually, the MAJCOM A4R will determine (via AFI 10-403

and AFI 10-2501) the minimum mobility SA/LW requirements in conjunction with

mobility bag authorizations provided by LRS.

5.4.7.4. AFMC or Base Level equivalent will provide the applicable SA/LW Item

Manager with the NSN, QTY and Condition Code of excess SA/LW and coordinate

disposition for subsequent processing of all shipment transactions IAW disposition

instructions.

5.4.7.5. For shipment of weapons, refer to Shipment of SA/LW and subparagraphs.

5.4.7.6. General Officer (GO) Personal Defensive Weapon (PDW) Program. AF General

Officers (including AFR and federally recognized ANG general officers) may be issued

the standard AF sidearm IAW AFI 31-117.

5.4.7.6.1. GOs must submit a letter of request to the AF General Officer

Management Group (A1/DPG), AF Reserve General Officer Management Office

(AF-REG), or the National Guard Bureau General Officer Management Office

(NGB-GOMO) for initial issue of GO PDW, as appropriate, in accordance with the

General Officer Handbook. (T-1).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 157

5.4.7.6.2. The Small Arms Program Office (SAPO) is responsible for managing the

GO PDW program and will coordinate actions with A1/DPG, AF-REG, NGBGOMO,

AF/A4LR, the gunsmith shop, and 78 CPTS as appropriate. (T-1). SAPO will:

5.4.7.6.2.1. Maintain issued GO PDWs in approved APSRs and filed in

individual jacket files.

5.4.7.6.2.2. Ensure GO PDW serial numbers are introduced into the appropriate

Small Arms Registry.

5.4.7.6.2.3. Perform GO PDW serial number reconciliations with AF and DOD

registries.

5.4.7.6.2.4. Coordinate GO PDW physical inventories with GOs according to

frequencies identified in Table 5.5 of this instruction. (T-1).

5.4.7.6.2.5. Coordinate Limited Liability Investigations for lost, stolen, or

damaged weapons per DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 12, Chapter 7.

5.4.7.6.2.6. Collaborate GO PDW guidance updates to the General Officer

Handbook with A1/DPG.

5.4.7.6.2.7. Perform an annual GO PDW records audit with A1/DPG, AF-REG,

and NGB-GOMO.

5.4.7.6.3. AF General Officer Management Offices. These offices are responsible for

the management of AF general officers to include RegAF, guard, and reserve

personnel. These offices will:

5.4.7.6.3.1. Coordinate the initial request for issue and purchase of GO PDW.

5.4.7.6.3.2. Review and collaborate GO PDW procedural updates in the General

Officer Handbook.

5.4.7.6.3.3. Participate in annual GO PDW records audits with SAPO.

5.4.7.6.3.4. Submit promotion and retirement notifications to SAPO.

5.4.7.6.4. The general officer is personally responsible for the accountability,

serviceability, and inspection requirements associated with maintaining the issued

PDW. (T-1).To include

5.4.7.6.4.1. Comply with requirements established in the General Officer

Handbook for the initial issue and subsequent purchase of personalized PDW.

5.4.7.6.4.2. Arrange the serviceability inspection with Combat Arms.

5.4.7.6.4.3. Collaborate with the SAPO during all GO PDW inventories and

serial number validations.

5.4.7.6.4.4. Notify the SAPO of location changes for all permanent change of

stations and retirements.

5.4.7.6.5. AFMC/A4 is the approving authority for the purchase of general officer

PDWs.

158 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.4.7.6.6. All sales of GO PDWs must adhere to the provisions governing the

management of small arms in AFMAN 23-122.

5.4.7.7. Using organizations will not procure SA/LW. Units will only purchase SA/LW

accessories (e.g., holsters, magazine, magazine pouches, slings, cleaning supplies, etc.)

approved by AFSFC/SFXW for local or Commercial-Off-The-Shelf purchase. (T-1). The

base Combat Arms Section is the focal point for all authorized weapon parts procurement

and replacement IAW AFI 36-2654.

5.4.8. Base Closures/Transfers. For Base Closures/Transfers, refer to paragraph 2.2 for

appropriate guidance.

5.4.9. LP Waivers for AF Equipment Items Centrally Managed and Procured “NF”/”ND”

Nonexpendable Items with Alpha Budget Codes. All LP requests for AF centrally managed

and procured, nonexpendable equipment items (NF/ND) with alpha budget codes (further

defined below) must be submitted to AFMC.

5.4.9.1. In the event an ALC cannot support a command’s urgency of need for a centrally

managed equipment item, the MAJCOM must request a LP waiver.

5.4.9.2. The Local Purchase waiver process is to be utilized as a last resort when the

normal supply support process for equipment items cannot satisfy the requirement. A

Waiver Request is required to be submitted for each NSN, requirement, and requisition

number.

5.4.9.2.1. Items that must have a waiver approval for Local Purchase are further

defined below.

5.4.9.2.1.1. Have a procurement source code (PSC) of “5” assigned in the

cataloging system. This means the funds required to procure the equipment

comes from appropriations 3010, 3011, 3020, 3080, 3400 (EEIC 638XX) or

Research, Development, Test and Evaluation (RDT&E).

5.4.9.2.1.2. These items are separate, primary, end items (other than the weapon

system itself) needed by an individual or organization to perform an assigned

mission.

5.4.9.2.1.3. These are “nonexpendable items” that are not consumed in use, and

they do not generally lose their original identity during periods of use by

incorporation into, or attachment to, another assembly.

5.4.9.2.1.4. They are easily identified by their ERRC codes of “NF” or “ND”,

where: (1) “NF” is non-expendable, reparable (field level), recoverable (can be

repaired and reused), and (2) “ND” is non-expendable, reparable (depot level),

recoverable.

5.4.9.2.2. Other services requesting LP Waiver Request. Refer to Joint Regulation

AMC-R 700-99, NAVSUPINST 4740.7, AFMCR 400-21, MCO PRR10-22C,

Wholesale Inventory Management and Logistics Support of Multiservice Used

Nonconsumable Items.”

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 159

5.4.10. LR Waivers for AF Equipment Items Centrally Managed and Procured “ND”

Nonexpendable Items with Alpha Budget Codes. All LR requests for AF centrally managed

and procured, nonexpendable equipment items (ND) with alpha budget codes (further

defined below) must be submitted to AFMC.

5.4.10.1. In the event an ALC cannot support a command’s urgency of need for a

centrally managed equipment item, the MAJCOM must request a LR waiver.

5.4.10.2. This is only a Local Repair waiver process and is to be utilized as a last resort

when the normal supply support process for equipment items cannot satisfy the

requirement. A Waiver Request is required to be submitted for each NSN, requirement,

and requisition number.

5.4.10.2.1. Items that must have a waiver approval for Local Repair are further

defined below.

5.4.10.2.1.1. Have a procurement source code (PSC) of “5” assigned in the

cataloging system. This means the funds required to procure the equipment comes

from appropriations 3010, 3011, 3020, 3080, 3400 (EEIC 638XX) or Research,

Development, Test and Evaluation (RDT&E).

5.4.10.2.1.2. These items are separate primary end items (other than the weapon

system itself) needed by an individual or organization to perform an assigned

mission.

5.4.10.2.1.3. These are “nonexpendable items” that are not consumed in use, and

they do not generally lose their original identity during periods of use by

incorporation into, or attachment to, another assembly.

5.4.10.2.2. Other services requesting LR Waiver Request. Refer to Joint Regulation

AMC-R 700-99, NAVSUPINST 4740.7, AFMCR 400-21, MCO PRR10-22C,

“Wholesale Inventory Management and Logistics Support of Multiservice Used

Nonconsumable Items.”

5.5. Document Control and Detail Records. Document Control monitors supplies and

equipment documents that establish the LRS APO’s accountability of stock items. Document

Control will ensure any action affecting the stock record account is processed through the

applicable materiel management IT system. See AFMAN 23-122.

5.5.1. Special Delinquency Extension. MAJCOMs review or revise delinquency extensions

for on-base transactions and off-base issues and shipments as required. On-base transactions

are authorized a maximum 15 calendar day extension, and off-base transactions are

authorized a maximum 30 calendar day extension. As required, extend the deadline past 30

days for off-base transfers to consolidated DLADS in support of fuel conservation. The

MAJCOM will not grant across-the-command extensions; each base will apply for its own

extension.

5.5.2. Document Control Management:

5.5.2.1. Security. Auditable documents will be maintained in a secure location.

5.5.2.2. Records Dispositions. Accountable documents will be filed and disposed IAW

the AFRDS.

160 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.5.2.3. Document Removal. Removal of documents will be controlled via AF Form

614, Charge out Record.

5.5.2.4. Quality Control. Document Control will perform quality control checks. At a

minimum, document number, stock number, quantity and unit of issue are compared

between each document and the materiel management IT system record for accuracy.

Additional quality control checks are as follows:

5.5.2.4.1. All hardcopy accountable documents may be signed in blue or black ink or

by digital (CAC) signature.

5.5.2.4.1.1. Classified items. Only individuals identified on the classified

authorization listing can sign for classified items. Immediately report security

incidents to the LRS APO and the squadron security manager if unauthorized

individuals have signed for property.

5.5.2.4.1.2. Issues, sensitive and pilferable items including bench stock issues and

releases with an extended cost of $1,000 or more.

5.5.2.4.1.3. Reimbursement/refund issues (except non-sensitive bench stock

issues).

5.5.2.4.1.4. Only individuals identified as equipment custodians are authorized to

sign for equipment items, expendability expandability/recoverability/reparability

cost designator (ERRCD) “ND” and “NF”. If the custodians are absent, the

organization commander/designated representative is authorized to sign for the

items.

5.5.2.4.1.5. Receiving reports for local purchase or consignee inspection and

acceptance.

5.5.2.4.1.6. Shipping documents. Check for the inspector's stamp or signature and

the inchecker's stamp or the signature of a representative from Packing and

Crating.

5.5.2.4.1.7. Transfers to Defense Logistics Agency Disposition Services.

5.5.2.4.1.8. Warehouse change notice documents.

5.5.2.4.1.9. COMSEC items. The COMSEC custodian will sign or initial all

documents for COMSEC items.

5.5.2.4.1.10. NWRM items. Only individuals authorized on NWRM

Authorization Receipt Listing can sign for NWRM items. If an individual is not

on this listing and has signed for property, immediately contact the LRS APO and

the squadron security manager.

5.5.2.4.2. Specific Quality Control Checks. For each of the following document

categories, check the information listed below:

5.5.2.4.2.1. Due-out release documents. Verify all other bench stock documents

for warehouse personnel have initialed or stamped the document.

5.5.2.4.2.2. Turn-in documents. For all turn-ins, check for inspector’s stamp or

signature. For REM vehicles, also check for inchecker’s stamp or signature.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 161

5.5.2.4.2.3. Receipts. For material physically inspected, check for inspector’s

stamp or signature. Except for REM vehicles, check for inchecker’s stamp or

signature.

5.5.2.4.2.4. Shipment. Check for inspector’s stamp or signature and inchecker’s

stamp or signature from Outbound cargo.

5.5.2.4.2.5. Transfers.

5.5.2.4.2.5.1. Condemned radioactive transfers. The off-line shipment

document is signed by the LRS/Transportation activity and filed with the

transfer document.

5.5.2.4.2.5.2. MRSP/MSK transfer. When a transferred MRSP/MSK listing is

received, the gaining base Document Control checks it against the materiel

management IT system document control records to be sure processing is

complete. After verifying that 100% processing was done, Document Control

personnel sign the listing and forward it to the deployed unit’s materiel

management personnel to use in solving inventory problems when the unit

returns to home-station. See AFMAN 23-122 for further procedural guidance.

5.5.2.5. Supporting documentation control checks. In some cases, supporting

documentation is required such as reports of survey, statement of charges, cash collection

vouchers and reports of discrepancy in shipment. When applicable, file supporting

documentation with the materiel management IT system source document.

5.5.2.6. Manual Accounting documents. Document control records will match the

handwritten manual accounting documents.

5.5.2.7. Organizational refusals. When an organization refusal requires turn-in action, the

organization's refusal document must include the inspector's stamp or signature and the

applicable turn-in document number. For retail outlet individual equipment items,

Individual Equipment Element personnel sign the document.

5.5.2.8. Record Reversal Actions. Document Control processes reverse transactions

when the materiel management IT system control record and the source document do not

match.

5.5.2.9. Delinquent Documents:

5.5.2.9.1. Standard Delinquent Requirements. A document becomes delinquent on

the sixth calendar day after the processed date on the document control record for on-

base organizations. Also, on the 11th calendar date for satellite off-base organizations

unless it contains a modified delinquent requirement. Delinquency requirements are

modified for some documents because of their processing requirements.

5.5.2.9.2. Classified. All classified items (including NWRM) are delinquent after 3

calendar days.

5.5.2.9.3. SA/LW. All controlled item codes N, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 8 source documents

that apply to SA/LW are delinquent after 3 calendar days.

162 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.5.2.9.4. COMSEC/CCI documents. All COMSEC documents with NSNs which

have materiel management codes of CA, CR, CO, or CY are delinquent after 3

calendar days.

5.5.2.9.5. Off-base issues at bases operating under the main base or satellite are

delinquent after 10 calendar days.

5.5.2.9.6. Off-base shipments having priority 01-08 are delinquent after 5 calendar

days. Off-base shipments having priority 09-99 are delinquent after 10 calendar days.

5.5.2.9.7. Transfers to DLADS. On-base transfers to DLADS are delinquent after 15

calendar days. Off-base transfers to DLADS are delinquent after 30 calendar days.

Property that is batch-lotted will become delinquent using the same 15 and 30-

calendar day standards.

5.5.2.9.8. Documents created during regularly scheduled drill. Some ARC units are

only manned part time on drill weekends, rather than with full time technicians.

Documents for regularly scheduled drill are delinquent a maximum of 3 calendar days

after the next drill weekend.

5.5.2.9.9. Retail outlet items. Due-out releases for retail outlet items held for

customer pickup are delinquent after 10 calendar days.

5.5.2.10. Processing Delinquent Documents. Delinquent documents will be processed

IAW AFMAN 23-122.

5.5.2.11. Document Filing. Files will be maintained per DoDM 4140.01 and AF Records

Disposition (RDS). External work files contain source documents which Document

Control will keep for a specified time. Management sets up files according to the specific

document categories. These files are arranged in either document number sequence or

ascending Julian date serial number sequence.

5.5.2.11.1. Fileable. All LRS/Materiel Management Activities will retain all hard

copy or IT/electronic image source documents per DoDM 4140.01 and RDS coded

for the following transactions: (T-0).

5.5.2.11.1.1. Issue Transactions

5.5.2.11.1.2. Maintenance Issue Transactions

5.5.2.11.1.3. Local Purchase Receiving Transactions

5.5.2.11.1.4. Bench Stock Issue Transactions

5.5.2.11.1.5. Directed Shipment Transactions

5.5.2.11.1.6. Shipment Transactions

5.5.2.11.1.7. Unit of Issue and Unit Price Change Transactions

5.5.2.11.1.8. Identity Change Transactions

5.5.2.11.1.9. Disposal Transactions

5.5.2.11.1.10. FED Transactions

5.5.2.11.1.11. Condition Code Changes

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 163

5.5.2.11.1.12. 1GP Transactions

5.5.2.11.1.13. Record Reversal Transactions

5.5.2.11.1.14. Kit Detail Transactions

5.5.2.11.1.15. Materiel Return (TIN) Transactions

5.5.2.11.1.16. Receipt (REC) Transactions

5.5.2.11.2. In the event the IT system identifies a contrary disposition for these

transactions, this instruction takes precedence.

5.5.2.11.3. Non-fileable. These documents will be maintained for 15 calendar days.

5.5.2.11.4. Additional Filing Requirements. If an audit, inspection, or other reason

requires Document Control to keep destroyable documents after a specific time,

maintain the documents in a separate file. Do not mix them with documents normally

filed by Document Control.

5.5.2.11.5. Permanent Document Files. Document Control maintains permanent files

as directed by Air Force Records Information Management System. For conflicts

between Air Force Records Information Management System and this instruction,

documents will be retained for the longest period indicated. Indicative and price/unit

of issue change documents which meet the fileable criteria will be filed separately in

stock number and transaction date sequence. File all other documents in permanent

files in ascending or descending sequence. The following permanent documents will

be filed and maintained by Document Control:

5.5.2.11.5.1. All classified and NWRM.

5.5.2.11.5.2. Documents with ERRCDs ND3, ND4, ND5, NF3, NF4, NF5,

regardless of the extended cost dollar value, and ERRCDs NF1 and NF2 with an

extended cost greater than $999.99.

5.5.2.11.5.3. All receiving documents except local purchase, with an extended

cost dollar value greater than $1,000.

5.5.2.11.5.3.1. Local Purchase receiving documents are fileable regardless of

the extended cost dollar value.

5.5.2.11.5.3.2. If an SF 364, Report of Discrepancy, or SF 361,

Transportation Discrepancy Report, was prepared to correct a discrepancy in

receipt, file a copy with the receiving documents and maintain.

5.5.2.11.5.4. All repair cycle DIFM issues and turn-ins with ERRCD of

“XD”/”XF” with an extended cost greater than $999.99.

5.5.2.11.5.5. All sensitive, pilferable, and control item code 7 items.

5.5.2.11.5.6. All shipping documents with an extended cost greater than $1,000,

including transfers to DLADS and shipment of vendor-owned containers or AF

owned containers returned for credit.

5.5.2.11.5.7. Transactions with non-AF activities including bench stock.

164 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.5.2.11.5.8. Reimbursement or refund issue and turn-in documents including

bench stock having an extended dollar value of $1,000.00 or more and as

indicated by the materiel management IT system.

5.5.2.11.5.9. Returns (TIN) with forced credit.

5.5.2.11.5.10. Returns (TIN) with interchangeable relationship.

5.5.2.11.5.11. Documents associated with the following transactions:

5.5.2.11.5.11.1. Equipment/WRM Package Deployment Transaction

5.5.2.11.5.11.2. EAID/In-Use Inter-Custody Receipt Transfer Transaction

5.5.2.11.5.11.3. SPRAM Inter-Custody Receipt Transfer Transaction

5.5.2.11.5.11.4. Establishment of SPRAM Accountability Transaction

5.5.2.11.5.11.5. Equipment/WRM Packages Receipt of Transfer Transaction

5.5.2.11.5.11.6. Non-EAID Equipment Detail Update Transaction

5.5.2.11.5.11.7. Spares Deployment Transaction

5.5.2.11.5.11.8. Equipment/SPRAM Deployment/Return Transaction

5.5.2.11.5.11.9. EAID Accountability Termination Single Selection

Transaction

5.5.2.11.5.11.10. Equipment/SPRAM Accountability Transfer Transaction

5.5.2.11.5.11.11. EAID/In-Use Identity Change Transaction

5.5.2.11.5.11.12. Due-out release transaction

5.5.2.11.5.11.13. Identity/Condition Change Transaction(s)

5.5.2.11.5.11.14. Spares Transfer Transaction

5.5.2.11.5.11.15. Reversals of any of the transactions

5.5.2.12. Retrieve Forced Record Alteration Change Request details from

https://webapp.amc.af.mil/635SCMG/SAC/SCMGeFIX/. Ensure base approval was

completed and file a copy in serial number order in a permanent document file. The

original Forced Record Alteration Change output documentation is maintained in the

LRS and AFMC. Copies of the output documents are forwarded to Document Control for

filing.

5.5.2.13. Supporting Document Files. Maintain permanent files for the following

supporting documents:

5.5.2.13.1. All documents of a manual or automated materiel management IT system

for which a direct image document register is not produced.

5.5.2.13.2. Any document with information on it or attached to it for managers,

auditors, or inspectors to determine the disposition of an item.

5.5.2.13.3. Equipment management documents as required in Sec. 5E of this

instruction.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 165

5.5.2.13.4. Written requests for reversal of a direct charge. File with the record

reversal documents.

5.5.2.13.5. Notice of lost or missing documents.

5.5.2.13.6. Original local purchase receipts. File IAW DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 1,

Chapter 9, Financial Records Retention and AFRDS. (T-0).

5.5.2.14. NWRM Inventory Documentation. Maintain permanent files for the following

supporting documentation:

5.5.2.14.1. NWRM appointment letters IAW AFI 20-110.

5.5.2.14.2. Records of NWRM Audits and Inventories.

5.5.2.14.3. Certificate of Transfer of Accountability.

5.5.2.15. Shipment Suspense Records/Details. Document Control will manage shipment

suspense records/details manually or via the materiel management IT system. (T-2).

5.5.3. Receipt Authorization Requirements for Controlled Property. Documents that

authorize individuals to receive classified property must be prepared and maintained

separately from documents authorizing individuals to receive unclassified supplies and

equipment. Note: When the LRS APO opts to maintain the Classified and NWRM

Authorization Receipt Listing in the Customer Support Function, Document Control will

receive a copy of the list (either hard copy or electronic copy) in order to complete quality

control edits on non-asset tracking IT system prepared documents.

5.5.3.1. Maintain a separate file of individuals authorized to receipt for classified and

NWRM property and upon request, provide this information to the asset tracking IT

system security administrator.

5.5.3.2. Maintain a separate file of signed letters of authorization. Signed letters of

authorization will be destroyed upon filing the validated semiannual Authorization

Receipt Listings.

5.5.3.3. Prepare Classified and NWRM Authorization Receipt Listings from the receipt

authorizations and distribute copies IAW AFMAN 23-122.

5.5.3.4. Perform a semiannual revalidation of authorizations to receipt for classified and

NWRM property each June and December.

5.6. Record Reversal and Correction (RRC).

5.6.1. RRC requirements.

5.6.1.1. The materiel management IT system will have the capability for reversing

transactions (formerly Reverse Post (RVP).

5.6.1.1.1. The LRS APO will designate qualified Materiel Management Air Force

Specialty Code 2S0 personnel to process reversal inputs.

5.6.1.1.2. The Vehicle Supply Chain Operations Squadron will initiate and process

reverse inputs to correct errors involving vehicles if the base RE transactions are

centralized under them.

5.6.1.2. RRC procedures are identified in AFMAN 23-122.

166 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.6.2. Record Reversal and Correction Research.

5.6.2.1. Conduct research to identify all transactions affecting RRC prior to processing.

5.6.2.2. Ensure the sequence for reversal of each transaction is correct and applicable

detail records are loaded for the document number being reversed.

5.7. Physical Inventory and Adjustments. Inventories and inventory adjustments of all

property held by AF activities will be conducted as provided in this section and as outlined in

AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).

5.7.1. PICP AF Materiel Management Activity storage facilities will maintain a PICP per

DoDM 4140.01, DLM 4000.25-2, DoDI 5000.64 to provide for the economical stewardship

of DoD and AF materiel system. (T-0).

5.7.1.1. Physical inventories will be conducted using the floor-to-book/book-to-floor

method for all assets IAW DoDM 4140.01. Floor to book refers to physically checking

the entire work area to ensure items are accounted for on the appropriate APSR. Under no

circumstances will computer balances be reflected on initial HHT or initial inventory

count sheets. See AFMAN 23-122 for inventory count procedures.

5.7.1.2. When approved by the owning MAJCOM, AIT may be used to conduct

inventories per DoDM 4140.01. (T-0).

5.7.2. Adjustment to accountable records. All adjustments or corrections to accountable

records will be accomplished within 30 days following initial comparison of the count to the

record balance IAW DLM 4000.25-2 and DoD 7000.14-R. (T-0).

5.7.3. Planning and conducting inventories.

5.7.3.1. Establishing an inventory schedule. Within the LRS, the Inventory Section (or

equivalent in other materiel management activities) will establish an inventory schedule

by fiscal year to ensure all items assigned a warehouse location or on a detail record (to

include IPE) are inventoried at the designated frequency. EAE will develop an inventory

schedule for all in-use equipment details and provide to the Inventory Section for

consolidation. The warehouse validation schedule will follow the inventory schedule for

type stock record account codes “B” and “E”, and satellites. Out-of-cycle inventory

counts will not satisfy quarterly, semiannual, or annual complete inventory requirements.

The LRS APO has the authority to conduct inventories more frequently for assets on their

accountable record.

5.7.3.2. Closed warehouse inventory. A closed warehouse inventory is the normal

method for conducting inventories. During a closed warehouse inventory, only

emergency issue transactions are removed from the warehouse. Emergency issues are

defined as priority designator 01-08 requests. Ensure all transactions affecting locations

have been pulled or put-away prior to a physical count. Emergency issues will be

processed as degraded operations transactions and will be recorded on the inventory

recap sheet. The materiel management officer will ensure the warehouse does not remain

closed to normal receipts and issues for an unreasonable length of time and is

immediately reopened after completion of the count.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 167

5.7.3.3. Inventory types. Only two types of inventory counts are authorized to ensure the

accuracy of base materiel inventory records. They are complete counts and special

counts. Complete inventories will only be taken by the closed warehouse method.

5.7.3.3.1. Complete Inventory Counts. Complete inventory counts are conducted

using the closed warehouse-method of inventory. This method applies to all stock

record account codes, satellites, and custodial accounts. Procedures for conducting

complete inventory counts are in AFMAN 23-122.

5.7.3.3.2. Special Inventory Counts. Special inventory counts are used to reconcile

out-of-balance conditions that are discovered during other than complete inventory

counts. Special inventory counts apply to all on-hand and in-use supply and

equipment items.

5.7.3.4. Requirements for classified, sensitive, and pilferable items.

5.7.3.4.1. Inventory personnel must possess a security clearance equal to the highest

category of classified material that they inventory.

5.7.3.4.2. Waivers of research for minor inventory adjustments are not permissible

for classified, pilferable, or sensitive items.

5.7.3.4.3. For Information Technology equipment inventory procedures reference

AFMAN 17-1203.

5.7.4. Inventory adjustment approval, certification and reporting accuracy.

5.7.4.1. Approval/Authentication of inventory adjustments. All inventory adjustments

that do not qualify for automatic adjustment will be approved by the Materiel

Management Flight Commander/Chief or equivalent prior to processing the adjustment.

Approval requires verification for all inventory post count validation and pre-adjustment

research actions have been completed.

5.7.4.2. Tracking and reporting inventory accuracy. The LGRM or equivalent is

responsible to ensure causative research is accomplished IAW AFMAN 17-1203,

Information Technology Asset Management, criteria listed in this instruction for

inventory adjustments. Causative research results will be analyzed and used with other

inventory adjustment and discrepancy trend data; fraud, waste, and abuse

indicators/reports; and for reviewing other management/security products to monitor the

integrity of base resource management processes. This analysis will be formally

presented to the LRS APO.

5.7.5. Inventory frequency. The frequency of inventory counts is specified based upon

category of item.

5.7.5.1. All materiel management and equipment items, in storage or in use, will be

subject to inventory count as follows: (T-1).

168 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Table 5.5. Inventory Frequency.

5.7.5.2. Waiver of requirements for inventory.

5.7.5.2.1. Local management is authorized to delay and reschedule inventory work

within the same fiscal year in coordination with higher headquarters.

5.7.5.2.2. Delay of inventory work up to the end of the next fiscal year is authorized

by the MAJCOM if such action is deemed appropriate and advisable.

5.7.5.2.3. AF/A4LR will approve suspension of inventory work or delay in the

accomplishment of inventory of a selected lot longer than two fiscal years.

5.7.6. Special inventories.

5.7.6.1. Special inventories will be accomplished and necessary adjustments made

without delay but NLT 30 days IAW DLM 4000.25-2.

5.7.6.2. Misidentified Serialized Control CCI/COMSEC Items. Special inventory

procedures must be used to re-identify serialized control CCI/COMSEC items.

5.7.7. Inventory Accuracy Standards.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 169

5.7.7.1. Inventory Accuracy is computed as the Inventory Variance Rate IAW DLM

4000.25, Volume 2, Supply Standards and Procedures. Goals and standards are

prescribed in DLM 4000.25, Volume 2, Table C6.T1, General Supplies Record Accuracy

Goals Stratification Sub-Populations and Associated Goals and Tolerance Levels.

5.7.7.2. M10/M32 inventory accuracy rates will be used as the standard for unit

inventory accuracy.

5.7.8. Automatic Inventory adjustment guidance.

5.7.8.1. The dollar value for automatic inventory adjustment, computed by multiplying

the adjusted quantity by the unit price, is within the following limits:

5.7.8.1.1. Pilferable items less than $100.00.

5.7.8.1.2. Controlled item code “U”, unclassified items less than $1,000.00. Note:

Items with controlled item code “7”, although considered unclassified for storage and

handling purposes, require research prior to adjustment. The loss, theft, unlawful

disposition, or recovery of an item in this category will be investigated IAW DLM

4000.25-2 and DoDM 7200.10. (T-0).

5.7.9. Inventory Research. The objective of inventory research is to identify causes for out of

balance conditions. Specific types of errors can include errors in inventory counts,

transaction processing, and transactions that may not have been posted to the recap sheet. As

a minimum the following research will be conducted:

5.7.9.1. Post count validation will be done for all out of balance discrepancies. Post

count validation is a comparison of physical count to recorded balances with

consideration for transactions that have occurred since the date of last inventory. Post

count validation research ends when the accuracy of the original inventory count has

been verified or when any necessary recounts have been taken.

5.7.9.2. Pre-adjustment research will occur on all adjustments that do not meet automatic

adjustment criteria. Pre-adjustment research is a review of potential discrepancies, which

involves the review of all transactions to include supporting documentation: catalog

change actions, shipment discrepancies, and un-posted or rejected documentation

occurring since the last completed inventory; the last location reconciliation which

included quantity; or back one year whichever is sooner. The purpose of pre-adjustment

research is to determine the correct balance. Pre-adjustment research ends when the

balance has been verified or the required adjustment quantity has been determined.

5.7.9.2.1. For unclassified and pilferable assets, the maximum time to complete pre-

adjustment research is 7 calendar days.

5.7.9.2.2. For NWRM, Sensitive and Classified assets, the maximum time to

complete pre-adjustment research is 5 calendar days.

5.7.9.3. Causative research will be accomplished for all pilferable items valued over

$100, all other controlled items, DIFMs, and adjustments greater than $1,000. The

purpose of causative research is to identify, analyze, and evaluate the root cause of

inventory discrepancies with the aim of eliminating repetitive errors. Causative research

ends when the cause of the discrepancy has been discovered or when, after a thorough

review of the transactions, no conclusive findings are possible.

170 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.7.10. Inventory Analysis. An analysis will be made of inventory adjustments that have

been processed and potential variances resolved. Analysis can reveal trends that can be a

valuable tool toward gaining effective asset control by identifying areas of current and

potential high loss. Inventory Analysis will be performed monthly to accomplish the

following:

5.7.10.1. To identify failures in the control systems so improvements can be made.

5.7.10.2. To reduce similar discrepancies in the future.

5.7.10.3. To evaluate indicators of trends or system problems for corrective action.

5.7.10.4. To ensure that the proper inventory adjustments and proper controls were

asserted.

5.7.10.5. To ensure actions required for inventory adjustment of AF items with a security

classification were followed. See AFMAN 23-122 for appropriate Threat

Reduction/Controlled Material items procedures.

5.7.10.6. For areas with a high rate of inventory adjustments, extra controls will be

instituted selectively by the LRS APO or equivalent. These controls will include:

5.7.10.6.1. Additional research to identify systems/operational deficiencies causing

an inventory adjustment, high loss items and possible pilferage.

5.7.10.6.2. Initiation of a financial liability investigation (formerly report of survey).

5.7.10.6.3. Disciplinary action as required.

5.7.10.6.4. Establishment of studies and action items to correct deficiencies.

5.7.10.6.5. Elevation of levels authorized to review, certify and approve inventory

adjustments.

5.7.10.6.6. Referral of systems problems to higher echelons with recommended

solutions.

5.7.10.6.7. Follow-on actions of analysis.

5.8. SPRAM.

5.8.1. SPRAM assets. SPRAM assets are ERRCD code “XD”/”XF” items used by

maintenance to perform functions such as detecting or isolating a fault, calibrating or

aligning equipment, and duplicating an active system installed in an aircraft or on-line

equipment. SPRAM includes items listed in the -21 TOs and are used to conduct approved

AETC training courses. This section is applicable to AF activities providing or employing

SPRAM. Note: The exclusion of -21 TO items in the SPRAM program is optional when the

owning MAJCOM is using other methods to maintain accountability and visibility. The

owning MAJCOM has to provide the central IM an annual update of asset position.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 171

5.8.2. SPRAM management. SPRAM assets are managed on detail records accounted for by

LRS/Materiel Management Activity. This ensures additional SPRAM assets are procured if

requirements exceed asset availability. Recoverable assets accounted for by a different

method, such as supply points, do not require transfer to SPRAM details. SPRAM flag is a

code used to identify the types of requirements authorized for retention of SPRAM assets.

See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.

5.8.3. Requirements and Funding.

5.8.3.1. MAJCOMs ensure all SPRAM requirements will be forwarded to the CEMF for

submission to the MAJCOM FAM. (T-1). CEMF will forward request approved by the

MAJCOM FAM to the Lead Command FAM for final approval with a statement of

unit/MAJCOM funding availability for the requested items. (T-1). Once MAJCOM

receives Lead Command FAM approval with supporting documentation, CEMF will

forward a copy of approval documentation and notify the supported activity to requisition

the asset.

5.8.3.2. SPRAM requirements for aircraft maintenance/Cost per Flying Hour (CPFH)

programs, replacement, and replenishment will be funded by the appropriate Funds

Holder. The CAM office is the Funds Holder for most RegAF CPFH programs (excludes

AMC strategic airlift and Air Force Special Operations Command. The Air National

Guard, Air Force Reserve Command, Air Force Special Operations Command and AMC

(C-5 and C-17) are responsible for their individual SPRAM/Flying Programs. All other

(i.e., non-flying hour) replacement/replenishment SPRAM requirements will be paid for

by the owning MAJCOM or using organization. Materiel Systems Division charges

Exchange Price if a carcass is returned, otherwise the Standard Price will be charged.

5.8.3.3. Exceptions.

5.8.3.3.1. “XF3” items are not on SPRAM details unless MAJCOM or a higher

authority so directs for a specific program.

5.8.3.3.2. Recoverable assets accounted for by a different method, such as supply

point, do not require transfer to SPRAM details.

5.8.3.3.3. SPRAM assets may satisfy MICAP requirements. SPRAM requirements

will not be misused as a means to routinely fill MICAP requirements.

5.9. Inspection Operations and Related Operations.

5.9.1. Overview. Inspection operations include verifying identity, security classification,

condition (as certified by maintenance inspectors), status, markings, tagging, and labeling of

property at AF activities IAW DoDM 4140.01 and AFJMAN 23-210. (T-0).Note: Inspection

Programs and Inspector Qualifications for Munitions Inspectors will be IAW AFMAN 21-

201, TO 11A1-10, Air Force Munitions Surveillance Program and Serviceability

Procedures, Individual Item TOs, Air Force Qualification Training Package for Munitions

Inspector Qualification and Certification (2W0X1), and the Air Force Specialty Code

2W0X1 Career Field Education and Training Plan (CFETP). See Section 1B for roles and

responsibilities.

172 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.9.2. Chief Inspector (LRS/Materiel Management Activity). Chief Inspectors are

responsible for identifying, monitoring, testing, protecting, and preserving warehouse stock

for the LRS APO.

5.9.3. LRS Limited Inspector (LRS/Materiel Management Activity). The Chief Inspector

may authorize personnel to perform some duties designated as inspection functions. The

limited authority must be identified in writing by the chief inspector. Inspection duties are

decentralized to various asset management functions within LRS requiring inspection

actions.

5.9.4. Inspector qualification requirements. The following are minimum basic requirements

considered to be essential for the individual in order to adequately perform duties and

responsibilities of a materiel management inspector. Inspectors must:

5.9.4.1. Have functional knowledge with the use of TOs, stock lists, parts catalogs, and

specifications to determine the completeness or condition of an item.

5.9.4.2. Have a working knowledge of the applicable accounting systems used at the

activity where the inspector is assigned to assure the proper processing of

condition/identity changes.

5.9.4.3. Know who is the functional inspector for specialized areas such as: fuels/lubes,

lumber, munitions, weapons, small arms, preservation and packing, etc.

5.9.5. Authorized Inspectors and their general responsibilities.

5.9.5.1. The AF quality control representative is the quality control inspector directly

responsible for government quality control functions at a particular facility or group of

facilities, who is authorized to inspect and accept supplies and services for the

government.

5.9.5.2. A maintenance inspector is a person authorized by the Maintenance Group/CC,

or designated representative, of an AF organization or activity to perform inspection

functions IAW TO 00-20-3, Maintenance Processing of Reparable Property and the

Repair Cycle Asset Control System. (T-1).

5.9.5.3. The materiel management inspector is a person authorized to perform the

following inspection functions:

5.9.5.3.1. Establish and maintain the final identification and classification of all

property received, stored, issued, or shipped.

5.9.5.3.2. Identify property known or suspected to be damaged or to have

deteriorated or corroded during use, storage, or shipment.

5.9.5.3.3. Ensure that re-inspection dates prescribed by TOs are properly computed

and entered on the applicable tags or labels or are included on the marking used in

lieu of such tags and labels to identify property received, stored, issued, or shipped by

a supply activity.

5.9.5.3.4. Accept or reject property received on local purchase orders or contracts

requiring inspection or acceptance at destination.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 173

5.9.5.3.5. Ensure documentation accompanies all property received, stored, issued,

and shipped by a Materiel Management Activity, and directed condemned property

when such action is prescribed by directives of higher authority.

5.9.5.3.6. Establish and maintain inspection controls on materiel within the TO

compliance (TOC) category to ensure that inspection dates will permit the availability

of serviceable stock. Note: When condition status is in question or when the

serviceable tag has been lost, defaced or obliterated and not chargeable to the

originator of the shipment, the logistics inspector/personnel must bench check the

assets through authorized maintenance personnel to determine final condition. Under

no circumstance will logistic inspectors/personnel sign documentation attesting the

property condition when its status is questionable.

5.9.6. Inspection Program.

5.9.6.1. COSIS Inspection Program. The Chief Inspector will conduct an overall COSIS

inspection for each warehouse annually. The Chief Inspector will schedule, conduct, and

provide reports of the COSIS inspection program. Copies of the COSIS inspection report

will be provided to the inspected activity to accomplish corrective actions.

5.9.6.2. Inspection personnel will then perform a follow-up inspection within 10 days to

ensure discrepancies were corrected. These discrepancies will be briefed to the LRS APO

or designee until resolution. Forward copies of COSIS reports to LRS/QA.

5.9.7. General Requirements.

5.9.7.1. Marking, Tagging, Labeling. General Requirements for marking, tagging,

labeling, (Reparable) Items, and Incoming Shipments are outlined in MIL-STD-129,

Military Marking for Shipment and Storage, and MIL-STD-130N. This guidance will be

followed by AF activities and contractors. (T-2).

5.9.7.2. Barcode labels, machine/human readable markings, labels, or tags are for

identification purposes only. Identification on the outside container must match the DD

Form 1348, DoD Single Line Item Release/Receipt Document, or DD Form 1348-1A,

Issue, Release/Receipt Document. If the outside container does not match the DD

1348/1A, the container must be opened to properly identify the item. If the actual

property does not match the DD 1348/1A, follow Supply Discrepancy Report procedures

outlined in AFMAN 23-122. DD Form 1574, Serviceable Tag – Materiel or DD Form

1574-1, Service Label – Materiel, will be used to identify property and the remark field

will contain the statement: ID PURPOSES ONLY. Materiel management personnel will

not sign DD Form 1574/-1 stating the condition of an item.

5.9.7.3. Removal and Disposition of Tags and Labels. The Chief Inspector is responsible

for the removal, replacement, necessary destruction, or obliteration of tags and labels

unless otherwise required by applicable TOs or directives. Note: Excess property

authorized for transfer to the DLA Disposition Service will not be retagged unless the

property has in fact been properly condemned.

174 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.9.7.4. Authorized Forms. The materiel management inspector of the activity concerned

will ensure all materiel is properly identified, and the legibility/permanence of the

information is maintained on all forms as prescribed in TOs, MIL-STD-129 and MIL-

STD-130N. (T-2). Forms for Turn-In(s). Identification and Condition: The applicable

condition tag(s) will accompany all turn-ins and be placed on the outside of the container.

All forms will be completely filled out with a legible signature from a certified

maintenance inspector stating the identification of the asset and the condition.

5.9.7.5. Condition. Serviceable property will be accompanied with condition paperwork

(DD Form 1574/-1 or contractor forms (i.e. Federal Aviation Agency Form 8130-3,

Authorized Release Certificate, Air Worthiness Approval Tag, Certificate of

Conformance, European Aviation Safety Agency Form 1, Authorized Release Certificate,

Joint Aviation Authority (JAA) Form One, Authorized Release Certificate,

Transportation Canada Civil Aviation (TCAA) Form One, Authorized Release

Certificate, etc.)). This includes the inspector’s name/signature or the inspector’s stamp

certifying the condition of the asset on the outside of the container. If condition

paperwork is not located on the outside of the container, but the item is properly

identified, and no suspected damage is apparent; the accompanied DD 1348/1A will

suffice as condition paperwork (Note: For Federal Aviation Agency certified aircraft

reparable spares, the DD 1348/1A will not suffice as condition paperwork on its own;

Federal Aviation Agency Form 8130-3 or international equivalent form is mandatory).

The DD 1348/1A must be affixed to the outside container (packing slip) for tracing

purposes. No further labeling/tagging or opening containers are required. Exception:

Bulk assets will be stenciled when appropriate. When supplies are stenciled standard

required data contained on the DD Forms 1574/-1(i.e. bulk items) will be used. (T-2).

5.9.7.6. Identification Requirements For “XB”/”XF” (Expendable) Items: Expendable

serviceable items being received, stored, or issued; shall be received, stored, issued, or

shipped without any condition paperwork of any kind as long as the serviceability is not

compromised. If the condition status is unknown, use to SDR procedures outlined in

AFMAN 23-122, paragraph 5.3.

5.9.7.6.1. Identification of Locally Purchased Materiel. Locally purchased materiel

will be identified with commercial tags, labels, or markings. See AFMAN 23-122 for

procedures.

5.9.7.6.2. Identification of Multiple Packaged Items. Each package or unpackaged

component part which is physically unattached to an assembly, group, kit, or set,

collectively identified and listed as a single item of materiel management, will be

appropriately condition tagged or labeled.

5.9.8. Inspection Requirements.

5.9.8.1. ESD Items. Unit, intermediate, and exterior packs containing electrostatic

discharge sensitive items susceptible to damage from environmental field forces

(electromagnetic, magnetic, radioactive, and electrostatic due to environmental or

mechanical processes) will be marked according to MIL-STD-129 and handled IAW

AFMAN 23-122.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 175

5.9.8.2. Shelf-Life Coded Items. Shelf-life codes are established in the retail materiel

management system to identify the number of months new items may remain unused in

storage before they must be reconditioned or condemned. Inspection personnel will

process a listing of assigned item records with shelf-life codes and validate the shelf life

quarterly. Shelf-Life coded items are managed and stored IAW the policies contained in

DoDM 4140.27, Volume 1 and 2. Information regarding training can be found at the

Shelf-Life web site. See AFMAN 23-122 for shelf-life procedures.

5.9.8.3. For guidance on TCTOs, refer to paragraph 4.2 of this instruction.

5.9.8.4. Identification of Discrepant Material. To ensure the right items are identified as

unsuitable for AF use, the Inspection personnel will notify base customers via daily

bulletins, newsletters or phone calls as a means of notification. The basis for notification

depends upon the type of item, i.e. messages concerning items peculiar to one

organization will not be published in daily bulletins or newsletters.

5.9.8.4.1. Suspect Materiel Flag. Upon notification and subsequent identification of

an unsuitable item, Inspection personnel will process a stock control data load input;

see AFMAN 23-122 for processing information. The length of time an item will be

coded as suspect materiel will be published in the applicable directives. If not, the

code will remain on the item record for one year.

5.9.8.4.1.1. When suspect materiel is received or turned-in, Inspection personnel

determine if the materiel is unsuitable or not and dispose of unsuitable items

according to the disposition instructions provided in the applicable directive. They

return suitable items to a serviceable condition IAW AFMAN 23-122.

5.9.8.4.1.2. If disposition instructions must be obtained, the inspector notes the

corrective actions to be taken and signs/stamps and routes the management notice

IAW AFMAN 23-122.

5.9.8.4.2. Disposition. Remove on-hand unsuitable items from storage locations and

dispose of them according to the disposition instructions furnished in the applicable

directive. When disposition instructions have not been provided, process a stock

control data load input to change the condition of the assets to supply condition code

“J”. This will suspend the items on an unserviceable detail until disposition

instructions can be obtained.

5.9.8.4.3. Materiel Suspect Code Listing. Each month Inspection personnel must

request a utility program to list all stock numbers having materiel suspect codes

assigned to them. Inspection forwards one copy of the listing to Distribution Flight

and another copy to Flight Service Center, who in-turn uses them during Degraded

Operations. Inspection personnel maintain a working copy until a new monthly listing

is printed.

176 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.9.8.5. Supply Discrepancy Report. The Report of Discrepancy (ROD)/Supply

Discrepancy Report, SF 364, is filed by receiving activities to record item or packaging

discrepancies attributable to the shipping activity see DLM 4000.25, Volume 2. SDRs are

prepared for non-receipt of lost or misplaced requisitions (shipments) after Cargo

Movement or equivalent confirms non-receipt of lost or misplaced requisitions

(shipments). Use the ILS-S SDR function or the DoD Web-SDR system as the primary

means to submit SDRs and SF 364 when the ILS-S SDR function or the DoD Web-SDR

system is not available. Corrective action will be taken depending on the source/nature of

any discrepancy, and will involve proper identification and condition of materiel. Any

subsequent action taken will be determined only by qualified and authorized inspectors.

5.9.8.5.1. Customer Support Liaison Element must coordinate with the receiving

activity to ensure all SDRs are identified.

5.9.8.5.2. All replies to SDRs. Customer Support Liaison Element will ensure that

disposition action resulting from replies to SDRs are followed.

5.9.8.6. Warranty/Guarantee Items. Items under warranty/guaranty require special

handling. Inspection personnel will ensure the following procedures are adhered to:

5.9.8.6.1. Routing of Warranties. Copies of warranties will be attached to property

and routed to the activity responsible for maintaining the warranty.

5.9.8.6.2. Inspection must coordinate with base maintenance activities and with

contract repair services to ensure warranty/guaranty data are properly routed. Exact

procedures and checklists to ensure warranties/guaranties are fully utilized will be

locally developed. Generally, Inspection forwards a copy of the annotated receiving

document and the applicable warranty to the appropriate activity or office listed

below:

5.9.8.6.2.1. The Base Civil Engineer for items that Civil Engineering maintains

or repairs.

5.9.8.6.2.2. Vehicle Management Flight for new motor vehicles according to AFI

24-302 and TO 36-1-191, Technical And Managerial Reference For Motor

Vehicle Maintenance.

5.9.8.6.2.3. Other maintenance offices as appropriate. Processing of centrally

managed or procured items under warranty as described in AFMAN 23-122.

5.9.8.6.2.4. Other activities maintaining warranty/guaranty and serialized control

item data. This action will be accomplished as specified by MAJCOM rules.

5.9.8.6.3. Warranted or Guaranteed Items Requiring Repair. Normally, organizations

will process warranted or guaranteed items requiring repair directly to Contract

Maintenance. For exceptions to this guidance, either the AFMC IM or the ICP will

provide instructions for processing the item or FSC involved.

5.9.8.6.4. Supply Inspectors normally manage the functional check program for the

LRS APO. At the option of the LRS APO or the MAJCOM, the functional check

program for RSPs may be managed separately. The LRS APO, along with the

Aircraft Maintenance and Maintenance Squadron commanders, will jointly agree on

an individual to act as the Maintenance point of contact. (T-3).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 177

5.9.8.7. Items in MRSPs. When the MAJCOM or LRS APO has not directed otherwise,

APS personnel will review dated items in MRSP using the Shelf-Life Control Listing.

The MAJCOM or local management may direct Inspection personnel to perform this task

using the Shelf-Life Control Listing provided by the MRSP monitor.

5.9.8.8. Processing Condemned Items. Condemned items will be processed according to

AFMAN 23-122.

5.9.8.9. Special Storage, Handling, and Inspection Requirements. There are numerous

categories of items and circumstances where alternate or additional procedures for

storage, handling, and inspection are required. Examples include: controlled items, items

requiring functional check prior to issue, hazardous commodities, shelf-life control,

assets pending modification, and items that may have a warranty/guaranty associated

with them. See AFMAN 23-122 for detailed procedures required to manage assets that

require special storage, handling, and inspection requirements.

5.9.8.10. Special Inspection Requirements.

5.9.8.10.1. Inspection Offline Checklist. Inspection personnel maintain a file/list of

items unsuitable for AF use (suspect materiel), functional checks, and TCTOs that are

not loaded during the initial screening. Items must remain in the file/list at least 1 year

or sooner if the situation or condition affecting the item has been resolved or

rescinded.

5.9.8.10.2. Monthly, Inspection personnel will use a local management program to

determine if any items have been subsequently loaded. When any of the items in the

file/list are loaded, Inspection must then take the action required by the appropriate

directives and ensure the correct codes are loaded.

5.9.8.11. Tagging Requirements for Materiel Directly Affected by TCTO.

5.9.8.11.1. Applicable to the AFMC Air Logistics Complexes.

5.9.8.11.1.1. Materiel spares in stock with outstanding TCTO requirements will

be tagged TO compliance (TOC), condition code “D” with a DD Form 1576,

Test/Modification Tag – Materiel or DD Form 1576-1, Test/Modification Tag -

Materiel upon receipt of the TCTO except when the TCTO will change the item's

form/fit/function (change in NSN and part number), or when specific serial

number controlled items are affected. In the case of serial number controlled

items, only the serial numbers identified will be tagged TOC.

5.9.8.11.1.2. There are instances when only a portion of the existing stock may

require TOC action. All units in stock will be tagged TOC upon receipt of the

TCTO. The IM will treat these items as management review items.

178 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.9.8.11.1.3. When serviceable materiel with no outstanding TCTOs is turned in

from organizational/intermediate or depot level maintenance to supply, the

serviceable tag/label (DD Form 1574/-1) will be annotated with the following

phrase in the remarks block: "The following TCTOs have been complied with:

(list all TCTO numbers in the remarks block or on the back of the tag)." The

annotation is not required whenever the item being returned has undergone TOC

action involving modification and resulted in a change in NSN or part number.

Material being turned in to supply with an outstanding TCTO(s) will be tagged

with a DD Form 1576 tag or DD Form 1576 label as condition code “D” (TOC),

and the phrase "TCTO (numbers(s)) not complied with" will be annotated in the

remarks block.

5.9.8.11.1.4. Material in a condition other than serviceable will not require

tagging as TOC. The maintenance activity will determine outstanding TCTO

requirements at the time of repair.

5.9.8.11.2. Applicable to AF bases. Items requiring modifications which change their

form, fit, or function will be assigned NPPC 4 or TCTO flag with DD Form 1576 tag

or DD Form 1576 label.

5.10. Management of Discrepant, Counterfeit and Suspect Counterfeit Materiel.

5.10.1. Non-conforming or malicious materiel reporting, investigating, and resolution

processes promote the ability to identify, report, and correct discrepant materiel issues before

they impact mission capability or present a serious hazard to the safety or health of AF

personnel, or to operational readiness. Discrepant materiel management procedures are

delineated in TO 00-35D-54.

5.10.2. Counterfeit Materiel Management. Counterfeit materiel management is a subset of

discrepant materiel management. When counterfeit or suspect counterfeit materiel is

identified (usually during the execution of discrepant materiel management procedures),

additional actions must be taken IAW DoDI 4140.67, DoD Counterfeit Prevention Policy.

(T-0). This section provides additional guidance for the handling of counterfeit materiel.

Information contained within this chapter applies to all AF activities or agencies and

personnel managing, issuing, receiving, storing, shipping and tracking of materiel. This

guidance is applicable to all AF Class V, VII, or IX items. Manage non-stock listed or raw

material discrepancies IAW AFI 91-202, The U.S. Air Force Mishap Prevention Program,

DoDM 4140.01, and DoDM 4160.21, Volume 4. (T-0).

5.10.2.1. Assistant Secretary of the Air Force for Acquisition (SAF/AQ) shall:

5.10.2.1.1. Ensure acquisition strategies address the risk of counterfeit goods entering

the supply chain.

5.10.2.1.2. Develop and maintain performance measures to determine effectiveness

and efficiency of anti-counterfeit programs.

5.10.2.1.3. Establish processes to ensure counterfeit or suspected counterfeit materiel

information is evaluated for weapon system program risk and that risk mitigation

plans are developed and implemented.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 179

5.10.2.1.4. Establish guidance to ensure PMs address the reduction of the occurrence

of counterfeit materiel entering the supply chain. Mitigate potential for counterfeit

materiel during life cycle sustainment planning and document in the Life Cycle

Sustainment Plan IAW AFPAM 63-128.

5.10.2.1.5. Establish procurement source management controls to include the process

for selection, evaluation, approval, and removal of procurement sources.

5.10.2.2. Assistant Secretary of the Air Force for General Counsel (SAF/GC) shall:

5.10.2.2.1. In conjunction with AF/JA, provide support for all legal matters

pertaining to discrepant materiel, including providing appropriate representation on

working groups associated with counterfeit mitigation activities. Additionally, AF/JA

in conjunction with SAF/GC shall:

5.10.2.2.2. Share appropriate legal information on discrepant or counterfeit materiel

issues and activities.

5.10.2.3. Assistant Secretary of the AF for Installations, Environment and Logistics

(SAF/IE) shall, in collaboration with AF/A4, establish and maintain policy for the proper

handling, storing, and disposing of discrepant materiel.

5.10.2.4. AF/A4 shall establish implementing guidance on the proper handling, storing,

stock screening and disposal of discrepant materiel for AF-used items, regardless of SOS.

5.10.2.5. Air Force Office of Special Investigations (AFOSI) shall:

5.10.2.5.1. Provide investigative support on suspect counterfeit items to determine if

intent to deceive warrants legal and or remediation actions.

5.10.2.5.2. Share appropriate information on counterfeit issues and activities with

other AF components, and DoD agencies.

5.10.2.5.3. Provide information on potential flight or product safety hazards to

SAF/GCR, Contractor Responsibility, AF/JAQ, and inform the AF Safety Center for

safety determination IAW AFI 51-1101, The Air Force Procurement Fraud Remedies

Program. (T-1).

5.10.2.5.4. Refer all counterfeit discrepancies to the AFMC for stock screening.

5.10.2.6. Air Force Chief of Safety (AF/SE) shall:

5.10.2.6.1. Publish and maintain safety instructions and guidance to ensure

compliance with the procedures in this document.

5.10.2.6.2. Distribute hazard information through various recurring publications and

periodic summaries IAW AFI 91-202.

5.10.2.6.3. Evaluate referred raw material, non-stock listed (that cannot be identified

as an AF Class V, VII, or IX item), and unidentifiable items.

5.10.2.6.4. Refer raw material discrepancies to AFMC or USSF for evaluation.

5.10.2.7. The Judge Advocate General of the Air Force (AF/JA) shall, in conjunction

with SAF/GC:

180 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.10.2.7.1. Provide support for review of incoming investigative materials and for

qui tam actions.

5.10.2.7.2. Coordinate with DoJ, AUSAs, Investigators, Auditors, DMCA, and

contracting representatives.

5.10.2.8. MAJCOMs shall:

5.10.2.8.1. Ensure personnel who manage and store AF materiel are trained with

respect to their job function to handle and manage discrepant materiel products

through the existing Product Quality Deficiency Reporting processes; including

retention of the suspected counterfeit materiel until investigation resolution. For

additional detail, reference paragraph 4.3 of this instruction.

5.10.2.8.2. Ensure all personnel submit discrepant or suspected counterfeit materiel

for review through the Joint Discrepancy Reporting System (JDRS) program IAW

TO 00-35D-54. (T-1).

5.10.2.8.2.1. Ensure stock screening of discrepant materiel is conducted and track

removal from the AF inventory.

5.10.2.8.3. AFMC will:

5.10.2.8.3.1. Document all occurrences of suspect and confirmed counterfeit

materiel in the appropriate reporting systems including the Government-Industry

Data Exchange Program (GIDEP).

5.10.2.8.3.1.1. Designate a command OPR to collect data on occurrences of

suspect counterfeit materiel on items managed by each command. Provide

data on occurrences of suspect counterfeit materiel to HAF as required.

5.10.2.8.3.1.2. For AF-managed items, report the occurrence of suspect

counterfeit materiel to all users, including Technical Coordination

Programs/International Engine Management Programs who will, in turn,

inform affected FMS customers.

5.10.2.8.3.1.3. For AF-used items, but the AF is not the Primary Inventory

Control Activity (PICA), report the occurrence of suspect counterfeit materiel

to the managing service/agency. Additionally, ensure all AF users are notified,

including Technical Coordination Programs /International Engine

Management Programs who will, in turn, inform affected FMS customers

5.10.2.8.3.1.4. For AF-managed items, report the occurrence of suspect

counterfeit materiel to all users utilizing the TCTO process as described in TO

00-5-15 AF Time Compliance Technical Order Process. (T-1).

5.10.2.8.3.1.5. Coordinate with AFOSI authorities to ensure a closed loop

process is established for counterfeit materiel reporting.

5.10.2.8.3.1.6. Designate counterfeit reporting officials in all logistics repair,

supply and distribution centers, complexes and directorates to act as the focal

point for counterfeit materiel reporting and program action. One official can

be designated at a geographical location to represent multiple functions.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 181

5.10.2.8.3.1.7. Maintain the Discrepant Materiel Reporting Program.

5.10.2.8.3.1.7.1. Ensure a closed loop reporting process for the AF by

utilizing a single point of entry for discrepant materiel notices

5.10.2.8.3.1.7.2. Utilize the strengths of the AF Deficiency Reporting,

Investigation, and Resolution (DRI&R) process governed by TO 00-35D-54

to ensure that discrepant parts are removed from the AF supply chain

through stock screening without altering the deficiency reporting process.

5.10.2.8.3.1.7.3. Receive AF-initiated screening/discrepant part

notifications from Joint Deficiency Reporting System (JDRS)

(www.jdrs.mil) IAW TO 00-35D-54.

5.10.2.8.3.1.7.4. Receive non-AF-initiated screening/discrepant part

notifications from external sources (GIDEP and others)

5.10.2.8.3.1.7.5. Introduce discrepant part notifications received from

external sources into the process utilizing JDRS for AF evaluation of the

affected weapon system(s).

5.10.2.8.3.2. Air Force Security Assistance and Cooperation (AFSAC)

Directorate will:

5.10.2.8.3.2.1. Establish counterfeit and deficient parts policy and procedures

for FMS resource allocation, Technical Coordination Programs/International

Engine Management Programs, international cooperative research, FMS

development and acquisition programs, military-to-military contract

programs, and foreign disclosure management activities. Provide support in

the establishment of counterfeit parts policy and procedures for foreign

military sales resource allocation, international cooperative research,

development and acquisition programs, military-to-military contract

programs, and foreign disclosure management activities.

5.10.2.8.3.2.2. Provide necessary support for stock screening actions of

discrepant material.

5.10.2.8.3.3. USSF will:

5.10.2.8.3.3.1. Designate counterfeit reporting officials in all logistics repair,

supply and distribution centers, complexes and directorates to act as the focal

point for counterfeit materiel reporting and program action. One official can

be designated at a geographical location to represent multiple functions.

5.10.2.8.3.3.2. Designate a command OPR to collect data on occurrences of

suspect counterfeit materiel on items managed by each command. Provide

data on occurrences of suspect counterfeit materiel to Headquarters Air Force

(HAF), as required.

5.10.2.8.3.3.3. Document all occurrences of suspect and confirmed

counterfeit materiel in the appropriate reporting systems including the

Government-Industry Data Exchange Program (GIDEP).

182 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.10.2.8.3.4. Suspected counterfeit materiel will be submitted, analyzed, and a

resolution determination will be made using the JDRS (www.jdrs.mil) IAW TO

00-35D-54.

5.10.2.8.3.5. Suspect Counterfeit Analysis. AFMC and USSF will:

5.10.2.8.3.5.1. Analyze all suspect counterfeit items to validate initial

determination that item is suspect counterfeit.

5.10.2.8.3.5.2. When the item is determined to be non-compliant, (i.e., it is

not confirmed as suspect counterfeit), process as a normal deficient item IAW

TO 00-35D-54.

5.10.2.8.3.5.3. When the item is confirmed to be suspect counterfeit:

5.10.2.8.3.5.3.1. Report suspect counterfeit occurrence to the centralized

designated office.

5.10.2.8.3.5.3.2. Create initial report in GIDEP. The GIDEP website can be

found at http://www.gidep.org.

5.10.2.8.3.5.3.3. Update the initial JDRS report until closeout IAW TO 00-

35D-54.

5.10.2.8.3.5.3.4. Conduct a risk analysis to include technical risk and

personal safety IAW MIL-STD-882E, System Safety. Develop and

implement risk mitigation actions as appropriate.

5.10.2.8.3.5.3.5. Segregate suspect counterfeit item to prevent re-entry into

the supply system by returning it in “L” supply condition code. Materiel will

remain segregated and held as evidence for potential legal procedures or

contracting action. Materiel shall not be disposed of until released by

AFOSI or other legal authorities. Follow appropriate disposition

instructions.

5.10.2.8.3.5.3.6. Determine whether materiel confirmed as suspect

counterfeit is present anywhere in the supply chain. Take appropriate action

as informed by the risk analysis

5.10.2.8.3.6. Remediation:

5.10.2.8.3.6.1. AFMC and USSF shall:

5.10.2.8.3.6.1.1. Develop and document metrics that quantify the impact of

suspect counterfeit and counterfeit items on:

5.10.2.8.3.6.1.2. Personnel Safety

5.10.2.8.3.6.1.3. Material Readiness

5.10.2.8.3.6.1.4. Finance (including damages incurred and the cost to cure

effects), and

5.10.2.8.3.6.1.5. Any other areas of interest.

5.10.2.8.3.7. Investigation

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 183

5.10.2.8.3.7.1. AFMC/USSF shall contact AFOSI to initiate investigation of

suspect counterfeit materiel.

5.10.2.8.3.7.2. AFOSI shall investigate all suspect counterfeit items that have

been identified to determine if intent to deceive warrants legal and or

remediation actions.

5.10.2.8.3.7.3. AFMC/USSF shall notify appropriate personnel of the final

results of the investigation.

5.10.3. Restitution. AFOSI, legal counsel and the contracting officer will determine the

appropriate actions necessary for restitution.

5.10.4. Disposal. Counterfeit materiel will be disposed IAW this instruction and AFMAN

23-122. In addition to these procedures, refer to AFMAN 21-201 for disposition of Class V

items.

5.10.5. Security Requirements. As a minimum, all classified discrepant materiel will be

protected IAW DoDI 5210.02, Access to and Dissemination of Restricted Data and Formerly

Restricted Data, and DoDM 5200.01, DoD Information Security Program and AFI 16-1404.

Classified Class of Supply V discrepant materiel will be protected IAW DoDM 5100.76 and

AFI 31-101. (T-0).

5.11. Stock Positioning.

5.11.1. Stock positioning decisions will optimize the storage and movement of materiel to

meet worldwide customer mission requirements. Stock positioning decisions will be based

primarily on achieving responsive and efficient materiel distribution support. See Section 1B

for roles and responsibilities.

5.11.2. AF stock positioning policies will comply with requirements in DoDM 4140.01;

DLM 4000.25; DLM 4000.25-1; DLM 4000.25-2; DoDM 4140.26-M, Volumes 1-6, DoDM

4140.68; AFPD 23-1; AFI 20-110; and AFJMAN 23-210. (T-0).

5.11.3. Automatic Sourcing. Automatic Sourcing will enable a capability to automate lateral

(base to base) support for high priority orders (HPOs) and automatically redistribute excess

assets.

5.11.3.1. The Automatic Lateral Support function supports MICAP, AWP, JCS, and FSL

requirements.

5.11.3.2. The Excess Redistribution function automatically screens outgoing lower

priority requisitions for assets to determine if redistributable excess assets are available at

other materiel management IT system accounts before forwarding the requisition to the

normal source of supply.

5.11.3.3. The AF’s policy is to laterally distribute serviceable assets from the location

that has the least need for the requested item in order to minimize subsequent resupply

actions (by the shipping location) and to ensure that any subsequent re-supply actions

(requisitions) will not have a higher priority than the requisition being released. The

overall distribution sequence is described in Enterprise Solution-Supply (ESS) manual.

184 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.12. Materiel Disposition.

5.12.1. See Section 1A for delegation of authority and Section 1B for roles and

responsibilities.

5.12.2. Reclamation.

5.12.2.1. The Department of Defense (DoD) Reclamation Program is prescribed by

DoDM 4140.01 and implemented by DoDM 4160.21, Volume 2.

5.12.2.2. The authority for reclamation of aircraft is AFI 16-402. Disposal of aircraft will

not take place until AF reclamation requirements are met. Failure to do so will result in

potential loss of parts. The PM must consider transferring assets to AFMC Aerospace

Maintenance and Regeneration Group for reclamation when non-programmed

requirements cannot be met on-site. Non-programmed reclamation must be planned prior

to requesting save lists.

5.12.2.3. AFI 20-115, specifies the authority for retention of aircraft engines.

5.12.2.4. Reclamation processes in this section primarily support AF-managed assets.

PM/ System Support Manager/end-item manager organizations supporting CLS weapon

system support programs must comply with the intent of DoD reclamation requirements

and design CLS reclamation processes accordingly.

5.12.2.5. Reclamations will be based upon the following criteria:

5.12.2.5.1. A justifiable requirement exists.

5.12.2.5.2. Removal must be economical. If it is not economical, the requirement will

be based on an extreme urgency or lack of any other known supply sources.

5.12.2.5.3. Base-funded items required locally may be reclaimed by retail activities

when the parts can be economically removed and restored to a serviceable condition

by the reclaiming activity.

5.12.2.5.4. Resources must be available for the timely repair of reclaimed

unserviceable items.

5.12.2.6. Reclaimed items must be returned to proper materiel management activities and

maintained on accountable records.

5.12.2.7. Priority reclamation of DLA items must be initiated by DLA or a DLA

designated SOS representative.

5.12.2.8. Aircraft that crashed before 19 November 1961, and that remain wholly or

partially unrecovered, are considered formally abandoned. The AF neither maintains title

to, nor has property interest in, these aircraft.

5.12.2.8.1. The authority for access to, and recovery of, these aircraft, as well as

liability for damages associated with their recovery, are matters to be resolved

between persons seeking recovery and landowners of the wreckage sites.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 185

5.12.2.8.2. When any human remains are discovered at the site, recovery personnel

should immediately contact the nearest United States Embassy or United States

military installation. To assist in proper identification of remains, recovery personnel

should refrain from further operations at the site pending removal of the remains by

United States experts.

5.12.2.9. Programmed/non-programmed disposal freeze requests may be generated by

HAF, AFMC, or as a result of a request from an AFMC Air Logistics Complex or ICP.

5.12.3. Review of Potential Reutilization (Excess) Wholesale Stock Prior to Approval for

Disposal. All potential reutilization (excess) items must be reviewed prior to disposal to

ensure that no known or projected requirements exist.

5.12.3.1. This review will include exploring possible needs due to NHA application,

possible modification to a usable configuration, uses for other than its intended purpose

and reclamation of component parts.

5.12.3.2. This review may result in the retention of computed excess assets.

5.12.4. Impairment

5.12.4.1. Impairment is a significant and permanent decline in the service utility of an

asset due to damage, obsolescence, or when the asset is excess to requirements. To meet

the definition of impairment, the asset is no longer required by any AF activity and is

being placed into long-term storage with no expectation of being returned to service.

Typically such assets are shipped to the 309th Aerospace Maintenance and Regeneration

Group to be held until disposal is directed by the owing activity.

5.12.4.2. Indicators of impairment

5.12.4.2.1. Evidence of physical damage

5.12.4.2.2. Enactment or approval of laws or regulations which limit or restrict usage

5.12.4.2.3. Changes in environmental or economic factors

5.12.4.2.4. Technological changes or evidence of obsolescence

5.12.4.2.5. Changes in the manner or duration of use of the asset

5.12.4.2.6. Construction stoppage or contract termination

5.12.4.2.7. Assets is idled or unserviceable for excessively long periods

5.12.4.3. Impairment Test

5.12.4.3.1. The magnitude of the decline in service utility is significant.

5.12.4.3.2. The decline in service utility is expected to be permanent. The decline is

considered permanent when management has no reasonable expectation that the lost

service utility will be replaced or restored.

5.12.4.4. Documenting evidence of management’s decision to permanently remove the

asset from service (Impairment).

186 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

5.12.4.4.1. Documentation specifying that an asset is Impaired is required to support

an impairment decision, and should specify that the asset is being permanently

removed from service and the asset’s use is terminated.

5.12.4.4.2. The Impairment documentation shall be signed by the disposition

authority (IM/PM).

5.12.4.5. Financial Accounting for Impaired assets

5.12.4.5.1. When the disposition authority (IM/PM) decides to permanently remove,

retire, or dispose of an asset from service and the asset’s use is terminated, the asset’s

acquisition cost and associated accumulated depreciation shall be removed from the

APSR general Property, Plant, and Equipment account and transferred to the Other

General PP&E (Account 1890), IAW DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 12, Chapter 7, and

Federal Accounting Standards Advisory Board (FASAB) Statement of Federal

Financial Accounting Standards (SFFAS) 44: (T-0). Accounting for Impairment of

General Property, Plant, and Equipment Remaining in Use. Note: When Account

1890 is not available, account for impaired assets in an AFMC approved property

accountability system.

5.12.4.5.2. Upon completion of the disposal of the asset, the storing activity should

write off the asset from its financial records. Any difference between the expected net

realizable value previously recorded and the actual disposition amount should be

recognized as a gain or loss.

5.12.4.6. When impaired assets are returned to service, comply with reclamation process

per this instruction IAW DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 12, Chapter 7, Department of Defense

Financial Management Regulations. (T-0).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 187

Chapter 6

MATERIEL RETURNS

6.1. Overview. This chapter outlines AF guidance for the supply chain materiel management

processes associated with materiel returns and disposal of materiel. These activities include

Returns, Disposal and the Precious Metals Recovery Program (PMRP). As listed in Attachment

1, References various DoD and AF publications are reference sources for this publication. For

this chapter, DoDM 4100.39, DoDM 4140.01, DoDM 4160.21, Volumes 1-4, and DoDM

4160.28, Volume 1, Defense Demilitarization: Program Administration, DoDM 4160.28,

Volume 2, Defense Demilitarization: Demilitarization Coding and DoDM 4160.28, Volume 3,

Defense Demilitarization: Procedural Guidance serve as primary DoD reference sources. (T-0).

See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.

6.1.1. All AF materiel management activities processing returns (serviceable and

unserviceable) will:

6.1.1.1. Conduct bare item inspection to verify the identification and ensure materiel

received matches tags and documentation are completed prior to return IAW this chapter.

(T-1).

6.1.1.2. Research shipment shortages to find missing assets, ensure missing assets are

included in the shipment. When it is impractical to recover component shortages, the

release/receipt document listing the shortages will be certified. (T-1).

6.1.1.3. Return reparables only to the shipment DoDAAC contained in the repair cycle

record. (T-2).

6.1.1.4. Not inspect reparables which are received in error and is automatically

transshipped to the applicable repair point, unless there is obvious or suspected evidence

that condition or identity is incorrect. (T-2).

6.1.1.5. Handle returned assets in such a manner to prevent further damage or cost to the

government. Packing and crating will be accomplished as prescribed by appropriate TOs

and packaging directives IAW AFMAN 24-206 (IP), Packaging of Materiel. (T-2).

6.1.1.6. FOB Materiel. Assets in the possession of base customers that are not correctly

accounted for on supply system due-in from maintenance or in-use equipment detail

records are commonly referred to as FOB. AFI 23-111 requires the prompt recording of

all property found on an installation not maintained in an accountable system. FOB

property will be processed by the Flight Service Center. FOB items will be thoroughly

researched before being added to the accountable record. Unless exempted, all controlled

items will use Special Inventory guidance to clear FOB conditions; a financial liability

report (formerly report of survey) will be required to add such items to the accountable

record. See AFMAN 23-122, Table 6.2 for Exceptions.

6.1.2. Customers in possession of assets will comply with following guidance prior to

returning property to the LRS/Materiel Management Activity to ensure proper identification,

condition and complete documentation (i.e. forms, tags, reports, etc.):

188 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

6.1.2.1. TO 00-20-3, TO 00-35D-54, AFI 21-101, AFMAN 24-206 (IP), and AFMAN

23-122.

6.1.2.2. For maintenance activities that are non-Aircraft, refer to AFPD 21-1 for the

governing maintenance publication.

6.1.3. All activities, which are not in the Stock Number User Directory or equivalent

program and therefore do not receive RIMCS data (i.e. contractors, universities, Air Force

Reserve Officer Training Corps, will ship AF reparable materiel to an authorized repair

point. (T-2).

6.1.4. Activities will not remove Item Identification Plates or Labels on material being

returned. (T-2).

6.2. Returns.

6.2.1. Assets no longer used by retail materiel management activities will be returned or

transferred for disposal. (T-2).

6.2.2. Recoverables/Reparables.

6.2.2.1. Maintenance will return recoverable items to the wholesale and retail materiel

management systems regardless of condition IAW paragraph 5.3 of this instructions.

(T-2).

6.2.2.2. Reparable items coded “XD” and “ND.” Serviceable "XD2" items will only be

returned to depot stocks or transferred to disposal when directed by the IM. (T-2).

6.2.2.3. Reparable Items Coded “XF,” or “NF.” To preclude the unwarranted disposal of

economically reparable "XF" or "NF" items which are beyond the capability, capacity, or

need of the base to repair, the following criteria are established: (T-2).

6.2.2.3.1. Items coded "XF" and "NF" will be processed to the DLADS when they

are in condemned condition, except items identified by AFMC to be included in

Repair Network Integration (RNI). (T-2).

6.2.2.3.2. Reparable "NF" items in other than condemned condition and having a line

item value (quantity items x unit cost) less than $100 will be processed to DLADS.

Items in this category may be held as long as the base considers necessary for

possible future repair and reuse. (T-2).

6.2.2.3.3. Reparable "NF" items in other than condemned condition and having a line

item value of $100 or more will be reported to the IMs for disposition instructions.

(T-2).

6.2.2.3.4. Reparable "XF" items requiring depot repair will be identified in RIMCS.

(T-2).

6.2.2.3.5. Reparable "XF" items not in the RIMCS will be processed to DLADS,

unless critical. (T-2). Exception: Personnel parachute components and those

identified by AFMC to be included in RNI.

6.2.2.3.6. Guidance outlined in this paragraph does not pertain to items recovered by

reclamation at the AFMC Aerospace Maintenance and Regeneration Activity.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 189

6.2.2.4. When notified to ship reparable (part numbered) Quick Reaction Capability

(QRC) equipment to a contractor or depot field team, shipments should be made by the

most expeditious means available.

6.2.2.5. Shipment of reparable and TCTO materiel to repair contractors.

6.2.2.5.1. Reparable and TCTO materiel are shipped to repair contractors when the

appropriate RIMCS data is reflected, except when directed by the IM.

6.2.2.5.2. RIMCS applies to all reparables which can appropriately be shipped from

the generating activity to the contractor repair facility.

6.2.2.5.3. Movement of Test, Measurement, & Diagnostic Equipment will be done

IAW TO 00-20-14, Air Force Metrology and Calibration Program. (T-1).

6.2.3. Consumables items coded XB or NF1.

6.2.3.1. DoD and AF policy mandates all government materiel will be fully used and

reused when the materiel can be used effectively, economically, and safely. Activities

will never discard usable material. (T-1). The following guidelines for determining the

usefulness of items apply to both on-base and off-base organizations.

6.2.3.2. All consumable items, serviceable or unserviceable, having potential use or

resale value, will be collected, retained, and returned to the retail Materiel Management

Activity. Note: LRS/Materiel Management Activity will not accept serviceable property

less than a full Unit of Issue (UI). (T-1). The retail Materiel Management Activity will

reissue and redistribute serviceable consumable items and dispose of unserviceable items

to DLADS in accordance with assigned DEMIL code. (T-1).

6.2.4. NWRM. NWRM items will be returned IAW AFI 20-110 and, paragraph 10.2 of this

instruction. (T-1).

6.2.5. Deficiency Report (DR) Exhibit Returns. DR exhibit return actions will comply with

TO 00-35D-54. (T-1).

6.3. Disposal, Demilitarization and PMRP.

6.3.1. Disposal Guidance.

6.3.1.1. DoDM 4160.21, Volume 2 and DoDM 4160.28, Volume 1, implements the

requirements of the Federal Property Management Regulation (FPMR), as it applies to

the disposition of excess and surplus materiel.

6.3.1.2. Primary Inventory Control Activity (PICA) and Secondary Inventory Control

Activity (SICA). PICAs have final disposition authority for assets under their

management. Therefore, SICAs will not dispose of items until they receive written

authorization from the appropriate PICAs. PICAs will provide SICAs the current "ship

to" information for reparable materiel.

6.3.1.3. Retail activities will transfer centrally procured secondary and principal items to

disposal only when directed by the IM, unless identified as authorized for immediate

transfer to disposal. Component materiel identified by an IM for possible disposal but

with potential for reutilization will be transferred to DLADS, unless new information

justifies retention.

190 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

6.3.1.4. The LRS/Materiel Management Activity may locally-direct transfers to DLADS

when: the item is unserviceable or when the item is a locally assigned stock number and

the item is no longer required; the item does not support an active weapon system or end

item; and all disposal authority criteria has been met. HAZMAT disposal must be

coordinated through local environmental staff using EESOH-MIS for an evaluation of

hazardous waste regulations and requirements.

6.3.1.5. AFMC will ensure all of the following disposal criteria for serviceable items are

met before disposal action is taken:

Table 6.1. Enterprise Date Points to Equal Zero.

Requisition Objective

Daily Demand Rate

Cumulative Recurring Demands

Number Demands Current

Number Demands Past 6 Months

Number Demands 7-12 Months

Due-Outs

Due-Ins

Due-In From Maintenance

Equip Authorization

Equip On-Hand

RSP Authorization

RSP On-Hand

SPRAM Authorization

SPRAM On-Hand

Bench Stock Flag

Supply Point Flag

Life of System Level Count

6.3.1.5.1. For consumable serviceable items required to support and maintain active

weapon system or end item:

6.3.1.5.2. The disposal criteria for BC “8” (XB3, XF3) and BC “9” (XB3, XF3, and

NF1) is authorized when Date of Last Demand is greater than 10 years, SPC assigned

is 5 or E, and Date SPC assigned is greater than 9.

6.3.1.5.3. Some consumable items are not required to support and maintain active

weapon system or end item. The disposal criteria for BC “8” (XB3, XF3) and BC “9”

(XB3, XF3, and NF1) is authorized when Date of Last Demand is greater than 3

years, SPC assigned is 5 or E, and Date SPC assigned is greater than 2 years.

6.3.1.6. Base-level organizations will transfer materiel to DLADS for items not

processed through the applicable materiel management IT system. (T-2). This includes

the transfer of scrap and GPC purchased items.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 191

6.3.1.6.1. Segregation of scrap materiel is necessary to minimize DLADS handling

costs and to ensure maximum return from the sale of disposed materiel. Segregation

of scrap materiel will be accomplished by base organizations initiating materiel

transfers to DLADS.

6.3.1.6.2. When items are coded disposal, disposing organizations’ items must be

turned into DLADS and demilitarized prior to transfer IAW the DEMIL code

assigned, DoDM 4160.21, Volume 3, DoDM 4160.28,Volume 2 and AFMAN 23-

122.

6.3.1.6.3. Disposal of NWRM and scrap from NWRM will follow guidance in AFI

20-110.

6.3.1.6.4. LRS/Materiel Management Activities are authorized to transfer low dollar

value property in batch lots to the DLADS on a single shipping document IAW

DoDM 4160.21, Volume 3 and AFMAN 23-122.

6.3.1.6.5. At installations lacking a local Defense Logistics Agency Disposition

Services (DLADS) staffed location, Logistics Readiness organizations will execute

the following basic processes, subject to specific instructions from DLADS: perform

checks on electronic turn-in documents (ETID) to verify quantity and identity of

property being turned in by local AF or Joint units, package or palletize property to

enable movement and loading by materiel handling equipment, provide secure

temporary storage of disposal property to prevent loss, damage, and deterioration,

coordinate with DLADS to request transportation to a disposal site and contact

DLADS to obtain customer training on disposal processes. (T-3). Note: Check with

servicing DLADS office for prescribed minimum quantity when local storage reaches

maximum capacity and for minimum distances required for obtaining DLADS

provided transportation.

6.3.2. Demilitarization.

6.3.2.1. AFMC/A4R will act as the AF Demilitarization (DEMIL) Program

Administrator. Requests for waiver, modification, exception, or addition to DoD

Demilitarization requirements will be submitted to the AF DEMIL Program

Administrator, on a case-by-case basis IAW DoDM 4160.28, Volume 1. AFMC will

review, approve and submit to the DoD DEMIL Program Office (DDPO). Note: All

changes to DEMIL codes for classified and explosive assets must be approved by

AFMC/A4R DEMIL Program Administrator and the DoD DEMIL Program

Administrator.

6.3.2.2. The ESs (contractor equivalent) will assign accurate DEMIL codes to all items,

for which they have management responsibility, IAW DoDI 4160.28, DoD

Demilitarization (DEMIL) Program. Requests to change an item's DEMIL code will be

submitted to DLA Logistics Information Service IAW DoDM 4160.28, Volume 2.

6.3.2.3. Prior to release of property from DoD custody and control, the owning activity is

responsible for ascertaining the demilitarization code for the property and ensuring that it

is entered on the transfer document or included in the lease, loan, or sale agreement.

192 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

6.3.2.4. The ICP will declassify materiel according to DoDM 4160.28, Volume 3, and if

required, further demilitarize classified materiel prior to turn-in of the residue, if any, to

DLADS.

6.3.3. Precious Metals Recovery Program. The PMRP will be conducted IAW in DoDM

4160.21, Volume 2 and TO 00-25-113, Conservation and Segregation of Critical Alloy and

Precious Metal Bearing Parts and Scrap.

6.3.3.1. Roles and Responsibilities.

6.3.3.1.1. AF/A4LR will be responsible for coordinating the policy and guidance for

PMRP.

6.3.3.1.2. AFMC will be the AF focal point to coordinate on all matters pertaining to

the PMRP and assign appropriate Precious Metals Indicator Codes as defined by

DoDM 4100.39.

6.3.3.1.3. MAJCOMs will: Ensure an effective PMRP program exists within their

command.

6.3.3.1.4. Retail/Base-Level PMRP Management:

6.3.3.1.4.1. The Materiel Management Flight Chief Inspector will be the

installation PMRP manager/focal point for all matters concerning PMRP. (T-2).

6.3.3.1.4.2. The PMRP manager will maintain a list of all organization's PMRP

monitor's/alternate's name, phone number, location and, as applicable, type of

recovery equipment, kind of precious metals scrap generated, and the kind of fine

precious metals and high precious metals content items used.

6.3.3.1.4.3. The PMRP manager will visit each participating activity at least once

every 24 months for review of operations, documentation, and adherence to

overall program requirements. A report of findings will be maintained and

corrective action on discrepancies tracked through completion.

6.3.3.2. All AF activities must establish protection requirements for fine precious metals,

precious metals bearing scrap, and high content precious metals bearing items IAW

DoDM 4160.21, Volume 2. (T-0).

6.3.3.2.1. Using activities will maintain a file for accountability for silver recovery

equipment and supplies provided by DLADS at no cost, kind of precious metals scrap

generated, and the kind of fine precious metals and high precious metals content

items used.

6.3.3.2.2. Contractor activities operating on an AF installation where precious metals

are used or recovery is involved must ensure that the PMRP is addressed in the

Performance Work Statement (PWS) or equivalent. (T-2).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 193

Chapter 7

SUPPORTING TECHNOLOGIES

7.1. Overview. This chapter also establishes policy on the administration and use of the ILS-S.

The policy described in this section is applicable to all subsystems of the ILS-S (the Standard

Base Supply System (SBSS), Enterprise Solution-Supply, and the AF Supply Central Database)

except where explicitly excluded. Specific guidance to create and maintain user accounts within

each particular subsystem of ILS-S are addressed in AFH 23-123, Volume 2.

7.2. Automated Identification Technology (AIT) and MMHS and Other Capabilities.

7.2.1. AIT, a group of technologies to improve material identification and data collection.

The implementation of AIT capability within the AF shall be done through the ELS initiative

and IAW DoDM 4140.01. The adoption, acquisition and implementation of AIT capabilities

shall be accomplished at the enterprise level unless AF/A4L grants an exception to this

guidance. Requests for exception to guidance shall be made in writing and coordinated with

the applicable MAJCOM A4 and AF/A4LR.

7.2.1.1. Asset Marking and Tracking (AMT). AMT enables total asset management

throughout the supply chain by ensuring the consistent marking and tracking of all assets.

AMT automatically identifies and tracks high cost, high impact, and other critical

individual components from acquisition through transportation, supply, maintenance, and

disposal. This includes consumables and non-serialized assets along with selected assets

as identified within the OSD-led Serialized Item Management (SIM) initiative. AMT

shall use existing capabilities and policy, such as Item Unique Identification (IUID), and

Radio Frequency Identification (RFID). Note: For operational security purposes, AFOSI

assets that are used for surveillance missions will not be labeled with identification

markings. Also, assets will not be marked when identification markings hinder the use of

the equipment (i.e. size, technical use).

7.2.1.2. Enterprise Asset Tracking. Use enterprise asset tracking in the retail system.

The capability is comprised in large part of mobile device technology such as hand-held

terminals. The technology will support the asset accountability function, warehouse pull

and put-away, receipt and turn-in processing, asset delivery, warehouse and equipment

inventory processing, and warehouse location validation processing. When mobile device

technology is not available (either due to hardware or network constriction, use AF

approved modernized desktop application capable of the same function.

7.2.2. IUID. IUID is a key enabler for automatic data capture on key items. This allows for

capture of accurate lifecycle data that can be aggregated and analyzed by planners, engineers,

and logisticians to produce predictive maintenance strategies. IUID implementation will meet

requirements in MIL-STD-130 and DoDI 8320.04, Item Unique Identification Standards for

Tangible Personal Property.

7.2.2.1. SAF/AQ manages IUID implementation with the acquisition of new assets.

7.2.2.2. AF/A4LR provides policy alignment strategy and oversight of IUID.

7.2.2.3. AFMC/A4N manages IUID implementation and sustainment for legacy items to

include Class II, VII, and IX supply items.

194 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

7.2.2.4. Radio Frequency Identification (RFID). Active RFID supports asset visibility

and improved logistic business processes throughout the DoD logistics enterprise. The

AF maintains an active RFID infrastructure IAW with DoD policy directives. This

infrastructure primarily supports distribution activities tracking shipments to, from and

between OCONUS locations. The use of such automatic identification ensures minimal

or no manual data entry, improves data accuracy and timeliness. The supporting AF

RFID implementation plan encompasses both active and passive RFID technology in a

cohesive environment to support the DoD vision will be in accordance with DoD and

other applicable directives.

7.2.3. MMHS Planning & Programming.

7.2.3.1. AFMC must approve any proposed modification to an existing MMHS or SAS

that originally required AFMC approval and was installed by AFMC. Modifications

include changes to equipment, configuration, location, installation, functional changes

and programmable controllers. When modifications exceed $100K, AFMC will fund

them through the MMHS/SAS program. Modifications under $100K must be funded

locally.

7.2.3.2. AFMC retains approval authority for configuration of all materiel management

support facilities and air terminal facilities based on the flow of materials and space

utilization.

7.2.3.3. AFMC prioritizes MAJCOM requirements into an AF MMHS/SAS Program.

AFMC manages the program based on execution responsibilities, and accounts for all

projects submitted by MAJCOMs.

7.2.3.3.1. MAJCOM focal points advocate to AFMC for each MAJCOM’s

MMHS/SAS program ensuring all requirements are included in the AF Program.

7.2.3.3.2. The MAJCOM focal point is the liaison between the MAJCOM PM and

the AFMC MMHS/SAS Program Manager.

7.2.3.4. AFMC PM manages all technical aspects of a project. These include: the initial

evaluation of requirements, cost data, design (i.e. the preparation of drawings and

specifications), contracting package, evaluation of technical proposals, and acceptance of

installed equipment. When the MMHS/SAS project is associated with a MILCON

project, the PE will attend all MILCON Design Conferences.

7.2.3.5. AFMC coordinates funding, manages obligations and expenditures IAW AFI 65-

601, Volume 2, and maintains financial management liaison with SAF/AQ and the

AFMC PM.

7.2.3.6. Base Level. The Base Project Officer is designated by the using organization’s

commander to be responsible for coordinating all on-site activities of a particular

MMHS/SAS project. The Base Project Officer will be part of the using activity and be

fully involved with project development.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 195

7.2.3.7. Guidance regarding MMHS usage. MMHS includes (but is not limited to)

equipment, process controllers, or equipment shelters required to handle materials in a

proven, systematic, mechanized manner. Note: MMHS does not include systems that

require research and development. Systems must be either "off-the-shelf” or made from

off-the-shelf components. MMHS also does not include: equipment which is item

managed (unless included as part of a total system), general purpose forklifts, ISU

containers, conventional pallet jacks, floor scrubbers, refrigerators, and freezers. When a

system does not meet the above criteria, AFMC decides whether it qualifies under the

MMHS program.

7.2.3.8. Types of MMHS include:

7.2.3.8.1. All types of conveyors, including 463L pallet conveyor.

7.2.3.8.2. Narrow-aisle vehicles (guided by wire, radio, rail, light, or laser).

7.2.3.8.3. Automated storage/retrieval systems, including elevating transfer vehicles

(ETVs).

7.2.3.8.4. Carousel storage systems (horizontal and vertical).

7.2.3.8.5. Mobile storage systems.

7.2.3.8.6. Cranes (bridge, trolley, jib, or gantry).

7.2.3.8.7. Lifts (e.g. pallet build-up/breakdown lifts).

7.2.3.8.8. Ball transfer mats.

7.2.3.8.9. SAS.

7.2.3.8.10. Dock levelers.

7.2.3.8.11. Combinations of the above.

7.2.3.9. SAS includes: mezzanines, modular cabinets, racks, shelving, and bins. It also

includes any support equipment required to provide a completely functional storage

system, or specialized function within a larger system.

7.2.3.10. Identification of Requirement. The base identifies the need for the project and

creates the Concept Paper for the MMHS/SAS project. The base submits the concept

paper a one page summary of deficiencies and requested improvements. It contains

specific background information, requested improvements, present system(s), anticipated

benefits/impact and base point of contact. Which must be validated and updated annually,

to the MAJCOM Program Manager until funded.

7.2.3.11. Economic Analysis. When required by AFI 65-501, Economic Analysis, the

base is responsible for ensuring an economic analysis is prepared by the installation

financial analysis office.

7.2.3.12. Local Infrastructure Improvements. Local infrastructure improvements are

required to support an MMHS/SAS project. These improvements (e.g. new transformer

or fire pump) cannot be funded with MMHS/SAS funds and must therefore be funded

through another source.

196 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

7.2.3.13. Installation Planning. Installation planning and scheduling will be

accomplished after completion of the system design and before contracting of the project.

Where necessary, installation plans are built into the MMHS/SAS contract to ensure the

equipment installation follows the predetermined plan. Installation plans include

orientation of personnel in the concept of operation of the equipment and a plan for

maintenance of the system. The base develops this plan with assistance from the PE.

7.2.3.14. Contracting Package. After receiving the contracting package from the PE, the

base coordinates the package with the appropriate local organizations. The base directs

any comments or questions on the package to the PE, who modifies the contracting

package as necessary.

7.2.3.15. Contingency Plan. The base writes a contingency plan for the proposed system.

Use of MMHS/SAS must consider enemy attack and power outages. There must be

provisions for working around damaged or inoperable equipment and accessing material

in support of the mission. The using organization commander approves the plan.

7.2.3.16. Post Award Conference. The base attends the post award conference and assists

the Contracting Officer and PE, as requested.

7.2.3.17. Equipment Installation. The base monitors contractor performance during the

installation of the equipment, reporting any problems to the PE.

7.2.3.18. Equipment Accountability. The base shall maintain equipment accountability

for MMHS/SAS under the applicable Support Equipment APSR and procedures.

7.2.3.19. Programming for MMHS.

7.2.3.19.1. Programming Projects. In the second quarter of each fiscal year, AFMC

will send a requirements call letter to each MAJCOM requesting an MMHS/SAS

Priority List.

7.2.3.19.2. Project Design. Once an MMHS/SAS project is identified as funded, the

AFMC PE begins the design process. MMHS/SAS projects are typically designed for

existing (non-MILCON) facilities or newly constructed (MILCON) facilities.

7.2.3.19.3. Non-MILCON Related MMHS/SAS. Design of a project includes

collection and analysis of data, equipment selection, development of the layout, and

preparation of the contracting package by AFMC. When the contracting package is

complete, the PE sends it to the base for review and local coordination.

7.2.3.19.4. MMHS/SAS Associated with a MILCON Project. The process is the

same for Non-MILCON related MMHS/SAS. However, the design process must start

much sooner (as much as a year before funding), usually with the PE attending the

initial MILCON conference (Concept Phase) at the site. The building will be

designed around the operation/equipment; it is paramount that the PE determines the

appropriate MMHS/SAS before the MILCON process begins..

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 197

7.3. Supply Chain Materiel Management Systems.

7.3.1. AF materiel management systems shall comply with the requirements of DoDM

4140.01 and AFMAN 17-1203. Use of DoD or AF SCM systems and Item Manager

Wholesale Requisition Process IT systems is mandatory for all AF owned assets. AF/A4 may

waive this requirement for systems that it identifies as meeting requirements for visibility and

accountability of assets across the supply chain. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.

7.3.2. AF materiel management IT systems shall support tactical and strategic planning and

robust maintenance practices as well as implement unimpeded distribution of goods.

Concurrently, the systems will ensure proper tracking and identification of assets, support

proper sourcing and maintain solid financial management accountability of the AF supply

chain.

7.3.3. Provide visibility of AF repair networks capability and capacity to effectively allocate

resources and workload to optimized repair planning.

7.3.3.1. Pursue Total Asset Visibility by capturing accurate data and maintaining near

real-time asset information.

7.3.3.2. Promote data accuracy by standardizing maintenance of information.

7.3.3.3. Provide the information required for the CAM office to effectively and

efficiently allocate resources across the AF.

7.3.3.4. Promote an information exchange network to support coordination and

collaboration between the AF and the other DoD Components

7.4. Readiness Driver Program.

7.4.1. To improve overall weapon system mission capability, an AF Readiness Drivers

Program (AFRDP) is created to:

7.4.1.1. Provide the capability to identify and track items having the greatest negative

impact on mission capability, categorizing them in terms of the severity of the impact.

7.4.1.2. Provide capability to identify the underlying constraints impacting item

availability.

7.4.1.3. Develop, document, and execute a constraints resolution plan for each identified

constraint impacting item availability for items in the AFRDP.

7.4.1.4. Provide management visibility to track weapon system (WS) constraints and

resolution plans affecting multiple items or incidents to improve overall WS planning,

item availability, mission capability (MC), and operations support to the warfighter.

7.4.1.5. Result in progressive and conclusive elimination of constraints such that both the

number of AFRDP incidents and the magnitude of their mission impact are continually

reduced.

7.4.1.6. This guidance compliments and is concurrent with DoDI 3110.05, Readiness-

based Materiel Condition Reporting for Mission-Essential Systems.

7.4.2. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.

198 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

7.5. Integrated Logistics System-Supply (ILS-S).

7.5.1. System Administration. The Materiel Management community has the responsibility

to administer the ILS-S system access and security program in accordance with the

identification and authentication procedures outlined in this publication, AFMAN 17-1301,

Computer Security (COMPUSEC), ILS-S Program Management Office (PMO)-produced

Rapid Communications Messages (RAPCOMs) and other security guides as applicable. All

users are required to submit an automated System Authorization Access Request (SAAR).

The DD Form 2875, System Authorization Access Request (SAAR), may be used in situations

where an automated submission method is not available or is prohibited by DISA. The level

of approval required on the SAAR will be based on the user’s status (for example, type of

user and location). Access will only be permitted for those functions required for mission

accomplishment.

7.5.2. Controlled Access. A high degree of control over the ILS-S system and data access to

logistics data is warranted due to security and proprietary data issues. ILS-S has several

security features that will lock user accounts and render the account inaccessible. Accounts

will only be unlocked after positive identification is either made in person with a CAC, a

digitally signed email or use of the Telephone Challenge Word. The authentication method is

at the discretion of the ILS-S Administrator. ILS-S access is granted through the AF Portal

using CAC authentication.

7.5.2.1. Restrict Direct ILS-S Access. Direct access to the ILS-S is limited to users with

a validated mission need for functions not supported in any other component of ILS-S.

All requests for direct access to the ILS-S made by personnel outside AFMC must be

requested in writing and approved by AF/A4LR. A signed copy of this authorization will

be maintained with the SAAR and reviewed quarterly by AFMC during validations. (T-

1). The coordination can be done by signed email. All requests will be reviewed and

validated annually by AF/A4LR to ensure direct ILS-S access is still warranted.

7.5.2.2. Tiered Administration. ILS-S is based on a tiered administration concept that

includes a hierarchy of system administrators. Higher level administrators manage lower

level administrators and lower level administrators manage the users. Further details on

the tiered administration concept can be found in the ILS-S User’s Manual Chapter 29.

7.5.2.3. Administrative and Transaction Groups. ILS-S Administrative and Transaction

Groups will be standardized across the enterprise. All changes will be requested in

writing through the requestor’s MAJCOM to AF/A4LR for approval.

7.5.2.4. Proprietary Information. Users assigned to Contractor Inventory Control Points

will not be granted access to asset and order information from other Contractor Inventory

Control Points. The Contractor’s Government Sponsor and the Information Assurance

Officer (IAO) responsible for each Administrative Group will ensure compliance to this

restriction during quarterly system generated validations. (T-2).

7.5.3. Automated User Account Validation. The ILS-S Administrators will perform a

validation of user accounts quarterly. (T-1). The ILS-S Administrator will be notified by an

alert or e-mail that a validation is required.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 199

7.5.4. User Administration. Administrators serve as trusted agents to grant and maintain

access rights to individual users in their units and Administrative Groups. Organizational

commanders whose responsibilities include oversight of ILS-S operations will review and

approve or disapprove the SAAR for all users requesting administrative privileges. (T-1).

Commanders, with approval from AF/A4LR for direct access to the ILS-S (discussed in this

chapter), will also appoint (through DISA) an Alternate Information Assurance Officer

(AIAO) for controlling and monitoring ILS-S unique security requirements.

7.5.4.1. Qualifications. Only AF Military/Civilians or Support Contractors working

under contract to the AF can be appointed as ILS-S administrators (including AIAOs).

Contractor Inventory Control Point users will NOT be appointed as ILS-S administrators.

7.5.4.2. Appointment. AFMC will determine the level and responsibility for

administering accounts.

7.5.4.3. Responsibilities. Administrators are charged with approving, monitoring and

updating user accounts when permissions change. They ensure the appropriate level of

approval has been obtained before allowing access to and use of ILS-S applications.

Administrators will also: disable accounts immediately in any situation requiring

additional research to validate the account. Administrators will immediately archive all

accounts that are no longer required to perform the mission.

7.5.4.3.1. Understand DoD, DISA and AF Policy and Procedures. Do not rely solely

on policy in the instruction. All administrators must also have a thorough

understanding of all DoD, DISA and AF policy, manuals, handbooks and Security

Technical Implementation Guides regarding system and user administration.

7.5.4.3.2. Manage System Access Authorization Requests (SAARs). Maintaining

SAARs is mandatory and vital to passing system security audits. Failure to pass a

system security audit will result in a re-audit within 90 days and may result in

removal as a User Administrator. SAARs maintained outside ILS-S must be centrally

located to enable rapid retrieval, validation and access by auditors. SAARs contain a

user’s personal data and should only be accessed by those in a “need to know"

position.

7.5.4.3.3. Perform Information Owner Duties. The Information Owner (IO)

capability will only be assigned to administrators charged with local IO duties by the

accountable officer. The IO will review all base level user requests and forward to the

IAO for approval/disapproval. The IO must verify the SAAR contains only the

minimum privileges required to perform the mission.

7.5.4.3.4. Perform Information Assurance Officer Duties. ILS-S IAOs are only

located at AFMC. The IAO will review and approve or disapprove all user requests.

The IAO must verify the SAAR contains only the privileges required to perform the

mission. Extra scrutiny will take place at this level since the IAO is the last person in

the approval chain prior to account creation and privileges being granted.

Administrators will not update a data element the user has the capability to update in

their profile. All requests to alter permissions in ILS-S will be documented using the

automated SAAR. Under no circumstances will an administrator restore or reactivate

200 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

an account when it is clear the user failed to fulfill their responsibilities or to avoid

proper approval and validation by the supervisor, IO or IAO.

7.5.4.3.5. Limit SRAN Access. Administrators will not grant access to multiple

accounts when a base-level user's job only requires access to a single SRAN. Users

may be granted privileges for multiple SRANs if there is a genuine need to access

multiple accounts (i.e. CRF, deployments, etc.). The IO and IAO will verify specific

comments justifying the need for access to multiple SRANs on the SAAR to

document this exception to policy. The IAO assigned to the Admin Group will

approve or disapprove all requests regardless of the source of the request. (T-1).

7.5.4.3.6. Limit Transaction Identification Code (TRIC) Group Assignment. Users

are to be limited to a single primary TRIC group based on their job/duty title. A user

may possess a single primary TRIC group and one or more supplementary TRIC

group(s) (e.g, RVP, ASSET-MGT NWRM) as long as the rational for the

supplementary TRIC Group is clearly stated in the SAAR Justification block and

approved by the user’s approval chain (supervisor, administrator). Administrators will

only grant a user access to the TRIC group associated to their job/duty title unless an

exception to the policy is approved by AF/A4LR and the exception is clearly stated in

the SAAR Justification block. (T-1). TRIC groups allowing access to warehouse

responsibilities and duties will not be granted to a user that also has Inventory

Accountability responsibilities. This policy ensures no single user is able to receive

and issue property as well as accomplish scheduled/special inventories adjusting the

item record for that same property. The owning MAJCOM will:

7.5.4.3.6.1. Conduct a quarterly review to verify/validate and provide

justification for each waivered user account. The review/validation and

justification will consist of a transactional review and analysis.

7.5.4.3.6.2. Forward a copy of the validation and signed monthly M10

(Consolidated Inventory Adjustment Document Register) and respective M10

analysis to the Air Force Life Cycle Management Center Enterprise Logistics

Systems Division (AFLCMC/HIA) ILS-S Program Office. (T-1). Failure to

submit the validation will result in the removal of the waivered account.

7.5.4.3.7. Validate User Accounts. Administrators will complete the ILS-S

automated validation NLT the user’s validation due date to prevent the user’s account

from being automatically disabled by the system. Validation of legacy accounts will

ensure only those transactions not available in Enterprise Solution-Supply are

assigned to those users approved by AF/A4LR for ILS-S access. See AFMAN 23-122

for procedures.

7.5.4.3.7.1. Bulk Load Not Authorized. The bulk uploading of validation data is

not authorized without written approval of the AFMC

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 201

7.5.4.3.7.2. Review Administrator Accounts. AFMC will validate all SPO and

mid-level administrator accounts each quarter during the automated validation.

The mid-level administrator will validate low-level administrative accounts within

their span of control during the automated validation. SPO-level administrators

will only be located in the ILS-S Program Office. With the exception of the

NWRM Admin Group, mid-level Enterprise Solution-Supply administrators will

only be located at AFMC. ILS-S administrators will only be located at AFMC.

DISA account validation and audit procedures will be followed to ensure

compliance and continued access.

7.5.4.3.7.3. Prevent Unauthorized Use. Administrators at all levels will

implement proactive measures to ensure every user’s access and privileges are

reviewed prior to a change in the user’s status. (T-1). This includes, but is not

limited to, transfer (PCS, PCA and new duty positions), retirement, administrative

action, changes in employment status or extended absences. The administrator

will ensure the user’s account expiration date is updated and will archive the

user’s account(s) NLT 1 duty day prior to the user’s last day in that role. (T-1).

This action ensures the user will have to apply for access through the user’s new

supervisor, IO and IAO at the gaining location to ensure the proper privileges are

assigned. This will be accomplished using available technology and processes

such as the virtual Military Personnel Flight (vMPF) in-processing/out-processing

checklist functionality, contractor onboarding/departure procedures and locally-

developed PCA checklists.

7.5.4.3.7.4. Scrutinize Deployment Accounts. Deployed users must apply for a

new account upon arrival in the deployed location through the ILS-S automated

SAAR if their duties require processing transactions against the deployed SRAN.

The user and deployed supervisor will ensure the account’s expiration date is set

for the user’s re-deployment date. The IAO assigned to the Admin Group will

approve or disapprove all requests regardless of the source of the request. Home-

station accounts will be subject to enterprise rules. Long absences will result in

the account being disabled and archived by ILS-S.

7.5.4.3.7.5. Scrutinize Contractor Accounts. Contractors perform vital services

for the AF. Their access to ILS-S is contingent upon an approved and up to date

contract authorizing their continued need for access. The Government Sponsor

and Information Owner must ensure the expiration date on the contractor’s

account is the last day of the current contract, not to exceed three years from the

date of submission. To request changes to the expiration date, company name, or

contract number, users will be required to submit a new SAAR and be approved

by the Government Sponsor, Security Manager, and ILS-S Administrators. Prior

to submitting the new SAAR, users must coordinate with the IO/IAO to ensure

the current account is archived.

7.5.4.3.7.6. Scrutinize Multiple Accounts. There may be an operational need for

an ILS-S user to have more than one account. This can occur for several reasons

to include joint base processing with separate SBSS accounts within close

proximity and supporting COOP operations. All requests for multiple accounts

will contain a specific and detailed justification on the SAAR.

202 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

7.5.5. Supervisor/US Government Sponsor Responsibilities. Supervisors will validate the

need for access requested and endorse SAARs. (T-1). A US Government Sponsor (normally

the Contract QAE or Government PMO representative) must endorse (as the Supervisor) all

ILS-S SAARs for contractor personnel. The organizational commander will serve as the

supervisor for all administrator accounts. (T-1). Supervisors are also responsible for the

timely validation of their subordinates’ user accounts. This includes removing privileges

during the validation process that are no longer required. It is the supervisor’s/US

Government sponsor’s responsibility to notify the ILS-S Administrator NLT 3 duty days

when a user no longer requires access to ILS-S. (T-1).This notification can be by signed

email, in-person or by telephone.

7.5.6. User Responsibilities. ILS-S users are responsible for their actions on the system. This

includes the responsibility to protect the ILS-S account(s) and to prevent unauthorized access

to the ILS-S.

7.5.6.1. Protect Account Access. Account sharing is strictly prohibited. (T-1). It is a

security violation to leave a computer unlocked while a user is away from the PC.

Violators will have accounts archived by the administrator. (T-1). The user will re-apply

for access after re-accomplishing Information Assurance Training to reinforce security

policy and procedures. Users will also contact the administrator immediately if they

suspect their account has been compromised.

7.5.6.2. Request/Process Account Changes. Users will update changes to ILS-S profile

immediately as a condition of continued access. The ILS-S Automated SAAR will be the

only mechanism to request changes to a user’s SRANs, capabilities and transactions. (T-

1). Changes to an account not maintained by the automated SAAR require a new SAAR

to be approved and routed to the IAO/AIAO. New requests and changes to existing

accounts will be completed by the user NLT 3 duty days prior to the operational

requirement to allow for proper routing. (T-2). The user is also responsible for notifying

the supervisor/US Government sponsor when ILS-S access or privileges to ILS-S are no

longer required.

7.5.6.3. Review ILS-S System Messages. Users will regularly review all policy,

procedures, RAPCOMs and the ILS-S SharePoint site to ensure proper use of the ILS-S.

Failure to do so may result in the user’s account being disabled until appropriate training

is completed to ensure compliance.

7.5.7. Security Manager Responsibilities. The security manager with access to a user’s

security clearance information will review the need for access and complete the Security

Manager section of the SAAR. (T-1). This includes the determination to approve or

disapprove the user’s access to ILS-S.

7.5.8. Host Constant and Support Data. Within ILS-S, Host Constant and Support Data are

considered master data and will not be modified without notifying the ILS-S application

administrators in the ILS-S Program Office. Refer to the ILS-S User's Manual Chapter 34,

RPS Functions, for updating the Master Data. Within the Enterprise Solution-Supply

component the DoDAAC screen is used to manage the master data and updates are restricted

to the ILS-S Program Office application administrators.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 203

Chapter 8

LOGISTICS PROGRAMS AND SYSTEMS

8.1. Overview. This chapter outlines AF guidance for logistics programs and systems regarding

Cataloging and Records Maintenance; UMMIPS; AF Uniform Clothing Policy; Price Challenge

and Verification Program; and Disposition of Critical Safety Items (CSI). As listed in

Attachment 1, References, various DoD and AF publications are reference sources for this

publication. For this chapter, DoDM 4100.39, and DoDM 4140.01 serve as primary DoD

reference sources.

8.2. Cataloging and Records Maintenance.

8.2.1. Cataloging and records maintenances actions will comply with US Code Title 10,

Subtitle D, Part IV Service, Supply and Procurement, DoDM 4100.39, DoDM 4120.24,

DoDM 4140.26-M,Volume 1, DoDM 4140.01 and in accordance with AFMAN 23-122. (T-

0). All AF activities and their personnel, including contracted agents/entities, are responsible

for ensuring that the policies and procedures are implemented and enforced.

8.2.1.1. Cataloging. Cataloging actions include naming, classifying, describing, and

numbering items. It also includes the maintenance and dissemination of that information.

AF cataloging operations are conducted within the framework of the Federal Catalog

Program IAW DoDM 4100.39.

8.2.1.2. Cataloging reconciliation. AFMC will conduct a quarterly reconciliation

between the Federal Logistics Information System, D043, D071, the Integrated Logistics

System-Supply, and D035. They will develop procedures to correct any deficiencies

between systems within 5 business days. AFMC will develop reconciliation metrics and

report to AF/A4LR quarterly.

8.2.1.3. Records maintenance. Records maintenance actions include item record loads;

research and processing actions for non-cataloged items; preparing and processing part

number loads, changes, and deletions; procedures for preparing and processing changes

to essential data on item, detail, and support records. For detailed IT information

regarding these processes, refer to AFH 23-123, Volume 2.

8.2.2. The DLA DLIS responsibilities for cataloging and record maintenance support are

outlined in DoDM 4100.39. AF materiel managers at all levels will submit cataloging

data/action requests IAW AFMAN 23-122. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.

8.2.3. Federal Catalog Program. The scope of items to be included and excluded are covered

in DoDM 4100.39 and include the following elements:

8.2.3.1. Item Entry Control.

8.2.3.2. Technical Data Validation.

8.2.3.3. Provisioning Screening Review and Support.

8.2.3.4. Data Entry and Maintenance Transactions.

8.2.3.5. Cataloging Tools.

8.2.3.6. Item Management Coding (IMC).

204 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

8.2.3.7. Supply Support Request processing.

8.2.3.8. Data Dissemination.

8.2.3.9. Standardization.

8.2.4. Cataloging Request. The AF Form 86, Request for Cataloging Data/Action will be

used by AF activities to request Federal Supply Catalog actions to the DLIS Cataloging

Center. The primary method to submit a request for cataloging action is via the automated

AF cataloging system. However, there will be instances where the system will not accept the

request or the AF initiator does not have access to the system at their location. In this case,

the hard copy AF Form 86 will be necessary. AF Forms 86 are used within the AF only and

will not be submitted to other military services (Army, Navy, and Marines) or to a DoD

integrated materiel manager.

8.2.4.1. Submittal of cataloging actions by the initiator will always be accompanied by

Reference Number Category Code and Reference Number Variation Code.

8.2.4.2. When cataloging actions are completed, the AF Form 86, indicating completed

action will be returned to the initiator.

8.2.4.3. Purpose and Nature Of Property Classification. The rules and principles

concerning the Federal Supply Classification are contained in DoDM 4100.39.

8.2.4.4. Materiel Management Aggregation Code (MMAC). In addition to the Federal

Supply Classification as a means of item aggregation, the AF uses the MMAC. The AF

logistics system requires all weapons systems and technology group related items be

assigned a MMAC for the purpose of:

8.2.4.4.1. Segregating property according to air and ground application, when not

provided for by the FSC and required by supply management.

8.2.4.4.2. Segregating items in specific classes for management purposes, where the

Federal Supply Class is too large or further relationship to an end item is required;

such as 1560, 2840, FSG 14, etc.

8.2.4.4.3. Items classified in Federal Supply Classes 1560, 2810, 2840, 2845, 4935,

4960, and FSGs 14 and 18 must have a MMAC assigned regardless of management

assignment (i.e. DLA, AF, other service).

8.2.4.5. Assignment of AF Control Numbers.

8.2.4.5.1. Non-Cataloged (NC) Control Numbers:

8.2.4.5.1.1. New item requests, also referred to as non-cataloged (NC) numbers

are assigned a Standard Inter-service Agency Serial Control Number (SIASCN)

constructed IAW DoDM 4140.26, Volume 6, DoD Integrated Materiel

Management (IMM) For Consumable Items: Supply Support Requests (SSRS).

8.2.4.5.1.2. The NC Control Number is used when a requirement exists for a new

item to enter the supply system. This control number is assigned automatically by

the AF system to control and monitor requests for NSN assignment.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 205

8.2.4.5.1.3. SIASCNs are assigned to all potential AF managed items of supply

that require NSN assignment. SIASCNs are assigned by the responsible AFMC

ICP, which is generally determined by the MMAC (i.e. weapon system mission

assignment). Non-weapon system/non-MMAC NSNs (e.g., medical items-FSG 65

and clothing- FSG 84 (except 8475)) will be determined by the Federal Supply

Class.

8.2.4.5.2. Non-Definitive (ND) Control Numbers:

8.2.4.5.2.1. Numbers are assigned by the AF system as a result of an AFMC ICP

action to:

8.2.4.5.2.1.1. Identify items not considered to be logical spares, on a one-time

basis, for shipment of assets to support a part number requisition, or to show

custody in support of an operational requirement.

8.2.4.5.2.1.2. Establish controls within the AF system, on a temporary basis,

for one-time buys of consumable (ERRC N), non-logical spares.

8.2.4.5.2.1.3. Support special projects authorized by AFMC.

8.2.4.5.2.1.4. Support non-standard one-time buy items in support of an FMS

requirement.

8.2.4.5.2.2. ND numbers are “temporary” control numbers used for

accountability. They do not replace NSNs and the use of an ND number is not to

exceed one year.

8.2.4.5.3. Kits are assigned “K” numbers when established by AFMC.

8.2.4.5.4. “P” numbers are assigned by bases for control of items having a true

manufacturer’s part/reference number of 10 digits or less. When the part/reference

number exceeds 10 digits or if more than one part/reference number exists for the

same item of supply, a “P” serialized number will be used.

8.2.4.5.5. “L” numbers are assigned by bases when a “P” number cannot be used.

(e.g., items without a part/reference number). When a valid requirement exists for the

assignment of an “L” control number, bases will not be required to submit an AF

Form 86.

8.2.4.5.5.1. The assignment, justification, control, review, maintenance of

supply support responsibility at that base or MAJCOM.

8.2.4.5.5.2. Any requirement for a new MMAC (suffix code) for MAJCOM

numbers must be submitted to AFMC for approval. (T-1).

8.2.4.5.6. Each item assigned a control number in an accountable file will be

reviewed at least once a quarter by the assigning authority to determine the existence

of an NSN.

8.2.5. I&S Data.

8.2.5.1. Management of I&S data will be done IAW DoDM 4100.39.

206 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

8.2.5.2. Item relationship data are developed, approved, and documented for sending and

use throughout the AF or by other DoD activities, as required, through the media of the

AF I&S Grouping Program. Use of this data provides for more effective new item entry

control, utilization of available assets, supply support and orderly attrition of items from

the inventory.

8.2.5.3. The AF I&S Grouping Program provides for furnishing I&S data AF-wide on a

current basis compatible with related cataloging, distribution, and materiel management

systems.

8.2.5.3.1. I&S relationships are contained in the AF system and published only after

careful research; technical comparison, and assurance that the relationships revealed

are within accepted engineering practices and meet functional, physical, qualitative,

and prescribed performance requirements.

8.2.5.3.2. Substitution or interchange of items of supply will not be authorized or

orders issued for shipment unless the I&S relationship has been determined IAW the

governing TO. Offers of substitute items under status code “BC” that cannot be

readily validated through these procedures will be submitted for I&S review and

determination IAW base interrogation procedures.

8.2.6. Drawings and Associated Lists. Preparation of government and contractor design

activity drawings and associated lists is governed by MIL-T-31000, General Specification for

Technical Data Packages.

8.2.7. Engineering Data.

8.2.7.1. This instruction provides guidance for engineering data storage, distribution, and

control. All engineering data will be compatible with the Joint Engineering Data

Management Information and Control System.

8.2.7.2. The Engineering Data Manager acquires the data necessary to logistically

support the end item as stated in program management requirements.

8.2.7.3. Contractor design activity drawings and associated lists for which the

government does not have unlimited rights, may not be released outside the government

without written permission of the party asserting the limiting rights.

8.2.8. Reference numbers submitted for NSN assignment must meet cataloging guidelines

IAW DoDM 4100.39.

8.3. Uniform Materiel Movement and Issue Priority System (UMMIPS).

8.3.1. Overview. UMMIPS, Force/Activity Designators (FAD), project codes, and materiel

priorities and allocations will adhere to guidance in Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff

Instruction (CJCSI) 4110.01E, Joint Materiel Priorities and Allocation; DoDM 4140.01;

DLM 4000.25; and DLM 4000.25-1. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.

8.3.2. Commanders or equivalents of requisitioning activities will ensure the AF Program:

Installations, Units, and Priorities (PD) is valid, accurate, and consistent with FADs assigned

by higher authority. (T-2).

8.3.3. Contractors requisitioning from DoD sources of supply will use the FAD and priority

provided in the contract or by the Contracting Officer. (T-2).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 207

8.3.4. The AF precedence system is built on the DoD FAD by assigning a relative priority

within each FAD IAW CJCSI 4110.01E.

8.3.5. Requests to obtain/change FADs and precedence rating assignments will be

accomplished per CJCSI 4110.01E. (T-0).

8.3.6. Use of locally-assigned project codes (by MAJCOMs and bases) is prohibited.

8.3.7. AF-generated project codes will be effective for the duration of the need. (T-1). Codes

will be assigned a termination date no greater than 24 months, at which time they must be

reevaluated for deletion or renewal. (T-1).

8.4. Clothing and Textile.

8.4.1. Prescribing guidance. Prescribing guidance for AF clothing policy includes: US Code

Title 37, Sections 418 and 419; Executive Order 10113, DoDD 1338.05, Armed Forces

Clothing Monetary Allowance Policy, DoDI 1338.18, Armed Forces Clothing Monetary

Allowance Procedures; DoDI 4140.63, Management of DoD Clothing and Textiles (Class

II), AFI 36-2903; and AFI 36-3012. See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.

8.4.2. AFCIIF:

8.4.2.1. AETC, through the AFCIIF, is responsible for the storage, issue, alteration,

inspection, recovery and disposal of uniform clothing items at Basic Military Training,

Lackland AFB, TX. Under no circumstances will airmen be told to accept a poorly fitted

garment with the understanding that it can be exchanged at a later date or at their next

duty station.

8.4.2.2. Airmen Discharged at Lackland AFB Basic Military Training Center/Technical

Training Centers. Recover all items of outer uniform clothing (except the complete

uniform authorized for travel home) and all new and unused clothing items provided

under the clothing monetary allowance system. Unless readily available for turn-in, it is

not necessary to recover the following from honorably discharged individuals: AF

insignia tape, individual name tape, and individual name tags. Carefully remove the

individual name tape from all shirts prior to turn-in of the shirts.

8.4.3. Special Operating Instructions.

8.4.3.1. Fittings. Properly fit each outer garment of the uniform to the individual. Use the

try-on method to ensure proper fit.

8.4.3.2. Returns/Replacements of clothing items:

8.4.3.2.1. Issued IAW allowance standard 016 is the responsibility of the issuing

organization.

8.4.3.2.2. Procured through the clothing monetary allowance is the responsibility of

the individual airman.

8.4.3.3. All claims will be filed IAW AFI 51-306, Administration Claims for and Against

the Air Force.

8.4.3.4. Clothing For Returned Prisoners Of War and Other Contingencies. Issue

uniform items IAW AFI 10-3001 Reintegration, and AFI 36-3012.

208 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

8.4.3.5. AFCIIF is responsible for processing requisitions for special measurement

clothing and footwear by using the DoD FedMall System or equivalent system at DLA

Troop Support. Note: AETC may authorize contracts in support of AFCIIF for special

measurement clothing and footwear when authorized. Use AF stock funds for this

purpose.

8.5. Price Challenge and Verification Program.

8.5.1. Purpose. To reduce overpricing in the AF and other Department of Defense (DoD)

acquisitions, and to furnish a means for all Air Force materiel users to become involved in

promoting more efficient use of funds.

8.5.2. Reporting. All AF personnel must be alert for instances of apparent overpricing and

submit price challenges and verification directly to the DoD Component that manages the

materiel.

8.5.3. Research. The LRS Customer Support section or equivalent provides research

assistance to individuals preparing price challenge submissions.

8.5.4. Other than AF-Managed Items.

8.5.4.1. Price verification and challenge requests for other than AF-managed items will

be addressed IAW the component’s guidelines.

8.5.4.2. DLA Managed Items. Price verification requests for DLA managed items will be

addressed IAW DLA Customer Assistance Handbook

8.5.4.3. Navy Managed Items. Price verification requests for Navy managed items will

be addressed IAW the Navy Price Challenge Hotline.

8.5.4.4. Army Managed Items. Price verification requests for Army managed items will

be addressed IAW the Army Price Challenge Hotline.

8.5.4.5. Innovation Development Through Employee Awareness (IDEA) Program

submission. If the price challenge is successful, the member has the option to submit the

approved challenge as a Separate Improvement Process Idea IAW AFI 38-402, Airman

8.6. Disposition of Critical Safety Items (CSIs).

8.6.1. Overall Management and Handling of CSIs. Policy for overall management and

handling of Critical Safety Items can be found in DoDM 4140.01. The Joint Aeronautical

Logistics Commanders has also developed Joint CSI instruction, AFI 20-106, Management

of Aviation Critical Safety Items, which implements a more detailed standardized policy for

the management of CSI items.

8.6.2. When a CSI/Flight Safety Critical Aircraft Part is no longer required, the CSI/Flight

Safety Critical Aircraft Part with required documentation will be provided to the DLA

Distribution Services for disposal and demilitarized IAW AFMAN 23-122.

8.7. SRD.

8.7.1. General policy oversight and roles and responsibilities are located in Section 1B.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 209

8.7.2. Management. AFMC, USSF, Supporting Agencies and Centers (AFSC, AFLCMC,

AFNWC, Cyberspace Support Squadron (CYSS), and SMC), and SRD Managers:

8.7.2.1. Implements SRD management, maintains end item Equipment Designators (ED)

and their associated SRD codes for equipment under the management of various centers

or agencies.

8.7.2.2. Appoint Primary and Alternate SRD managers who in conjunction with the

Mission Impaired Capable Awaiting Parts/Maintenance Data Documentation

(MICAP/MDD) monitors will:

8.7.2.2.1. Maintain the currency of the SRD tables in Reliability and Maintainability

Information System (REMIS) by adding, changing, or deactivating SRDs. (T-1).

8.7.2.2.2. Review all SRD assignments, deletions, or change requests (AF Form

1230, Standard Reporting Designator (SRD) Candidate Information). (T-1).

8.7.2.2.3. Notify MAJCOMs/FOAs/DRUs of SRD deactivation. Accomplish

notifications using an organizational email message. MAJCOMs and FOAs will have

30 days to respond from the date of the email message was released. (T-1).

8.7.2.2.4. Failure to acknowledge an SRD deactivation constitutes agreement. If the

response voices disagreement, the SRD manager will remove recommended

deactivation from the approval process for additional coordination with the

MAJCOM/FOA until agreement is reached on final action. (T-1).

8.7.2.2.5. Make appropriate inputs to add, deactivate or change SRDs in REMIS. (T-

1).

8.7.2.2.6. Maintain a history file for new, change, and deactivation SRD requests. At

a minimum, the SRD file will contain the AF Form 1230. Requests for change to or

deactivation of an SRD will be filed with the original request to establish the SRD.

SRD records will be kept for at least one year after deactivation.

8.7.2.2.7. Conduct an annual SRD review. This review includes verifying reporting

in the equipment status, maintenance, and MICAP data systems to identify inactive

SRDs for possible deactivation, retention, or modification. Proposed deactivation and

changes resulting from these reviews will be coordinated with MAJCOMs and FOAs.

8.7.3. ACC/Cyberspace Support Squadron/CYM Maintenance Data Analysis is designated

the central focal point for communication/cyber Commercial-Off-The-Shelf /Government

Off-The-Shelf equipment and fulfills all roles identified in this AFI.

8.7.4. Cryptologic and Cyber Systems Directorate (AFLCMC/HNC). Manages

Cryptographic and Communications-Security (COMSEC) equipment. If the SRD code

begins with Uxx, it falls to Cryptologic and Cyber Systems Directorate. Engineering Support

Directorate/Configuration and Data Management Branch (AFLCMC/EN-EZSC). The

Department of Defense (DoD) focal point for authorizing certain types of Equipment

Designators for use. If the new equipment is an aircraft, engine, missile, satellite,

multiservice/agency support equipment, or Joint Electronic Test Designated (JETD) C-E

equipment, a DoD unique equipment designator must be appointed prior to submitting an

SRD request. (T-1). These requests are made via DD Form 61 submission.

210 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Chapter 9

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

9.1. Overview. This chapter outlines programs with special requirements for AF materiel

management. These requirements include Special Logistics Support and the AF Donation, Loan,

and Lease Programs, and Satellite Operations. As listed in Attachment 1, References various

DoD and AF publications are reference sources for this publication. For this chapter, the Federal

Logistics Information System Technical Procedures; DoDM 4140.01, all volumes; DoDM

4160.21, Volumes 1-4; and DoDM 4160.28, Volume 2, Defense Demilitarization:

Demilitarization Coding, serve as primary DoD reference sources.

9.2. Special Logistics Support. For certain materiel management operations special logistic

support arrangements are essential for the smooth flow of operations. These areas include AMC

Forward Supply System (FSS); RED HORSE project(s); Logistic Support between the AF and

the North Atlantic Treaty Organization; and Logistics Materiel Control Activity support.

9.2.1. AMC Forward Supply System.

9.2.1.1. Purpose. The AMC Forward Supply System (FSS) provides an en-route support

system for the C-5, Galaxy, and C-17, Globemaster III, strategic airlifters where assets

for these aircraft are not normally available, but where the volume of traffic warrants

support. An FSL is an Air Mobility Squadron (AMS)/Supply Activity located at a key

point along an AMC airlift traffic route and designed to stock selected aircraft spares and

spare parts to support the AMC airlift fleet. The AMC FSS comprises of interrelated

network of FSLs, SOSs, Primary Supply Points (PSP) and FSP. See Section 1B for roles

and responsibilities.

9.2.1.2. AMC FSL Support. LRS/Materiel Management Activity providing Host Support

at FSS locations will:

9.2.1.2.1. Be accountable for prepositioned spares and item accounting procedures.

9.2.1.2.2. Ship assets to designated PSPs for those assets identified by the materiel

management IT system designation using an AMC Form 281, MICAP/VVIP/FSS

Special Handling. (T-2).

9.2.1.2.3. Ensure requisition exception processing for mated wheels and tires is not

overridden. (T-2). The materiel management IT system designation will stop

requisitioning and the AFMC will order manually through the designated PSP.

9.2.1.2.4. Disapprove bench stock authorization requests for assets with the

designated contractor (Boeing) SOS. (T-2).

9.2.1.2.5. Coordinate with the Air Mobility Squadron (AMS)/QA for status and

shipping instructions. (T-2). Channel QDR tracking for LRS/Materiel Management

Activity through the Air Mobility Squadron/QA. The LRS/Materiel Management

Activity does not have access to Information Center (INFOCEN). The QA will have a

POC at LRS/Materiel Management Activity for QDRs to provide updated status and

shipping instructions as soon as it is released. (T-2). The FSC will process the

shipment and move the items to Cargo Movement.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 211

9.2.1.3. PSP Functions:

9.2.1.3.1. Provides support for primarily for built-up items (e.g., wheels and tires).

9.2.1.3.2. Coordinates with the Cargo Movement to ensure expeditious processing of

reparable FSS receipts for priority processing to the appropriate repair activity.

9.2.1.3.3. Coordinates with the Flight Service Center to expedite processing of spares

returned to PSPs from FSLs.

9.2.1.4. AMC FSL General Management.

9.2.1.4.1. Primary FSL re-supply support will come directly from the SOS. (T-2).

9.2.1.4.2. FSLs will be embedded into a supporting host LRS/Materiel Management

Activity account when an AF materiel management account is present on station.

When an AF materiel management account is not available, FSLs will be established

as categories IIA and IIIA satellite materiel management accounts with records

maintained on an AF materiel management IT system for automated inventory

control and asset visibility. (T-2).

9.2.1.5. Identification and Exemption Processing.

9.2.1.5.1. FSL-unique items will be identified through the use of exception data

coding and assigned Project Code Pacer Haul or Pacer Raven. Assets common to both

the LRS/Materiel Management Activity and the FSL will be exempt from exception

coding.

9.2.1.5.2. Items common to both the C-5 and the C-17 will assume the application

code of the weapon system with the highest demand.

9.2.1.5.3. FSL items will not be automatically shipped or redistributed. AFMC will

approve all shipments prior to release.

9.2.1.6. Stockage Requirements.

9.2.1.6.1. Inventory levels will be limited to mission essential (aircraft grounding)

assets for C-5 and C-17 weapon systems.

9.2.1.6.2. Inventory levels will be based on a remove and replace maintenance

concept. Three-level maintenance capability does not exist at en route locations.

9.2.1.6.3. Inventory requirements computation for en route locations is unique.

Erratic demand patterns and distribution of assets across the entire en route system

will be considered when making stockage decisions.

9.2.1.6.3.1. Level computations will consolidate demand data for the entire en

route into a single quantity.

9.2.1.6.3.2. Levels will be distributed based on usage patterns and by FSS

category codes.

9.2.2. RED HORSE units are AF-controlled, as explained in AFI 38-101, and fall under

using command jurisdiction once deployment has been made. They are a resource to be used

at the choice of the using command, and will not fall under the operational control of

wing/base commanders, although they are responsive to requirements developed at this level.

212 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

9.2.2.1. The magnitude of supplies and equipment needed to accomplish the RED

HORSE project(s) mission such as (lumber, cement, plumbing supplies, construction

equipment, etc.) requires special support apart from base civil engineering organizations.

See Section 1B for roles and responsibilities.

9.2.2.2. RED HORSE unit.

9.2.2.2.1. When deployed to a location supported by the AF materiel management IT

system, assign the RED HORSE logistics officer to perform duties of the Satellite

Operations Officer (see paragraph 9.4 of this instruction).

9.2.2.2.2. When the assignment is to a non-IT system location, assign a RED HORSE

logistics officer to coordinate logistics support.

9.2.2.3. Guidance for Overseas Deployments.

9.2.2.3.1. Initial equipment and supplies requirements for overseas deployments by a

RED HORSE unit will be computed by AF/PREC. Equipment authorizations will be

established through normal procedures using AF tables of allowance.

9.2.2.3.2. Equipment required by RED HORSE units will be authorized, obtained,

and accounted for IAW AFMAN 23-122. RED HORSE commanders will ensure that

equipment marked for their units is not diverted to other activities without MAJCOM

approval.

9.2.2.3.3. The initial EAID for RED HORSE units will be developed by AFCEC.

When local conditions dictate additions, normal AF procedures will be followed.

Additions beyond the approval authority of the base equipment approval authority

will be submitted to AFCEC for action.

9.2.2.3.3.1. Special equipment required to complete a levied task after

deployment will be requisitioned and funded by the host MAJCOM.

9.2.2.3.3.1.1. Locations supported by the AF materiel management IT system

will use the appropriate procedures in AFMAN 23-122.

9.2.2.3.3.1.2. Locations not supported by the AF materiel management IT

system will coordinate support through their MAJCOM with the AFMC.

9.2.2.3.3.1.3. Necessary controls will be established to ensure that

consumption data on nonrecurring demands are not recorded along with the

normal base recurring demands. Note: The majority of requisitions for RED

HORSE project(s) construction materiel are nonrecurring demands.

9.2.2.3.3.1.4. After materiel has been received and entered in appropriate

records, it is to be forwarded to the RED HORSE holding area. Note: This

holding area may be located in a different location separate from the base

Materiel Management Activity.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 213

9.2.2.3.4. Redeployment. Upon HAF approval to redeploy a Civil Engineer Squadron

(Heavy Repair) to a new location, the squadron will forecast a RED HORSE

project(s) bill of materials. Those items available in the squadron’s account, and

through on-base and in-country excesses will be shipped to the new location as

appropriate. Only the remaining requirements will be passed to AFMC by the

MAJCOMs and will be aggregated and shipped directly to the new location.

9.2.3. Logistic Support between the AF and the North Atlantic Treaty Organization

(NATO). AF logistical and financial guidance and procedures for acquiring and transferring

logistic support, supplies, and services between the AF and other NATO military forces, and

NATO subsidiary bodies deployed in Europe and adjacent waters, are contained in AFI 25-

301, Acquisition and Cross-Servicing Agreements.

9.2.4. Research Development Test & Evaluation (RDT&E) programs.

9.2.4.1. Authorized Users. User organizations listed below and identified as having

RDT&E as part of the Designated Operating Capabilities statement are authorized.

Organizations not listed below will obtain authorization from MAJCOMs to utilize

special logistics materiel management and processes in support of RDT&E core mission.

(T-1).

9.2.4.2. RDT&E activities include:

9.2.4.2.1. AF Research Laboratory (AFRL)

9.2.4.2.2. Air Force Institute of Technology School of Engineering

9.2.4.2.3. National Air and Space Intelligence Center (NASIC) for Air Force

Intelligence Surveillance Reconnaissance Agency

9.2.4.2.4. DoD Space Test Program (STP)

9.2.4.2.5. AF Test Centers (AFTC)

9.2.4.3. Activities Management

9.2.4.3.1. Activity Support. RDT&E activities and Customer Logistics Support

Teams/Sections will:

9.2.4.3.1.1. Operate as the supply support focal point between organizational

personnel and procurement support activities. (T-2).

9.2.4.3.1.2. Units will adhere to AFI 64-117.

9.2.4.3.1.3. Establish a formal document control system for internal use. This

system will be maintained to clearly indicate those documents (requests for

purchase, receipts, and issues) pertaining to materiel procured by the base

contracting activity and will be subject to audit. Subject files will be disposed of

according to AFI 33-322, Records Management Program.

9.2.4.3.1.4. Receive requirements from organizations and submit them through

the appropriate IT system.

214 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

9.2.4.3.1.5. May bypass the standard materiel management system for

nonrecurring non-NSN supplies. When direct procurement is used, the sections

must perform all necessary research and document preparation. (T-1).

9.2.4.3.1.6. Coordinate equipment purchases through local EAE.

9.2.4.3.1.7. Provide documentation or information required by EAE.

9.2.4.3.2. The host LRS CC/APO will be responsible for accounting and reporting of

all accountable assets. (T-1).

9.2.4.3.3. Authorization.

9.2.4.3.3.1. Authorization. Procedures referring to support stocks and temporary

storage areas are limited to RDT&E activities, specifically authorized by AFMC

to retain items having an anticipated future usage. This guidance is applicable

when the laboratories or centers are supported by either an AFMC base or are

supported as a tenant of any other MAJCOM base.

9.2.4.3.3.2. Authorization for Commercial Standard Items. RDT&E activities are

authorized to procure commercial standard items instead of requisitioning NSN or

military standard items. This authority covers those instances when the item

locally procured is superior to the item available through normal supply either

because it is better suited to RDT&E requirements or because it is significantly

less expensive. Note: When entering into the APSR do NOT cross the part

number to NSN. Create a non-stock listed NSN by using the part or model

number of the item procured.

9.2.4.3.4. Holding Areas.

9.2.4.3.4.1. RDT&E activities are authorized to establish and maintain temporary

storage areas and in-transit property areas.

9.2.4.3.4.2. RDT&E activity will maintain working stock as acquired

9.2.4.3.5. Equipment Support.

9.2.4.3.5.1. RDT&E activities will have responsibility for the following:

9.2.4.3.5.2. Equipment authorization approval for ASC 040 and 049.

9.2.4.3.5.3. Inventory of in-use equipment.

9.2.4.3.5.4. Temporary storage.

9.2.4.3.6. Single Custodian Concept. Each organization will use the single custodian

concept. An individual will be designated as the custodian for all property within the

organization and will be responsible to EAE for the property, even though several

sub-accounts are used for ease of management. Each organization will determine the

number of accounts needed for effective internal management, i.e., individual

organizations or off-base locations. Each organization also will maintain on file all

supporting documentation for authorization of equipment.

9.2.5. Air Traffic Control, Approach, and Landing System (ATCALS).

9.2.5.1. Air Force Flight Standards Agency Regional Maintenance Center will:

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 215

9.2.5.1.1. Manage ATCALS spares and equipment requirements. Coordinate with

site managers on all parts related concerns and problems. (T-1).

9.2.5.1.2. Coordinate ILS-S user access and TRIC Group assignments with

AFLCMC. (T-1).

9.2.5.1.3. Submit issue requests through IMDS or ILS-S against the host LRS or

supply activity. (T-1).

9.2.5.1.4. Validate Weapon System Designator Codes (WSDC) with AFMC agencies

for ATCALS assets. (T-1).

9.2.5.2. ATCALS Sites.

9.2.5.2.1. Establish and maintain organizational accounts. (e.g., OCCR, PFMR, etc.).

9.2.5.2.2. Coordinate materiel management actions for assigned activity per AFMAN

23-122.

9.2.5.2.3. Identify appropriate custodians and submit appointment letters to host LRS

or supply activity.

9.2.5.2.4. Perform custodial inventories (scheduled/unscheduled) as required per with

this instruction.

9.2.5.2.5. Participate in host LRS or supply activity repair cycle asset management.

9.2.5.2.6. Resolve all DIFM and local accountability issues with host LRS or supply

activity.

9.3. Donation, Loan, and Lease Programs.

9.3.1. For the donation, loan, and lease of AF surplus and foreign excess property to eligible

recipients, it is AF policy that any such donation, loan or lease shall comply with the

provisions of Title 10 United States Code Section 2572, as amended; DoDM 4140.01, DoDM

4160.21, Volume 1, DoDM 4160.28, Volume 2, and AFI 23-119. (T-0).

9.4. Satellite Operations. Satellite Accounts and Accountability. There are two categories of

satellites, autonomous or non-autonomous.

9.4.1. Category II/IIA (Autonomous).

9.4.1.1. Accountability. The computer support base (CSB) LRS APO retains

accountability for Categories II/IIA Accounts.

9.4.1.2. Decentralization. The LRS APO may request a satellite account if approved by

AFMC.

9.4.1.3. Category II/IIA Satellite Operations Officer (SOO). The SOO for category II/IIA

satellites is responsible to the CSB LRS APO. The SOO will supervise operator

maintenance of terminal equipment. (T-2). This includes ensuring that operator

maintenance is scheduled and completed. When unscheduled downtime requires remedial

maintenance, the SOO works with the CSB and local communication personnel (if

applicable) to repair the terminal.

216 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

9.4.1.4. CRFs will be established as a satellite Category II autonomous operation with a

separate/unique stock record account number from the host LRS. (T-1). This allows for a

separate unserviceable storage area and unique locations for serviceable assets.

9.4.2. Category III/IIIA (Non-autonomous). The Satellite LRS APO is the accountable

supply officer and is responsible to the commander or senior materiel officer for the effective

and efficient management of the supply account. Satellite supply accounts are not authorized

a deputy satellite LRS/CC.

9.4.3. Operating Systems for Satellite Policy. AF materiel management activities will use

approved operating systems unless exceptions are approved by AF/A4LR. (T-1). The CSB

LRS APO request approval of hardware requirements IAW AFMAN 17-2101, Long-Haul

Communications Management. ANG satellites will coordinate needs with the National Guard

Bureau. (T-2). Manages Cryptographic and Communications-Security (COMSEC)

equipment. If the SRD code begins with Uxx, the responsibility for management belongs to

Cryptologic and Cyber Systems Directorate. An active list of SRD codes can be retrieved

from ILS-S.

9.4.4. Ordering Satellite Hardware. The ordering of satellite terminal hardware, including

communication lines is a CSB responsibility. Either the LRS CC/APO or Chief of Base

Network Control Center at the CSB submits a request and coordinates with the satellite

parent command.

9.4.5. Common Support Records and Management Products. Where common support

records and management products are involved, the satellite will comply with CSB policies

and follow CSB directives unless otherwise amended by other documentation such as a

Memorandum of Understanding/Memorandum of Agreement (MOU/MOA). (T-2).

9.4.6. Proposals and Modification. Units desiring a new satellite or rehome of existing

accounts will route their request with complete justification through their applicable

MAJCOM. (T-2). In turn, the MAJCOM will forward to AFMC for final approval. (T-1).

When a MAJCOM has a requirement to relocate a supply satellite to another CSB, they will

ensure that the requirement is coordinated with the command's Information Systems (SC)

and the DFAS. (T-1). In addition, the requirement must be coordinated with the parent

command of the proposed new host CSB if the two affected bases belong to different

MAJCOMs. (T-2). If they have the same parent command, no further coordination is

required. However, if they are assigned to separate commands, the desired CSB parent

command will ensure that the relocation proposal is coordinated with SC prior to concurring

with the relocation. (T-2).

9.4.7. Notification of changes. For CSB changes, the gaining CSB parent command will

ensure that reporting requirements are accomplished. (T-1). For changes other than CSB

changes, the MAJCOM will ensure that approved changes are reported to Retail Systems

Program Office. (T-1).

9.4.8. Establishment of the Satellite Account.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 217

9.4.8.1. Assignment of Department of Defense Activity Address Code (DODAAC) and

Type Account Codes. Following AFMC approval, the CSB LRS CC/APO will submit a

request for the assignment of a DODAAC and Routing Identifier (RID) for the satellite.

(T-1). The request will be made on-line IAW AFMAN 23-230. (T-1). Upon receipt of the

DODAAC and RID, the CSB LRS CC/APO will ensure coordination with the

appropriate office to establish connectivity and funding. (T-1).

9.4.8.2. A series of system designators will have an account code for the DODAAC

prefix of “FB” or “FE” depending on the type of support being supplied. (T-1). ANG

satellites will submit their requests to the National Guard Bureau. (T-2).

9.4.8.3. Notification of DODAAC or CSB Changes and System Designators. Retail SPO

will be notified when DODAAC or CSB changes are made. (T-1). For each alphanumeric

systems designator, the CSB LRS APO provides the Retail Systems Program Office with

the satellite DODAAC, type account code(s), category of satellite, satellite name, CSB,

command and the planned date of conversion.

9.4.8.4. Organization Codes. Satellites are assigned a standard organization code (516

Record) from a series of codes reserved for them. These codes are used to identify

satellite account information and are loaded on the satellite organization record IAW this

instruction and AFH 23-123, Volume 1. Note: Do not confuse these codes with

organization records assigned to activities receiving support from the satellite.

9.4.8.5. Offline Requisitions. The CSB will provide blocks of requisition serial numbers

to the satellite for processing offline requisitions. (T-2).

9.4.9. GSD Stock Fund Management guidance for Satellite Activities. All satellites activities

will appoint a GSD Stock Fund liaison to work with their designated GSD Stock Fund

manager and comply with the GSD Stock Fund direction of AFMC, MAJCOM and APO.

GSD Stock Fund managers will perform all the requisite duties and responsibilities to

manage the GSD Stock Fund operating program (T-2).

9.4.10. Satellite Pre-conversion/Conversion.

9.4.10.1. Pre-Conversion Requirements.

9.4.10.1.1. Before a satellite is converted, a support agreement according to AFI 25-

201, Intra-Service, Intra-Agency, and Inter-Agency Support Agreements Procedures,

or a formal MOA will be developed. (T-1). The agreement will define the CSB and

satellite responsibilities that are not covered in this instruction. (T-1). Note: AFMC

managed host accounts are not required to maintain support agreements or formal

MOAs with satellite accounts; however, a coordinated Transition Support Plan is

required. Non AFMC managed host accounts may maintain a support agreement or

formal MOA with their satellites as required. At a minimum, the agreement will

cover these points:

9.4.10.1.2. Purchasing support by the CSB where the satellite does not have

purchasing authority.

9.4.10.1.3. Accounting and Finance support from the CSB for the satellite and listing

of satellite responsibilities for GSD Stock Fund operations and satellite Operations

Operating Budget funds management area.

218 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

9.4.10.1.4. CSB and satellite responsibilities for budgeting O&M appropriations.

9.4.10.1.5. Satellite management responsibilities for those satellite accounts that the

CSB LRS CC/APO is accountable IAW AFI 23-111.

9.4.10.1.6. Satellite and CSB responsibilities for terminal hardware maintenance

requirements.

9.4.10.1.7. Redistribution between the CSB and satellite for excess assets.

9.4.10.1.8. Transition of manpower, as necessary, and a critical path schedule as

agreed upon by both parties.

9.4.10.2. Satellite Conversion.

9.4.10.2.1. CSB MAJCOM will:

9.4.10.2.1.1. Monitor, direct, and assist in conversion. Advise and assist satellites

in alignment and location of functions, facilities, manning policies, and terminal

equipment.

9.4.10.2.1.2. Develop conversion schedules with satellite MAJCOM or

responsible agency.

9.4.10.2.1.3. Develop command programs to produce load inputs for areas not

handled by standard computer programs.

9.4.11. Reporting for CSB and Satellite Accounts. The host MAJCOM will establish report

requirements for CSB and satellite accounts. The CSB LRS CC/APO will inform AFMC

when conversion begins. The LRS CC/APO will also provide the following information:

total item records loaded; total dollar value of the satellite account; type of communications

circuit (military or commercial); and type of terminal function maintenance (military or

contract). (T-2).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 219

Chapter 10

INTENSIVELY MANAGED AND TRACKED ITEMS

10.1. Overview. This chapter outlines policies and programs for AF intensively managed and

tracked items. These include management of controlled material to include NWRM and other

controlled or sensitive items. As listed in Attachment 1, References various DoD and AF

publications are reference sources for this publication. For this chapter, DoDM 4140.01 and AFI

20-110 are the primary DoD and AF references.

10.2. Management of Controlled Materiel.

10.2.1. Management of Controlled Materiel. Controlled materiel encompasses controlled

inventory items as defined by DoDM 4140.01, COMSEC, NWRM, select serialized

controlled high cost items, and small arms. Policies contained within this chapter apply to all

AF activities or agencies managing, issuing, receiving, storing, shipping or tracking AF-

owned controlled materiel to include ANG, AFR and contractor operations.

10.2.1.1. AF activities will maintain positive inventory control (PIC) and in-transit

visibility of inventory through all nodes of the supply chain. (T-1). Each activity is

responsible for the accuracy of the inventory within its custody.

10.2.1.2. Unit Commander or equivalent will designate in writing, personnel authorized

to handle, accept and process transactions into accountable record systems for controlled

material based upon access requirements contained in AFI 16-1404. (T-1). The unit

security manager certifies all designated personnel.

10.2.1.2.1. Utilize only the most current authorization list(s) of individuals approved

to handle, process, or accept controlled materiel. Maintain the source lists in a single

collection point to manage the documents. Organizations are required to update these

lists when changes occur.

10.2.1.2.2. AF activities will coordinate with the NWRM Transaction Control Cell

prior to the processing of all NWRM transactions. (T-1).

10.2.1.3. AF activities will manage documentation for controlled materiel IAW

disposition guidance found in the AF RDS and AFI 16-1404. (T-1).

10.2.1.4. AF activities will stamp or mark in red ink each document and label with

appropriate item classification phrase (e.g., "Classified Item", "Controlled Cryptographic

Item", or "CCI", "Sensitive Item", "Pilferable Item", or "Classified NWRM Item") prior

to the issue, receipt, turn-in, or shipment of controlled materiel. Note: Classified NWRM

assets will be stamped in red IAW AFI 20-110. (T-1).

10.2.1.5. AF activities will ensure the item serial number of the physical asset is

annotated onto all documents and labels for serialized controlled assets identified with a

Serialized Report Code (SRC). (T-1).

220 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

10.2.1.6. AF activities will not release, requisition or transport AF owned controlled

materiel outside of normal MILSTRIP/Defense Logistics Management Standard

(DLMS). (T-1). All AF activities will coordinate acquisition, utilization, and

transportation requirements for AF owned controlled materiel with authorized activities.

(T-1).

10.2.1.7. AF activities will provide training to affected personnel in regards to all DoD

and AF policies to be followed in managing, issuing, receiving, storing, shipping or

tracking controlled materiel. AF activities will conduct annual controlled item training

using the Advanced Distributed Learning Service Special Handling Assets Course

Materiel Management and NWRM training IAW AFI 20-110 to maintain awareness and

competence regarding proper management of controlled materiel and will document all

training in formal training records. (T-1).

10.2.1.8. Organizations preparing, packaging and producing documentation will ensure

proper item identification. Security classification must appear on documents and tags for

all items other than unclassified. (T-1).

10.2.1.9. NWRM, SA/LW and COMSEC items are serially controlled to ensure PIC.

10.2.2. Issuing Controlled Materiel.

10.2.2.1. The issuing of controlled materiel requires a legible signature of receipt on the

DD Form 1348-1A or applicable automated paperless system (e.g. ILS-S Asset

Management) by the person receiving custody of the materiel. Signed documents will be

retained in document control files and disposition will be IAW this chapter. (T-1).

10.2.2.2. Supply activities will not issue classified or NWRM materiel to individuals not

identified on the most current Classified Receipt Listing or NWRM Receipt Listing. (T-

1).

10.2.3. Return of Controlled Materiel.

10.2.3.1. AF materiel management activities will open containers for all controlled

materiel and perform a bare asset inspection using both an in-checker and inspector to

verify documents, serial number (to include all alpha characters, special characters and

zeroes), and part number/stock number match the property. (T-1). All documents must

have a certified inspector signature stamp prior to processing the turn-in transaction. (T-

1).

10.2.3.2. AF materiel management activities will coordinate with maintenance activities

for items with special packaging requirements to maintain the integrity of the container

and item. (T-1).

10.2.3.3. AF materiel management activities will research and verify the serial number

and part number/stock number conversions for all controlled materiel being returned

without the serial number or national stock number physically identified on the item. (T-

1).

10.2.4. Shipping Controlled Materiel. AF activities will comply with guidance in this

chapter, AFI 24-602, Volume 2, AFI 16-1404 and AFI 20-110 for proper packaging and

shipping of controlled materiel. (T-1).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 221

10.2.4.1. Each DD Form 1348-1A, created for the shipment of controlled items, will

reflect the CIIC definition.

10.2.4.2. An extra set of DD Form 1348-1As (except confidential items) will be provided

for use as a hand receipt for shipment processing. The extra set will provide the CIIC,

item identification, the CIIC definition and a signature block. Place unsigned copies

inside the number one shipping container for use by consignee receiving functions.

10.2.5. Container Marking.

10.2.5.1. AF activities will ensure the removal, replacement, and necessary destruction

or obliteration of authorized tags and labels (e.g., 999, MICAP, 777, etc.) is accomplished

while in-checking, stocking, or shipping property unless required by other directives. (T-

1).

10.2.5.2. For controlled items (except for FMS shipments), the shipping documentation

will be placed inside all containers. (T-1). Markings which indicate the nature of the

materiel and its security classification will not appear on the exterior of each container if

it will identify the nature of the shipment. (T-0). Identification bar code markings are

required. Reference MIL-STD-129 for further information.

10.2.6. Inventory of Controlled Materiel.

10.2.6.1. AF activities will perform 100% physical inventories for controlled materiel, to

include equipment in-use assets IAW DoDM 4140.01 and DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 1 (T-

0).

10.2.6.2. For serialized controlled items, AF activities will physically verify the serial

number on the item matches the serial number on the record. (T-1).

10.2.6.3. AF activities will maintain inventory records IAW DoDM 4140.01 and DoD

7000.14-R, Volume 1. (T-0).

10.2.6.4. AF activities will conduct an investigation to determine if losses were the result

of theft or misappropriation prior to attributing the loss to an inventory or accountability

discrepancy IAW DoD 7000.14-R, Volume 12, Chapter 7. (T-0).

10.2.7. Storage of Controlled Materiel.

10.2.7.1. AF activities will store controlled materiel according to the security

classification and security risk or pilferage controls of the item IAW AFJMAN 23-210.

(T-1).

10.2.7.2. AF materiel management activities will ensure controlled inventory items are

handled and safeguarded in appropriate storage facilities IAW DoDM 4140.01 and DoD

7000.14-R, Volume 1 and AFI 31-101. (T-0).

10.2.7.3. AF activities will clearly identify the item, classification, and serial number (as

appropriate) for all controlled materiel being stored IAW MIL-STD-129. (T-0).

10.2.7.4. Clearly marked physical barriers are required to identify NWRM storage areas.

When a dedicated warehouse is not available, partition existing warehouses with cages or

fencing for NWRM storage. As a temporary interim procedure, activities will use ropes

and stanchions clearly marked with “NWRM” signs.

222 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

10.2.7.5. Storage activities will apply normal warehousing practices to include

separation amongst NWRM (e.g., ESD, classified, magnetized materiel, etc.) and the use

of storage locator systems. (T-1).

10.2.7.6. All NWRM storage facilities, cages, containers, rooms, etc. will have a key and

lock program to ensure access to NWRM is limited to authorized individuals. (T-1).

These procedures do not apply to organizations with an existing key and lock program

identified in AFMAN 21-201 or AFMAN 21-204, Nuclear Weapons Maintenance. Also,

NWRM secured in GSA approved vaults or WS3 vaults do not require a key and lock

program as long as access controls meet the minimum requirements set forth in

applicable regulations and guidance.

10.2.8. Serialized Control and Reporting of SA/LW.

10.2.8.1. This section describes guidance for the serialized control and reporting of

SA/LW items.

10.2.8.2. SA/LW are man-portable weapons made or modified to military specifications

for use as lethal instruments of war that expel a shot, bullet or projectile by action of an

explosive.

10.2.8.2.1. SA/LW will be managed by serial number (serially controlled) within the

applicable materiel management system.

10.2.8.2.2. Serialized control and reporting applies only to complete weapons or the

part of the SA/LW on which the serial number is stamped or etched (receiver or

frame). Serialized reporting does not apply to barrels, firing mechanisms, etc.

10.2.8.3. General Reporting. The AFMC SA/LW Serialized Control Activity will

maintain a central file of all weapons items by serial number for the AF. (T-1).

10.2.8.4. Small Arms Referral Inquiries Point of Contact. The LRS APO will assign a

single POC for referral of inquiries regarding small arms serial number reports and data.

(T-2).

10.2.8.4.1. Responsibilities of the POC include researching the consolidated

transaction history, confirming or correcting of records, scheduling the annual

reconciliation, and scheduling any monthly reconciliation when a monthly is deemed

necessary by either the POC or LRS APO.

10.2.8.5. Annually, not earlier than 30 April and not later than 10 May, the POC’s name,

phone number, organizational address, and e-mail address (when available) will be sent

to AFMC SA/LW Serialized Control Activity.

10.2.8.6. Weapon Reconciliation.

10.2.8.6.1. Time Frame. All weapons will be reconciled annually with AFMC

SA/LW Serialized Control Activity through the applicable materiel management

system.

10.2.8.6.1.1. Weapons will be reconciled no later than 30 April. (T-1).

10.2.8.6.1.2. Reconciliation images transmitted to the appropriate system will

arrive no later than 10 May of each year. (T-1).

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 223

10.2.8.6.2. Overages and shortages identified during reconciliation with AFMC will

be thoroughly researched, inventoried, and appropriate investigative actions initiated.

(T-1).

10.2.8.6.3. EAE will perform a local monthly weapon reconciliation by processing

an R46 with a dash in position 65 to identify and resolve serial number discrepancies.

(T-1). Refer to AFH 23-123, Volume 2, for IT specifics.

10.2.9. Serialized Control and Reporting of Communications Security/Controlled

Cryptographic Item (COMSEC/CCI).

10.2.9.1. Overview. This section describes guidance for the serialized control and

reporting of communications security/controlled cryptographic items (COMSEC/CCI).

Accounting Legend Code (ALC) and Cryptographic High Value Product (CHVP)

accounting requirements are defined IAW AFMAN 17-1302-O, Communications

Security (COMSEC) Operations and Committee on National Security Systems Instruction

(CNSSI) 4005, Safeguarding Communications Security (COMSEC) Facilities and

Materials. Accountable Property Officers (APO) must adhere to additional accountability

and reporting requirements as prescribed in AFMAN 17-1302-O.

10.2.9.2. COMSEC/CCI must be managed according to category IAW CNSSI 4001,

Controlled Cryptologic Items. Serialized controlled are items that will be managed by

serial number within the applicable materiel management system and will have SRC C

assigned. Other assets are identified with CIIC 9 and are not serially managed. Additional

AF COMSEC/CCI accountability related policy may be found in AFMAN 17-1302-O.

10.2.9.3. The AF COMSEC/CCI Central Authority is the Cryptologic and Cyber

Systems Division, JBSA-Lackland, Texas. Questions related to COMSEC accountability

can be directed to the Cryptologic and Cyber Systems Division’s COMSEC Policy Office

(AFLCMC/HNCLS).

10.2.9.4. The LRS APO will assign a single POC for referral of inquiries regarding

COMSEC serial number reports and data. (T-2). POC information will be posted on

AFLCMC/HNC SharePoint site. (T-2).

10.2.9.4.1. Responsibility of the POC is to serve as liaison between the LRS APO

and AFLCMC/HNC. POC will assist LRS APO in resolving accountability/serial

number reporting discrepancies identified by AFLCMC and provide other

information as required.

10.2.9.4.2. Organizational commanders are responsible to ensure COMSEC incidents

are reported for loss of accountability tampering, unauthorized access, etc. IAW

AFMAN 17-1302-O. (T-1).

10.2.10. COMSEC Reconciliation.

10.2.10.1. The AF is required (as directed by the National Security Agency) to account

for all COMSEC assets requiring serial number control. All COMSEC assets on

applicable materiel management system detail records or on hand in supply will be

reconciled semiannually prior to 15 March and 15 September.

224 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

10.2.10.2. LRS APO will not maintain visibility of type account B COMSEC (ERRC

XD/XF/XB) assets once they are issued to the using organization and will not be included

in the annual reconciliation. When these items are shipped, the applicable materiel

management system will report the serial number of the asset and that will overlay to

applicable materiel management system to conform to National Security Agency policy.

(T-1). Note: “XD2” COMSEC assets used in support of RDT&E programs and projects

that are maintained on SPRAM accounts will be tracked 100% of the time and included

in the annual COMSEC reconciliation. (T-1).

10.2.10.3. Out-of-Cycle Reconciliation. The office of primary responsibility for CCI,

AFMC Cryptologic and Cyber Systems Division, JBSA Lackland, Texas may direct out-

of-cycle reconciliation reports IAW AFMAN 17-1302-O with MAJCOM approval. When

bases are directed to do these out-of-cycle reconciliations, transmission of data will be by

the same method and to the same places as the scheduled annual reconciliation.

10.2.10.4. Activities will perform a local monthly COMSEC reconciliation by

processing an R46 with a dash in position 64 to identify and resolve serial number

discrepancies. Refer to AFH 23-123, Volume 2, for IT guidance.

10.2.11. Special Logistics Support for Special Access Required (SAR) Parts Program.

10.2.11.1. Required when normal security methods cannot protect an activity from a

known threat, special access controls safeguard operational and technological advantages

from potential enemies by limiting access to information about, or observation of, certain

weapons, weapon systems, techniques, and operations. The term Special Access Program

(SAP), often substituted for "Special Access Required (SAR)", may describe the security

control system, the entire effort, and in some cases certain budget information.

10.2.11.2. SAPs must obtain approval to introduce the SAP into a Sensitive

Compartmented Information Facility (SCIF) from 497 IG/INS and also negotiate a

security agreement with 497 IG/INS. Refer to AFPD 16-7, Special Access Programs and

AFI 16-701, Management, Administration and Oversight of Special Access Programs.

10.2.11.3. Access Requirements. The LRS APO will ensure prior to activation of a

special access program that personnel obtain proper clearances and are granted access by

the program manager or their designated representative for receiving, handling, storing

and issuing SAR materiel. For contracted supply activities the government must include

in the Performance Work Statement the requirement for the contractor to have or hire

individuals with the proper clearance for SAR processing. The LRS APO will identify the

number of individuals required to handle SAR material. Only in rare or unusual instances

will office administration personnel be granted access to SAR information, and then only

if there is a valid need to know. Convenience or efficiency is not legitimate need-to-know

criteria.

10.2.11.3.1. After the individuals are granted the proper clearance and the storage

area is inspected and certified, the program manager or their designated representative

must “read” the cleared individuals into the program to allow the proper handling,

storage and issue of SAR classified material.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 225

10.2.11.3.2. The LRS APO will generate and keep current and authorized list of on

base personnel authorized to receipt/handling for SAR materiel. This listing will be

used to update the applicable materiel management system and confirm only

authorized personnel receive SAR items.

10.2.12. Item Unique Identification (IUID) Program.

10.2.12.1. Overview. This section describes guidance for the capture and reporting of the

UII for IUID managed assets.

10.2.12.2. When the IUID program is fully implemented, the AF is required (as directed

by the Department of Defense (DoD)) to capture and report the UII to the DoD IUID

registry for all IUID managed assets. LRS personnel are required to scan/enter the UII(s)

of IUID managed assets when prompted by the applicable ILS-S system. If UII is

unavailable, submit transaction through the ILS-S system.

10.2.12.3. IUID managed assets are identified in the DoD and AF cataloging systems

and include Class II, VII and IX supply items. These cataloging systems provide the

IUID indicator to the applicable ILS-S system.

10.2.12.4. The LRS APO will assign a single POC for referral of inquiries regarding

IUID managed assets when the IUID program is fully implemented. (T-2).

Responsibilities of the POC include researching the consolidated transaction history,

delivery verification records and audit trail when necessary by the appointed IUID POC

or LRS APO.

WARREN D. BERRY,

Lt General, USAF

DCS/Logistics, Engineering & Force Protection

226 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Attachment 1

GLOSSARY OF REFERENCES AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION

References

AFPD 10-35, Battlefield Airmen, 05 June 2017

AFPD 16-7, Special Access Programs, 21 November 2017

AFPD 21-1, Maintenance of Military Materiel, 01 August 2018

AFPD 23-1, Materiel Management, 07 September 2018

AFH 23-123V1, Materiel Management Reference Information, 08 August 2013

AFH23-123V2, Integrated Logistics System-Supply (ILS-S), current edition

AFI 10-201, Force Readiness Reporting, 03 March 2016

AFI 10-401, Air Force Operations Planning and Execution, 07 December 2006

AFI 10-402, Mobilization Planning, 08 March 2018

AFI 10-403, Deployment Planning and Execution, 20 September 2012

AFI 10-404, Base Support and Expeditionary Site Planning, 24 July 2019

AFI 10-2501, Emergency Management Program, 10 March 2020

AFI 10-3001, Reintegration, 21 April 2009

AFI 16-402, Aerospace Vehicle Programming, Assignment, Distribution, Accounting, and

Termination, 27 September 2019

AFI 16-701, Management, Administration and Oversight of Special Access Programs, 18

February 2014

AFI 16-1404, Air Force Information Security Program, 29 May 2015

AFI 20-106, Management of Aviation Critical Safety Items, 25 January 2006

AFI 20-110, Nuclear Weapons-Related Materiel Management, 04 June 2018

AFI 20-112, Logistics Readiness Quality Assurance Program, 06 October 2017

AFI 20-115, Propulsion Management For Aerial Vehicles, 12 February 2014

AFI 20-117, Repair Network Management, 22 August 2018

AFI 21-101, Aircraft and Equipment Maintenance Management, 21 May 2015

AFI 21-103, Equipment Inventory, Status and Utilization Reporting, 16 December 2016

AFI 23-111, Management of Government Property in Possession of the Air Force, 19 November

2018

AFI 23-119, Exchange, Sale, or Temporary Custody of Non-excess Personal Property, 05 June

2001

AFI 23-120, Air Force Spares Requirements Review Board, 13 April 2016

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 227

AFI 23-201, Fuels Management, 20 June 2014

AFI 24-301, Ground Transportation, 22 October 2019

AFI 24-302, Vehicle Management, 26 June 2012

AFI 24-602,V2, Cargo Movement, 12 June 2019

AFI 25-101, War Reserve Materiel (WRM), 27 August 2019

AFI 25-201, Intra-Service, Intra-Agency, and Inter-Agency Support Agreements Procedures, 18

October 2013

AFI 25-301, Acquisition and Cross-Servicing Agreements, 03 June 2016

AFI 31-101, Integrated Defense (ID), 05 July 2017

AFI 31-117, Arming and Use of Force by Air Force Personnel, 02 February 2016

AFI 31-121, Military Working Dog Program (MWD), 02 May 2018

AFI 32-6000, Housing Management, 18 March 2020

AFI 32-7001, Environmental Management, 23 August 2019

AFI 32-7086, Hazardous Materials Management, 04 February 2015

AFI 33-322, Records Management and Information Governance Program, 23 March 2020

AFI 33-360, Publications and Forms Management, 01 December 2015

AFI 34-211(I), Army and Air Force Exchange Service General Policies, 11 July 2017

AFI 34-501, Mortuary Affairs Program, 16 April 2019

AFI 36-2654, Combat Arms Program, 13 January 2016

AFI 36-2670, Total Force Development, 15 June 2020

AFI 36-2903, Dress and Personal Appearance of Air Force Personnel, 18 July 2011

AFI 36-3012, Military Entitlements, 23 August 2019

AFI 36-3208, Administrative Separation of Airmen, 09 July 2004

AFI 38-101, Manpower and Organization, 29 August 2019

AFI 38-402, Airman Powered by Innovation and Suggestion Program, 09 February 2018

AFI 51-306, Administration Claims for and Against the Air Force, 14 January 2019

AFI 51-509, Appointment to and Assumption of Command, 14 January 2019

AFI 51-1101, The Air Force Procurement Fraud Remedies Program, 19 October 2017

AFI 52-105, Chaplain Corps Resourcing, 23 June 2015

AFI 63-101/20-101, Integrated Life Cycle Management, 09 March 2017

AFI 64-117, Government Purchase Card (GPC) Program, 22 June 2018

AFI 65-301, Internal Audit Services, 31 August 2018

AFI 65-501, Economic Analysis, 29 October 2018

228 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

AFI 65-601, Volume 1, Budget Guidance and Procedures, 24 October 2018

AFI 65-601, Volume 2, Budget Management for Operations, 14 July 2017

AFI 84-103, United States Air Force Heritage Program, 22 May 2015

AFI 91-202, The U.S. Air Force Mishap Prevention Program, 24 June 2015

AFJMAN 23-210, Joint Service Manual (JSM) For Storage and Materials Handling, 12 April

1994

AFMAN 10-206, Operational Reporting (OREP), 18 June 2018

AFMAN 10-409-O, Support to Adaptive Planning, 19 April 2016

AFMAN 16-101, Security Cooperation and Security Assistance Management, 02 August 2018

AFMAN 17-1203, Information Technology (IT) Asset Management (ITAM), 18 May 2018

AFMAN 17-1301, Computer Security, 12 February 2020

AFMAN 17-1302-O, Communications Security (COMSEC) Operations, 03 February 2017

AFMAN 17-2101, Long-Haul Communications Management, 22 May 2018

AFMAN 21-201, Munitions Management, 26 March 2019

AFMAN 21-202, Missile Maintenance Management, 29 August 2019

AFMAN 21-204, Nuclear Weapons Maintenance, 13 August 2019

AFMAN 21-209V1, Ground Munitions, 29 August 2019

AFMAN 23-122, Materiel Management Procedures, 14 December 2016

AFMAN 23-125(IP), Stock Readiness, 09 November 2012

AFMAN 23-230, Maintaining Air Force DoD Activity Address Codes, 31 January 2019

AFMAN 24-204, Preparing Hazardous Materials for Military Shipments, 24 July 2018

AFMAN 24-206(IP), Packaging of Materiel, 12 January 2004

AFMAN 24-210, Packaging of Hazardous Materials, 7 May 2019

AFMAN 31-129, USAF Small Weapons and Light Weapons Handling Procedures, 02 January

2020

AFMAN 32-7002, Environmental Compliance and Pollution Prevention, 4 February 2020

AFMAN 33-363, Management of Records, 01 March 2008

AFMAN 34-135, Air Force Lodging, 01 July 2019

AFMAN 41-209, Medical Logistics Support, 04 January 2019

AFMAN 65-604, Appropriation Symbols and Budget Codes, (Fiscal Year 2020)

AFMAN 91-203, Air Force Occupational Safety, Fire, and Health Standards, 11 December

2018

AFPAM 63-128, Integrated Life Cycle Management, 10 July 2014

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 229

CJCSI 4110.01E, Joint Materiel Priorities and Allocation, 19 July 2012

CNSSI 4001, Controlled Cryptographic Items, 7 May 2013

CNSSI 4005, Safeguarding Communications Security (COMSEC) Facilities and Materials, 22

August 2011

DoDD 1338.05, Armed Forces Clothing Monetary Allowance Policy, 12 January 2005

DoDD 8190.01E, Defense Logistics Management Standards (DLMS), 9 January 2015

DoDI 1338.18, Armed Forces Clothing Monetary Allowance Procedures, 07 January 1998

DoDI 3110.05, Readiness-Based Material Condition Reporting for Mission-Essential Systems

and Equipment, 25 September 2006

DoDI4140.67, DoD Counterfeit Prevention Policy, 26 April 2013

DoDI4140.58, National Guard and Reserve Equipment Report (NGRER), 8 January 2010

DoDI4140.63, Management of DoD Clothing and Textiles (Class II), 12 April 2017

DoDI4160.28, DoD Demilitarization (DEMIL) Program, 7 April 2011

DoDI5000.02, Operation of the Defense Acquisition System, 21 October 2019

DoDI5000.64, Accountability and Management of DoD Equipment and Other Accountable

Property, 27 April 2017

DoDI5210.02, Access to and Dissemination of Restricted Data and Formerly Restricted Data, 3

June 2011

DoDI8320.04, Item Unique Identification Standards for Tangible Personal Property, 3

September 2015

DoDM4100.39, Federal Logistics Information System (FLIS) Procedures, 8 March 2017

DoDM4120.24, Defense Standardization Program (DSP) Procedures, 24 September 2014

DoDM4140.01, Volume 1, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Policy: Operational

Requirements, 13 December 2018

DoDM4140.01, Volume 2, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Policy: Demand And

Supply Planning, 9 November 2018

DoDM4140.01, Volume 5, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Policy: Materiel

Programs, 10 February 2014

DoDM4140.01, Volume 6, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Policy: Materiel Returns,

Retention, And Disposition, 8 March 2017

DoDM4140.01, Volume 7, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Procedures: Supporting

Technologies, 18 April 2019

DoDM4140.01, Volume 9, Materiel Programs, 16 February 2018

DoDM4140.01, Volume 10, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Policy: Supply Chain

Inventory Reporting And Metrics, 09 March 2017

230 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

DoDM4140.26-M,Volume 1, DoD Integrated Materiel Management (IMM) for Consumable

Items: Operating Procedures for Item Management Coding (IMC), 24 September 2010

DoDM4140.26,Volume 2, DoD Integrated Materiel Management (IMM) for Consumable Items:

Item Management Coding (IMC) Criteria, 24 September 2010

DoDM4140.26,Volume 3, DoD Integrated Materiel Management (IMM) for Consumable Items:

Item Management Coding (IMC) Application, 24 September 2010

DoDM4140.26,Volume 4, DoD Integrated Materiel Management (IMM) for Consumable Items:

Logistics Reassignment (LR), 24 September 2010

DoDM4140.26,Volume 5, DoD Integrated Materiel Management (IMM) for Consumable Items:

Reporting, Auditing, and Financial Management, 24 September 2010

DoDM4140.26, Volume 6, DoD Integrated Materiel Management (IMM) For Consumable

Items: Supply Support Requests (SSRS), 18 July 2014

DoDM4140.27, Volume 1, DoD Shelf-Life Management Program: Program Administration, 6

July 2016

DoDM4140.27, Volume 2, DoD Shelf-Life Management Program: Materiel Quality Control

Storage Standards, 6 July 2016

DoDM4140.68, Integrated Material Management of Nonconsumable Items, 2 September 2014

DoDM4140.70, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Procedures For Storage And Material

Handling, 12 October 2017

DoDM4160.21, Volume 1, Defense Materiel Disposition: Disposal Guidance and Procedures,

22 October 2015

DoDM4160.21, Volume 2, Defense Materiel Disposition: Property Disposal And Reclamation,

22 October 2015

DoDM4160.21, Volume 3, Defense Materiel Disposition: Reutilization, Transfer, And Sale Of

Property, 22 October 2015

DoDM4160.21, Volume 4, Defense Materiel Disposition: Instructions For Hazardous Property

And Other Special Processing Materiel, 22 October 2015

DoDM4160.28, Volume 1, Defense Demilitarization; Program Administration, 09 August 2017

DoDM4160.28, Volume 2, Defense Demilitarization: Demilitarization Coding, 09 March 2017

DoDM4160.28, Volume 3, Defense Demilitarization: Demilitarization Coding, 07 June 2011

DoDM5010.12, Procedures for the Acquisition and Management of Technical Data, 14 May

1993

DoDM5100.76, Physical Security of Sensitive Conventional Arms, Ammunition, and Explosives

(AA&E), 17 April 2012

DoDM5200.01, DoD Information Security Program, various volumes, 24 February 2012

DLM4000.25, Volume 2, Supply Standards and Procedures, 13 June 2012

DLM4000.25, Volume 6, Logistics Systems Interoperability Support Services, 5 June 2012

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 231

DLM4000.25, Volume 7, Contract Administration, 24 April 2012

DLM4000.25-1, Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue Procedures (MILSTRIP), 13 June

2012

DLM4000.25-2, Military Standard Transaction Reporting and Accountability Procedures

(MILSTRAP), 13 June 2012

DTR4500.9-R, Defense Transportation Regulation, May 2016

DoD7000.14-R, Department of Defense Financial Management Regulations, current edition

DSCA Manual 5105.38, Security Assistance Management Manual (SAMM), 30 April 2012

DFAS-DE 7077.4, Standard Materiel Accounting System User's Manual, 1 June 2010

DFARS, Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS), current edition

DoD SD-5, Market Research, 12 January 2008

DoD SD-22, Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages, 1 January 2016

TO 00-5-15, Air Force Time Compliance Technical Order Process, 29 September 2017

TO 00-20-1, Aerospace Equipment Maintenance Inspection, Documentation, Policies and

Procedures,1 June 2018

TO 00-20-2, Maintenance Data Documentation, 5 September 2019

TO 00-20-3, Maintenance Processing of Reparable Property and Repair Cycle Asset Control

System, 10 July 2017

TO 00-20-9, Forecasting Replacement Requirements for Selected Calendar and Hourly Time

Change Items, 15 January 2014

TO 00-20-14, Air Force Metrology and Calibration Program, 31 January 2019

TO 00-25-113, Conservation and Segregation of Critical Alloy and Precious Metal Bearing

Parts and Scrap, 15 September 2013

TO 00-25-234, General Shop Practice Requirements for the Repair, Maintenance, and Test of

Electrical Equipment, 22 September 2013

TO 00-35D-54, USAF Deficiency Reporting, Investigation, and Resolution, 1 September 2015

TO 11N-100-1, Supply Management of Nuclear Weapons Materiel

TO 36-1-191, Technical And Managerial Reference For Motor Vehicle Maintenance, 8

November 2017

MIL-STD-129, Military Marking for Shipment and Storage, 27 September 2019

MIL-STD-130N, Identification Marking of U.S. Military Property, 26 August 2019

MIL-STD-3007F, Standard Practice for Unified Facilities Criteria and Unified Facilities Guide

Specification, 13 December 2006

MIL-STD-882E, System Safety,11 May 2012

MIL-HDBK-502, Department of Defense Handbook Acquisition Logistics, 30 May 1997

232 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

MIL-T-31000, General Specification for Technical Data Packages, 5 November 2009

FAR, Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), current edition

EO 13834, Efficient Federal Operations, 17 May 2018

Public Law 113-66, National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2014, Section 1057, 26

December 2013

Title 10 United States Code Section 2572

Prescribed Forms

AF Form 86, Request for Cataloging Data/Action

AF Form 2001, Notification of TCTO Kit Requirements

Adopted Forms

AF Form 614, Charge Out Record

AF Form 847, Recommendation for Change of Publication

AF Form 1230, Standard Reporting Designator (SRD) Candidate Information

AF Form 1297, Temporary Issue Receipt

AF Form 2691, Aircraft/Missile Equipment Property Record

DD Form 250, Material Inspection and Receiving Report

DD Form 1149, Requisition and Invoice/Shipping Document

DD Form 1348, DoD Single Line Item Requisition System Document (Manual)

DD Form 1348-1A, Issue Release/Receipt Document

DD Form 1574, Serviceable Tag – Materiel

DD Form 1574-1, Serviceable Label – Materiel

DD Form 1576, Test/Modification Tag – Materiel

DD Form 1576-1, Test Modification Label – Materiel

DD Form 2875, System Authorization Access Request (SAAR)

SF 361, Transportation Discrepancy Report

SF 364, Report of Discrepancy (ROD)

Abbreviations and Acronyms

AAO—Approved acquisition objective

ACC—Air Combat Command

AETC—Air Education and Training Command

AF—Air Force

AFCEC—Air Force Civil Engineer Center

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 233

AFCFM—Air Force Career Field Manager

AFCIIF—Air Force Clothing Initial Issue Function

AFPD—Air Force Policy Directive

AFRDP—AF Readiness Drivers Program

AFI—Air Force Instruction

AFMC—Air Force Materiel Command

AFMCSS—Armed Forces Military Clothing Sales Store

AFMMCAB—Air Force Supply Chiefs Advisory Board

AFOSI—Air Force Office of Special Investigations

AFR—Air Force Reserve

AFRIMS—Air Force Records Information Management System

AFSC—Air Force Sustainment Center

AFSCPWG—Air Force Supply Chain Policy Working Group

AFSPBP—Air Force Spare Parts Breakout Program

AFWCF—Air Force Working Capital Fund

AFH—Air Force Handbook

AIAO—Alternate Information Assurance Officer

AIT—Automatic Identification Technology

ALC—Air Logistics Complex

AMC—Air Mobility Command

AME—Alternate Mission Equipment

AMSC—Acquisition Method Suffix Code

AMT—Asset Marking and Tracking

ANG—Air National Guard

APO—Accountable Property Office

APS—Aircraft Parts Store

APSR—Accountable Property System of Record

AS—Allowance Standard

ASC—Allowance Source Code

SL—Adjusted Stock Level

ASM—Aircraft Sustainability Model

ATCALS—Air Traffic Control, Approach, and Landing System

234 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

AWP—Awaiting Parts

BA—Budget Authority

BC—Budget Code

BEAR—Basic Expeditionary Airfield Resources

BES—Bioenvironmental Engineering Services; Budget Estimate Submission

BOCR—Business Overhead Cost Recovery

BP—Budget Program

C-E—Communications-Electronics

CA/CRL—Customer Authorization/Custody Receipt Listings

CAM—Centralized Asset Management

CC—Commander

CCI—Controlled Cryptographic Item

CEMF—Centralize Equipment Management Flight

CFO—Chief Financial Officer

CHPMSK—Contingency High Priority Mission Support Kit

CIIC—Controlled Inventory Item Code

CJCSI—Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Instruction

CJCS—Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff

CLS—Contractor Logistics Support

CLSSA—Cooperative Logistics Supply Support Agreement

COCOM—Combant Commander

COMSEC—Communication Security

CONOPS—Concept of Operations

CONUS—Continental United States

CNSSI—Committee on National Security Systems Instruction

COOP—Continuity of Operations

COSIS—Care of Supplies in Storage

CMER—Condemnation Material Expense

CPFH—Cost Per Flying Hour

CRF—Centralized Repair Facility

CRS—Contingency Retention Stock

CRSP—Consumable Readiness Spares Packages

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 235

CSAF—Chief of Staff of the Air Force

CSAG—Consolidated Sustainment Activity Group

CSAG-S—Consolidated Sustainment Activity Group - Supply

CSAG-M—Consolidated Sustainment Activity Group – Maintenance

CSB—Computer Support Base

CSI—Critical Safety Item

CSWSWG—Contractor Supported Weapon Systems Working Group

CTIC—Contractor Technical Information Codes

DDR—Daily Demand Rate

DFARS/PGI—Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations Supplement and Procedures, Guidance

and Information

DFAS—Defense Finance and Accounting System

DIFM—Due-In From Maintenance

DLA—Defense Logistics Agency

DLADS—Defense Logistics Agency Disposition Services

DLIS—Defense Logistics Agency Logistics Information Service

DLM—Defense Logistics Manual

DLMS—Defense Logistics Management Standards

DMS—Diminishing Manufacturing Sources; Decentralized Materiel Support

DMSMS—Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages

DEMIL—Demilitarization

DoD—Department of Defense

DoDD—Department of Defense Directive

DODACC—DoD Activity Address Codes

DoDI—Department of Defense Instruction

DoDM—Department of Defense Manual

DPAS—Defense Property Accountability System

DRU—Direct Reporting Unit

EAE—Equipment Accountable Element

EAIM—End Article Item Manager

EEIC—Element of Expense Investment Code

ELRS—Expeditionary Logistics Readiness Squadron

ELS—Enterprise Logistics Strategy

236 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

EM—Enterprise Manager

EMC—Equipment Management Code

EMEF—Enterprise Mobility Equipment Facility

EOQ—Economic Order Quantity

EPWG—Air Force Equipment Policy Working Group

ERRC—Expendability, Recoverability, Reparability Category

ERRCD—Expendability, Recoverability, Reparability Category Designator

ERAA—Equipment Review Authorization Activities

ERS—Economic Retention Stock

ES—Equipment Specialist

ESD—Electro-Static Devices

ESN—End Item Serial Number

EXPRESS—Execution & Prioritization of Repair Support System

FAD—Force Activity Designator

FAR—Federal Acquisition Regulation

FMS—Foreign Military Sales

FAM—Functional Area Manager

FOA—Field Operating Agency

FOB—Found on Base

FSC—Flight Service Center

FSG—Federal Supply Group

FSL—Forward Supply Location

FSS—Forward Supply System; Force Support Squadron

GFM—Government Furnished Material

GIDEP—Government Industry Data Exchange Program

GMO—Global Management Office

GPC—Government Purchase Card

GSA—General Services Administration

GSD—General Support Division

GSU—Geographically Separated Unit

HAF—Headquarters Air Force

HAZMAT—Hazardous Material

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 237

HPMSK—High Priority Mission Support Kit

IAO—Information Assurance Officer

I&S—Interchangeability and Substitutability

IAW—In Accordance With

IBA—Individual Body Armor

ICP—Inventory Control Point

ICS—Interim Contractor Support

IIRP—Improved Item Replacement Program

ILS-S—Integrated Logistics System-Supply

IM—Item Manager

IMC—Item Management Coding

IMDS—-Integrated Maintenance Data System

INS—Insurance

IPE—Individual Protective Equipment; Industrial Plant Equipment

IRSP—In-Place Readiness Spares Package

IT—Information Technology

IUID—Item Unique Identification

JCS—Joint Chief of Staff

JDRS—Joint Discrepancy Reporting System

JPIWG—Joint Physical Inventory Working Group

JR—Job-Routed

LAC—Latest Acquisition Cost

LOGMOD—Logistics Module

LRC—Latest Repair Cost

LRS—Logistics Readiness Squadron

LRU—Line Replaceable Unit

LSS—Life Systems Stock

LSV—Low Speed Vehicle

LP—Local Purchase

LR—Local Repair

LTA—Low Threat Area

LWG—Logistics working Group

238 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

MAJCOM—Major Command

MDD—Maintenance Data Documentation

MDS—Mission Design Series

MIC—Mission Impact Code

MICAP—Mission Impaired Capability Awaiting Parts

MILCON—Military Construction

MILSTRIP—Military Standard Requisition and Issue Procedures

MIS—Maintenance Information System

MMAC—Materiel Management Aggregation Code

MMHS—Mechanized Materiel Handling System

MOA—Memorandum of Agreement

MOU—Memorandum of Understanding

MRSP—Mobility Readiness Spare Package

MSK—Mission Support Kit

MX—Maintenance

NATO—North Atlantic Treaty Organization

NCAA—Non Nuclear Consumables Analysis

NCO—Non-Commissioned Officer

NEO—Noncombatant Evacuation Operations

NGS—Non-Government Standards

NHA—Next Higher Assembly

NLT—No later than

NRTS—Not-Reparable This Station

NSN—National Stock Number

NWRM—Nuclear Weapons-Related Materiel

O&M—Operation and Maintenance

O&ST—Order & Shipping Time

OC—Operations Compliance

OCCR—Organization Cost Center Record

OCONUS—Outside Continental United States

OGMVC—Other Government Motor Vehicle Conveyance

OIC—Officer In Charge

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 239

OPLAN—Operations Plan

OPR—Office of Primary Responsibility

OSD—Office of Secretary of Defense

OUSD(C)—Office of the Under Secretary of Defense (Comptroller)

PA—Program Authority

PICA—Primary Inventory Control Activity

PICP—Physical Inventory Control Program

PM—Program Manager

PMRP—Precious Metals Recovery Program

POC—Point of Contact

POM—Program Objective Memorandum

POS—Peacetime Operating Stock

PRS—Potential reutilization Stock

PS&D—Plans Scheduling and Documentation

PSN—Package Serial Number

PSP—Primary Supply Points

QA—Quality Assurance

QDR—Quality Deficiency Report

RDO—Redistribution Order

REALM—Requirements/Execution Availability Logistics Module

REM—Registered Equipment Management

RFID—Radio Frequency Identification

RID—Routing Identifier

RIMCS—Reparable Item Movement Control System

R&M—Reliability and Maintainability

RO—Requisitioning Objective

ROD—Report of Discrepancy

RSP—Readiness Spares Package

RVP—Reverse Post

SA/LW—Small Arms/Light Weapons

SAF—Office of the Secretary of the Air Force

SAS—Storage Aids Systems

240 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

SCM—Supply Chain Management

SCOW—Supply Chain Operations Wing

SDR—Supply Discrepancy Report

SDT—Second Destination Transportation

SE—Support Equipment

SICA—Secondary Inventory Control Activity

SIASCN—Standard Inter-service Agency Serial Control Number

SM—System Manager

SOO—Satellite Operations Officer

SOS—Source of Supply

SP—Standard Price

SPC—Stockage Priority Code

SPO—Systems Program Officer

SPRAM—Special Purpose Recoverable Authorized Maintenance

SPRS—Spares Priority Release Sequence

SRAN—Stock Record Account Number

SRD—Standard Reporting Designator

SRU—Shop Replaceable Unit

SSIR—Supply System Inventory Report

STR—System Transaction Recovery

TCM—Technical Content Manager

TCTO—Time Compliance Technical Order

THPMSK—Temporary High Priority Mission Support Kit

TNB—Tail Number Bin

TO—Technical Order

TOC—Technical Order Compliance

TPO—Training Purposes Only

TRAP—Tanks, Racks, Adapters & Pylons

TRN—Turnaround

TWG—Theater Working Group

UCC—Unit Control Center

UDM—Unit Deployment Manager

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 241

UEWG—Uniform Enterprise Working Group

UII—Unique Item Identifier

UMMIPS—Uniform Materiel Movement and Issue Priority System

USSF—United States Space Force

UTC—Unit Type Code

WCDO—Wartime Consumable Distribution Objective

WCF—Working Capital Fund

WMP—War and Mobilization Plan

WRM—War Reserve Materiel

WSDC—Weapon System Designator Code

WSGC—Weapon System Group Code

WSMIS—Weapons System Management Information System

WSSP—Weapon System Support Program

Terms

Active Inventory—Materiel that is expected to be consumed within the budget year (2 years)

and materiel that has been purchased to meet specific war reserve requirements.

Additive Requirement—Requirements that are supported by projected requirements (e.g.,

modifications) rather than past demand experience. Requirements computed outside the

recoverable computation.

Aircraft Parts Store—LRS function located near flight line maintenance and functions as a

demand processing unit, customer service, and aircraft parts warehouse for maintenance

activities.

Aircraft Sustainability Model—The mathematical model used to determine the requirements

for recoverable RSP items (in the D087G system) It uses a unit's wartime flying hour program,

the range of items determined at the annual review, and the demand rate/indicative data for each

item to determine the optimum mix of spares to achieve the target Direct Support Objective.

Allowance Standard—Authorized document that identifies the amount and type of equipment

for an organization.

Approved Acquisition Objective—The quantity of an item authorized for peacetime and

wartime requirements to equip and sustain U.S. and Allied Forces, according to current DoD

policies and plans. That quantity shall be sufficient to support other U.S. Government Agencies,

as applicable.

242 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Awaiting Parts—During the repair process for systems/equipment, parts are ordered for the

system/equipment undergoing repair or an end item is being scheduled for a repair process and

parts are ordered for a scheduled repair of the system/equipment to start the repair process. The

end item system/equipment undergoing repair/being scheduled for repair is AWP when the parts

to continue the repair process are backordered or the scheduled repair process will exceed

mission requirements.

Back shop—Base repair activities primarily established to perform field level component repair.

Base Condemnation Rate—The number of base condemnations divided by the sum base Repair

This Station and base condemnations.

Base Consumption Rates—Base consumption rates will be determined by taking the number of

failures at base level, over a specific period of time, divided by the operating program for that

same time period.

Base Not Reparable this Station Rate—The number of Base NRTS divided by the sum of the

base RTS, base NRTS, and base condemnations.

Base Repair Cycle—The number of days that elapse between the time an unserviceable

reparable item is removed from use and the time it is made serviceable and ready for issue.

Base Stock Level—This level is computed in support of the base requisitioning objective.

Basic Expeditionary Airfield Resources—AF systems consisting of assets formerly known as

Harvest Eagle and Harvest Falcon. BEAR Systems are designed to provide minimum essential

troop cantonment facilities (lodging, field feeding, showers, and latrines) and operational support

(offices, shops, limited shop equipment, and runway matting). Units using this equipment are

expected to deploy with mobility equipment, vehicles and spares peculiar to their operation in

sufficient quantities to allow self-support until resupply is established.

Bench Stocks—Stores of ERRC “XB3” items kept on-hand in a work center to enhance

maintenance productivity.

Calendar Time Change Items—Items requiring replacement at regular intervals as specified in

appropriate technical orders.

Carcass Cost—The value of an asset when the LRC plus BOCR have been removed from the

SP of the item. Carcass cost is also equal to the LAC minus the LRC.

Care of Supplies in Storage—Program composed of a set of processes and procedures whose

purpose is to ensure that materiel in storage is maintained in ready-for-issue condition or to

prevent uneconomic deterioration of unserviceable materiel.

Cataloging—Act of naming, classifying, describing, and numbering each item repetitively used,

purchased, stocked, or distributed to distinguish each item from every other item. Also included

is the maintenance of information related to the item and the dissemination of that information to

item users.

Cataloging Tools—The process of initiating and enhancing documents and procedures required

to research, record, and organize logistics information.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 243

Central Locator—a directory, file, or listing used to provide the location of all stored material.

Location changes are manually entered onto the central locator. Maintain the central locator in

current status for use during degraded operations.

Central Procurement—The purchase of materiel, supplies or services by an officially

designated command or agency with funds specifically provided for such procurement for the

benefit and use of the entire component or the military departments as a whole.

Classes of Supply—Not to be confused with Federal Supply Class, terminology used to divide

supplies and equipment into 10 easily identifiable categories of materiel that are depicted by

Roman Numerals.

Classified Item—Controlled inventory item/materiel that require protection in the interest of

national security.

Command Authority—AFI 51-509, Appointment to and Assumption of Command, identifies

command authority. Unless otherwise stated, all references to commander in this publication

apply to the mission commander at the appropriate level, i.e. squadron, group, wing, etc. Joint

Base locations/activities will refer to Joint Basing Implementation Guidance and the pertinent

Joint Base MOAs for specific guidance on command relationships at that location.

Commodity—A homogeneous aggregation of like items.

Communications-Electronics—Specialized field items concerned with the use of electronic

devices and systems for the acquisition, acceptance, processing, storage, display, analysis,

protection, disposition, and transfer of information.

Condemnation Requirement—Stock replacements for base and depot condemnations

Consumable Item—Item of supply (except explosive ordnance and major end items of

equipment) that is normally expended or used up beyond recovery in the use for which it is

designed or intended. Minor parts, tools, and hardware identified by ERRC designator “XB3”.

“NF1” items (with IEX E, K) are managed like consumable items. A consumable item cannot be

economically repaired by a field or depot maintenance activity. Accountability for consumable

items is terminated upon issue.

Contingency Retention Stock—stock held above the approved acquisition objective to support

anticipated contingencies or operations. The contingency retention stock will mainly consist of

critical and difficult to obtain assets.

Contract Termination—The cessation or cancellation, in whole or in part, of work under a

prime contractor a subcontract for the convenience of, or at the option of, the government, or due

to failure of the contractor to perform in accordance with the terms of the contract.

Controlled Inventory Item Code—Those items designated as having characteristics that

require that they be identified, accounted for, secured, segregated, or handled in a special manner

to ensure their safeguard or integrity.

Control Level—A computed stock level the inventory management specialist or materiel

management IT system uses when filling requisitions. Non-programmed requisitions may be

filled from depot stocks if the asset position is above the control level.

244 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Coordination—The necessary action to ensure adequate exchange of information to integrate,

synchronize, and deconflict operations between separate organizations. Coordination is not

necessarily a process of gaining approval but is most often used for mutual exchange of

information.

Cooperative Logistics Supply Support Arrangement—provides for pre-stockage and storage

of DoD-stocked non-significant military equipment items that are needed and used by the

Foreign Military Sales purchaser on a recurring basis.

Counterfeit Materiel—An item that is an unauthorized copy or substitute that has been

identified, marked, or altered by a source other than the item’s legally authorized source and has

been misrepresented to be an authorized item of the legally authorized source.

Critical Safety Item—Means a part, an assembly, installation equipment, launch equipment,

recovery equipment, or support equipment for an aircraft or aviation weapon system if the part,

assembly, or equipment contains a characteristic any failure, malfunction, or absence of which

could cause a catastrophic or critical failure resulting in the loss of or serious damage to the

aircraft or weapon system, an unacceptable risk of personal injury or loss of life, or an

uncommanded engine shutdown that jeopardizes safety.

Daily Demand Rate—Average quantity of an item that is used daily. The retail materiel

management system computes the DDR using one of the following methods: (1) Bachelor or

Substitute Item. Divide the item cumulative recurring demand (CRD) by the difference of the

current Julian date minus the DOFD. If the demand experience available is less than 180 days, a

difference of 180 mitigates the effect of limited demand experience. (2) Master or

Interchangeable Item. Divide the cumulative recurring demand (CRD) for the master and all

interchangeable items within the group (for one system designator at a time) by the difference of

the current Julian date minus the oldest date of first demand in the master/interchangeable group.

If the demand experience available is less than 180 days, a difference of 180 days mitigates the

effect of limited demand experience.

Data Dissemination—Various products and events provide logistics information to customers at

every level of the supply system.

Data Entry and Maintenance Transactions—Those actions necessary to ensure complete,

accurate and current logistics data records (excluding item characteristics data) for an item of

supply.

Defense Logistics Agency Disposition Services—Field activity of the DLA charged with the

responsibility of managing all aspects of the process of receiving, storing, marketing,

redistributing, and disposing of all materiel determined by elements of the DoD materiel

management structure to be excess to the needs of a DoD activity.

Demand—An indication of a requirement (requisition, request, issue, and reparable generation;

etc.) for issue of serviceable materiel. Demands are categorized as either "recurring" or

"nonrecurring."

Demand Level—Stock level for a specific item that is based upon past user demands.

Demand-Support Items—Items that are stocked based on forecasted usage. Demand-supported

items are stocked with demand-based requirements on the basis of economics or with limited

demand requirements on basis of military mission essentiality.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 245

Demilitarization—Act of destroying the functional or military capabilities of certain types of

equipment or material that has been screened through inventory control points and declared

surplus or foreign excess. Items that are subject to demilitarization include defense articles on the

United States Munitions List, as provided by Section 38 of the "Arms Export Control Act" (22

CFR 121 (reference (aj)). Also included are items on the Commerce Control List of the

Department of Commerce (15 CFR 774 (reference (ak)), and items on the United States

Munitions Import List of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms of the Department of

Treasury. That term includes mutilating, cutting, crushing, scrapping, melting, burning, or

otherwise altering to prevent the further use of that equipment or material for its originally

intended purpose, and applies equally to equipment or material in serviceable or unserviceable

condition.

Depot Consumption Rates—The number of failures at depot level divided by the appropriate

depot program

Depot Level Maintenance—Maintenance performed on materiel requiring major overhaul or a

complete rebuild of parts, assemblies, subassemblies, and end items, including the manufacture

of parts, modifications, testing and reclamation as required.

Depot Stock Levels—Depot stock levels represent those levels that are required in support of

depot overhaul requirements. These are subdivided into two categories, job-routed (JR) and non

job-routed (NJR) stock levels. JR items are those items that are repaired as part of a higher

assembly repair. The stock level in support of JR overhaul requirements represents the amount of

stock required to prevent delay of programmed overhauls during the subassembly O&ST. Non-

Job Routed items are those items that are removed during an overhaul and turned into supply.

The non-job routed stock level requirement represents the quantity of stock required to support

the overhaul line during subassembly O&ST.

Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages—The loss or impending loss of

the last known manufacturer or supplier of raw materials, production parts, or repair parts.

Direction—Guidance to or management of support staff functions. Inherent within command but

not a command authority in its own right. In some cases, can be considered an explicit

instruction or order. Used by commanders and their designated subordinates to facilitate,

channel, or motivate support staff to achieve appropriate action, tempo, or intensity. Used by

directors of staff agencies on behalf of the commander to provide guidance to their staffs on how

best to accomplish stated objectives IAW the commander’s intent.

Disposal Freeze Notice—-A disposal freeze notice is a formal written directive issued by

AFMC to withhold certain

Economic Order Quantity—Quantity derived from a mathematical technique used to determine

the optimum (lowest) total variable costs to order and hold inventory.

Economic Retention Stock—ERS is stock above the AAO that is more economical to retain

than to dispose of. To warrant economic retention, an item should have a reasonably predictable

demand rate. When the expected demand for an item is not predictable, yet the expectation for

future demand is probable, the item may still have ERS provided the managing DoD Component

has a documented rationale that economically justifies retention and is available for audit

purposes.

246 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

End Item—A final combination of end products, component parts, or materiel ready for its

intended use, e.g. a ship, tank, mobile machine shop, or aircraft.

Excess—Materiel that has completed reutilization screening within the Department of Defense

and is not required for the needs and the discharge of responsibilities of any DoD activity.

Exchange Price—The price charged to customer’s exchanging a reparable item for a serviceable

one.

Execution and Prioritization of Repair Support System (EXPRESS)—The tool that provides

the capability to implement critical initiatives for the requirements, distribution, workload

management, and supply reengineering efforts. Key processes in EXPRESS include repair

requirements identification; prioritization method employing aircraft availability and deepest-

hole methodologies; supportability analysis or repair resources; and output interfaces.

Expendability, Recoverability, Reparability Cost Designator (ERRCD)—Cataloging element

that indicates whether an item can be economically repaired and what level (base or depot) has

the authority to condemn an item.

Extended storage—Only weapons stored and packaged according to applicable special

packaging instructions as outlined on https://spires.wpafb.af.mil/ fall into this category. All

others are considered In-Use. Weapons removed from special packaging become in-use until

they are properly returned to storage following the applicable special packaging instructions.

Federal Supply Class—Series of 4 numerals at the beginning of the NSN that designates the

general commodity grouping of the item of supply.

Force Activity Designator—Roman numeral (I to V) that the Secretary of Defense, the

Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, or a DoD Component assigns to a unit, organization,

installation, project, or program to indicate its relative mission essentiality. The FAD is an

integral part of the UMMIPS.

Forward Supply Location—Part of the AMC’s Forward Supply System and serves as an

intermediate stockage location in the AMC Strategic Airlift route structure. Candidate NSNs for

stockage at the FSLs are applicable to the C-5 and C-17 strategic airlift.

Found on Base—Assets that are in the possession of base customers that are not correctly

accounted for on materiel management IT system due-in from maintenance or in-use equipment

detail records are commonly referred to as found on base.

Government-Furnished Equipment—Personal property that is functionally complete for its

intended purpose, durable, and nonexpendable. Equipment generally has an expected service life

of 2 years or more; is not intended for sale; does not ordinarily lose its identity or become a

component part of another article when put into use; has been acquired or constructed with the

intention of being used. Government Furnished Equipment consists of property, special tooling,

or special test property provided to the contractor for activities such as research and

development, acquisition, repair, maintenance, overhaul, or modification.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 247

Government-Furnished Material—Another form of U.S. government property which may be

incorporated into, or attached to an end item to be delivered under a contract or which may be

consumed in the performance of a contract. It includes, but is not limited to, raw and processed

material, parts, components, assemblies, small tools, and supplies. GFM does not include

property, special tooling, or test property and is consumed or expended by the contractor during

the performance of the contract.

Hazardous Material—Item of supply consisting of materiel that because of its quantity,

concentration, or physical, chemical, or infectious characteristics, may either cause or

significantly contribute to an increase in mortality or an increase in serious, irreversible, or

incapacitating reversible illness; or pose a substantial present or potential hazard to human health

or the environment when improperly treated, stored, transported, disposed of, or otherwise

managed.

Holding Costs—Those costs associated with the cost of capital, inventory losses, obsolescence,

storage, and other variable costs of maintaining an inventory.

Initial Spares—Spares stocked to support a newly fielded weapon system or a modification of a

weapon system.

Integrated Materiel Manager—Any DoD activity or Agency that has been assigned integrated

wholesale materiel management responsibility for the DoD and participating Federal Agencies.

Integrated wholesale materiel management responsibilities include requirements determination,

procurement, distribution, overhaul and repair of reparable materiel, and disposal of materiel.

Interchangeable Items—An item that possesses such functional and physical characteristics as

to be equivalent in performance, reliability, and maintainability, to another item of similar or

identical purposes, and is capable of being exchanged for the other item without selection for fit

or performance, and without alteration of the item itself or of adjoining items, except for

adjustment.

Inventory—Materiel, titled to the U.S. Government, held for sale or issue, held for repair, or

held pending transfer to disposal.

Inventory Control Point—An organizational unit or activity within the DoD materiel

management system that is assigned the primary responsibility for the materiel management of a

group of items either for a particular Military Service or for the Department of Defense as a

whole. In addition to IMM functions, an ICP may perform other logistics functions in support of

a particular Military Service or for a particular end item (e.g. centralized computation of retail

requirements levels and engineering tasks associated with weapon system components).

Inventory Position—Sum of the on on-hand hand asset quantity and the quantity already on

order, minus any existing customer backorder quantity.

Item Entry Control—Item entry control is a process where the cataloging agent examines

potential items for inclusion in the Federal Catalog Program. A determination is made by

screening the part number of the candidate item with existing items to see if a previously existing

item can used in its place. The previously existing item will be coordinated with the AF ES for

acceptance.

248 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Item Management Coding—The process of determining whether items of supply qualify for

management by the military Services, rather than by DLA or GSA, according to DoDM 4140.26,

Defense Integrated Materiel management Manual for Consumable Items.

Latest Acquisition Cost—The price paid for an item the last time it was procured from a

supplier. The LAC is generally the latest representative contract price obtained. However, it can

be based on an earlier buy if that latest procurement is considered non-representative. The LAC

does not include any cost recovery or inflation.

Latest Repair Cost—The current year depot repair End Item Sales Price. The LRC is either

obtained from the depot maintenance pricing systems or is a value adjusted by the Inventory

Manager or Production Manager based on updated information. When a new item with no

reparable history is established, the LRC is systemically calculated at 25% of the LAC.

LRS/Materiel Management Activities—Organizations who perform both retail and wholesale

materiel management functions.

Materiel—All items (including ships, tanks, self-propelled weapons, and aircraft; etc. and

related spares, repair parts, and support equipment, but excluding real property, installations, and

utilities) necessary to equip, operate, maintain, and support military activities without distinction

as to its application for administrative or combat purposes. Materiel is either serviceable (i.e. in

an issuable condition) or unserviceable (i.e. in need of repair to make it serviceable).

Materiel Cost Recovery—The portion of each exchange price sale that will pay for items

needed to be purchased for customer support. The Materiel Cost Recovery represents the

constrained extended year buy portion; the constraint being that it cannot be more than the

customer is funded.

Materiel Management—The phase of military logistics that includes managing, cataloging,

demand and supply planning, requirements determinations, procurement, distribution, overhaul,

and disposal of materiel.

Materiel Manager—See integrated materiel manager.

Mission Capability—Failure of the system/equipment prevents performance of the required

mission. The end item system/equipment mission capability is identified by the system reporting

designator (SRD) as MICAP. The designation MICAP is provided by maintenance activity.

Minimum Replacement Unit—The minimum quantity of an item normally replaced during a

maintenance action, often the quantity of a component used for each end item.

Mission Impact Code—Values of 1 through 4 are assigned programmatically to all consumable

and recoverable item records during the issue process based upon the Urgency Justification Code

of customer issue requests, not customer backorders (this is an important distinction that ensures

all demanded items are assigned appropriate mission impact codes even when customer requests

are issued from shelf stock upon demand). Mission Impact Codes are never programmatically

downgraded, but are upgraded to reflect the priority of subsequent higher priority customer

demands.

National Stock Number—13-digit stock number used to identify items of supply. It consists of

a 4-digit FSC and a 9-digit National Item Identification Number.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 249

Negotiated Level—If the quantities computed at base level do not provide adequate support, the

MAJCOM may negotiate a special level with the prime inventory management specialist.

Non-Demand-Based—Requirements determination process that is not based on forecasted

demand, but qualifies stockage based on other criteria. Types of non-demand-based stockage are

insurance stockage, life-of-type buys, and program-based buys.

Not Reparable This Station—Term used to characterize the process of returning items that

cannot be successfully repaired by a base maintenance repair shop to a repair activity designated

by the wholesale item manager.

Numeric Stockage Objective—Term associated with stockage objective of low or sporadic

demand essential items.

Order and Shipping Time—Average number of days between the initiation and receipt of stock

replenishment requisitions assuming sufficient stock is available on the depot shelf to satisfy the

requisition at the time the requisition is received.

Organizational Intermediate Maintenance—That maintenance which is the responsibility of

and performed by a using organization on its assigned equipment. These responsibilities

normally include the inspection, service, lubrication, adjustment and replacement of parts, minor

assemblies, and subassemblies.

Operating Level of Supply—The quantity of materiel required to sustain operations in the

interval between requisitions or the arrival of successive shipments.

Operating Requirement—Ensures that all assets removed due to failure will be replaced at the

time of removal. It is computed by multiplying the organizational/intermediate demand rate by

the operating program.

Peculiar item—An item that cannot proven to have similar form, fit, and function; or similar

components with minor differences not confirmed through a comparison of part number,

technical order, and figure and index. Commercial and Government Entity code, cataloging data,

and agreement/disagreement by the SOS are not determination factors.

Percent of Base Repair—Percentage is the average base repair rate for the item over the current

and past four quarters. The retail materiel management system calculates the PBR using RTS

(repaired this station), NRTS, and condemnation data from the repair cycle record.

Personal Property. —All property (systems and equipment, materials, and supplies) except real

property (land and improvements to facilities), and records of the Federal Government.

Pilferable Item—Controlled inventory item/materiel having a ready resale value or application

to personal possession, which is especially subject to theft.

Pilot Unit—A pilot unit is responsible for developing and maintaining standard manpower and

or logistics detail for each UTC for which it has been assigned responsibility by the Manpower

Equipment Forces Packages Responsibility Agency.

250 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Post-post—Post-post is a legacy term that identified where transactions were posted/input to

automated systems after the actions were performed. Additionally, it was informally used to refer

to conditions of degraded operations where automated systems are inoperative or when other

circumstances impose significant limitations on normal processing capabilities. In this

publication, the terms manual processing or Degraded Operations are used to refer to those

conditions respectively.

Potential Reutilization/Disposal Materiel—DoD Component materiel identified by an item

manager for possible disposal, but with potential for reutilization; or materiel that has the

potential for being sent by an item manager to the DLADS for possible reutilization by another

DoD Component or by a Federal, State, or local governmental agency, or for disposal through

sale to the public.

Precious Metals—FSC 9660 items that are gold, silver, platinum, or palladium granulation and

sponges, rhodium, ruthenium, iridium, and osmium recovered from items, such as photographic

and x-ray film, spent photographic fixing solution, military accouterments, such as insignia,

crucibles, special wires, silver cell batteries, missile and electronic scrap, turnings, desalter kits,

brazing alloys, solder, and dental scrap.

Procurement Lead Time—The interval between the initiation of a procurement action and

receipt of the products or services purchased as the result of such action.

Program Manager (PM)—The designated individual with responsibility for and authority to

accomplish program objectives for development, production, and sustainment to meet the user's

operational needs. The PM shall be accountable for credible cost, schedule, and performance

reporting to the Milestone Decision Authority (MDA).

Project Code—A three character alpha/numeric code used to distinguish requisitions and related

documentation and shipments, as well as for the accumulation of intra-Service performance and

cost data related to exercises, maneuvers, and other distinct programs, projects, and operations.

Other than OSD and CJCS assigned codes, project codes do not provide or imply any priority or

precedence for requisition processing or supply decisions. Reference CJCSI 4110.01E, and DLM

4000.25-1, Appendix 2.13.

Provisioning—Management process of determining and acquiring the range and quantity of

support items necessary to operate and maintain an end item of materiel for an initial period of

service.

Provisioning Screening Review and Support—Those actions taken to facilitate the best

selection, procurement, and cataloging of items of supply required to sustain weapons systems

and other government requirements (e.g., technical data validation, data calls, provisioning,

guidance conferences, Logistics Support Analysis conferences, etc.).

Readiness—A measure or measures of the ability of a system to undertake and sustain a

specified set of missions at planned peacetime and wartime utilization rates. Measures take

account of the effects of system design (reliability and maintainability), the characteristics of the

support system, and the quantity and location of support resources. Examples of system

readiness measures are combat sortie rate, fully mission capable rate, and operational

availability.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 251

Readiness Based Level—Centrally computed quantity generated by the Readiness Based

Leveling system (D035E) which uses a marginal analysis technique to allocate the D200A-

computed requirement to bases and depots as requisitioning levels.

Receiving—All actions taken by a receiving activity from the physical turnover of materiel by a

carrier until the on-hand balance of the accountable stock record file or in-process receipt file is

updated to reflect the received materiel as an asset in storage, or the materiel is issued directly

from receiving to the customer.

Reclamation—Process of reclaiming required serviceable and economically reparable

components and material from excess or surplus property for return to the proper Materiel

Management Activity, whereas the residue is processed as "disposable property."

Reference Number—A part, drawing, model, type or source controlling number that when used

in combination with a Commercial and Government Entity code is used to identify an item of

production. Additionally, a R/N can be a manufacturer's trade name, specification, or standard

number, specification or standard part, drawing or type number.

Relocatable Buildings—A habitable prefabricated structure that is designed and constructed to

be readily moved (transportable over public roads), erected, disassembled, stored, and reused.

Reorder Point—Point that, when an item's inventory position (i.e. on-hand stock plus stock due-

in minus stock due-out) reaches or breaches, triggers an order to replenish stock.

Repair Cycle Assets—Any recoverable item with an ERRCD code of “XD” or “XF”.

Repair Cycle Demand Level—Pipeline stockage model that seeks to fill the O&ST, the base

repair cycle time, and the base NRTS condemned time pipelines. each pipeline segment and

customer demand are variable, the Repair Cycle Demand Level also includes a safety level

quantity. The Repair Cycle Demand Level includes an EOQ component for selected “XF3”

items.

Reparable Item—An item that can be repaired at either depot or field level.

Replenishment—Actions to resupply an inventory when the inventory position reaches the

reorder point.

Required Delivery Date (RDD)—A date specifying when materiel is actually required to be

delivered to the requisitioner and is always earlier or later than the computed standard delivery

date. A required delivery date cannot exactly equal a computed standard delivery date. Reference

DLM 4000.25, Volume 1.

Requirements Computation—Any mathematical calculation performed to support

requirements determination functions.

Requisition—An order for materiel initiated by an established, authorized organization that is

transmitted either electronically, by mail, or telephoned to a materiel management source within

or external (i.e. sister services, DLA, etc.) to the AF.

Requisitioning Objective—Maximum quantity of materiel to be maintained on-hand and on

order to sustain current operations and core war reserves. It shall consist of the sum of stocks

represented by the operating level, safety level, repair cycle, if applicable, the O&ST level, and

authorized additive levels.

252 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Retail—Level of inventory below the wholesale level, either at the consumer level (directly

supporting customers) or at the intermediate level (supporting a geographical area).

Retail Inventory—Level of inventory below the wholesale level, either at the consumer level

(directly supporting customers) or at the intermediate level (supporting a geographical area).

Retail-Level Supply—Those secondary items stored within DoD intermediate and consumer

levels of supply down to and including the AF base supply. Retail-level supply does not include

end use secondary item materiel.

Retail Stock—Stock held in the custody or on the records of a supply organization below the

wholesale level.

Safety Level Quantity—Designed to increase item stock levels in a way that protects retail

materiel management system customers of stocked items from variations in O&ST and demand

during replenishment lead time.

Save list items—Parts (bits, pieces, assemblies) that are reclaimed from a higher assembly at the

direction of the item manager concerned.

Security Assistance—A group of programs authorized by Title 22, United States Code, or other

related statutes by which the US provides defense articles, military training, and other defense

related services by grant, loan, credit, cash sales, or lease, in furtherance of national policies and

objectives. The DoD does not administer all security assistance programs. Those security

assistance programs that are administered by the Department are a subset of security cooperation.

Reference AFMAN 16-101.

Sensitive Item—Controlled inventory item/materiel that requires a high degree of protection and

control due to statutory requirements or regulations, such as narcotics and drug abuse items;

precious metals; items of high value, highly technical, or hazardous nature; and small arms and

ammunition.

Shelf-Life Item—Item of supply possessing deteriorative or unstable characteristics to the

degree that a storage time period shall be assigned to ensure that it shall perform satisfactorily in

service.

Special Purpose Recoverable Authorized Maintenance—ERRCD code “XD”/”XF” items

used by maintenance to perform functions such as detecting or isolating a fault, calibrating or

aligning equipment, and duplicating an active system installed in an aircraft or on-line

equipment. SPRAM includes items listed in the -21 TO’s and are used to conduct approved

AETC training courses.

Standard Price—The price customers are charged which, for DoD ICP managed items

(excluding subsistence), remains constant throughout a fiscal year except for the correction of

significant errors. This price includes the LAC plus the BOCR@LAC.

AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020 253

Standardization—AF standardization operations are conducted primarily within the framework

of the Defense Standardization Program and IAW DoDM 4120.24, Defense Standardization

Program Procedures. The main objectives are to achieve and maintain the highest practicable

degree of standardization for items, materiel, practices, procedures, and terminology by

preparing standardization documents. In addition to participating in the Defense Standardization

Program, the AF standardization mission entails the conduct of, and participation in, various

other related programs and projects, including International Standardization Programs, Non-

Government Standards (NGS) Bodies, Parts Control Programs, and Overpricing Programs.

Stock Fund—Revolving fund established to finance the costs of inventories of supplies. It is

authorized by specific provision of law to finance a continuing cycle of operations.

Reimbursements and collections derived from such operations are available for use by the fund

without further action by the Congress.

Stock Level—Demand level or an adjusted level.

Stockage Priority Code—Retail materiel management system programmatically assigns SPCs

to consumable items. The requirements program uses SPCs to help determine when the items

should be stocked for future use. SPCs are also used to prevent item stockage.

Stratification Process—A uniform portrayal of requirements and assets application that is a

computer generated, time-phased simulation of actions causing changes in the supply position;

e.g., procurement, repair, receipt, issue, termination, and disposal of materiel.

Stockage—Term used to describe an amount of items maintained at a warehouse.

Substitutable Item—An item possessing functional and physical characteristics that make it

capable of being exchanged for another only under specified conditions or for particular

applications and without alteration of the items themselves or of adjoining items. That term is

synonymous with the phrase “one-way interchangeability," such as item B shall be interchanged

in all applications for item A, but item A shall not be used in all applications requiring item B.

Supply Chain—The linked activities associated with providing materiel to end users for

consumption. Those activities include supply activities (such as organic and commercial

inventory control points or retail supply activities), maintenance activities (such as organic and

commercial depot level maintenance facilities or intermediate repair activities), and distribution

activities (such as distribution depots and other storage locations, container consolidation points,

ports of embarkation and debarkation, and ground, air, and ocean transporters).

Supply Support Request Processing—A request by a Materiel Management Activity making

them a user of a consumable/field reparable item managed by another Materiel Management

Activity.

Suspect Counterfeit Materiel—Items, or products in which there is an indication by visual

inspection, testing, or other information that it may meet the definition of counterfeit materiel

provided herein.

254 AFI23-101 22 OCTOBER 2020

Total Asset Visibility—The capability to provide users with timely and accurate information on

the location, movement, status, and identity of units, personnel, equipment, materiel, and

supplies. It also includes the capability to act upon that information to improve overall

performance of the Department of Defense’s logistic practices. Also called Total Asset

Visibility. An integrated structure using a command and control process to ensure the quantity,

condition, and location of critical assets are visible.

Total Organizational Intermediate Maintenance Demand Rate—The rate at which an item

has failed. It is developed by dividing the sum of the base repaired this station (RTS), base

NRTS, and the base condemnations by the item past program for the period.

Tanks, Racks, Adapters, and Pylons (TRAP)—Those items of aircraft suspension and release

equipment (S&RE) and aircraft fuel tanks that are subject to in-flight consumption (consumed,

jettisoned, expended, etc.) from the platform (aerial vehicle; aircraft) on which it is installed.

Turnaround—The means to record demand data in the materiel management system for either

repairs in place or removal, repair, reinstallation of a recoverable item without ordering a

replacement item.

Uniform Materiel Movement and Issue Priority System (UMMIPS)—UMMIPS sets

priorities for the issuance and movement of materiel. The system enables supply customers to

use one of 15 priority designators when requisitioning supply items. These 15 priority

designators are based on two components: the UND defines the relative importance of the item

ordered to the unit’s mission and the FAD defines the relative importance of the unit placing the

order. Reference CJCSI 4100.01E.

Unserviceable Asset Price—The price charged to a customer to purchase an unserviceable asset

from the ICP. It includes the carcass cost of the unserviceable asset plus the BOCR.

Unserviceable Asset Price is also equal to the SP minus the LRC.

Variable Safety Level—A quantity of materiel stored in addition to the operating level of

supply. It is required to be on-hand to permit continuous operations in the event of minor

interruption of normal replenishment or unpredictable fluctuations in demand.

War Reserve Materiel—Consists of enterprise managed, dynamically positioned equipment

and consumables that contribute to initial operations and provide initial support cross the full

range of military operations. It enhances Agile Combat Support capability to reduce the time

required to achieve an operational capability and produce an operational effect.

Wholesale Stock—Stock, regardless of funding sources, over which the IMM has asset

knowledge and exercises unrestricted asset control to meet worldwide inventory management

responsibilities.

Wholesale—The highest level of organized DoD supply, and as such, procures, repairs, and

maintains stocks to resupply the retail levels of supply.